No matching fragments found in this document.
TO THE READER:
Scientology is a religious philosophy containing pastoral counseling
procedures intended to assist an individual to gain greater knowledge of
self. The Mission of the Church of Scientology is a simple one-to help the
individual acheive greater self-confidence and personal integrity, thereby
enabling him to really trust and respect himself and his fellow man. The
attainment of the benefits and goals of Scientology requires each
individuaVs positive participation, as only through his own efforts can he
achieve these.
This is part of the religious literature and works of the Founder of
Scientology, L. Ron Hubbard. It is presented to the reader as part of the
record of his personal research into Life, and should be construed only as
a written report- of such research and not as a statement of claims made by
the Church or the author.
Scientology and its sub-study, Dianetics, as practiced by the Church,
address only the spiritual side of Man. Although the Church, as are all
churches, is free to engage in spiritual healing, it does not, as its
primary goal is increased knowledge and personal integrity for all. For
this reason, the Church does not wish to accept individuals who desire
treatment of physical illness or insanity, but refers these to qualified
specialists in other organizations who deal in these matters.
The Hubbard Electrometer is a religious artifact used in the Church
confessional. It, in itself, does nothing, and is used by Ministers only,
to assist parishioners in locating areas of spiritual distress or travail.
We hope the reading of this book is only the first stage of a personal
voyage of discovery into the positive and effective religion of
Scientology.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Church of Scientology
This book belongs to
Date
Organization Executive
Course
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF SCIENTOLOGY POLICY
by
L. Ron Hubbard
FOUNDER OF DIANETICS AND SCIENT.OLOGY
DISTRIBUTION
DIVISION
6
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION
Published by
the
CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION
2723 West Temple Street
Los Angeles
California 90026
U.S.A.
The Church of Scientology is a Non-Profit Organization.
Dianctics'D and Scientology@ are Registered Names.
Copyright@ 1970, 1971, 1972, 1973, 1974
1950,1951,1952,1953,1954,1955,1956,1957,1958,1959
1960,1961,1962,1963,1964,1965,1966,1967,1968,1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Scientology is an Applied Religious Philosophy
No part of this book may be reproduced
without permission of the copyright owner.
First US. Printing 1974
Second US. Printing 19 76
Complete Set ISBN 0-88404-033-X
Volume 6 ISBN 0-88404-031-3
The E-Meter is not intended or effective for the diagnosis,
treatment or prevention of any disease.
Dianctics, and Scientology are the trademarks of L. Ron Hubbard
in respect of his published works.
Printed in the United States of America by Kingsport Press, Inc.
CONTENTS
DISTRIBUTION
DIVISION 6
Part I
FORM, PURPOSES, IDEAL SCENES,
PRODUCTS AND STATISTICS
18 June 1965 Areas of Operation 1
21 June 1965 Distribution Division (Div 6) 2
Circa 1965 Distribution Division 6 Org Board Outline 3
28 June 1965 Dissem Division-Distribution Division (See ED 38 SH) 4
30 Sept. 1965 Statistics for Divisions (excerpt: Dist Division 6) 4
20 Nov. 1965 The Promotional Actions of an Organization
(excerpt: Distribution Division 6) 5
6 May 1966 Distribution Division 6 Org Board 6
10 Sept. 1967 Statistic-GDS Div Six 6
26 Oct. 1967 The Public Divisions 7
2 Nov. 1967 Distribution Division-Departments of Public Information,
Clearing and Success 9
25 June 1968 The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions
(amended by 20 Jan. 1969, page 12) 11
12 Sept. 1968 The Public Divisions (amends 26 Oct. 1967) 11
26 Oct. 1968 Executive Council (amends 21 Dec. 1966, 1 & 11) 12
20 Jan. 1969 Public Divisions Gross Divisional Statistics
(25 June 1968 amended) (amended,by 19 Aug. 1970, page 36) 12
Circa 1969 Public Divisions 6, 7 & 8 Org Board Outline 13
29 Jan. 1969 Public Division Org Board Revised (Corrected) 14
30 Jan. 1969 Public Divisions Org Board 18
23 May 1969 Public Divisions Promotional Actions (addition to 20 Nov.
1965) 19
23 May 1969 Public Divisions Flash Colours 21
I I July 1969 Areas of Operation see- 1
29 Nov. 1969 New Public Divisions Org Board '22
11 Dec. 1969 Appearances in Public Divs (amended by 2 Oct. 1970, page
53) 125
21 Dec. 1969 Revised New Public Divisions Org Board (revises 29 Nov.
1969) 29
10 June 1970 Public Divisions and Tech Admin Ratio (amends 7 Feb. 1970)
35
19 Aug. 1970 Division 6 Division 8 GDS (amends 20 Jan. 1969) 36
20 Aug. 1970 Division Six-The Public Relations Division
(cancels 21 Dec. 1969) (amended by 2 Oct. 1970, page 53) 37
20 Aug. 1970 Division Seven-The Public Services Division
(cancels 21 Dec. 1969) (revised by 2 Oct. 1970,page 54) 43
20 Aug. 1970 Division Eight-The Public Sales Division
(cancels 21 Dec. 1969) (revised by 2 Oct. 1970, page 54) 47
28 Aug. 1970 Auditors Association 52
2 Oct. 1970 Appearances-Clarification (amends 20 Aug. 1970 &
11 Dec. 1969) 53
2 Oct. 1970 Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics (revises 20 Aug.
1970
Div 7 & 20 Aug. 1970-Div 8) (cancelled by 3 July 197 1, page 227)
54
18 Oct. 1970 Public Divisions Org Board (modified by 3 July 197 1, page
227) 55
24 Oct. 1970 Saint Hillers Association 62
1 Dec. 1970 Clarification- Registration Breakthrough (modifies 30 July
1970)
(cancelled by 3 July 1971, page 227) 65
5 Feb. 1971 Org Gross Divisional Statistics Revised (excerpt: Divs 6, 7 &
8) 65
7 Feb. 1971 FEBC Org Board Division Six (modified by 3 July 197 1, page
227) 66
14 July 1971 FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded (cancels 7 Feb. 197 1)
(modified by 5 Aug. 1971, page 82 & 26 Nov. 1971, page 230) 74
5 Aug. 1971 FEBC Div 6 Org Board Amendment (amends 14 July 197 1) 82
14 Nov. 1971 Mini Public Division Org Board 83
28 Nov. 1971 Public Division Statistics (ref. 26 Nov. 1971 & 14 Nov.
197 1)
(amends 5 Feb. 197 1, 1 & IV) 86
Part 2
8 Dec. 1965 Distribute: To Spread Out so as to Cover Something
88
4 Oct. 1967 Org Exec See and Distribution 89
24 Apr. 1968 Division 6 Distribution 90
30 July 1968 Gross Income Senior Datum Vol. 0-277, Vol. 1-283,
Vol. 2-68
10 Aug. 1968 Legal and Dissemination Vol. 2-69
V
12 Aug. 1968 Reasons Why Div 6's Don't Function 91
24 Aug. 1968 Dissemination Vol. 2-69, Vol 4-91
5 Sept. 1968 Vital Org Activities 92
9 Jan. 1969 Book and Film Festivals 92
10 Jan. 1969 The Public Divisions 93
31 Mar. 1969 Public Divisions Staffing Qualifications (amends 24 Apr.
1968) 94
7 Apr. 1969 Division 6 Pins (amends 24 Apr. 1968) 95
2 Sept. 1969 Old ACC Students Vol. 2-293, VoL 3-237, Vol. 4-359
18 Nov. 1969 Central Files, Value of
The Gross Income of the Org and Why VoL 0-278, Yol. 2-397
6 Dec. 1969 How to Clear Your Community Illustrations Vol. 0-261
10 Dec. 1969 Superior Service Image Program No. I (LRH ED 54 INT)
96
15 Dec. 1969 Class of Orgs Vol. 0-254
16 Apr. 1970 Morale Vol. 5-293
21 Apr. 1970 Field Ethics Vol. I-SO9
20 May 19,70 Guardian Public Relationships 128
27 Oct. 1970 A Book: "The Background to the Religion of Scientology and
Ceremonies of the Church of Scientology of California WW"
Vol. S-294
Part 3
DISSEM DRILL
THE DISSEMINATION OF SCIENTOLOGY
1 Oct. 1954 The Use of Scientology Materials (PAB No. 36) 98
26 Oct. 1956 Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement (HCOB) Vol. 2-
1
15 Sept. 1959 Dissemination Tips (HCOB) 101
21 Sept. 1959 An Idea for Promotion (HCOB) 104
23 Sept. 1959 The Perfect Dissemination Program (HCOB) 105
28 Apr. 1960 Books are Dissemination (HCOB) 108
21 Mar. 1965 PE Comes After They Have Read a Book (HCO,,Exec Ltr)
ill
16 Apr. 1965 Handling the Public Individual Vol. 0- 78, Vol. 2- 56
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
23 Oct. 1965 Dissemination Drill 112
23 Nov. 1969 Individuals vs Groups 114
Part 4
PES ACCOUNT
12 Nov. 1969 PES Account versus HCO Book Account Vol. 3-213
10 Dec. 1969 PES WW Account Vol. 3-215
24 Dec. 1969 PES Account Amended Vol. 3-216
19 Apr. 1970 PES WW Account (cancels 10 Dec. 1969) Vol. 3-217
29 Apr. 1970 PES Account Revised (cancels 12 Nov. 1969) Vol. 3-218
12 June 1970 PES Account (cancels 12 Nov. 1969 & 29 Apr. 1970) Vol. 3-
221
Note: A study of this Division should include the section Chaplain,
Vol. 5, pages 280 - 297.
DEPARTMENT 16
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC CONTROLLING
APPEARANCES AND PRO
THE ORG IMAGE
(See also PR SERIES, pages 393-445.)
8 Mar. 1950 First Policy (reissued as HCO PL 2 Sept. 1970) 117
20 May 1954 Atmosphere of the Clinic (extract from Clinical Procedure)
117
21 Sept. 1958 Neatness of Quarters (excerpt) (HCOB reissued as
HCO PL 22 Oct. 1962) 117
20 Aug. 1965 Scientology Org Uniforms Saint Hill Vol. 3-360
24 Aug. 1965 Cleanliness of Quarters and Staff-Improve Our Image
118
21 Sept. 1965 Cleanliness and Tidiness of Premises Vol. 1-304
12 Feb. 1969 Religion 119
17 June 1969 The Org Image 120
1 1 Nov. 1969 Accounts and PRO Vol. 3- 71
12 Nov. 1969 Appearance and PRO 123
11 Dec. 1969 Appearances in Public Divs (amended by 2 Oct. 1970, page
53) 125
2 Sept. 1970 First Policy 117
vi
DIVISION SIX & THE GUARDIAN'S OFFICE - PR CO-ORDINATION
(Further policies on GUARDIAN PR & PRESS RELA TIONS
will be found in Volume 7J
2 Oct. 1966 Public Promotion 127
20 May 1970 Guardian Public Relationships 128
SURVEYS
The Key to Stats
2 Aug. 1963 Urgent-Public Project One Vol 2-93
18 Dec. 1968 Warning-Gung-Ho Groups 368
30 Jan. 1969 Public Divisions Org Board 18
23 July 1969 Public Research and Reports-Surveys: Briefing and
Debriefing 129
25 Oct. 1969 Survey Form for all Surveys 131
28 Oct. 1969 How to Tabulate a Survey 132
12 Nov. 1969 Appearance and PRO 123
21 Nov. 1969 Ethnics-Find Out What is Needed and Wanted. 133
23 Nov. 1969 Individuals vs Groups 114
13 Aug. 1970 PR Series 3-Wrong Publics 399
2 June 1971 PR Series I O-Breakthrough-PR & Production-Tone Scale Surveys
420
5 Dec. 1971 PR Series 13-How To Do a PR Survey 425
18 Dec. 1971 Surveys are the Key to Stats (LRH ED 161 INT) 136
7 Jan. 1972 PR Series 14-Creating Survey Questions 428
25 Jan. 1972 PR Series 15-Population Surveys 442
(See also the PR Series, pages 393445.)
SUCCESS
17 Apr. 1965 Additional Mag Policy Vol 2-135
7 July 1965 Photos, News and Statistics for Mags and Auditor.
(reissued 9 July 1967) Vol. 2-167
12 July 1966 Legal Aspects of Success Material Publications, 139
7 May 1968 The Key Questions 140
24 Nov. 1968 Auditor Correspondents Vol. 2-ISI
25 Apr. 1969 Validation of Up Statistics 141
INFO PACKS,
26 Oct. 1956 Gradient Scale of Personnel Procurement (HCOB) Vol. 2-
1
3 May 1960 PE Literature 142
4 Feb. 1961 Information Packages (excerpt) 142
23 Sept. 1964 Information Packages (excerpt) 143
7 Apr. 1965 Book Income 147
18 June 1965 Areas of Operation I
8 Sept. 1965 Distribution Division-Info Packet (Sec ED 88 SH) 143
24 Sept. 1965 Ads and Info Packets 144
17 Jan. 1966 Distribution Action (Sec ED 169 INT) 144
15 Aug. 1966 Information Packets 145
6 Sept. 1966 The Handling, Purchased or Rented Mailing Lists 146
DEPARTMENT 17
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICING
BOOK SELLING
(See also the section BOOKS in Volume 2, pages 187-212.)
25 Jan. 1957 Concerning the Separateness of Dianetics and Scientology
Vol. 2-15
17 Nov. 1958 HCO Project Engineer: "Have You Lived Before?" Vol. 2-
83
17 Mar. 1959 Book Sales Representative 146
14 Apr. 1959 New Book Vol. 2- 85
6 June 1959 "Have You Lived Before This Life" Vol 2- 87
15 Sept. 1959 Dissemination Tips (HCOB) 101
28 Apr. 1960 Books are Dissemination (HCOB) 108
21 Mar. 1965 PE Comes After They Have Read a Book (HCO Exec Ltr)
III
7 Apr. 1965 Book Income 147
27 Apr. 1965 Book Promotion Design Vol 2-108
28 May 1965 Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads Vol. 2-109
19 July 1965 Discounts (excerpt) 150
1 Sept. 1965 Mailing List Policies Vol. 0-198, Vol. 2-390
Vii
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
9 Jan. 1969 Book and Film Festivals 92
24 July 1969 Public Divisions-Book Distribution Unit 152
TESTING
15 Nov. 1958 Informing Public of Test Results 154
28 Oct. 1960 New Testing Promotion Section-Important 155
16 Nov. 1960 New Org Programmes Vol 4-283
22 Nov. 1960 Warning on New PE 161
24 Nov. 1960 Testing Promotion Revised 162
29 Nov. 1960 Testing Programme Change 166
16 Jan. 1961 Testing Lines (excerpt) 167
24 Jan. 1961 A Test Policy on MD Referrals 167
7 Feb. 1961 Proper Public Routing 168
14 Feb. 1961 The Personal Efficiency Foundation (excerpt) 192
15 Feb. 1961 Evaluation Script 169
18 Feb. 1961 Magazines, Testing, PE (HCO Info Ltr) 193
2 Mar. 1961 Automatic Evaluation Packet for PE Foundation 172
28 Apr. 1961 Auto-Evaluation Slips 173
13 July 1965 Testing Vol. 4- 73
PE FOUNDATION
PUBLIC COURSES
(See also FO UNDA TION policy in Volume 7.)
30 Oct. 1958 Personnel Efficiency Foundation 174
17 Mar. 1959 Do It Yourself Therapy (HCOB) 175
24 Mar. 1959 HAS Co-Audit (HCOB) 176
25 Mar. 1959 HAS Co-Audit & Comm Course (HCOB) 177
3 Apr. 1959 HAS Co-Audit, and Comm Course (HCOB) 179
23 Apr. 1959 HAS Co-Audit Courses 183
4 May 1959 The Personal Efficiency Course (HCOB) 180
28 May 1959 New HCO WW Dept 183
11 June 1959 Data on HAS Co-Audit 184
16 June 1959 Hat of PE HCO WW 185
20 Aug. 1959 Hat of PE HCO WW 186
21 Sept. 1959 An Idea for Promotion (HCOB) 104
23 Sept. 1959 The Perfect Dissemination Program (HCOB) 105
29 Sept. 1959 The Organization of a PE Foundation (HCOB) 187
3 May 1960 PE Literature 142
13 May 1960 Congress Seminar Hats (HCOB) 210
16 Nov. 1960 New Org Programmes Vol. 4-283
17 Nov. 1960 Anatomy of the Human Mind Course
as a Pre-requisite. foi HPA Training VoL 4-284
22 Nov. 1960 Warning on New PE 161
29 Nov. 1960 Testing Programme Change 166
2 Dec. 1960 Promotion on PE Foundation 459
29 Dec. 1960 The New PE and the New HAS Co-Audit (HCOB) 189
18 Jan. 1961 Cost of HAS Co-Audit and PE 190
23 Jan. 1961 PE Course Abolished 191
7 Feb. 1961 Proper Public Routing 168
14 Feb. 1961 The Personal Efficiency Foundation (excerpt) 192
14 Feb. 1961 Personnel Procurement Vol. 1- 84
18 Feb. 1961 Magazines, Testing, PE (HCO Info Ltr) 193
21 Feb. 1961 Choosing PE and Registration Personnel Vol. 1-110
24 Mar. 1961 Status of PE Courses 195
14 Apr. 1961 PE Handout (HCO Info Ltr) 196
10 Feb. 1964 Enrolment on Self Determinism Vol. 1-516, Vol 2-266,
Vol. 4- 37
26 Aug. 1964 PE Course 200
23 Sept. 1964 Policies: Dissemination and Programmes Vol. 2- 41
18 Dec. 1964 Re: OIC Data Vol. 4-139
21 Mar. 1965 PE Comes After They Have Read a Book (HCO Exec Ltr)
ill
31 May 1965 Franchise Summary of Policy 269
13 Aug. 1965 Foundation- Basic Course Organization 201
16 Aug. 1965 Foundation-Basic Course Organization-Correction 203
23 Aug. 1965 Deletion of TR 5 Vol. 4-191
12 Sept. 1965 Foundation Course Change 204
13 Sept. 1965 Foundation Course Hours 206
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
13 Oct. 1966 HAS Course 207
23 June 1967 Enrolment on Self Determinism Vol. I-S16, Vol. 2-266,
Vol 4- 37
11 Nov. 1969 Franchise Promotion Musts 288
vii!
CONGRESSES & SPECIAL EVENTS
(See also PR SERIES, pages 393445.)
18 June 1957 People's Questions (Bulletin) 209
23 Dec. 1958 Quality of Presentation Vol 2-183
29 Jan. 1960 Congresses (HCOB) 208
27 Feb. 1960 Playing the Washington 1960 "State of Man Congress" Tape
Lectures at Local Congresses and as a Promotional Re-play Plan
209
8 Apr. 1960 Tapes of Washington Congress Vol. 2-218
13 May 1960 Congress Seminar Hats (HCOB) 210
15 July 1960 Congress Tapes Vol. 2-218
27 Sept. 1960 Congress and ACC Plans (HCOB) 214
9 July 1963 Meter Demonstration Booth Hat 215
4 Sept. 1964 Congresses 216
8 Sept. 1964 Rush-Important Correction 217
16 Sept. 1964 Understanding and Tape Lectures (reissued 21 July 1967)
217
12 Oct. 1964 Congress Organization and Increasing Interest and
Attendance (HCO Exec Ltr) 218
14 Apr. 1965 Congress "Breaks" are Staff's "Show" (HCO Exec Ltr)
221
1 Sept. 1965 Publications Vol 2-137
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
19 Apr. 1966 Congress Policies 222
13 Oct. 1966 Advertisements, Continental Magazines and Auditor Vol 2-
138
2 Apr. 1969 Routine Congress Promotion Vol. 2-141
19 Apr. 1970 Tapes-Org Tape Plays Vol. 2-227
28 May 1971 PR Series 8-Too Little Too Late 415
QUALITY OF PRESENTATION & AUDIENCE ALERTNESS
23 Dec. 1958 Quality of Presentation Vol 2-183
10 Sept. 1964 Audience Alertness and Tape Players (HCO Exec Ltr) see-226
10 Feb. 1967 Tape and Film Presentation 223
1 Apr. 1968 Tape Playback Fidelity 225
20 Dec. 1969 Microphone Handling 225
6 May 1971 Audience Alertness and Tape Players 226
PUBLIC REGISTRAR
(See also DEPARTMENT OF REGISTRATION, Volume 2, pages 245-399,
and INVOICING, Volume 3, pages 255-270.)
30 Oct. 1958 Personnel Efficiency Foundation 174
3 July 1971 Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change 227
26 Nov. 1971 Division 6 Public Reg Reinstated
(modifies 3 July 1971 & 14 July 197 1) 230
17 Feb. 1972 Higher Orgs-Public Reg Setup 449
EXTENSION COURSE
2 Oct. 1958 Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses Vol 2-257, Vol. 4-272
16 Dec. 1958 Extension Course Curriculum (HCOB) VoL 4-275
22 May 1959 Advertisement for Field in Certainty, Ability, etc-Minor Issues
Vol 2- 87
13 Aug. 1959 Students Attending Courses Vol. 4-278
31 Aug. 1959 Certifications Vol 4-279, Vol~ 5-171
22 Feb. 1960 HPA Qualifications Vol. 4-279, Vol. 5-172
25 Apr. 1960 Important Certification Change Vol. 5-173
20 May 1960 Extension Course Prices see VoL 3-227
24 May 1960 Extension Course Prices (corrects 20 May 1960) Vol 3-227
8 May 1961 Extension Course Vol 4-296
21 Nov. 1961 Training Course Requirements Vol 4-306
13 Dec. 1961 Extension Course Completion VoL 4-136
26 June 1962 Certification Requirements Vol. 4-325
30 July 1962 Certification and Validation Requirements Vol 4-326
DEPARTMENT 18
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
FIELD AUDITORS
25 Jan. 1957 Referrals to Field Vol 2-247
6 Apr. 19S7 Field Auditor (HCOB) (excerpt) 236
15 May 1957 The Rights of the Field Auditor (reissued as HCO PL 2 Oct.
1969) 236
Ex
2 Sept. 1957 Field Certificates Vol. 5-166
23 Jan. 1959 Ethics (Field Auditors) Vol 1-361
16 June 1959 Hat of PE HCO WW 18S
23 June 1960 Special Zone Plan-The Scientologist's Role in Life (HCOB)
237
20 July 1960 Director of Zoning Hat 241
25 Aug. 1960 Chicago Area 242
28 Sept. 1960 HPA Grants 242
10 Feb. 1961 Professional Charges VoL 3- 84
14 June 1962 Professional Charges (amends& amplifies 10 Feb. 196 1)
Vol 3- 84
1 Oct. 1962 The Plan for California 243
21 Feb. 1964 Field Auditor Consultant (excerpt) 244
11 Mar. 1964 Departmental Changes-Auditors Division Vol 2- 39
11 Mar. 1964 Auditors Division-New HCO WW Organization Vol. 2- 40
11 Dec. 1964 Full Table of Courses and Classification Vol 4-380
7 Apr. 1965 Healing Policy in Field 245
14 Apr. 1965 Field Auditor Rates 244
1 Sept. 1965 Some Tech Div Policies Vol 4- 7,5
4 Oct. 1967 Auditor and Org Individual Stats Vol 1-348, Vol 4-
10
31 May 1968 Auditors Vol 0- 42
2 Oct. 1969 The Rights of the Field Auditor (reissued from 15
May 19S7) 236
28 Aug. 1970 Auditors Association 52
24 Oct. 1970 Saint Hillers Association 62
FRANCHISE
The Franchise Programme
27 Mar. 1959 Franchises 246
1 May 1959 HAS Certificates 247
14 May 1959 Method of Finalizing HCO Franchises 250
28 May 1959 To All HCO Franchise Offices 248
18 June 1959 Correction of HCO Policy Letter of 28 May 1959 250
18 June 1959 U.S. Franchise Holders 251
18 June 1959 Services Owing to HCO Franchise Holders 252
24 June 1959 Status of HCO Offices and HCO Sees and
HCO Volunteer Sees in US Vol 3-142
1 July 1959 US HCO Franchise Queries 252
10 Aug. 1959 Franchise I O%s to WW 253
24 Aug, 1959 HCO Financial Arrangements Altered Vol 3-145
28 Aug. 1959 Attention All Group Secretaries 354
3 Sept. 1959 Mailings 253
3 Sept. 19S9 HCO Secretaries 253
14 Oct. 1959 Division of HCO Percentage Revised Vol. 3-148
29 Oct. 1959 Service see Vol. 0-281
20, Nov. 1959 Validation of Franchises see Vol. 1-362, Vol 2-366
29 Jan. 1960 Congresses (HCOB) 208
10 Mar. 1960 Validation of Franchises
(20 Nov. 1959 amended & reissued) Vol. 1-362, Vol. 2-366
22 Nov. 1960 Warning on New PE 161
10 Feb. 1961 Professional Charges Vol 3- 84
2 Oct. 1961 Franchise Policies 254
27 Oct. 1961 Professional Rates Restored Vol. 3-250
5 June 1962 Class Il Training Only by Academies and Saint Hill Vol. 2-
220, Vol. 4-324
7 June 1962 Professional Training to be Done in Academy
and Saint Hill Only VoL 4-324
14 June 1962 Professional Charges (amends & amplifies 10 Feb. 196 1)
Vol. 3- 84
15 June 1962 Current Franchise Policy 255
26 June 1962 Relations with Field 2S6
4 July 1962 Mixing Scientology with Various Other Practices 256
27 Sept. 1962 A Resume of Franchise Policy 257
1 Oct. 1962 The Plan for California 243
26 June 1963 A Resume of Franchise Policy (supersedes 27 Sept. 1962)
259
11 Mar. 1964 Franchise Programme 262
11 Mar. 1964 Departmental Changes-Auditors Division Vol. 2- 39
11 Mar. 1964 Auditors Division-New HCO WW Organization Vol. 2- 40
18 Mar. 1964 California Franchise (amends I Oct. 1962) 262
22 Apr. 1964 Summary of Policies on Classification & Gradation,
Certification,
Franchise and Memberships, and the Auditors Division Vol. 4-
369
16 June 1964 Franchise-What Is It and Who May Have It 263
30 July 1964 Gradation Programme, Revised Vol. 4-379
30 Oct. 1964 Mailing Lists for Franchise Holders Vol. 1-273, Vol. 3-
102
31 Oct. 1964 Current Policies Orgs & Franchise Vol. 3-106
11 Dec. 1964 Full Table of Courses and Classification Vol. 4-380
X
23 Dec. 1964 Field and Public Programming VoL 3-117
31 Dec. 1964 Use of Dianetics, Scientology, Applied Philosophy VoL 1-
45, VoL 2- 49
1 San. 1965 Franchise Application and Agreement 264
2 Jan. 1965 Franchise: Who May Have It and How to Maintain It, AD 15
266
13 Mar. 1965 The Comm Member System Vol 1-204
8 Apr. 1965 Cancellation of Mail Lists to Field Auditors Vol. 1-277, Vol, 2-
389
14 Apr. 1965 Field Auditor Rates 244
18 Apr. 1965 Prices Lowered Because of New Organization
Streamline Vol. 2-60, Vol 3- 93
13 May 1965 Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden 268
28 May 1965 Franchise Courses 268
31 May 1965 Franchise Summary of Policy 269
5 Aug. 1965 Franchise Transferred to Div 6 (See ED 67 SH) 273
17 Aug. 1965 Certification of Franchise Students 273
1 Sept. 1965 Some Tech Div Policies Vol. 4- 75
1 Sept. 1965 Current Policy-Franchise 274
10 Sept. 1965 Franchise Award of Merit 275
13 Sept. 1965 Issue Authority Required for Mimeo Vol. 0-349
21 Sept. 1965 Corporate Names-Group Names 275
21 Oct. 1965 Release Checks for Franchise Preclears 276
4 Nov. 1965 Franchise Orders (See ED 162 SH) 277
17 Jan. 1966 Unclassed Certificates-HAS, HBA, HQS Vol. 5-197
9 May 1966 Publication Copies to WW Vol. 2-205
14 Feb. 1967 Book Buyers Vol. 2-387
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
19 Mar. 1968 Service (29 Oct. 1959 amended & reissued) VoL 0-281
20 Apr. 1968 Franchise (cancels 21 Oct. 1 �65, Modifies 2 Jan. 1965,
13 May 1965 & HCOB 28 July 1959) 278
16 Sept. 1968 Address Lists Vol. 1-283
20 Feb. 1969 Materials to Franchise 281
3 Apr. 1969 Franchise Section WW 281
13 May 1969 Cramming Section-Service to Trained Auditors 282
8 July 1969 Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension) (modifies 20 Apr. 1968)
282
10 Nov. 1969 Franchise Grants or Charter's 283
11 Nov. 1969 Promotion and Motivation 285
11 Nov. 1969 Franchise Promotion Musts 288
20 Nov. 1969 Legal Aspects of Missions 290
10 Dec. 1969 Superior Service Image Program No. I (LRH ED 54 INT)
96
28 Jan. 1970 Field Mailing Lists (cancels 29 July 1969, amends 14 Feb.
1967) Vol. 1-290
10 Feb. 1970 Franchise, Multiple Ownership 292
24 Feb. 1970 Legal-Incorporation of Missions in the U.S. see-293
8 Apr. 1970 Legal-Incorporation of Missions in the U.S.-Modified 293
18 Apr. 1970 Ethics and Franchise Vol. 1-508
18 Apr. 1970 Tapes Vol. 2-227
28 Apr. 1970 The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme 390
20 May 1970 Further Clarifications-DCG Programme 392
12 Apr. 1971 Mission Designation 293
1 May 1971 Centre Magazine Policy 294
9 May 1971 Mission Closures 295
10 May 1971 Mission, Basic Definition of see-299
10 May 1971 Advantages of Missions see-300
11 May 1971 Mission Application and Agreement 296
17 May 1971 Mission Issues 298
20 Sept. 1971 Mission, Basic Definition of (revises 10 May 197 1)
299
20 Sept~ 1971 Advantages of Missions (revises 10 May 197 1) 300
17 Oct. 1971 Inter-Org Distances 298
CONTROL AREAS
20 Dec. 1960 Restriction on Saint Hill Area see-301
7 Feb. 1962 Restriction on Saint Hill Area (amends 20 Dec. 1960) 301
14 Feb. 1963 The Establishment of Central Orgs' Control Areas 301
19 Feb. 1963 Classification of Central Orgs' Control Areas 302
1 Mar. 1963 Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control Area
302
26 June 1963 A Resume of Franchise Policy (supersedes 27 Sept. 1962)
259
16 Aug, 1963 Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control
Area
(supersedes I Mar. 1963) 302
20 Mar. 1964 District Office & Org Control Area Policy Revised 303
Xi
FSM PROGRAMME
The Field Staff Member System
26 Mar. 1965 Field Auditors 304
26 Mar. 1965 Field Staff Members 309
29 Apr. 1965 Bonuses Vol 3-313, Vol 5-231
30 Mar. 1965 Field Auditors Become Staff (26 Mar. 1965 revised)
312
9 May 1965 Field Auditors Become Staff (cancels 26 Mar. 1965
& 30 Mar. 1965) 318
May 1965 Organization Chart of Flows-Operation Salvage 324
21 June 1965 Orgs are Saint Hill FSMs 325
16 Sept. 1965 Foundation 207
15 Oct. 1965 Field Staff Member Selection Papers and Commissions
326
18 Oct. 1965 Field Staff Member Programme (Sec ED 117 INT) 328
23 Oct. 1965 Dissemination Drill 112
2 Nov. 1965 Field Staff Members for Saint Hill 325
8 Dec. 1965 Distribute: To Spread Out so as to Cover Something 88
12 Jan. 1966 Selectees Mailing-Selectee Advice Packets 329
14 Jan. 1966 Amendment to HCO Pl, of 9 May 1965-Field Auditors Become
Staff 330
30 Aug. 1966 Selection Regulations (addition to 26 Mar. 1965) 330
10 Nov. 1966 Field Staff Member (corrects 26 Mar. 1965) 331
23 Dec. 1966 Field Staff Member Commissions (cancels 30 Aug. 1966)
332
9 Jan. 1967 FSM System Administration in Organizations
(modifies 9 May 1965 & 15 Oct. 1965) 334
14 Feb. 1967 Book Buyers Vol 2-387
14 Jan. 1968 Field Auditors Become Staff (9 May 1965 revised &
reissued)
(cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar. 1965) 339
17 Feb. 1968 Field Staff Member Commissions 344
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
23 Apr. 1968 "The FSM of the Year" 345
5 June 1968 FSM Commissions 345
7 Apr. 1969 Division 6 Pins (amendment to 24 Apr. 1968) 95
15 Apr. 1969 Field Staff Member Award Programme 346
10 Nov. 1969 FSM Awards 347
6 Dec. 1969 How to Clear Your Community illustrations Vol. 0-261
28 Jan. 1970 Field Mailing Lists (cancels 29 July 1969,
amends 14 Feb. 1967) Vol 1-290
18 Apr. 1970 Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964, amends 13 May 1965) Vol. 2-
227
27 Sept. 1970 Cutative Prices 348
16 Dec. 1970 SH FSM Bonus Awards 349
31 Jan. 1971 FSM Contest Awards (modifies 27 Sept. 1970) 349
GROUPS
24 Nov. 1958 HASI Group Secretary 350
6 Jan. 1959 Field Activities (HCOB) 351
10 Feb. 1959 Group Secretary 353
28 Aug. 1959 Attention All Group Secretaries 354
22 Apr. 1960 Group Secretary 354
21 Sept. 1965 Corporate Names-Group Names 354
28 Dec. 1965 Enrollment in Suppressive Groups see VoL 1-484, VoL 2-284
17 Mar. 1968 Boom Formula 151
29 June 1968 Enrollment in Suppressive Groups Vol. 1-484, VoL 2-284
24 Nov. 1968 The Group Officer 355
24 July 1969 The Groups Communicator (replaces 24 Nov. 1968) 356
GUNG-HO GROUPS
2 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Groups 357
3 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Groups Poltr No. 2 363
14 Dec. 1968 How to Register Gung-Ho Groups 367
14 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Group Courses 368
18 Dec. 1968 Warning-Gung-Ho Groups 368
26 Dec. 1968 Gung-Ho Group Tech 372
26 Dec. 1968 The Third Party Law Vol. 0-183, Vol 1-530
30 Dec. 1968 The Public Programmes Officer 369
31 Jan. 1969 Humanitarian Objective and Gung Ho Groups 370
15 Mar. 1969 Third Party-How to Find One VoL 1-534
7 Apr. 1969 Division 6 Pins (amendment to 24 Apr. 1968) 95
25 Aug. 1969 Third Party Investigations Vol 1-535
xii
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS
(A study of this Section should include
STANDARD DIANETICS, Yolume 4, pages 232-263.)
I June 1969 The Most Fundamental Errors 372
8 July 1969 Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension) (modifies 20 Apr. 1968)
282
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups I -Introduction 373
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 2-Purpose 374
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 3-Dianetic Counseling Groups
and Scientology Organisations 376
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 4-Stages of Forming, Increasing
and Expanding a Dianetic Counseling Group 377
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 5-Group Formation 380
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 6-The Org Board 384
25 July 1969 Dianetic Counseling Groups 7-Conimunication System 388
5 Oct. 1969 Dianetic Courses, Wildcat (revised & reissued 10 Dec. 1969)
Vol. 4-263
18 Nov. 1969 Dianetics-Right to Audit VOL 5-201
18 Nov. 1969 Dianetics-Right to Teach Vol. 5-202
28 Apr. 1970 The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme 390
20 May 1970 Further Clarifications-DCG Programme 392
PR SERIES
(See also GUARDIAN PRO, Volume 7.)
13 Aug. 1970 1 - Liabilities of PR 393
13 Aug. 1970 2 - The Missing Ingredient 396
13 Aug. 1970 3 - Wrong Publics 399
9 Oct. 1970 4 - The PR Personality 402
11 Apr. 1972 4 - Addition-The PR Personality see-402
18 Nov. 1970 5 - PR Definition 404
11 May 1971 6 - Opinion Leaders 405
11 may 1971 7 - Black PR 411
28 May 1971 8 - Too Little Too Late 415
30 May 1971 9 - Manners 417
2 June 1971 10 - Breakthrough-PR and Production-Tone Scale Surveys 420
15 June 1972 11 - PR Area Control-Three Grades of PR 422
16 Dec. 1971 PRO Area Control (Flag Order 3094) 422
5 Oct. 1971 12 - Propaganda by Redefinition of Words 423
5 Dec. 1971 13 - How to do a PR Survey 425
7 Jan. 1972 14 - Creating Survey Questions 428
25 Jan. 1972 15 - Population Surveys 442
TOURS
2 June 1971 Tours Org Bd 446
15 Sept. 1971 Purpose and Statistics of a Tour Member 448
17 Feb. 1972 Higher Orgs-Public Reg Setup 449
17 Feb. 1972 Tours 452
28 May 1972 Boom Data 454
Appendix
15 Jan. 1957 Dissemination (PAB No~ 104) 457
6 Apr. 1959 Clear Ads 458
21 Sept. 1959 New Ads for PE Foundation (HCOB) 458
2 Dec. 1960 Prom otion on PE Foundation 459
28 May 1965 Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads 460
30 June 1965 Ad 461
Note: At time of publication of this volume new developments of the
Organizing Board are in progress, some of which affect Division 6. The
Public Registrar is restored and Tours are returned to Division 6. Several
1970, 1971 and 1972 key policies covering these and other developments have
been included in this volume, however, a full coverage of this evolution is
to be found in the Year Books (to be published).
Other Divisional Volumes should be consulted, especially Volume 2 for
information on Promotion, Books and Registration, Volume 3 for information
on Invoicing and Memberships, Volume 4 for data on Course Supervision,
Volume 5 for additional data on Memberships, and Volume 7 for
IssueAuthority.
The materials in this volume are listed mainly in order of appearance.
Additionally, some policies are listed in more than one section (with page
numbers in italics), as they deal with more than one area of operation. Key
relevant policies from other OEC volumes are also listed, with volume and
page numbers in italics. A complete date order index appears in the back of
the book, starting on page 462.
X11i
YOUR POST
A post in a Scientology Organization isn't a job. It's a trust and a
crusade.
We're free men and women-probably the last free men and women on Earth.
Remember, we'll have to come back to Earth some day no matter what
"happens" to us.
If we don't do a good job now we may never get another chance.
Yes, I'm sure that's the way it is.
So we have an organization, we have a field we must support, we have a
chance.
That's more than we had last time night's curtain began to fall on
freedom.
So we're using that chance.
An organization such as ours is our best chance to get the most done. So
we're doing it!
L. RON HUBBARD
xxv
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo Issue 11
Division 6 HATS
HCO HATS Division 2
Division 6
AREAS OF OPERATION
It will clarify most points of confusion between Division 6
(Distribution) and Division 2 (Dissemination) if one keeps in mind just
these two data:
DIVISION 6 HANDLES THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE NEVER BOUGHT ANYTHING FROM AN ORG.
DIVISION 2 HANDLES PEOPLE WHO HAVE BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN ORG.
You will see at once then that Central Files is not the property of
Division 6. For the rule of what goes into CF is "has bought something from
an org".
Mailing lists of persons who have not bought anything belong to and are
used by Division 6. Division 6 cuts 3 'duplistickers of each address
received, $ends 3 Info packets and forgets it. The person may then appear
in CF.
The statistic of Division 6 most given attention, then, is the increase
of names in CF (not in Address).
One sees then that Ltr Reg does not belong in Division 6 as the Ltr Reg
writes only to CF people.
Mags don't belong in Division 6 because mags go to people in CF.
Info packets do belong in Division 6, book selling, etc, etc, anything
with green public connected with it.
This seems to say then that the BS course (or old PE) was Division 6 and
so it is. But it is conducted for 6 by the Tech Division in an org. But all
the lower non-level courses (BS, HAS, HQS) are taught in the field under
Division 6.
Extension Course is sold by 6, taught by the Tech Div.
Division 6 has press relations, public advertising, field staff members,
franchise, etc, etc, all of which is the reach to the broad public.
Scientology will grow if Division 6 reaches the broad public.
Scientology ceases to grow where an org cannibalizes off CF only and has no
Division 6.
Info packets, new mail lists, book sales, ads even for the BS Course and
even personnel are all Division 6.
Get it?
If Division 6 were allowed to cannibalize off CF there'd be no growth,
so it can't have CF. It builds CF for the org.
New unreached bodies = Division 6.
People who have no real org business = Division 6. The broad public and
unreached areas are reached and owned by Division 6. Without it we never
grow.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
t Note: A later issue (11 July 1969) of this Pol Lty,amenaed slightly
byPESWw to agree with the 9 Div
org board, referred to the original in error as ajuly 1965 issue; it
implied in its signature PES authorship.
The original LRH policy is the above. HCO P/L 30 July 1970, Registration
Breakthrough, Volume 2
page 301, amended this Policy Letter, but was later cancelled by HCO P/L 3
July 1971, Registration
Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227, which also restored the above LRH
issue to full effect.)
I
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JUNE 1965
Issue 11
Gen Non Rernimeo
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION (DIV 6)
The purposes of this Division are:
1. To distribute data and information to anybody not currently employed
or being trained in an org.
2. To encourage such people to study and continue their studies.
3. To encourage them to take Courses and/or auditing or further courses
for their advancement.
4. To encourage them to introduce Scientology to other people.
S. To encourage them to train and audit other people within the limits
of their training and classification.
6. To encourage and promote the formation of groups (comprised of people
not employed or taking training in an org).
7. To encourage the formation of Franchise Centres.
8. To encourage the formation of City Offices.
9. To foster, watch, monitor and even promote any activity likely to
come into the sphere of Scientology until such time as provision is made
for such activity within the other Divisions of the org.
10. To investigate, pilot, establish, as the case may be, any project
passed on to it by the Board.
11. To undertake any action or activity considered necessary by the Board
to further the aims of Scientology and which is not already provided for
within the org structure.
12. To do all the foregoing within the scope of existent and published
policy or where such does not exist, to submit and get approved the
requisite policy before proceeding.
From the above, it follows that the following specific functions come
under Division 6:-
1 . Book Dept Sales.
2. Franchise.
3. Field activities.
4. Field Staff Members.
5. Distribution of the Auditor.
6. Congresses.
7. Body departure (other than org personnel).
8. Political contacts.
9. New areas. 10. New activities. 11. Press and public relations. 12.
Special projects. 13. Changed conditions. 14. All advertising. 15.
Auditors Groups (such as PAC). 16. Study Groups. 17. Groups in general.
18. Group Secretaries.
Written for L. Ron Hubbard by Reg
Sharpe
LRH:mh.rd Issued by L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
2
I I
QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION 5
I DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 6
QUALIFICATIONS SECRETARY
I I
QUALIFICATIONS SEC. SEC. DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
I
DISTRIBUTION SEC. SEC-
RESULT CORRECTION ABILITY I
Department 13 Department 14 Department 15 PURPOSES
CLEARING REALIZAT(ON
Department 16 Department 17 Department 18
DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT
EXAMINATIONS REVIEW CERTIFICATION DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF
DEPARTMENT OF
& AWARDS PUBLIC CLEARING SUCCESS
INFORMATION
Director of Director of Director of Director of Director of
Diroctor of
Examinations Rciow Certification Pubbe clearing Success
S, A.ods Information
Cap!right(D1965,1967
by L Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT
GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
SEC ED 38 SH Office of L. Ron Hubbard June 28, 1965
Applies to Saint Hill
DISSEM DIVISION
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
1. We will follow, in setting up the HCO Dissem Division, the same
organizational procedure used to organize the Qual Division whereby we
put the HGC in the Qual Div and when the Division was fully organized,
detached the now organized HGC and put it in Tech.
2. We will now put the Dissemination Division together. We will put
everything in it that even vaguely relates to it and organize it all
fully and then when we see how it fits together, we'll detach whole
parts to the Distribution Division or HCO or wherever, leaving the
Dissern Division with what it should have.
3. Therefore the Dissem Division now has priority on personnel and
materiel and priority of any other division is cancelled.
4. The Dissern Division therefore gets
*Franchise Promotion
Letter Registration "Advertising
Book Shop Archives
Book Mailing Mimeo
Printing HCO B & Pol Ltr filing and issue
Magazines Hat Assembly
Make-up Tapes
Compilation And any other function it already has.
5. All executives and staff members are directed to deliver any
materials or files or other things to it that are requested by it.
6. This leaves the Distribution Division with Congresses and Press
Relations, Scientology Groups and Field Staff Members. The Distribution
Division should sort out the needs of broad public handling and selling
independent of the other divisions or former org activity.
7. HCO Division I should handle new and forming orgs and all legal.
L. RON HUBBARD
*These functions moved to Distribution at a later
date. -Ed.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 SEPTEMBER 1965
Remimeo lExcerptl
Advisory Councils
Advisory Committees STATISTICS FOR DIVISIONS
4
Dist Division 6 -
Number of field staff member commissions paid/ number of new addresses
added to CF both for the week. This dual statistic reflects a healthy Dist
Div. The number of new addresses added to CF means of course new people
buying things from the org. Therefore its advertising quality and basic
services can be judged even though assisted by other divisions as well. The
number of field staff commissions paid reflects its leadership of field
staff members.
New people is the business of the Dist Div.
---s. .. .. "I
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright Q 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: A complete copy of this Policy Letter can be found in Volume 1, page
328. It was later amended by HCO P/Ls 5 February 1971 Issue V, Org Gross
Divisional Statistics Revised, page 65, and 5 February 1971 Issue 111,
FEBCExecutive Director Org GDSes, in the 1971 Year Book.
4
THE PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS OF DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 6 (From HCO Pl,
20 November 1965, The Promotional Actions of an Organization.
These are given complete for all divisions in Basic Staff
Volume 0, starting on page 84.)
86. DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY - Co-ordinates and gets done the divisional
promotion functions of Division 6 and makes Scientology and the org
known to the broad public.
87. DEPARTMENT 16 (Dept of Field Activities) - Advertises to the broad
public.
88. Advertises and holds Congresses, Open Evenings, etc.
89. Sees that the Introductory lecture and non-classed courses use no
words that will be misunderstood and make people want to buy training
and processing and offers it.
90. Furnishes lecturers to groups.
91. Gets books placed in book stores reviewed and in the public view.
92. Acquires new mailing lists.
93. Sends out excellent info packets.
94. Guides in new body traffic.
95. Works on thepublic not on the Scientologists already known to
Divisions I and 2.
96. DEPARTMENT 17 (Dept of Clearing) - Recruits and handles Field Staff
Members to get in pcs and students for the org (and collect past
debts).
97. Keeps in touch with Franchise Holders and keeps them informed.
98. Carries out all FSM and Franchise activities and makes them head
people toward the org.
99. Treats the whole departmental activity as salesmen are handled by any
other business org.
100. Trains the FSMs and Franchise Holders and makes them financially
successful.
101. Gets all commissions owed promptly paid to encourage earning more
commissions.
102. Gives FSMs and Franchise Holders things they can use to disseminate
and select.
103. Advertises and conducts an Extension Course.
104. Invites Scientologists to ask that Info Packets be sent to friends
and relatives.
105. Finds and encourages the formation of Scientology Groups and
Registers them and offers certificates.
106. Sends out mailings to Groups.
107. Registers Franchise Centre names.
109. DEPARTMENT 18 (Dept of Success) - Contacts by letter all ex-pcs. and
students of the org. They should be written to at widening intervals
after leaving org.
109. Collects by letters or verbally successful applications of
Scientology.
110. Issues stories of successful application.
I 11. Handles press.
112. Makes Scientology popular or the thing to do.
113. Sells Scientology to governments and broad social stratas.
114. Issues projects of application to advanced Scientologists,
particularly those projects involving artists or public figures.
115. Acknowledges the activities of Scientologists busy out in the world.
116. Appoints Committees of Scientologists in various areas and groups to
advise on improvements of the civilization.
117. Encourages broad public (lay) memberships.
118. Gets spectacular wins posted on the Org's public notice boards.
119. Condenses wins into data of interest for mags and as handouts.
120. Makes a Catalogue of successes with various processings on various
conditions.
121. Encourages and publicizes various applications of Scientology.
LRH:inl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L, Ron Hubbard [See also HCO P/L 23 May 1969 issue III, Public
Divisions
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Promotional Actions, page 19, which adds to
thisPolicy Letter.]
5
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION - 6
1
DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
1
DISIRIBUIAOIN SEC'S SEC
Purposes Clearing Realisation
Department 16 Department 17 Department 18
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC DEPARTMENT OF DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
INFORMATION CLEARING
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC, DIRECTOR OF DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS
INFORMATION CLEARING
Public Relations Officer FSM Promotion Officer Case Success
Compiler
Public Campaign Planning FSM Personnel Officer Case Success
Solicitor
Officer Franchise Officer Case Success Records Clerk
Public Lecture Basic Courses Industrial Applications Officer
Promotion Officer Promotion Officer Personnel Applications
Congress Planning Officer Basic Courses Supervisor Officer
Congress Literature Officer Children's Classes Sales Application
Officer
Congress Quarters Officer Supervisor Other Activities
Congress Drill Officer Group Programme Applications Officer
Congress Floor Sales Officer Officer Applications Record
Clerk
Road Show Officer Group Officer Public Analysis Officer
Book Promotion Officer HBA Records Clerk Dissern Div Liaison
Book Store Promotion Student Pc Liaison Info Packet Response
Officer Officer Analyser
Mailing List Best Seller Statistical
Procurement Clerk Field & Franchise Clerk
Info Packet Compiler Co-ordinator WW Congress Statistical Clerk
Duplisticker Typist Political Liaison Officer
Info Packet Mail Clerk New Civilisations Section
Info Packet Stock Clerk OT Roster Section
Advertising Officer OT Operations Section
Advertising Copy Writer Distribution Files Clerk
Advertising Lay-Out Officer Typist
Public Reception Display
Clerk
Public Receptionist
Public Lecturer
Introductory Lecturer
(The above Org Board was sent to all orgs on 6 May 1966 by WW. -Ed.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1967
Remimeo
STATISTIC
GDS DIV SIX
The Gross Division Statistic of Div Six is a triple statistic:
a. Number new names CIZ
b. Number attendances Sunday Service
C. Number people interviewed by Registrar.
LRH:jp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
6
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1967
Remimeo
THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS
This Policy Letter founds THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS. The theory of the Org Board
is basically
I
1HCO PUBLIC
DIVS A I DIVS
We have hitherto had only the Mind and Body (HCO and Org Divs) in an
Org. Consequently we have not expanded fast enough into the Public.
Out task is to make a cleared civilization. As we have not provided for
the public on our org board, it tends to become another determinism.
In order not to redo or alter the 1965 on 7 Division pattern we will
leave all that valid up to a time an org has more than 50 staff members.
At that time the org must have 3 Public Divisions instead of just one
Div (6) devoted to it.
~ I
Thus when an org gets over 50 staff members, its divisions become 9. It
is then called a NINE DIV ORG.
The 3 new divisions are HEADED by THE PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETARY.
Former Division Six is simply expanded with each Dept becoming a
Division with added functions.
The Division then becomes
DIVISION NINE - Executive Div
Dept 27 - Office of LRH
Dept 26 - Office of HCO ES
Office of Org ES
Dept 25 - Office of Public ES
DIVISION ONE - HCO Div
Dept I - Routings Appearances & Personnel
Dept 2 - Communications
Dept 3 - Inspections & Reports
7
DIVISION TWO - DISSEM Div
Dept 4 -Promotion Dept 5 - Publications Dept 6 -
Registration
DIVISION THREE - TREASURY
Dept 7 -Income Dept 8 - Disbursements Dept 9 - Records,
Assets & Materiel
DIVISION FOUR - TECH Div
Dept 10 - Tech Services Dept I I - Training Dept 12 -
Processing
DIVISION FIVE - QUALIFICATIONS
Dept 13 - Examinations Dept 14 - Review Dept 15 - Certs
& Awards
DIVISION SIX - Public Planning
Dept 16 - Public Planning Dept 17 - Public
Communications Dept 18 - Public Reports
DIVISION SEVEN - Public Activities
Dept 19 - Facilities Dept 20 - Activities Dept 21 -
Clearing
DIVISION EIGHT - Success
Dept 22 - Expansion Dept 23 - Population Dept 24 -
Success
The various sections of old Div 6 are then spread under 3 divisions
controlled by the Public Executive Secretary.
The full functions of the new departments are expressed in the purpose
of the Public Executive Secretary.
TO HELP LRH CONTACT AND PROCESS THE PUBLIC AND PUBLIC BODIES AND TO MAKE
AND GUIDE THE GOVERNMENT OF A CIVILIZATION.
(Note: I am designing these 3 divisions also so they can stand alone and
form the org board of a small org or Franchise holder who will then add the
earlier two parts [HCO and Org] when he comes up to Academy level.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.rd Copyright @ 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by FICOP/L 12 September 1968, ne Public Divisions, page 11.1
8
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remirneo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1967
HCO Exec Sec Hat
Org Exec Sec Hat DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
Dist Sec Hat DEPARTMENTS OF
Dept of P1 Hats
Dept of Clearing Hats PUBLIC INFORMATION,
Dept of Success Hats CLEARING AND SUCCESS
The following is to be posted in Organizations of 50 or less staff
members in accordance with HCO Policy Letter of February 28, 1966 entitled,
"Danger Condition Data, Why Organizations Stay Small":
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INFORMATION
Director of Public Information
PUBLIC RELATIONS SECTION.
Public Relations In-charge
Public Lectures Promotion Clerk
Public Lecturer
Public Programmes Clerk
Road Show Manager
BOOK PROMOTION SECTION
Book Promotion In-charge
Book Store Promotion Clerk
Advertising Placement Clerk
Advertising Copy Writer
Advertising Layout Artist
Book Salesman
INFO PACK SECTION
Info Pack Section In-charge
Info Pack Stock Clerk
Info Pack Mail Clerk
Mailing List Procurement Clerk
Duplisticker Typist
PE SECTION
PE Section in-charge
PE Promotion Clerk
Public Receptionist
Public Reception Display Clerk
PE Lecturer
CONGRESS SECTION
Congress Manager
Congress Planning Clerk
Congress Promotion Clerk
Congress Quarters Clerk
Congress Drill Clerk
Congress Floor Sales Manager
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
Director of Clearing
FIELD STAFF MEMBER SECTION
Field Staff Member Officer
FSM PERSONNEL UNIT
FSM Personnel In-charge
FSM Appointment Clerk
FSM Personnel Training Supervisor
FSM Personnel Records Clerk
FSM COMMUNICATION UNIT
FSM Communication In-charge
FSM Communicator for WUS
FSM Communicator for EUS
9
FSM Communicator for AF
FSM Communicator for ANZO
FSM Communicator for Other Areas
FSM PROMOTION UNIT
FSM Promotion In-charge
FSM Promotion Planning Clerk
FSM Supply Clerk
FSM AWARD UNIT
FSM Award Clerk
FSM FILE UNIT
FSM Files Clerk
FRANCHISE SECTION (WW only)
Franchise Officer
Franchise Communicator
GROUP SECTION
Communicator to Groups
Group Programmes Clerk
BASIC COURSES SECTION
Basic Courses In-charge HAS Promotion Clerk HQS Promotion Clerk
Dianetic Co-audit Promotion Clerk Extension Course Supervisor
DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
Director of Success
CASE SUCCESS SECTION
Case Success In-charge Case Success Interviewer Case Success
Compilations Clerk Case Success Records Clerk Case Success
Publication Liaison
APPLICATIONS SECTION
Applications In-charge Industrial Applications Clerk Personnel
Applications Clerk Sales Applications Clerk Other Activities
Applications Clerk Applications Record Clerk
ANALYSIS SECTION
Analysis In-charge Info Pack Response Statistical Clerk Best Seller
Statistical Clerk Congress Statistical Clerk Ad Response
Statistical Clerk
NEW CIVILIZATION SECTION
New Civilizations In-charge
Political Liaison
CHAPLAIN'S SECTION
Chaplain Chaplain's Court Arbiter Chaplain's Court Clerk Chaplain's
Court Files Clerk Sunday Services Promotion Clerk Chaplain's
Sunday Services Assistant
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:MSH:jp.rd The Guardian WW
Copyright @ 1967 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
10
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JUNE 1968
Remimeo
The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions are allotted as
follows -
Public Planning Division -
Number new names ClF
Public Activities Division -
Number of People interviewed by Registrar
Success Division -
Number Attendees Sunday Service
ED 1076 INT is hereby cancelled.
Lt. Diana Hubbard
LRH:js.rd Public Aide
Copyright @ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCOP/L 20 January 1969 issue II,Public Divisions Gross
Divisional Statistics, page 12.1
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1968
(Amends HCO P/L of 26 October 1967-Same Title)
Remimeo
THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS
All Orgs have three Public Divisions.
Having over 50 Staff Members is no longer a criterion.
A small Org (or Franchise Holder) may have these three Public Divisions
only.
The earlier two parts (HCO & Org) will then be added when the Org comes up
to
Academy level.
Tony Dunleavy - Public Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Ken Urquhart - HCO Exec See WW
Ken Delderfield - Chairman EC WW
Bill Casey - D/LRH Comm WW
Jane Kember - D/Guardian WW
Mary Sue Hubbard - The Guardian WW
LRH:ei.rd for
Copyright @ 1968 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 OCTOBER 1968
Remimeo
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL
(Amends HCO Pol Ltrs of 21 Dee 66, Issue I
and Issue II "Executive Council")
The third member of the Executive Council, the PUBLIC EXECUTIVE
SECRETARY is to be included in all Executive Councils and all Policy
Letters which state only "two members".
Nothing else is changed.
The Public Executive Secretary controls the Public Divisions.
The Public Divisions are the three former departments of Division Six,
each one becoming a division in its own right.
Divisions 6, 7 and 8 now have the functions of former Departments 16, 17
and 18. Division 6 has the former functions of Dept 16 and Division 7 has
the former functions of,Department 17 and Division 8 has the former
functions of Department 18.
The former sections of Dept 16 become the Departments of Div 6. The
former sections of Dept 17 become the Departments of Div 7. The former
sections of Dept 18 become the Departments of Division 8.
The Executive Division now becomes Division 9 instead of 7.
This should be put up on all org boards and number changes made in all
previous Policy Letters.
The reason for this is, Sen orgs have been found to have a weakness in
public reach with only one division (formerly Div 6) doing the action. The
health and income of an org depend upon heavy continuous watchfulness and
actions in the public divisions.
It has been found that orgs fail to expand where they do not have a
competent Public Executive Secretary and manned and functioning public
divisions.
LRH:jp.ei.rd
Copyright @ 1968 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JANUARY 1969
Issue Il
(HCO Pol Ltr of 25th June 1968,Amended)
Remimeo
PUBLIC DIVISIONS GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS
The Gross Divisional Statistics of the Public Divisions are allotted as
follows:
Public Planning Division - Number New Names in C/F
Public Activities Division - Number of People interviewed by Registrar
Distilbution Division - FSM Commissions Paid.
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
VicUeckerinann - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
LRH:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCO P/L 19 August 1970, Division 6 Division 8 GDS, page 36.1
12
pe
5F,:;: PUBLIC
PUBLIC EXEC SEC
PU13LIC PLANNING DIVISION 6 PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION 7
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION 8
PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY PU13LIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY
DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
PUBLIC PLANNING SEC. SEC. IT 0
PUBLIC ACTIVITTES SEC- SEC. DISTRIBUTION SM SEC,
ABILITY
Department 15 ACCEPTABILITY REHABILITATION CONTROL DECISION
PARTICIPATION REALIZATION PURPOSE AIROPAGA77ON EXPANSION
DEPARTMENT OF Department 16 Department 17 Department 18
Department 19 Department 20 Department 21 Department 22
Department 23 Department 24
CERTIFICATION
& AINARDS
DEPARTMENTOF DEPARTMENTOF DEPARTMENTOF DEPARTMENTOF DEPARTMENTOV
DEPABIMENTOF DEPARTMENTOF DEPARTMENTOF DEPARTMENTOF
RESEARCH AND PUBLIC PUBLIC FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
SUCCESS FIELD FIELD TRAINING FIELD SERVICES
REPORTS REHARHATA77ON PROMOTION SCHEDULEll AND
RECRUITMPNT
Director of PUBLIC EVENTS ESTABLI&MVIENT
Certification Director of & RECORDS
& Awards Diredor of Director of Director of Director of
Director of Director of Director of
Research Public Public Facilities and Activities SUCCcSS
Director of Field Training Field Services
and Reports Rebabilitation Promotion &-bodules and
Public Events Field Recruitment
Establishment &
Records
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo
PUBLIC DIVISION ORG BOARD REVISED
(CORRECTED)
Based on the knowledge that the product of an Org Board is Organizations
the following is the new structure of Public Divisions in Scientology
Organizations throughout the world.
PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETAR Y
PURPOSE: To help LRH contact and process the public and public bodies
and to make and guide the Government of a civilization.
PUBLIC PLANNING DIVISION, Division 6
PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETAR Y
PURPOSE: To help LRH discover the Ethnic values of the public and, using
these, to contact, rehabilitate the purposes of and control the
public and public bodies to bring about the processing of the
public and public bodies and making and guiding of the
government of a civilization.
DEPT OF PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS: Dept 16
AWARENESS LEVEL: ACCEPTABILITY
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS
Ethnics Section
Survey and Planning Unit
Survey Unit
Survey Debriefing Unit
Data Filing Section
Data Receipt Unit
Data Filing Unit
Data Supply Unit
Data Evaluation Section
Data Evaluation Unit
Data Assimilation and Adaptation Unit
Reports Unit
DEPARTMENT OFPUBLIC REHABILITATION: Dept 17
AWARENESS LEVEL: REHABILITATION
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC REHABILITATION
Rehabilitation, Plans and Targets Section
Ideas Unit
Plans Unit
Targets Unit
Rehabilitation Action Section
Arrangements and Briefing Unit
Appearances Unit (Press, TV, Radio interviews, personal interviews,
political liaison)
V.I.P. Names and Data Collection Unit
14
Hostess Section
Plans and Preparations Unit
Functions Unit (invitations, catering, stewards)
Guests Unit
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PROMOTION: Dept IS
AWARENESS LEVEL: CONTROL
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC PROMOTION
Promotion Plans and Targets Section
Ideas Unit
Plans Unit
Targets Unit
Compilations Section
Promotion Preparation Unit Promotion Production Unit (Press Release Writer,
Advertising, layout, photographer, publications liaison, printing liaison,
movie/TV script writing and shooting) Promotion Stocks Unit
Promotion Dissemination Section
Records and Scheduling Unit
Book Distribution Unit (MIB, bookstore salesman, advertising placement)
Info Pack Mailing Unit
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION, Division 7
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY
PURPOSE: To help LRH furnish excellent presentation and create maximal
demand for Scientology on the part of the public and public
bodies and to route individuals and individual public bodies to
the registrar for enrolment for services.
DEPAR TMENT OF FACILITIES AND SCHEDULES
AND PUBLICEVENTS: Dept 19
AWARENESS LEVEL: DECISION
DIRECTOR OF FACILITIES AND SCHEDULES AND PUBLIC EVENTS
Schedules Section
Ideas Unit
Plans and Schedules Unit
Targets Unit
Facilities Section
Facilities Procurement Unit
Facilities Maintenance Unit
Facilities Operation Unit
Public Events Section (Congress Manager)
Public Events Preparations Unit
Public Events Execution Unit (Congress, Open Nights, Public Lectures,
Tours)
Public Events Results Unit
DEPARTMENT OFACTIVITIES: Dept20
AWARENESS LEVEL: PARTICIPATION
15
DIRECTOR OF ACTIVITIES
Public Services Section
Public Reception and Display Unit
Testing Unit
Public Sales Unit
Public Courses Section
Public Courses Administration Unit
Public Courses Activity Unit (PE, HAS, HQS Course Supervisors, Anatomy of
Human
Mind Course, Extension Course)
Public Courses New Scientologists Unit
Public Records and Registration Liaison Section
Public Records and New Names Unit
Public Routing and Registrar Unit
Public Activities Statistics Unit
DEPARTMENT OFSUCCESS: Dept2l
AWARENESS LEVEL: REALIZATION
DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS
Success Validation Section
Success Interview Unit
Success Solicitation and Letter Unit
Success Files and Records Unit
Success Publication Section
Success Ideas Unit
Success Compilations Unit
Success Publications Liaison Unit
Chaplain's Section
Morale Improvement Unit
Chaplain's Court Unit
Sunday Services Unit
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION, Division 8
DISTRIB UTION SECRETA R Y
PURPOSE: To help LRH make the Organization reproduce itself by putting
out and expanding points of dissemination which contact and
process the public and public bodies and which further make and
guide the government of a civilization.
DEPAR TRENT OF FIELD RECR UITMENT
ESTABLISHMENT AND RECORDS: Dept 22
AWARENESS LEVEL: PURPOSES
DIRECTOR OF FIELD RECRUITMENT, ESTABLISHMENT AND RECORDS
Field Recruitment and Establishing Section
Field Recruitment and Appointment Unit (FSM, Franchise, Gung-Ho, Group
Leader,
Appointment Clerks)
Field Establishing Unit (Establishes Gung-Ho, Scn Groups, Franchise, New
Orgs)
Field Liaison Unit
16
Field Records Section
Field Reports Solicitation Unit
Field Records and Files Unit
Field Statistics, Posting and Publication Unit
Field Awards Section
Field Programmes Planning Unit
Field Awards Programme Execution Unit
Field Awards Issuance and Publication Unit
DEPARTMENT OF FIELD TRAINING: Dept 23
AWARENESS LEVEL: PROPAGATION
DIRECTOR OF FIELD TRAINING
Field Training Plans and Preparation Section
Field Training Plans and Targets Unit
Field Training Promotion Unit
Field Training Preparation Unit
Field Courses Section
Field Courses Admin Unit
Field Courses Supervision Unit
Field Courses Qualification Liaison Unit
Field Personnel Launching Section
Plans and Preparation Unit
Briefing Unit
Launching Ceremony Unit
DEPARTMENT OF FIELD SERVICE: Dept24
AWARENESS LEVEL: EXPANSION
DIRECTOR OF FIELD SERVICE
Field Service Planning and Preparation Section
Field Services Planning Unit
Field Services Preparation Unit
Field Services Execution Unit
Field Data and Advice Section
Field Communication Unit (FSM Communicator, Franchise Communicator, Gung-Ho
Group Communicator, Scientology Group Communicator, Committee
Communicator) Field Records Liaison Unit Field Records Data
Collection Unit
Field Material Supply Section
Field Material Preparations Unit
Field Material Stocks Unit
Field Material Mailing Liaison Unit
Tony Dunleavy
CS-6 Public Aide
LRH:TD:sdp.ei.rd for
Copyright@ 1969 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
17
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JANUARY 1969 Pemimeo
PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD
There are certain principles which the Commodore has discovered which
have resulted in the Public Divisions Org Board.
The first of these is
THAT WHICH CONTINUES IN THE MEST UNIVERSE IS THE PATTERN WHICH CONTINUES
IN THE MEST UNIVERSE.
Our Org Board up to this point has had a factor missing, which is that
it did not reproduce itself. A cycle of action ends in a STOP.
An organisational pattern must take this fact into account and be such
that it produces other organisations of the same pattern. Thus you obtain
persistence and expansion.
This factor is as important as the discovery of the need for Correction
in the Org Board, which resulted in the Qualifications Division.
One whole division, Division 8 the last division, is now devoted to
this. This is called the Distribution Division.
DISTRIBUTION-MEANS PUT IT ELSEWHERE SO THAT IT WILL GROW THERE TOO.
Another datum used, which has come out of OT VIII research, is that
where we have trouble-
WE ARE NOT RUNNING INTO COUNTER INTENTION BUT FAILED INTENTION.
This datum is further delineated and its use explained in HCO Policy
Letter of 24th January 1969 'Turpose and Targets". A whole department, 17,
(Awareness Level- Rehabilitation) is devoted to the rehabilitation of
public purposes-the "Handling the enemy" department.
A third new datum is used in this org board, which is the anatomy of
population control. This depends on a knowledge of the ethnics of the
people.
Ethnics-What is Wonderful Infinitely valuable
Good Valuable
Bad Worthwhile
Awful Unacceptable
Not wanted
Hateful
You find out the current ethnic values of the population, what is
acceptable or valuable and assimilate this data into your propaganda and
publicity. You beat the drum about that and ignore what the Press are
beating the drum about. You push that in literature, and it is different in
each ethnic area.
Know the purposes of the public.
KEY THE PURPOSE AND THE STOP BLOWS-which is the exact formula to put a
group into action.
Human rights are currently very popular in the U.S. and elsewhere.
So there is a whole Department, 16, to do with Public Research and
Reports (Awareness Level : Acceptability)-Ethnics.
The Org Board now contains those factors which bring about rapid growth
of an organisation and which will, if used, boom stats over the world.
Use them causatively. Tony Dunleavy
Commodore's Staff 6 -
LRH:TD.Idm.ci.rd Public Aide
Copyright (g) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
18
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969
Issue III
Rernimeo All Public Div Hats
PUBLIC DIVISIONS PROMOTIONAL ACTIONS
(Addition to HCO PL 20 Nov'65
Promotional Actions of an Organization)
86. PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY: Co-ordinates and gets done the Divisional
promotional functions of Division 6 and makes Scientology and the Org
known to the broad public.
87. DEPARTMENT 16 (DEPT OF PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS): Discovers the
Ethnic values of the local area.
88. Sees that Ethnic data is correctly evaluated for assimilation and
adaption.
89. Makes sure Ethnic data is provided for use in Rehabilitation and
Promotion Programmes.
90. DEPARTMENT 17 (DEPT OF PUBLIC REHABILITATION): Sells Scientology to
Governments and broad social strata.
91. Works on the public not on Scientologists already known to Divisions I
and 2.
92. Makes Scientology popular and the thing to do.
93. Uses the media of Press, TV, Radio.
94. Issues projects of application to advanced Scientologists,
particularly those projects involving artists or public figures.
95. Appoints committees of Scientologists in various areas and groups to
advise on improvements of a civilization.
96. DEPARTMENT 18 (DEPT OF PUBLIC PROMOTION): Advertises to the broad
public using what is acceptable and valuable (Ethnic values).
97. Produces promotional material for Press Releases, TV Scripts, Book
advertising using Ethnic values.
98. Gets books placed in bookstores reviewed and in public view.
99. Acquires new mailing lists.
100. Sends out excellent info packs.
101. Invites Scientologists to ask that info packets be sent to friends
and relatives.
102. PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY: Co-ordinates and gets done the
Divisional promotional functions of Division 7.
103. DEPARTMENT 19 (DEPT OF FACILITIES, SCHEDULES AND PUBLIC EVENTS):
Plans and organizes Public Events.
104. Advertises and holds Congresses, Open Evenings, etc.
19
105. Furnishes lecturers to public-bodies and groups.
106. Plans and conducts lecture tours and special events.
107. DEPARTMENT 20 (DEPT OF ACTIVITIES): Guides in new body traffic.
108. Makes sure Public reception area displays full data making
Scientology real to the Public and includes nothing that would
overwhelm or confuse.
109. Sees that the Introductory Lecture and non-classed courses use no
words that will be misunderstood and makes people want to buy training
and processing and offers it.
110. Advertises and conducts an Extension Course.
111. Encourages broad public (Lay) Memberships.
112. DEPARTMENT 21 (DEPT OF SUCCESS): Contacts by letter all ex-pcs and
students of the org. They should be written to at widening intervals
after leaving the org.
113. Keeps bad cases and flopped students out of the field by sending all
who fail Key Questions directly to Review at the cost of the
Organization.
114. Collects by letters, or verbally, successful applications of
Scientology.
I 14A. Acknowledges the activities of Scientologists busy out in the world.
115. Encourages and publicizes various applications of Scientology.
116. Makes a catalogue of successes with various processings on various
conditions.
117. Issues stories of successful application.
118. Condenses wins into data of interest for mags and as handouts.
119. Gets spectacular wins posted on the org's public notice boards and in
Success booklets at Reception.
120. Makes sure morale in the Org is high, with Chaplain picking up any
loose threads in Ethics matters and seeing they are cleared up and
that people do not fall off the Org board.
121. Quickly acts through the Chaplain's Court Unit to resolve any
disputes of a Civil nature among Scientologists.
122. Advertises and conducts a successful Sunday Service.
123. DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY: Co-ordinates and gets done the Divisional
promotional functions in Division 8.
124. DEPARTMENT 22 (DEPT OF FIE , LD RECRUITMENT, ESTABLISHMENT AND
RECORDS): Recruits, appoints and establishes FSMs, Groups and
Franchises.
125. Registers Franchise Centre names.
126. Finds and encourages the formation of Scientology Groups and
Registers them and offers Certificates.
127. Recruits Field Staff Members to get pcs and students into the Org and
collect past debts.
20
128. Gets all commissions owed promptly paid to encourage earning more
commissions.
129. DEPARTMENT 23 (DEPT OF FIELD TRAINING): Trains the FSMs and Franchise
holders and makes them financially successful.
130. Treats the whole departmental activity as salesmen are handled by any
other business org.
131. Carries out all FSM and Franchise activities and makes them head
people towards the Org.
132. DEPARTMENT 24 (DEPT OF FIELD SERVICES): Keeps in touch with the
Field and keeps them informed and supplies them with advice and data.
133, Sends out mailings to the Field.
134. Gives FSMs and Franchise holders and groups things they can use to
disseminate and select.
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:TM:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright@ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 MAY 1969
Issue IV
Remimeo
PUBLIC DIVISIONS FLASH COLOURS
Org Board Colour Flash
Division Six - Dymo Tape No. 158/7 Yellow
PUBLIC PLANNING Yellow
Division Seven - Dynio Tape No. 158/8 Brown
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES Brown
Division Eight - Dymo Tape No. 15814 Orange.
DISTRIBUTION Orange
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:TM:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
21
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1969
Rernimeo
Public Div
Hats
NEW PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD
Below is the new, more detailed Org Board for the Public Divisions. It
is unique in that the functions of the Public Divisions stare at you off
the Org Board, and therefore the vital functions do not get unmocked. Each
PES should see this is posted in a location where all the Public Divisions
can see it and each morning before work go over it with his personnel in
Chinese School fashion to familiarize all his Staff and himself.
AWARENESS LEVELS
Dept 27 - Office of the PES - POPULATIONS
Dept 16 - Dept of Ethnics - ACCEPTABILITY
Dept 17 - Public Planning - REHABILITATION
Dept 18 - Public Communication - PROPAGATION
Dept 19 - Public Contact - DECISION
Dept20 - Public Courses - PARTICIPATION
Dept 21 - Dept of Success - REALIZATION
Dept 22 - Dept of Clearing - PURPOSE
Dept 23 - Dept of Expansion - EXPANSION
Dept 24 - Public Relations - CONTROL
Dept 27
OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC EXECUTIVE SECRETARY
E) Public Executive Secretary
M Communicator Section
Ethnics Information Section
B Programmes Coordination Section Public Divisions
Conference Unit PES A/C Reports from Div 3 Unit
Targeting and Review Unit Target Posting and Boards
Unit
P Area Expansion Section
DIVISION SIX
DIVISION OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY
Dept 16
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNICS
0 Dir of Ethnics
. Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Ethnic Political Unit
Ethnic Social Unit
Ethnic Religions Unit
Ethnic Business Unit
Public What's Needed and Wanted Unit
. Scn Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Sen Ethn Franchise Unit
Scn Ethn FSM Unit
Scn Ethn Group Unit
Ethnic Scientologists Unit
Scn What's Needed and Wanted Unit
22
B Ethnics Activity Section
Briefing Unit
Debriefing Unit
Ethnic Survey Compilation Unit
Scn Survey Compilation Unit
Survey Names Accumulation Unit
P Ethnic Findings Distribution Section
Ethnic Findings Typist Unit
Public. Planning Liaison Unit
Public Relations Info Liaison Unit
Ethnic Survey Files Unit
P Ethnic Acceptable Appearance Section
Acceptable Org Location Unit
Org Appearance Unit
Acceptable Public Reception Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Field Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Clothing Unit
Dept 17
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 Dir of Public Planning
M Analysis Section
Ethnic Analysis Unit
Scientology Analysis Unit
Info Pack Response Stat Unit -
Best Seller Stat 'Unit
Congress Stat Unit
Ad Response Stat Unit
Lectures Stat Unit
Field Activities Stat Unit
B Planning Public Events Section
Congress Planning Unit
Lecture Planning Unit
Tours Planning Unit
Goodwill Projects Unit
Local Events Unit
RJ Planning Unit
B Planning Public Campaigns Section
Political Unit
Social Unit
Religions Unit
Business Unit
B Planning Scn Activities Section
Franchise Unit
FSM Unit
Gung Ho Group Unit
Dn Counselling Group Unit
Public Courses Unit
Book Distribution Unit
Test Centre Unit
B Planning Pub Divs Publicity Section
Public Division Magazine Editor
Pub Div Lay Out Unit
Pub Div Make Up Unit
Proofreader Unit
B Planning Pub Div Promo Section
Info Packs Unit
Congress and RJ Unit
Public Courses Promotion Unit
Book Promotion Unit
Flyer and Poster Unit
23
B Public Ad Section
Book Magazine Ads Unit
Book Newspaper Ads Unit
TV Ads Unit
Radio Ads Unit
PE Lecture Ads Unit
Sunday Service Ads Unit
P Printer Liaison Section
F/P for Printing Unit
Printer Completions Unit
P Files Section
Ad Files Unit
Info Pack Files Unit
Magazine Files Unit
Promotion Files Unit
Dept 18
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COMMUNICATION
0 Dir of Public Communication
M Public Routing Section Public Reception Unit Routing Form Issuance
Unit Log In-Out of Public Divs Unit Phone Unit
B Public Name Accumulation Section
Mailing List Accumulator
Purchased Mailing List Unit
PES Student Name Collecting Unit
Franchise and Group Mailing List
Collecting Unit
Sunday Service Name Collecting Unit
Test Centre Name Collecting Unit
Public Courses Name Collecting Unit
3 Duplisticker Typist
P Public Communication Stuffing Section
Public Comm Stuffing I/C Info Packs Unit FSM and Franchise Starter
Packs Unit Info Packs to FSMs Unit Info Packs to Franchises Unit Group
Packs Unit Book Forms into Magazine Unit Membership Application Forms
into Books and Mags Unit
B Public Ad Placement Section
TV Ad Placement Unit
Mag and Newspaper Ad Placement Unit
Radio Ad Placement Unit
Book Ad Placement Unit
Poster Placement Unit
B Book Distribution Unit MIB Executive Unit Booksalesman Unit Book Fair
Events Unit Book Distribution Unit Bookstore Liaison Unit
P Mail Out Section
Mail Log Out Clerk Mail Out Clerks
24
DIVISION SEVEN
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION
0 PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY
Dept 19
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC CONTACT
0 Dir of Public Contact
M Public Activities Co-Ord Section
Twice Yearly Congress Co-Ord Unit
RJ Yearly Co-Ord Unit
Public Events Co-Ord Unit
B Public Congress Section
Congress Manager
Congress Billing and Drilling Unit
One Year Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
3 Month Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
I Month Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
Congress Poster Placement Unit
Asst Congress Manager
Congress Ticket Selling Unit
Congress Hall Procurement Unit
Congress Booths and Displays Unit
Congress Seminar Unit
Congress Registrars and Cashiers Unit
Congress Book Selling Unit
B Ron's Journal Section
Ron's Journal Officer
60 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
30 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
RJ Hall Procurement Unit
RJ Booths and Display Unit
Weekly RJ Tape Play Unit
B Public Lectures Section
Lectures Managing Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Film Publicity Unit
Monthly Film Presentation Unit
Monthly Tape Selection Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Tape Publicity Unit
Monthly Tape Presentation Unit
Open Evening 'Unit
B Testing Section
Test Issuance Unit
Test Routing Unit
Test Marking Unit
Test Evaluation Unit
Test Centres Co-Ord Unit
P Public Division Reg Section
Public Division Registrar Names Letter Writing Unit Field ARC Broken
Field Reg Unit Field ARC Broken Field Auditor Unit Public Courses Sign
Up Unit Selection to Org Services Unit
P Public Division Cashier Section
Public Division Cashier Cashier Summaries Unit
Dept 20
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COURSES
0 Dir of Public Courses
M Public Courses Tech Services Unit Checksheet Supplies Unit Materials
Supplies Unit
25
Materials Files Unit
Course Student Boards Unit
Packs In and Out Unit
Roll Call Books Unit
B Public Courses Section
Public Courses 1/C
PE Lectures Unit
(PE Lecturer)
HAS Course Unit
(HAS Course Supervisor)
HQS Course Unit
(HQS Course Supervisor)
Anatomy of the Human Mind Course Unit
Extension Course Unit
Dissemination Course Unit
Children's Course Unit
B Field Courses Section
Scri Group Course Unit
Franchise Course Unit
Dn Counselling Group Unit
Gung Ho Group Post Training Unit
Basic Management Course Unit
Personal Aid Family Management Course Unit
p Public Courses C & A Section
Public Courses Exam Unit Field Courses Exam Unit Attestation Unit
Certificate Issuance Unit Public Courses Awards Unit
Dept 21
DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
0 Dir of Success
. Success Interview Section
Success Interviewer Case Interviewer Unit Student Interviewer Unit 2 Key
Questions Unit OK to Publish Forms Photographer Unit
. Success Compilation Section
Case Success Unit Industrial Success Unit Sales Success Unit Personal
Success Unit
B Success Validation Section Success Validation Section 1/C Validation
Letter to Successful Public Figures Unit Letters to Scientologists
Leaving the Org at Widening Intervals Unit
B Success Publications Section Success Story Typist Unit Success Book
Compilation Unit Success Book for Reception Unit Success Boards 1/C Unit
Success Cataloguing Unit
P Chaplain's Section
Chaplain Chaplain's Court Arbiter Chaplain Court Files Church Ceremonies
Weekly Sunday Services Unit Marriage Counselling Unit
Org Morale Unit
26
DIVISION EIGHT
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
Dept 22
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
Director of Clearing
M Field Membership Section
Field Membership Issuance Unit Membership Renewal Unit Letter Writing
Unit Membership Renewal Issuance Unit Card Files Unit
B FSM Section
FSM Personnel I/C FSM Appointment Unit FSM Dissemination Material Supply
Unit FSM Training Coordinator FSM Selection Slip Supplier Unit FSM
Payments Up to Date Unit FSM Complaints and Adjustment Unit FSM Advice
Letter Unit FSM Award Unit
B Group Coordinating Section
Group Officer
Group Chartering Unit
Auditor Group Liaison Unit
Study Group Liaison Unit
Group Supplies Unit
Scientology Advisory Committees to Public Unit
B Sciefitology Groups Section
Public Programme Officer
Gung Ho Group Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Registration Unit
Gung Ho Group Appointment Unit
Gung Ho Group Training Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Awards Unit
Gung Ho Group Public Committees Unit
P Files Section
FSM Files Unit Public Programmes Files Unit Group Files Unit
Dept 23
DEPARTMENT OF EXPANSION
0 Director of Fxpansion
M Franchise Development Section
Franchise Officer
Franchise Appointment Unit
Franchise Registration Unit
Franchise Training Coordinator Unit
M Franchise Administration Section
Supplying Franchises Unit
Franchise Statistic Unit
Franchise % Unit
Franchise Selections Unit
Franchise Award Unit
27
B Franchise Expansion Section Promoting New Franchises Unit New
Franchise Forming Unit Liaison to Franchise WW Unit
B Dianetic Counselling Groups Section
Dianetic Counselling Group Appointment Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Registration Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Supply Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Training Coordinator Unit
Dianetic Group Counselling Awards Unit
P Files Section
Franchise Records Unit Dn Counselling Unit
P Special Programmes Section
Pilot Projects Unit Personnel Appointment Unit Liaison for Finance
Allocation Unit Pilot Projects Materials Unit
Dept 24
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
a Public Relations Officer
. Public Event Research Section
Newspaper Clippings Unit Radio Research Unit TV Research Unit Enemy
Trend Watching Unit
. Public Event Planning Section
Public Image Formation Unit Public Image Story Targeting Unit Planning
Appearance Unit PRO Activities Planning Unit
B Public Event Providing Section
Getting Important Contacts Unit
News Release Unit
PRO Publication Unit
Groups and Committee Alliance Unit
Getting Community into Action Unit
Press Conferences Unit
TV Appearances Unit
Radio Programmes Unit
B Public Appearance Section
Public Reception Improving Unit
Telephone Reception Improving Unit
P PRO Area Control Section
PRO Area Control Planning Unit PRO Area Control Activities Unit PRO Area
Control Stabilization Unit
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:Idm.ei.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
28
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 DECEMBER 1969
(Revises HCO P/L 29 Nov 69
Remimeo "New Public Divisions Org Bd")
Public Div
Hats
REVISED NEW PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD
Below is the new, more detailed Org Board for the Public Divisions. It
is unique in that the functions of the Public Divisions stare at you off
the Org Board, and therefore the vital functions do not get unmocked. Each
PES should see this is posted in a location where all the Public Divisions
can see it and each morning before work go over it with his personnel in
Chinese School fashion to familiarize all his Staff and himself.
THIS ORG BOARD HAS BEEN REVISED TO BE STREAMLINED. ACTIONS SUCH AS REG,
CASHIER, MAIL OUT, RECEPTION, TECH SERVICES AND C AND A HAVE BEEN KNOCKED
OUT AS THESE FUNCTIONS WILL BE CARRIED BY THE ORG, THUS REQUIRING LESS
PERSONNEL. THE FRANCHISE SECTIONS IN DEPT 23 HAVE ALSO BEEN CLARIFIED.
AWARENESS LEVELS
Dept 25 - Office of the PES - POPULATIONS
Dept 16 - Dept of Ethnics - ACCEPTABILITY
Dept 17 - Public Planning - REHABILITATION
Dept 18 - Public Communication - PROPAGATION
Dept 19 - Public Contact - DECISION
Dept 20 - Public Courses - PARTICIPATION
Dept 21 - Dept of Success - REALIZATION
Dept 22 - Dept of Clearing - PURPOSE
Dept 23 - Dept of Expansion - EXPANSION
Dept 24 - Public Relations - CONTROL
Dept 25
OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC ENECUTIVE SECRETARY
0 Public Executive Secretary
M Communicator Section
Ethnics Information Section
B P~ogrammes Coordination Section
Public Divisions Conference Unit
PES A/C Reports from Div 3 Unit
Targeting and Review Unit
Target Posting and Boards Unit
P Area Expansion Section
DIVISION SIX
DIVISION OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 PUBLIC PLANNING SECRETARY
Dept 16
DEPARTMENT OF ETHNICS
0 Dir of Ethnics
M Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Ethnic Political Unit
Ethnic Social Unit
Ethnic Religions Unit
Ethnic Business Unit
Public What's Needed and Wanted Unit
29
M Son Ethnic Survey Planning Section
Son Ethn Franchise Unit
Son Ethn FSM Unit
Son Ethn Group Unit
Ethnic Scientologists Unit
Son What's Needed and Wanted Unit
B Ethnics Activity Section
Briefing Unit
Debriefing Unit
Ethnic Survey Compilation Unit
Son Survey Compilation Unit
Survey Names Accumulation Unit
P Ethnic Findings Distribution Section
Ethnic Findings Typist Unit
Public Planning Liaison Unit
Public Relations Info Liaison Unit
Ethnic Survey Files Unit
P Ethnic Acceptable Appearance Section
Acceptable Org Location Unit
Org Appearance Unit
Acceptable Public Reception Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Field Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Conduct Unit
Ethnically Acceptable Staff Member Clothing Unit
Dept 17
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PLANNING
0 Dir of Public Planning
M Analysis Section
Ethnic Analysis Unit
Scientology Analysis Unit
Info Pack Response Stat Unit
Best Seller Stat Unit
Congress Stat Unit
Ad Response Stat Unit
Lectures Stat Unit
Field Activities Stat Unit
B Planning Public Events Section
Congress Planning Unit
Lecture Planning Unit
Tours Planning Unit
Public. Div Activities Unit
Local Events Unit
RJ Planning Unit
B Planning Pub Div Promo Section
Info Packs Unit
Congress and RJ Unit
Public Courses Promotion Unit
Book Promotion Unit
Flyer and Poster Unit
Franchise and FSM Newsletters Unit
B Public Ad Section
Book Magazine Ads Unit
Book Newspaper Ads Unit
TV Ads Unit
Radio Ads Unit
PE Lecture Ads Unit
Sunday Service Ads Unit
P Printer Liaison Section
F/P for Printing Unit
Printer Completions Unit
30
Dept 18
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COMMUNICATION
0 Dir of Public Communication
M Public Name Accumulation Section Mailing List Accumulator Purchase
Mailing List Unit PES Student Name Collecting Unit Franchise and Group
Mailing List Collecting Unit Sunday Service Name Collecting Unit Test
Centre Name Collecting Unit Public Courses Name Collecting Unit 3
Duplisticker Typist
B Public Communication Stuffing Section
Public Comm Stuffing I/C
Info Packs Unit
FSM and Franchise Starter Packs Unit
Info Packs to FSMs Unit
Info Packs to Franchises Unit
Group Packs Unit
Book Forms into Magazine Unit
Membership Application Forms into
Books and Mags Unit
B Public Ad Placement Section
TV Ad Placement Unit
Mag and Newspaper Ad Placement Unit
Radio Ad Placement Unit
Book Ad Placement Unit
Poster Placement Unit
P Book Distribution Unit
MIB Executive Unit Booksalesman Unit Book Fair Events Unit Book
Distribution Unit Bookstore Liaison Unit
DIVISION SEVEN
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES DIVISION
0 PUBLIC ACTIVITIES SECRETARY
Dept 19
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC CONTACT
E) Dir of Public Contact
M Public Activities Co-Ord Section
Twice Yearly Congress Co-Ord Unit RJ Yearly Co-Ord Unit Public Events
Co-Ord Unit
B Public Congress Section
Congress Manager
Congress Billing and Drilling Unit
One Year Pro-Congress Publicity Unit
3 Month Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
I Month Pre-Congress Publicity Unit
Congress Poster Placement Unit
Asst Congress Manager
Congress Ticket Selling Unit
Congress Hall Procurement Unit
Congress Booths and Displays Unit
Congress Seminar Unit
Congress Registrars and Cashiers Unit
Congress Book Selling Unit
31
B Ron's Journal Section
Ron's Journal Officer
60 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
30 Day Pre-RJ Publicity Unit
RJ Hall Procurement Unit
RJ Booths and Display Unit
Weekly RJ Tape Play Unit
P Public Lectures Section
Lectures Managing Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Film Publicity Unit
Monthly Film Presentation Unit
Monthly Tape Selection Unit
3 Week and I Week Pre-Tape Publicity Unit
Monthly Tape Presentation Unit
Open Evening Unit
Dept 20
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC COURSES
0 Dir of Public Courses
M Testing Section
Test Issuance Unit
Test Routing Unit
Test Marking Unit
Test Evaluation Unit
Test Centres Co-Ord Unit
B Public Courses Section
Public Courses I/C
PE Lectures Unit
(PE Lecturer)
HAS Course Unit
(HAS Course Supervisor)
HQS Course Unit
(HQS Course Supervisor)
Anatomy of the Human Mind Course Unit
Extension Course Unit
Dissemination Course Unit
Children's Course Unit
P Field Courses Section
Scn Group Course Unit
Franchise Course Unit
Dn Counselling Group Unit
Gung Ho Group Post Training Unit
Basic Management Course Unit
Personal Aid Family Management Course Unit
Dept 21
DEPARTMENT OF SUCCESS
a Dir of Success
M Success Interview Section
Success Interviewer
Case Interviewer Unit
Student Interviewer Unit
2 Key Questions Unit
OK to Publish Forms
Photographer Unit
M Success Compilation Section
Case Success Unit
Industrial Success Unit
Sales Success Unit
Personal Success Unit
B Success Validation Section
Success Validation Section I/C
Validation Letter to Successful Public Figures Unit
32
Letters to Scientologists Leaving the Org at Widening Intervals Unit
B Success Publication Section
Success Story Typist Unit
Success Book Compilation Unit
Success Book for Reception Unit
Success Boards I/C Unit
Sur,cess Cataloguing Unit
P aaplain's Section
Chaplain
Chaplain's Court Arbiter
Chaplain Court Files
Church Ceremonies
Weekly Sunday Services Unit
Marriage Counselling Unit
Org Morale Unit
DIVISION FIGHT
DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
0 DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
Dept 22
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
0 Director of Clearing
M Field Membership Section
Field Membership Issuance Unit
Membership Renewal Unit
Letter Writing Unit
Membership Renewal Issuance Unit
Card Files Unit
B FSM Section
FSM Officer
FSM Appointment Unit
FSM Dissemination Material Supply Unit
FSM Training Coordinator
FSM Payments Up to Date Unit
FSM Advice Letter Unit
FSM Award Unit
B Group Coordinating Section
Group Officer
Group Chartering Unit
Auditor Group Liaison Unit
Study Group Liaison Unit
Group Supplies Unit
Scientology Advisory Committees to Public Unit
P Gung Ho Groups Section
Public Programme Officer
Gung Ho Group Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Registration Unit
Gung Ho Group Appointment Unit
Gung Ho Group Training Coordinator Unit
Gung Ho Group Awards Unit
Gung Ho Group Public Committees Unit
Dept 23
NOTE: The Franchise Sections in this Dept do not CONTROL local
Franchises. They are to make new Franchises and ensure good relations with
all local Franchises. Franchises are controlled by Franchise Officer WW.
DEPARTMENT OF EXPANSION
0 Director of Expansion
33
M Franchise Expansion Section Promoting New Franchises
Unit New Franchise Forming Unit Liaison to Franchise WW
Unit
B Franchise Development Section
Franchise Officer
Franchise Appointment Unit
Franchise Registration Unit
Franchise Training Coordinator Unit
Franchise Relations Section
Franchise Newsletter Compilation Unit
Franchise Lectures Unit
Franchise Assistance Unit
Franchises Selections Unit
Franchise Award Unit
B Dianetic Counselling Groups Section
Dianetic Counselling Group Appointment Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Registration Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Supply Unit
Dianetic Counselling Group Training Coordinator Unit
Dianetic Group Counselling Awards Unit
P Special Programmes Section
Pilot Projects Unit
Personnel Appointment Unit
Liaison for Finance Allocation Unit
Pilot Projects Materials Unit
Dept 24
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
0 Public Relations Officer
. PRO Event Research Section
Newspaper Clippings Unit
Radio Research Unit
TV Research Unit
Enemy Trend Watching Unit
. PRO Event Planning Section
Public Image Formation Unit
Public Image Story Targeting Unit
Planning Appearance Unit
PRO Activities Planning Unit
B PRO Event Providing Section
Getting Important Contacts Unit
News Release Unit
PRO Publication Unit
Groups and Committee Alliance Unit
Getting Community into Action Unit
Press Conferences Unit
Radio and TV Appearances Unit
B PRO Appearance Section
Public Reception Improving Unit
Telephone Reception Improving Unit
P PRO Area Control Section
PRO Area Control Planning Unit
PRO Area Control Activities Unit
PRO Area Control Stabilization Unit
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:rs.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Cancelled by HCOP/Ls 20 August 1970 Issue III, Division Six-The Public
RelationsDivis' ' on, page
37, 20 August 1970 Issue II, Division Seven-The Public Services Division,
page 43, and 20 August
1970 Issue II, Division Eight-The Public Sales Division, page 47.]
34
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JUNE 1970
(Amends HCO PL 7 Feb 70 Issue 11)
Remimeo
Pub Divs PUBLIC DIVISIONS
AND TECH ADMIN RATIO
As several Public Exec Secs in the US area are reported to have
protested HCO Divs having I I persons when, for that size org (pg I of HCO
PL 7 Feb 70 Issue II, Vol 1- 1), "the HCO ES has the lion's share of Admin.
Personnel, W or I I of the 30 staff'.
Actually "HCO Makes the Org" gave this only as an example, not a policy.
The new formation of the Public Divisions makes Div 6-Public Relations;
Div 7-Public Service; Div 8-Public Sales.
This completely clarifies the picture of Tech:Admin Ratio.
It is obvious that people testing and lecturing and giving public
courses in Div 7 are Tech Staff.
Thus these Divisions rate up a ratio of I PR (Div 6), 1 Service (Div 7),
1 Sales (Div 8) and are now their own 2:1 Tech Admin ratio independent of
any other part of the org.
The second paragraph from the bottom of pg 1, Volume 1, mentions 4 for
Public Divs. The 4th paragraph from the bottom mentions 10 or I I for HCO
Divs.
If HCOs post a 9 division org with the 30 staff example, they get 4 more
people in Divs 9, 1, 2, 3 if they independently post 2:1 Public Divs where
for every I in Public Service they put I in Public Relations and I in
Public Sales. FSMs of course don't count in this calculation.
If the Public Divs are now posted independently on 2:1 Admin-Tech the
only caution is that their courses, group auditing, co-audits, HAS, HQS
(Testing would be Free), must make a bit of money to cover the cost of the
Supervisors and the quarters and materials. Otherwise, these services would
become a drag. The services of the Public Div people in general are
compensated by new org business generated.
If the Public Div people push org (Academy, HSDQ training much harder
than they push personal auditing, the org would become very fat
financially. If the Pub Divs are posted 2: 1 and they push personal
individual auditing intensives to be given in HGC they would actually lower
their own and staff member income.
So with the reservations that
1. Pub Div Service get enough income from public courses for
supervisors of public courses or services, materials, handouts, and
quarters and any advertising for these services and
2. Pub Divs (in lower orgs particularly) push Div IV Courses and
the advantages of being really trained -
it is all right for them to have their own 2: 1, letting the org have more
Admin people.
The Public Divs can actually drive in mobs if they try and if they
provide public services for such mobs with enough income to handle said
mobs. Then enough students for Div IV will come out of the publicly
serviced mob to make it very worthwhile for the org as a whole.
HCO does make the org. And in posting an independent Public Division
ratio HCO must be sure that the provisions of this P/L are also met or the
whole staff will become very unpaid and overstressed.
Any Public Div should be warned not to get too "clinic minded". Except
on Power and Solo (who are after all Auditors of a sort) in SI-Is and AOs,
too many pcs pushed in on Div IV can cost everyone in the org his shirt.
Solvency lies in training. Not in processing. This point is the primary
basic reason for "underpaid staffs". It will after all take many million
auditors to clear this planet.
Lots of good reasons exist for people to be trained and get their
processing from fellow students. The day of "Quicky Lower Grades" is dead.
It takes dozens and dozens of hours to really run lower grades. The answer
is "be a real auditor".
I hope this helps Pub Divs and the general solvency.
LRH:dz.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 197 0 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard 35
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo (Amends HCO PL 20 Jan '69 Issue 11
Division 6 Sees "Public Division Gross Divisional Statistics")
Division 8 Sees
DIVISION 6 DIVISION 8
G D S
The Gross Divisional Statistic for Division 6 and Division 8 are changed
with the advent of the Public Registrar in Division 8, as follows:
Division 6 No. of New Names to Prospect Card Files
Division 8 No. of New Names to C/F.
The value of FSM Commissions Paid stat (former GDS of Div 8) will be the
Dept star of Dept 22. It will continue to be reported by OIC and watched
closely.
DEFINITIONS
New Name to CIF.' A NEW NAME TO C/17 IS AN HAS GRADUATE OR SOMEONE WHO HAS
BOUGHT A MAJOR SERVICE (from the Org concerned). this is as per HCO PI, 30
July 1970 "Important Registration Breakthrough".
New Name to Prospect Card Files: Is someone at the Org for the FIRST TIME
who has done any of the following:
(a) Bought a book
(b) Attended an Intro Lecture
(c) Attended a Public Event
(d) Attended a Sunday Service
(c) Received Testing Service
(f) Bought a Public Service before graduating HAS or
buying a Major Service from the Org,
A new name to Prospect Card Files can be anyone of the above categories
PROVIDED he is not already in the Org's C/F, and PROVIDED he is not already
in Prospect Card Files in Dept 24 of the Org.
Prospect Card Files, how they are filled in and get to Dept 24 are
covered in HCO PI, 30 July 1970 "Important Registration Breakthrough".
THESE NEW GDSes WILL BE REPORTED STARTING THE FIFTEENTH OCTOBER 1970.
In first reporting these new GDSes, prominently mark it as the new stat
on OIC
lines and continue to report the GDSes as above.
CS-6/8
for
LRH:DH:rr.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright Q 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCO P/L 5 February 1971 Issue III, FEBCExecutive Director Org
GDSes, in the 1971 Year Book; cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971,
Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227.1
36
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Issue III
(Cancels HCO P/L 21 Dee 69
"Revised New Public Divisions Org Board")
Rernimeo All Div 6 Hats Staff Status Il HCO Dept 3. Starrate
DIVISION SIX
THE PUBLIC RELATIONS DIVISION
Attached are the new Org Board for Division Six, Div Six Ideal Scenes
and Statistics.
This forwards a new breakthrough in Public Divisions Organization making
the three Divisions each with its own specialized product.
Division 6 - PR Area Control
and Public Promotion
Division 7 - Public Services
Division 8 - Public Sales
This new Public Divisions r"rganization must be studied to bring about
maximum effectiveness and co-ordination.
CS-6 for L~ RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:rr.aap Copyright Q 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amendedby HCOP/L 2 October 1970,Appearances-Clarification, page 53.1
37
DIVISION 6 - PUBLIC RELATIONS
Ideal Scene: The Org has established PR Control over its business contacts,
local community, mass media and profession leaders, community groups,
necessary VIPs and people who count who are now on our side, in our favour
reaching for Dianetics and Scientology; with such alliances achieving
safety for Diancties and Scientology to expand in the area free of third
party actions or enemy attack, past, present or future. In essence PR Area
Control exists in the fullest sense of the term attained and maintained
with regular PR activities, PR programmes and broad public promotion
projecting a highly acceptable Image carefully aligned to what is publicly
popular and needed and effective in bringing masses of people into the Org
reaching for service.
Stat: No. of New Names to Prospect Files.
DEPARTMENT 16 - FACT FINDING AND RESEARCH
Awareness Level: Acceptability
Ideal Scene: Dept 16 accurately and routinely supplying reliable
information, facts and evaluation/research findings pertaining to PR
successful/unsuccessful policies and programmes, public trends, local and
world events affecting or likely to affect Org operations, what is
popular/unpopular and acceptable in local Sea, Dianetic and public circles,
the publics we control and don't yet control, the Org's PR standing in its
environment, Org promotional effectiveness, and to what degree the Org is
being successful in satisfying its customers, to all staff, Execs and PR
personnel, resulting in heightened awareness of PR and its importance so
that contribution to PR and Org image is increased. The Department is also
a consistently trustworthy advisor to executive levels and PR personnel
with regard to all PR aspects of Org operations presenting factually
compiled and researched PR briefs accompanied with timely proposed new
policies and PR programmes as needed to the Execs and personnel they
concern, resulting in further enhancement of PR Control and increased
workability and effectiveness of Org promotion and PR activities.
Stat: 50 pis for every planned enhancing PR pgm or new policy accepted.
20 pis for every fact finding or research venture useful to PR
completed,
accepted and communicated to all concerned.
I pt for every success story written and used, or library fact
supplied to
staff.
Minus 10 pis for every Org or staff contra-PR act.
FACT LIBRARY SECTION
Ideal Scene: A useful and complete fact library that is orderly, up to
date, and expanding is kept of Org history, morgue files, past survey,
evaluation and research findings, PR programme and PR activity *rds, local
and world events and public, Sen and Dn trends, in existence made easily
accessible to all Org Execs, Staff and PR personnel.
Stat: No. of useful facts supplied Org Execs and staff from the fact
library.
No. of items, materials and facts useful to PR and history added to
the fact library.
SURVEYSSECTION
Ideal Scene: Surveys are efficiently, rapidly and accurately executed, the
results of which are communicated to Org Execs, PR personnel and staff
which bring about an increased effectiveness of Scn and Dn promotion, Org
image and PR programmes.
Stat: I pt for every person surveyed plus 20 pis for every survey or PR
fact finding venture completed.
38
SUCCESS SECTION
Ideal Scene: The -success section is supremely alert as the last policing
point of the Org for tech ensuring all customers are satisfied at the end
of each Org service. Excellent categorized files of all success stories are
kept and used in voluminous promotion and in displays around the Org. The
success section validates consistently all local successful activities in
Scientology, Dianetics and outside in the area.
Stat: 1. No. of success stories written.
2. No. of successful activities validated.
3. No. of success stories used.
NEW POLICIES AND PR PROGRAMMES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Accurate precise research and data compilation actions are
carried forward resulting in exact, excellent, useful and needed new
policies and/or PR programmes to bring about increased PR Area Control and
effectiveness in Dn and Scn promotion for the Org which are accepted and
utilized by the PR personnel, Execs and the staff concerned.
Stat: A. I pt for every hour of valid research done.
B. 20 pis for every factual PR brief compiled.
C 50 pis for every PR programme or new policy accepted and utilized.
PR BRIEFING SECTION
Ideal Scene: All staff regularly and thoroughly briefed on the aspects and
meaning of PR, current PR activities and programmes and their role in
helping increase the PR standing of the Org as staff members resulting in a
heightened awareness in the Org of the importance of PR and its full use.
Special PR briefings to Execs, PR personnel, tout members or any such
specialists are given to further enhance PR actions, programmes and public
events.
Stat: I pt for every useful PR briefing given each org staff, Execs and PR
personnel, tour members and lecturers.
Minus 30 pis for every Org or staff contra-PR act.
Definition contra-PR act: Discourtesy or mishandling of Org
customers,
bad appearance in any staff member or Org area, upsets caused the
community or any part thereof by the Org or any individual staff
member,
ARC breaking any outside business contact or PR contact and any
publicly
non-acceptable activity or activities sponsored or enacted by the Org
or
individual staff member.
DEPARTMENT 17 - PR CONTROL Awareness Level: Control
Ideal Scene: The PR Department is actively creating a popular image for the
Org and Sen by acceptable interpretation of what Scn is, what our policies
are and what the Org stands for through bold broad publicity, staged PR
events, regular day to day PR actions, achieving excellent control and
relations with all outside Org contacts, community contacts, opinion
leaders, profession leaders, VIPs and mass media contacts; is constantly
expanding this control with PR programmes effectively executed resulting in
masses of publics reaching for Dianetics and Scientology in the area.
Stat: 5 pis for every item of good publicity in mass media, successful PR
event
staged or business or community contact in good relations.
10 pts for every VIP or influential contact in good relations.
20 pis for every new group alliance made or confirmed advantageous to
PR
in good relations or PR programme completed.
Minus 150 pis for every PR upset or item of bad publicity.
39
PR PGM PRE TEST SECTION
Ideal. Scene: New untested programmes are rapidly and efficiently piloted
to completion by competent PR personnel in such a way that pilot actions do
not serve as a distraction to established PR programmes and activities or
cause for any PR upset, following exactly the orders of each new programme
being piloted so that it can be clearly ascertained by Dept 16 whether it
is successful or unsuccessful.
Stat: I pt for every target completed.
20 pts for every major target completed.
PUBLICITY SECTION
Ideal Scene: Is a professional competent information service, putting out
many effective, publicly acceptable, hard news releases, articles and PR
statements to TV, press and radio which get used, handling expertly the
demands of all mass media with
whom the Org has excellent relations, resulting in smooth control of all
influential mass media contacts to whom the publicity section (or its PRO)
is a stable terminal thus making it possible for lots of free good
publicity for the Org, Dianetics and Scientology but impossible for any bad
publicity.
Stat: 5 pts for every item of good publicity or publicity in the mass
media.
Minus 150 pts for every item of bad publicity.
STAFF RELA TIONS SECTION
Ideal Scene: Organization staff made to feel part of the team, well
informed of their Org's plans and progress towards its goals and that they
are contributing to this and in such a working atmosphere created, greater
production, harmony and teamwork is resultant.
Stat: No. of informative Org news pieces posted or handed out to
staff.
No. of staff attending weekly staff meetings or briefings
COMMUNITY RELATIONS SECTION
Ideal Scene: Gaining to the Org's side all community leaders, VIPs, groups
and contacts by communicating and projecting a real and highly acceptable
Org image, ensuring all business contacts are smoothly handled by
participating in community affairs to the enhancement of Scientology's
image and to effect by these means PR Area Control in the community. The
Org's control over the community will lead and is leading to a Sane Society
and an OT civilization.
Stat: 5 pts for every community leader, business contact and profession
leader in
good relations.
10 pts for every consecutive community activity, organized and
completed.
20 pts for every community group in control and on our side contacted
in
week.
Minus 150 pts for every attack.
SPECIAL PR PROGRAMMES EXECUTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Special PR programmes as differentiated from routine PR
actions, are planned by Dept 16, billed, drilled and superbly executed with
specific PR targets and achievements done within the expected period of
time to bring about the maximum desired effect upon the publics they
concern, expanding PR Area Control.
Special PR programmes examples:
1. An education programme to introduce to all local schools and
universities Scientology study techniques.
2. A racial programme to bar racial prejudices and misunderstandings
through the use of Scientology techniques to increase understanding of
life and people for coloured people.
40
3. A hospital programme to introduce Dianetic techniques to all local
hospitals and clinics to increase the health and welfare of the local
population.
4. A Religious programme to bring unity and co-operation among local
churches to help society.
5. A Drug abuse programme to help the Drug problem in society with
Dianetic techniques co-ordinating all interested groups and clinics.
Stat.. 1 pt for every target completed.
20 pts for every major target completed.
DEPARTMENT 18 - PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS
Awareness Level: Propagation
Ideal Scene: Vast volumes of broad sweepingly effective public promotion
going out in a steadily increasing flow to masses and masses of public
individuals bringing about floods of response and people into Division 7
reaching for Diarietics and Scientology.
Stat: No. of public promotional particles distributed or mailed.
AD YER TISTNG SECTION
Ideal Scene: Effective, reaching advertising of BOOKS, intro lectures and
testing through frequent and regular placement of advertisements in
newspapers, magazines and other mass media resulting in large public
response for Scientology books, Dianetic books and Public Division services
(testing and introductory lectures).
Stat: No. of ads placed in newspapers, mags or other mass media.
No. of people coming into the Org as result of an advertisement.
INFO PACK SECTION
Ideal Scene: Large response producing Info Packs, promoting Dianetic and
Scientology books sent in large quantities to suitable purchased public
mailing lists in a series of three at two we~ek intervals. Each Info Pack
containing the precise and exact message designed for the category to which
it is mailed.
Stat: No. of Info Packs mailed.
No. of book orders made from these Info Packs.
PROMOTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: A voluminous steadily increasing flow through hand
distribution and mail of effective intro lecture, testing, congress and
public event promotion for a sufficient period of time and in sufficient
quantity to ensure excellent attendance.
Stat: No. of public promotional particles distributed or mailed from the
Promotion Section.
41
DIVISION 6
PUBLIC RELATIONS DIVISION
Acceptability Control Propagation
Dept 16 Dept 17 Dept 18
FACT FINDING PR CONTROL PUBLIC COMMUNICATION
& RESEARCH
FACT LIBRARY SECTION PR PGM PRE TEST SECTION ADVERTISING
SECTION
Org History Unit Pilot Personnel (Newspaper,
Mag, TV
Morgue Files Unit Assignment Unit and
Radio)
Current Events & Pilot Activities Unit
Advert Design Unit
Trends Files Pilot Debrief Unit
Writing Sub Unit
Sub Unit Data Liaison to Dept
Artist Sub Unit
Survey, Evaluation & 16 Unit Layout
Sub Unit
Research Results Files Ad Placement Unit
Unit PUBLICITY SECTION Publicity Section -
Org PR Policies Library Mass Media contact
Liaison Unit
Unit Ad Response Analysis
PR Programme Records Relations Unit
unit Contact Card File Unit
Sub Unit
SURVEYS SECTION Mass Media Info Service
INFO PACK SECTION
Unit Info Pack Compilation
Fact Finding Surveys Press Releases Unit Unit
Unit Press Conferences Div 2 Printing
Liaison
Popularity Surveys Sub Unit Unit
Sub Unit Magazine Features Mailing
List Purchasing
Opinion Surveys Sub Unit Unit
Sub Unit TV Publicity Unit Info Pack
Stuffing Unit
Promotion Response Radio News Releases Unit
Analysis Unit PROMOTION SECTION
Customer Complaints Unit STAFF RELATIONS SECTION
Promotion Design Unit
Publics Classification Staff News Unit Writing
Sub Unit
Unit New Staff Org Guide Artist Sub
Unit
Handouts Sub Unit Layout
Sub Unit
SUCCESS SECTION Staff Info Handouts
Div 2 Printing Liaison
Success Interview Unit Sub Unit Unit
Success Story Files Unit Staff News
Bulletins Promotion Mail and
Success Categorization Sub Unit
Distribution Unit
Sub Unit Staff Social Events Unit
Intro Lecture/Testing
Validation Unit Staff Suggestions/Ideas
Handouts Sub Unit
Promotion & PR Liaison Unit Posters Sub Unit
Unit Staff Validations Unit Congress &
Special
Liaison to Qual Unit Event Flyers
&
COMMUNITY CONTROL SECTION Handouts Sub Unit
NEW POLICIES AND PR Community Info Service Unit Ticket
Distribution
PROGRAMMES SECTION Sub Unit
Publicity Sect Liaison Sub Unit Staff/FSM
Distribution
Compilations & Research Community Social Events Unit
Volunteers Unit
Unit House Tours Sub Unit
Programme Result Eval Gung Ho Groups Unit
Unit OT Civilizations Unit
PR Ideas Unit Contact Card File Sub Unit
New Policy Origination Community Org Participation Sub Unit
Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
Programme Planning Unit
Programme Issuance Unit SPECIAL PR PROGRAMME
EXECUTION SECTION
PR BRIEFING SECTION S Pgm Handout Writing & Promo Unit
Management Advisory Unit S Pgm Personnel Assignment Unit
PR Personnel Briefing S Pgni Personnel Drilling Sub Unit
Unit S Pgm Activities Unit
Staff Briefing Unit VIP Contacts Sub Unit
Lecturer Briefing Unit Special PR Events Staging Sub Unit
Tour & Event Briefing PR Gimmick Stunt Staging Sub Unit
Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Sub Unit
S Pgm Debrief Unit
Data Liaison to Dept 16 Unit
42
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Issue 11
(Cancels HCO P/L 21 Dec 69
"Revised New Public Divisions Org Board")
Rernimeo All Div 7 Hats Staff Status Il HCO Dept 3 Starrate
DIVISION SEVEN
THE PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION
Attached are the new Org Board for DIVISION SEVEN, Div 7 Ideal Scenes
and Statistics.
This forwards a new breakthrough in Public Divisions organization making
the three divisions each with its own specialized product.
Division 6 - , PR Area Control and Public Promotion
Division 7 - Public Services
Division 8 - Public Sales
This new Public Divisions re-organization must be studied to bring about
maximum effectiveness and co-ordination.
CS-7 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:TD:rr.aap Copyright Q 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Revised by HCO P/L 2 October 1970, Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8
Statistics, page 54.1
43
PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION - DIVISION 7
Ideal Scene: Lots of well attended public events which generate high
interest and result in numerous enrolments, and excellent basic services
which effectively and rapidly demonstrate Dianetics and Scientology and the
results which can be achieved therefrom and produce large quantities of new
people in increasing numbers who are well introduced to Scientology and
want higher training and processing.
Stats: Dual (a) Number of people routed from or at a public event to a
Registrar. (Includes Public Reg, Body Reg and ARC Brk Reg.)
(b) Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.
DEPARTMENT 19 - PUBLIC EVENTS Awareness Level - Decision
Ideal Scene: Lots of well run public events which are attended by volumes
of people in increasing numbers, and which create and generate high
interest resulting in numerous enrollments for training and processing.
Stat: Total number of public events and Sunday Service attendees routed to
a Registrar.
EVENTS PLANNING AND PREPARA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Lots of excellent public events fully scheduled with the
years's schedule published to staff 12 months in advance, comprehensively
planned and programmed and preparations well underway 6 months in advance
and all preparations completed and staff billed, trained and drilled in
advance so that the event may be excellently, professionally and
effectively executed with precision and no flaps.
Stat: Number of points for events properly planned and prepared for:
Congresses: 30
Dn Conferences: 25
Goodwill Tours: 20
Lectures to Groups: 5
Film and Tape Plays: 5
Open House: 5
Other events: 5
EVENTS EXECUTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Lots of public events excellently,, professionally and
effectively executed so that tremendous interest and enthusiasm is
generated, more and more people attend one event to the next, and which
brings about high and increasing numbers of enrollments for training and
processing.
Stat: Number of public event attendees.
CHAPLAIN'S SECTION
Ideal Scene: Excellent Chaplain's services being delivered and easy to get
with org morale high, all civil disputes rapidly and equably settled and an
excellent weekly Sunday Service which generates high interest, manifested
by increasing size of its congregation, and increasing enrollments in org
services of training and processing.
Stat: Number of Sunday Service attendees.
ROUTING TO REGISTRAR SECTION
Ideal Scene: Body Routers discovering realities about and establishing
realities with public event and Sunday Services attendees and establishing
excellent two way comm with lots of attendees who are then WITHOUT ANY DROP
IN ARC routed to a Registrar so they may be enrolled in their next service
of a Basic Course or training or processing.
Stat: Number of public events or Sunday Service attendees routed to a
Registrar (Public, Dissem orARCBreakReg).
44
DEPARTMENT 20 - PUBLIC CONTACT Awareness Level - Rehabilitation
Ideal Scene: Excellent and professionally presented introductory lectures
and public testing and evaluations from which a high volume of new people
sign up for service with the number increasing weekly.
Stat: Number of new people routed to the Public Registrar.
INTRODUCTOR Y LECTURES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Excellent, precise and professionally presented Introductory
Lectures (may include the showing of a basic Scientology and Dianetic
introductory film) which communicate some of the most basic realities of
Scientology and Dianetics and generate high interest in Scientology and
Dianetics and which through word of mouth promotion bring about increasing
numbers of attendees.
Stat: Number of new persons attending Introductory Lectures.
TESTING SECTION
Ideal Scene: . Highly professional and super-efficient administration and
evaluation of Tests which is done so smoothly and well that a very high
proportion enrol for a service and increasing numbers of personscome in for
testing.
Stat: Number of new persons tested and evaluated.
ROUTING TO PUBLIC REGISTRAR SEC TION
Ideal Scene: All persons completing the Introductory Lecture or their Test
Evaluation smoothly and with good control but high ARC routed to. the
Public Registrar for enrollment in a service, Prospect Cards and test files
being fully utilized to gain reality on the person, and being delivered
with or before the person to the Public Registrar.
Stat: Number of new persons routed to the Public Registrar.
DEPARTMENT 21 - PUBLIC COURSES Awareness Level - Participation
Ideal Scene: Volumes of people in increasing numbers well serviced with
basic courses and processing which effectively and rapidly demonstrate
Dianetics and Scientology and the results which can be achieved therefrom
so that they are well introduced to Dianetics and Scientology, and want and
are enrolling for training or processing within two weeks of their arrival
in Division 7.
Stat: Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.
BASIC COURSES AND PROCESSING ADMINISTRATION SECTION
Ideal Scene: All admin functions of the Public Courses Dept fully taken
care of and admin on every person currently in this. Dept complete,
accurate and up to date at all times so that maximum assistance may be
rendered to supervisors and auditors, and all admin liaison actions with
other parts of the org on each student promptly executed.
Stat: Number of basic services enrollees on whom accurate and up to date
admin
is done, including admin liaison actions with other parts of the Org.
BASIC COURSES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Standard basic courses competently and effectively given with
schedules strictly adhered to, Supervisor's Tech fully applied, and Tech in
so that students rapidly obtaina high reality on somebasics of Dianetics
and Scientology and on the value of real Academy training as well as
personal improvement so-that they complete the course eager to enrol in
higher services, preferably Academy training.
Stats: Dual (a) Number of basic courses completions.
W Number of people off a basic course who enrol in a major
Org service.
BASIC PROCESSING SECTION
Ideal Scene: Lots of intro auditing sessions, group processing and/or co-
auditing competently and effectively delivered with totally standard Tech
so that a personal case gain is rapidly obtained with the person knowing
that the source of this is Dianetics and Scientology and so that he wants
more Dianetics and Scientology and is eager to enrol for training and/or
processing.
Stats: Dual (a) Number of basic processing completions.
(b) Number of basic processing completions who enrol for a
major Org service.
DIVISION 7
PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION
Decision Rehabilitation Participation
Dep I t 19 Dept 20 Dep I t 21
PUBLIC EVENTS PUBLIC CONTACT PUBLIC COURSES
EVENTS PLANNING AND INTRODUCTORY LECTURES BASIC COURSES AND
PREPARATION SECTION SECTION PROCESSING ADMIN SECTION
Scheduling Unit Lecturer Unit Roll Call Unit
Personnel Unit Introductory Film Unit Progress Board
Unit
Programme Unit (PE Course Lecturer Unit) Materials Issuance
Space Allocation Unit Unit
Booths & Displays TESTING SECTION
Sub Unit
Audio Visual Unit Routine Testing Unit BASIC COURSES SECTION
Stage & Lighting Tests After Lectures Unit HAS Course
Unit
Sub Unit Test Marking Unit HQS Course Unit
Test Evaluation Unit Extension Course Unit
EVENTS EXECUTION
SECTION ROUTING TO PUBLIC BASIC PROCESSING
Congress Unit REGISTRAR SECTION SECTION
Dianctic Conferences Attendee Cards Unit Introductory Auditing
Sub Unit Dist & Collection Session Unit
Open House Unit Sub Unit Group Processing Unit
Film & Tape Plays Unit Sorting Sub Unit Co-Audit Unit
Goodwill Tours Unit Body Routers Unit
Lectures to Groups ARC Break Liaison
Sub Unit
Auditors Assn Events Unit
Auditors Night Sub Unit
CHAPLAIN'S SECTION
Chaplain
Chaplain's Court Unit
Chaplain's Court Arbiter
Chaplain's Court Files
Church Services Unit
Church Ceremonies Sub Unit
Weekly Sunday Services Sub Unit
Morale Unit
Marriage Counselling Sub Unit
Org Morale Sub Unit
ROUTING TO REGISTRAR
SECTION
Attendee-Cards Unit
Dist & Collection Sub Unit
Sorting Sub Unit
Body Routers Unit
ARC Break Liaison
46
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1970
Issue 11
(Cancels HCO P/L 21 Dec 69
"Revised New Public Divisions Org Board")
Remirneo All Division 8 Hats Staff Status 11 HCO Dept 3 Starrate
DIVISION EIGHT
THE PUBLIC SALES DIVISION
Attached are the new Org Board for Division Eight, Div 8 Ideal Scenes
and Statistics.
This forwards a new breakthrough in Public Divisions organization making
the three Divisions each with its own specialized product.
Division 6 PR Area Control and
Public Promotion
Division 7 Public Services
Division 8 Public Sales.
This new Public Divisions re-organization must be studied to bring about
maximum effectiveness and co-ordination.
CS-8 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:sb.aap Copyright Q 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Revised by HCO P/ L 2 October 1970, Clarification ofDivisions 7 and 8
Statistics, page 54.1
47
DIVISION 8 - PUBLIC SALES DIVISION
Ideal Scene: Has internally a Public Registrar, fast and efficiently
signing up a great inflow of public bodies for public courses, channeling
them to their first major service, and has externally through good
briefing, trdiningl goodwill and helpfulness, a smooth operating mass sales
force in the form of active FSMs, groups and franchises who are in
communication, selecting lots of public into the Org for Dianetic and
Scientology services, who are getting each selectee actually enrolled, and
selling books by the ton. Its field is vast and expanding to ever increase
the large number of higher services sold.
Stat: GDS No. of new names to CF.
DEPARTMENT 22 - FSM SALES Awareness Level: Purpose
DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
Ideal Scene: Hundreds of FSMs in the Org's field have formed a strong sales
network, which is successfully active, selecting lots of people for Org
Scientology and Dianetic services, getting each selectee to actually enrol,
selling Dianetic and Scientology books in volume and responding to support
all Org sales programs.
Stat: Value of FSM commissions paid.
FSM RECR UITMENT SECTION
Ideal Scene: Voluminous FSM recruitment going forward with speed and
efficiency, and FSMs being correctly appointed, trained, briefed and
supplied.
Stat: No. of FSMs recruited.
No. of FSM supply items mailed.
FSM ACTIVITIES SECTION
Ideal Scene: FSMs are competently handled and supervised as successful mass
sales force, being kept in communication and activity, resulting in
hundreds of selections to the Org and hundreds of Scientologists and
Dianeticists continuing on their route to total freedom.
Stat: 1. No. of letters and bulk mail to FSMs.
2. No. of FSMs heard from in week.
3. No. of valid selections made.
BOOK SALES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Scientology and Dianetic books sold in thousands by FSMs to
the public, to bookstores and by broad distribution through local
distributors.
Stat: No. of books sold by FSMs, to bookstores and through
distributors.
FSM A WARDS SECTION
Ideal Scene: Upstat deserving FSMs are validated to the encouragement of
further activity by publishing regular award programs, policing commission
payments so that no delay in Div III occurs and awarding beautiful
permanent certificates on time to all FSMs who have proven themselves in
their first provisional year.
Stat: No. commissions paid on time, certs awarded and program awards
actually
received that week.
48
DEPARTMENT 23 - FIELD SALES , Awareness Level: Expansion
Ideal Scene: An org field filled with many successful Scientology and
Dianctic groups and franchises from which a continuous flow of selectees
and business is received in a spirit of goodwill, co-operation and
teamwork.
Stat: 1. No. of groups and franchises in the fizeld.
2. No. of selections to the org by orgs, groups and franchises.
GROUPSSECTION
Ideal Scene: Many successful ScientQlogy and Dianetic groups are active in
the field channeling lots of people into the org while new groups are being
established as a continuing action,
Stat: No. of Scientology and Dianetic groups active in the field.
No. of mailings sent to them.
FRANCHISE SECTION
Ideal Scene: There is a growing number of successful, active Scientology
franchises established in the field, in comm, supplied and trained by the
org, as necessary to success.
Stat: No. of franchises active in the field.
No. of items sent to them including letters.
FIELD RELATIONS SECTION
Ideal Scene: A high spirit of goodwill and teamwork exists between the org
and its groups and franchises through org goodwill actions, promotion,
help, communication, understanding and validation resulting in continuously
bettered co-operation and selections to the org.
Stat: No. selections to the org by groups and franchises.
No. of groups and franchises heard from in week.
A VDITOR S A SSOCIA TION REGISTRA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Through promotion, publicity, correspondence and
administrative conduct the Auditors Association Registrar has established
and is projecting a popular, professional image of the Auditors Association
which is rapidly expanding in membership and well known throughout the
community for its goodwill and helpfulness; all Association files, records,
minutes, membership lists are up to date in a safe, accessible location
available for easy reference and use.
Stat: 1. Total Assn promo pieces and publicity items out in week.
2. No. of new Assn members in week.
3. No. of Assn iftles up to date and correctly filed.
A UDITORS ASSOCIATION SECTION
Ideal Scene: The Auditors Association Secretary has all Field Auditors and
Auditors united as members of the Org's Auditors Association who are well
informed, in communication and effectively co-ordinated as a working team
in the spirit of goodwill and co-operation, each member actively auditing,
selecting and assisting the Org to further strengthen and expand a strong
3rd Dynamic in the community which is progressing across the bridge to
Total Freedom.
Stat: 1. No. of Field Auditors who audited, selected, did something
worth while
for the Org or heard from in week
2. No. of attendees to weekly Auditors Association meetings.
3. No. of training sign-ups at the Auditors Association meeting.
49
DEPARTMENT 24 - PUBLIC REGISTRATION Awareness Level: Realization
PUBLICREGISTRAR
Ideal Scene: Many people flooding through public registration lines, each
being rapidly and efficiently helped, 8-C'd and enrolled from service to
service resulting in daily mass enrollment of the public onto their first
major Dianetics or Scientology service.
Stat: No. of new names to CIF
PROSPECT CARD FILES SECTION
Ideal Scene: Rapid and increasing numbers of prospect cards to prospect
card files, each correctly filed, policed and up to date with all prospect
cards who become a new name to CF immediately routed complete with all data
to Central Files via Addresso.
Stat: 1. No. prospect cards, up to date complete as to data and correctly
filed.
2. No. of completely clearly made out prospect cards routed to CF.
PROSPECT PROMOTION SECTION
Ideal Scene: All prospects in prospect card files in communication and
speedily continuing on lines from service to service with any drop outs
rapidly returned to Org Public Services until they are a new name to CF, as
a result of voluminous effective promotion by categories, excellent
handling of any correspondence and necessary follow up ensured by FSM
personal contact as needed.
Stat: No. of Info Packs, Selectee Advice Packs and letters out.
No. of discontinuing prospects returned to Public Service.
PUBLIC REGISTRA TION SECTION
Ideal Scene: Hundreds of people rapidly, effectively handled and enrolled
resulting in a steady flow of people being channeled to their first major
Scientology or Dianetic service.
Stat: No. of people enrolled in their first major service.
so
DIVISION 8
PUBLIC SALES DIVISION
Purpose Expansion Realization
Dept 22 Dept 23 Dept 24
DEPT OF DEPr OF DEPT OF
FSM SALES FIELD SALES PUBLIC REGISTRATION
DIR OF CLEARING DIR OF FIELD SALES PUBLIC
REGISTRAR
FSM RECRUITMENT GROUPS SECTION PROSPECT CARD
FILES
SECTION SECTION
FSM Appointment Unit Groups Recruitment Unit
Prospect Card Collection
FSM Training Unit Groups Registration Unit Unit
FSM Supplies Unit Groups Training Unit Prospect Card Filing
Groups Supplies Unit Unit
FSM ACTIVITIES SECTION NN Transfer Unit
FSM Promotion Unit FRANCHISE SECTION
FSM Events Unit Franchise Recruitment PROSPECT PROMOTION
FSM Special Projects Unit Unit SECTION
FSM Selections Unit Franchise Training Unit Three
Duplisticker Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit Franchise Supplies Unit Special
Info Pack
Mailings Unit
BOOK SECTION FIELD RELATIONS Liaison to
Dept 18
B/Sales Training Unit SECTION for Stocks
Sub Unit
Book Selling Unit Org Promotion Unit Correspondence Unit
Bookstore Liaison Unit Field Communication Unit
FSM Sales Liaison Unit
Book Distribution Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
Selectee Advice Mailings
FSM AWARDS SECTION Goodwill Activities Unit Unit
Award Program Unit AUDITORS ASSOCIATION PUBLIC REGISTRATION
Commission Policing Unit REGISTRATION SECTION SECTION
Auditors Association Asst Public Regs Unit
Registrar Telephone Unit
Assn Application Unit Div VII Liaison Unit
Membership Cards Unit
Assn Promotion Unit
Flyer Maflings Sub Unit
Advice Letters Sub Unit
Press Releases Sub Unit
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Minutes & Records
Unit
AUDITORS ASSOCIATION
SECTION
Auditors Assn Secretary
Assn Meetings Unit
Higher Training Enrolment
Sub Unit
Assn Activities Unit
Plans Sub Unit
Projects Assignment
Sub Unit
Coordination Sub Unit
Completions Sub Unit
ARC Bk Liaison Unit
51
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 AUGUST 1970
Remimeo
Class IV Orgs
Auditors Assn
See Hat
Auditors Assn
Reg Hat
Dist See
PES
AUDITORS ASSOCIATION
The following is the Org Board, Ideal Scenes and Statistics for the
Auditors Association implemented by LRH ED 120 INT "Auditors Association
Project".
(For Class IV Orgs)
Last two sections of Dept 23 Division 8 -
Auditors Association Registration Section
Auditors Association Registrar
Assn Application Unit
Membership Cards Unit
Assn Promotion Unit
Flyer Mailings Sub Unit
Advice Letters Sub Unit
Press Releases Sub Unit
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Minutes & Records Unit
Auditors Association Section
Auditors Association Secretary
Assn Meetings Unit
Higher Training Enrollment Sub Unit
Assn Activities Unit
Plans Sub Unit
Projects Assignment Sub Unit
Co-ordination Sub Unit
Completions Sub Unit
ARC Break Reg Liaison Unit
Auditors Association Registration Section -
Ideal Scene: Through promotion, publicity, correspondence and
administrative conduct the Auditors Association Registrar has established
and is projecting a popular, professional image of the Auditors Association
which is rapidly expanding in membership and well known throughout the
community for its goodwill and helpfulness; all Association files, records,
minutes, membership lists are up to date in a safe accessible location
readily available for easy reference and use.
Stat: 1. Total Assn promo pieces and publicity items out in week.
2. No. of new Assn members in week.
3. No. of Assn files up to date and correctly filed.
52
Auditors Association Section -
Ideal Scene: The Auditors Association Secretary has all Field Auditors and
Auditors united as members of the Org's Auditors Association who are well
informed, in communication and effectively co-ordinated as a working team
in the spirit of goodwill and co-operation, each member actively auditing,
selecting and assisting the Org to further strengthen and expand a strong
3rd Dynamic in the community which is progressing across the bridge to
Total Freedom.
Stat: 1. No. of Field Auditors who audited, selected, did something
worth while
for the Org or heard from in week.
2 No. of attendees to weekly Auditors Association Meetings.
3. No. of training sign-ups at the Auditors Association meeting.
CS-8
for
LRH:DH:rr.aap L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1970
(Amends: HCO P/L 20 August 70 Issue III Div 6
HCO P/L I I Dec 69 Appearances in Public Divs)
Reutimeo
All Div 6 Hats
Staff Status 11
Starrate
APPEARANCES
CLARIFICATION
Appearances is a duty of the PR Briefing Section Dept 16, Division 6. It
is reflected in the stat stated in HCO P/L 20 August '70.
The PR Briefing Section is amended as follows:
PR BRIEFING SECTION
Management Advisory Unit PR Personnel Briefing Unit
Staff Briefing Unit Lecture/Tour/Event Briefing Unit
Org Appearances Unit.
CS-6 for
LRH:DH:sb.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright Q 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
53
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1970
Remimeo
All Divs 7 & 8 (Revises HCO PL 20 August 1970 "Division Seven
Hats The Public Services Division" and HCO PL 20 August
Staff Status 11 1970 "Division Eight-The Public Sales Division")
HCO Dept 3
Starrate
CLARIFICATION OF DIVISIONS 7 and 8
STATISTICS
DIVISION 7
The Division 7 GDSes are amended to:-
Dual (a) Number of people routed from a public event, Introductory
lecture or Testing to a Registrar. (Includes Public Reg, Body Reg
and ARC Brk Reg.)
(b) Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.
The DEPARTMENT 20 - PUBLIC CONTACT stat is amended to:-
Number of new people routed from Intro Lecture or Testing to the
Public Registrar.
The ROUTING TO PUBLIC REGISTRAR SECTION (Dept 20) stat is amended to:-
Number of new persons routed from Intro Lecture or Testing to the
Public Registrar.
DIVISION 8
The GROUPS SECTION (Dept 23) stats are amended to:-
Dual (a) Number of Scientology and Dianetic groups active in the field.
(b) Number of items sent to them including letters.
The PUBLIC REGISTRATION SECTION (Dept 24) stats are amended to:-
Dual (a) Number of people signed up for their first major service.
(These are included in the new names to CF GDS of Division 8.)
(b) Number of people enrolled in a basic service.
CS-6 and CS-7/8
for
LRH:TD:DH:sb.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCO P/L 5 February 1971 Issue III, FEBCExecutiveDirectorOrg
GDSes, in the 1971 Year Book; cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971,
Registration Change-New Names to CIF Change, page 227.1
54
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 OCTOBER 1970
Rernimeo All Public Div Hats in Lower Level Orgs, SH Orgs and AOs OEC
Checksheet PR Course Chsht
PUBLIC DIVISIONS ORG BOARD
Reference: HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 "Division Six -
The Public Relations Division"
HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 "Division Seven -
The Public Services Division"
HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 "Division Eight -
The Public Sales Division"
This Policy Letter gives the current Public Divisions Org Board. This
Org Bd differs from that contained in the above referenced HCO P/Ls. in
that additional Sections and Units applying to SH Orgs. and Advanced Orgs
have been included. Post titles are also shown.
This Org. Bd covers now all Service Orgs, applying as marked to the
Lower Level Orgs, SH Orgs and AOs.
A further Policy Letter will be issued showing everything that was ever
issued on a Division 6 or Public Divisions Org Bd from its first formation
to present time.
CS-6, CS-7/8 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:TD:DH:rr.ka.rd Copyright @ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Modified by HCO PIL 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF
Change, page 227.1
55
DIVISION 6
PUBLIC RELATIONS DIVISION
PUBLIC RELATIONS SECRETARY
Acceptability Control Propagation
I I I
Dept 16 Dept 17 Dept 18
FACT FINDING & RESEARCH PR CONTROL PUBLIC COMMUNICATION
DIR OF FACT FINDING DIR OF PR CONTROL DIR OF PUBLIC
AND RESEARCH COMMUNICATION
PR PGM PRE TEST
SECTION
FACT LIBRARY SECTION PR PGM PRE TEST ADVERTISING SECTION
FACT LIBRARY OFFICER OFFICER ADVERTISING OFFICER
Org History Unit Pilot Personnel Assignment Unit (Newspaper, Mag,
TV
Org History IIC Pilot Personnel Assignment I/C and Radio)
Morgue Files Unit Pilot Activities Unit Advert Design Unit
Morgue Files I/C Pilot Activities I/C Advert Design I/C
Current Events & Trends Pilot Debrief Unit Writing Sub-
Unit
Files Sub-Unit Pilot Debriefer I/C Writing I/C
Current Events &Trends Data Liaison to Dept 16 Unit Artist
Sub-Unit
Files I/C Data Liaison to Dept 16 I/C Artist I/C
Survey, Evaluation & Research Layout Sub-Unit
Results Files Unit PUBLICITY SECTION Layout I/C
Survey, Evaluation & Research Ad Placement Unit
Results Files I/C PUBLICITY OFFICER Ad Placement IIC
Org PR Policies Library Unit (Public Name-Public Publicity
Section Liaison Unit
Org PR Policies Library I/C Relations Officer) Publicity
Section Liaison I/C
PR Programme Records Unit Mass Media Contact Ad Response Analysis
Unit
PR Pgm Records I/C Relations Unit Ad Response Analysis I/C
Mass Media Contact
SURVEYS SECTION Relations I/C INFO PACK
SECTION
Contact Card File Sub-Unit INFO PACK
OFFICER
SURVEYS OFFICER Contact Card File I/C
Fact Finding Surveys Unit Mass Media Info Service Unit Info Pack
Compilation Unit
Fact Finding Surveys I/C Mass Media Info Service I/C Info Pack
Compilation I/C
Popularity Surveys Sub-Unit Press Releases Unit Div 2 Printing
Liaison Unit
Popularity Surveys IIC Press Releases I/C Div 2 Printing
Liaison I/C
Opinion Surveys Sub-Unit Press Conferences Sub-Unit Mailing
List Purchasing Unit
Opinion Surveys I/C Press Conferences I/C (Lower Orgs
Only)
Promotion Response Magazines Features Sub-Unit Mailing List
Purchasing I/C
Analysis Unit Magazines Features I/C Info Pack Stuffing Unit
Promotion Response TV Publicity Unit Info Pack Stuffing I/C
Analysis I/C TV Publicity I/C IWGCC Info Pack Stocks Unit
Customer Complaints Unit Radio News Releases Unit (AOs Only)
Customer Complaints I/C Radio News Releases I/C IWGCC Info Pack
Stocks I/C
Publics Classification Unit
Publics Classification I/C STAFF RELATIONS SECTION PROMOTION SECTION
STAFF RELATIONS OFFICER PROMOTION OFFICER
SUCCESS SECTION Staff News Unit Promotion Design Unit
SUCCESS OFFICER Staff News I/C Promotion Design I/C
New Staff Org Guide Writing Sub-Unit
Success Interview Unit Handouts Sub-Unit Writing I/C
Success Interview I/C New Staff Org Guide Artist Sub-Unit
Success Story Files Unit Handouts I/C Artist I/C
Success Story Files I/C Staff Info Handouts Sub-Unit
Layout Sub-Unit
Success Categorization Staff Info Handouts I/C
Layoutl/C
Sub-Unit Staff News Bulletins Sub-Unit Div 2
Printing Liaison Unit
Success Categorization I/C Staff News Bulletins I/C Div 2
Printing Liaison I/C
Validation Unit Staff Social Events Unit Promotion Mail and
Validation 11C Staff Social Events IIC Distribution Unit
Promotion & PR Liaison Unit Staff Suggestions/ideas Unit Promotion
Mail and
Promotion & PR Liaison I/C Staff Suggestions/Ideas I/C Distribution I/C
Liaison to Qual Unit Staff Validations Unit Intro
Lecture/Testing
Liaison to Qual I/C Staff Validations IIC Handouts Sub-
Unit
56
NEW POLICIES AND PR COMMUNITY CONTROL
Intro Lecture/Testing
PROGRAMMES SECTION SECTION Handouts I/C
Posters Sub-Unit
PR PROGRAMME PLANNING COMMUNITY CONTROL Posters I/C
OFFICER OFFICER Congress & Special Event
(Public Name-Public Flyers &
Handouts Sub-Uriit
Compilations & Research Unit Relations Officer)
Compilations & Research I/C Congress & Special
Event
Programme Result Eval Unit Community Info Service Unit
Flyers Handouts I/C
Programme Result Eval I/C Community Info Service I/C Ticket
Distribution Sub-Unit
PR Ideas Unit Publicity Sect Liaison Ticket
Distribution I/C
PR Ideas I/C Sub-Unit Staff/FSM Distribution
New Policy Origination Unit Publicity Sect Liaison I/C
Volunteers Unit
New Policy Origination I/C Community Social Events Unit
Staff/FSM Distribution
Programme Planning Unit Community Social Events.I/C
Volunteers I/C
Programme Planning I/C House Tours Sub-Unit
Programme Issuance Unit House Tours I/C
Programme Issuance IIC Gung-Ho Groups Unit
Gung-Ho Groups I/C
OT Civilization Unit
PR BRIEFING SECTION OT Civilization I/C
Contact Card File Sub-Unit
PR BRIEFING OFFICER Contact Card Files I/C
Management Advisory Unit Community Org Participation
Management Advisory I/C Sub-Unit
PR Personnel Briefing Unit Community Org Participation I/C
PR Personnel Briefing I/C ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
Staff Briefing Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C
Staff Briefing I/C
Lecturer, Tour & Event SPECIAL PR PROGRAMME
BriefingUnit EXECUTION SECTION
Lecturer, Tour & Event SPECIAL PR PROGRAMMES
Briefer I/C OFFICER
Org Appearance Unit
Org Appearance IIC S. Pgrn Handout Writing
& Promo Unit
S. Pgm Handout Writing
& Promo I/C
S. Pgm Personnel Assignment Unit
S. Pgrn Personnel Assignment I/C
S. Pgrn Personnel Drilling
Sub-Unit
S. Pgrn Personnel Drilling I/C
S. Pgm Activities Unit
S. Pgm Activities I/C
VIP Contacts Sub-Unit
VIP Contacts IIC
SKecial PR Events
taging Sub-Unit
lecial PR Events
taging I/C
PR Gimmick Stunt
Staging Sub-Un it
PR Gimmick Stunt
Staging I/C
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Sub-Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison IIC
S. Pgm Debrief Unit
S. Pgrn Debriefer I/C
Data Liaison to Dept 16 Unit
Data Liaison to Dept 16 I/C
CLEAR/OT PR ACTIVITIES
SUB-SECTION
(AOs Only)
CLEAR/OT PR OFFICER
Clear/OT PR Relations Unit
Clear/OT PR Relations IIC
Clear/OT PR Briefing Unit
Clear/OT PR Briefing I/C
Clear/OT PR Activities Unit
ClearjOT PR Activities I/C
Clear/OT PR Special Pgins Unit
Clear/OT PR Special Pgms I/C
DIVISION 7
PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION
PUBLIC SERVICES SECRETARY
Decision Rehabilitation Participation
Z 21
Dj~Deprt 20
PUBLIC EVENTS PUBLIC CONTACT PUBLIC COURSES
DIR OF PUBLIC EVENTS DIR OF PUBLIC CONTACT DIR OF PUBLIC COURSES
EVENTS PLANNING AND INTRODUCTORY LECTURES BASIC COURSES AND
PREPARATION SECTION SECTION PROCESSING ADMIN
(Lower Orgs Only) SECTION
EVENTS PLANNING AND (Lower Orgs & SHs)
PREPS OFFICER INTRODUCTORY LECTURES
Scheduling Unit OFFICER BASIC COURSES ADMIN
OFFICER
Scheduling I/C Lecturer Unit Roll Call Unit
Personnel Unit Lecturer Roll Call I/C
Personnel I/C Introductory Film Unit Progress Board Unit
Programme Unit Introductory Film I/C Progress Board I/C
Programme I/C (PE Course Lecturer Unit) Materials Issuance Unit
Space Allocation Unit
Space Allocation I/C Materials Issuance I/C
Booths & Displays Sub-Unit
Booths & Displays I/C CLEAR NIGHTS SECTION BASIC COURSES SECTION
Audio Visual Unit (AOs Only) (Lower Orgs Only)
Audio Visual I/C
Stage & Lighting Sub-Unit CLEAR NIGHTS OFFICER BASIC COURSES
OFFICER
Stage & Lighting I/C Clear Night Scheduling Unit HAS Course Unit
Clear Nights Scheduling I/C HAS Course Supervisor
EVENTS EXECUTION Clear Night Promo Liaison Unit HQS Course Unit
SECTION Clear Night Promo Liaison I/C HQS Course
Supervisor
EVENTS EXECUTION Clear Night Preparation Unit Extension Course
Unit
OFFICER Clear Night Preparation IIC Extension Course
Supervisor
Clear Night Execution Unit
Congress Unit Clear Night Execution I/C BASIC PROCESSING
Congress Manager SECTION
Dianetic Conferences
Sub-Unit TESTING SECTION BASIC PROCESSING OFFICER
Dn Conferences I/C (Lower Orgs Only) Introductory Auditing
Open House Unit Session Unit
Open House I/C TESTING OFFICER (Lower Orgs Only)
Film & Tape Plays Unit Introductory Auditors I/C
Film &Tape Plays I/C Routine Testing Unit Group Processing Unit
Goodwill Tours Unit Routine Testing I/C (Lower Orgs & SHs)
Goodwill Tours I/C Tests After Lectures Unit Group Processing I/C
Lectures to Groups Sub-Unit Tests After Lectures I/C Co-Audit Unit
Lectures to Groups I/C Test Marking Unit (Lower Orgs & SHs)
Auditors Assn Events Unit Test Marking I/C Co-Audit I/C
(Lower Orgs Only) Test Evaluation Unit
Auditors Assn Events I/C Test Evaluation I/C
Auditors Night Sub-Unit
(Lower Orgs Only)
Auditors Night I/C SAINT HILLER EVENTS
SECTION
CHAPLAIN'S SECTION (SHs Only)
CHAPLAIN SAINT HILLER EVENTS
Chaplain's Court Unit OFFICER
Chaplain's Court I/C
Chaplain's Court Arbiter Saint Hiller Volunteers Unit
Chaplain's Court Files I/C SH Volunteers I/C
Church Services Unit SH Event Scheduling Unit
Church Services I/C SH Event Scheduling I/C
Church Ceremonies Sub-Unit Saint Hillers Night Unit
Church Ceremonies I/C Saint Hillers Night I/C
58
Weekly Sunday Services ROUTING70 PUBLIC
Sub-Unit REGISTRAR SECTION
Sunday Services I/C CONTACT ROUTING
Staff & Franchise Day OFFICER
Sub-Unit (SHs Only)
Staff & Franchise Day I/C Attendee Cards Unit
OT Service Sub-Unit Attendee Cards I/C
(AOs Only) Dist & Collection Sub-Unit
OT Services I/C Dist & Collection I/C
OT Committee Sub-Unit Sorting Sub-Unit
OT Comm Secretary Sorting I/C
OT Comm Registrar Body Routers Unit
Morale Unit Body Routers I/C
Morale I/C ARC Break Liaison
Marriage Counselling ARC Break Liaison I/C
Sub-Unit
Marriage Counselling I/C
Org Morale Sub-Unit
Org Morale I/C
ROUTING TO REGISTRAR
SECTION
EVENTS ROUTING OFFICER
Attendee Cards Unit
Attendee Cards I/C
Dist & Collection Sub-Unit
Dist & Collection IIC
Sorting Sub-Unit
Sorting I/C
Body Routers Unit
Body Routers I/C
ARC Break Liaison
ARC Break Liaison I/C
59
DIVISION 8
PUBLIC SALES DIVISION
PUBLIC SALES SECRETARY
Purpose Expansion Realization
I I I
Dept 22 Dept 24
DEPT OF FSM SALES DEPT OF FIELD SALES DEPr OF PUBLIC
DIR OF CLEARING DIR OF FIELD SALES REGISTRATION
GROUPS SECTION PUBLIC REGISTRAR
FSM RECRUITMENT GROUPS OFFICER (CLEAR REGISTRAR
SECTION Groups Recruitment Unit - AOs ONLY)
Groups Recruitment I/C
FSM RECRUITMENT Groups Registration Unit PROSPECT CARD FILES
OFFICER Groups Registration I/C SECTION
Groups Training Unit (Files not cards
FSM Appointment Unit Groups Training I/C for SHs)
FSM Appointment I/C Groups Supplies Unit
FSM Training Unit Groups Supplies I/C PROSPECT CARD FILES
FSM Training I/C FRANCHISE SECTION OFFICER
FSM Supplies Unit
FSM Supplies I/C FRANCHISE OFFICER Prospect Card Collection
Unit
Franchise Recruitment Unit Prospect Card Collection IIC
Franchise Recruitment I/C Prospect Card Filing Unit
FSM ACTIVITIES Franchise Training Unit Prospect Card Filing I/C
SECTION Franchise Training IIC NN Transfer Unit
Franchise Supplies Unit NN Transfer I/C
FSM ACTIVITIES Franchise Supplies I/C
OFFICER
LOWER ORGS SUB-SECTION PROSPECT PROMOTION
FSM Promotion Unit (SHs & AOs Only) SECTION
FSM Promotion I/C ORGS OFFICER PROSPECT PROMOTION
FSM Events Unit
FSM Events I/C Selectee Quotas Unit OFFICER
FSM Special Projects Unit Selectee Quotas I/C Three Duplisticker Unit
FSM Special Projects I/C Lower Org Relations Unit
FSM Selections Unit Lower Org Relations I/C (Lower Orgs Only)
Three Duplistickers I/C
FSM Selections I/C FIELD RELATIONS Addresso Lists Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit SECTION (SHs & AOs Only)
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C Addresso Lists Liaison I/C
FIELD RELATIONS Special Info Pack
OFFICER Mailings Unit
BOOK SECTION Org Promotion Unit Special Info Pack
BOOK OFFICER Org Promotion I/C Mailings I/C
Field Communication Unit Liaison to Dept 18 for
Field Communication I/C Stocks Sub-Unit
B/Sales Training Unit ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit Stocks
Liaison I/C
B/Sales Training I/C ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C Correspondence Unit
Book Selling Unit Goodwill Activities Unit Correspondence I/C
Book Selling I/C Goodwill Activities I/C FSM Sales Liaison Unit
Bookstore Liaison Unit FSM Sales Liaison IIC
Bookstore Liaison I/C AUDITORS ASSOCIATION
Book Distribution Unit REGISTRATION SECTION Selectee Advice Mailings
Unit
Book Distribution I/C (Lower Orgs Onl (Lower Orgs Only)
Y) Selectee Advice Mailings I/C
AUDITORS ASSOCIATION
FSM AWARDS SECTION REGISTRAR. PUBLIC REGISTRATION
Assn Application Unit SECTION
FSM AWARDS OFFICER Assn Applications I/C (Lower Orgs Only)
Membership Cards Unit
Award Program Unit Membership Cards I/C PUBLIC REGISTRATION
FSM Award Program I/C Assn Promotion Unit OFFICER
Commission Policing Unit Assn Promotion I/C
FSM Commission Policing I/C Flyer Mailings Sub-Unit Asst Public Regs
Unit
Flyer Mailings I/C Asst Public Regs I/C
Advice Letters Sub-Unit Telephone Unit
Advice Letters I/C Telephone I/C
Press Releases Sub-Unit Div VII Liaison Unit
Press Releases I/C Div VII Liaison I/C
60
Assn Correspondence Unit SH PUBLIC REG SECTION
Assn Correspondence I/C (SHs Only)
Assn Minutes & Records Unit
Assn Minutes & Records I/C SH PUBLIC REGISTRATION
AUDITORS ASSOCIATION OFFICER
SECTION Asst SH Public Reg Unit
(Lower Orgs Only) Asst SH Public Regs I/C
AUDITORS ASSOCIATION S14 Tours Reg Unit
SECRETARY SH Tours Regs I/C
Assn Meetings Unit SH Congresses/Events Reg Unit
Assn Meetings I/C SH Congresses/Events Regs I/C
Higher Training Enrolment Liaison to Dissem Unit
Sub-Unit Liaison to Dissem I/C
Higher Tr Enrolment Clerk
Assn Activities Unit
Assn Activities I/C CLEAR REG SECTION
Plans Sub-Unit (AOs Only)
Plans IJC
Projects Assignment Sub-Unit CLEAR REGISTRATION
Projects Assignment I/C OFFICER
Coordination Sub-Unit
Coordination I/C D/Clear Reg Unit
Completions Sub-Unit D/Clear Regs I/C
Completions I/C AO Tour Reg Unit
ARC Bk Liaison Unit AO Tour Regs I/C
ARC Bk Liaison I/C AO Event Reg Unit
AO Event Regs I/C
SAINT HILLERS ASSN Liaison to Dissem Unit
REGISTRATION SECTION Liaison to Dissem I/C
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSN
REGISTRAR
Assn Application Unit
Assn Applications I/C
Membership Cards Unit
Membership Cards I/C
Assn Promotion Unit
Assn Promotion I/C
"The Saint Hiller"
Magazine Sub-Unit
The Saint Hiller Mag Editor
Flyer Mailings Sub-Unit
Flyer Mailings I/C
Advice Letters Sub-Unit
Advice Letters I/C
Press Releases Sub-Unit
Press Releases I/C
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Correspondence I/C
Assn Minutes & Records Unit
Assn Minutes & Records I/C
SAINT HILLERS ASSN
SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSN
SECRETARY
Assn Meetings Unit
Assn Meetings I/C
Higher Training
Enrolment Sub-Unit
Higher Training
Enrolment I/C
Assn Activities Unit
Assn Activities I/C
Plans Sub-Unit
Plans I/C
Projects Assignment Sub-Unit
Projects Assignment I/C
Coordination Sub-Unit
Coordination I/C
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C
61
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 OCTOBER 1970
SH Orgs
Saint Hillers Assn
Section Hats
Saint Hillers; Assn
Regn Section Hats
Saint Hiller Events
Section Hats
SH Dir Field Sales Hat
SH Dir Public Contact Hat
SH Public Sales See Hat
SH Public Services See Hat
SH PES Hat SAINT HILLERS
OEC Checksheet ASSOCIATION
Just as Class IV Orgs have their Auditors Association, a Saint Hillers
Association is hereby instituted for Saint Hill Orgs.
It has the same purpose and format as the Auditors Association but is
limited in its membership to SHSBC Graduates.
The program is designed to cultivate your SHSBC Field Auditors, get them
informed, get them auditing, get them as FSMs, obtain their goodwill and
assistance and get them helping you now now now.
Weekly meetings for members and new members are held in the Org, Saint
Hillers Assn Section, Dept 23, Div 8. Events are put on for members of the
Saint Hillers Association by the Saint Hiller Event Section of Dept 20, Div
7.
The Saint Hillers themselves on a volunteer basis assist with and are
gotten to participate heavily and actively in "Saint Hillers Night", a
regular weekly event run also in Saint Hiller Event Section of Dept 20, Div
7. This event is however not solely for members, but may be attended by
ANYONE WHO HAS SIGNED UP (and of course made some advance payment for) THE
SHSBC as well as Saint Hill Students and Graduates. In addition to other
promotion for Saint Hillers Night, Saint Hillers themselves are to be urged
to bring people along to the event and to select them for the SHSBC. An SH
Public Registrar (Div 8, Dept 24) must always be available and active
before the start of the event (as well as during and after it) so that
people can sign up for the SHSBC and then attend the event. Every effort
should be made to get all who have signed up for the SHSBC regularly
attending Saint Hillers Night, and to get people to sign up for the SHSBC
so they may attend.
The following are the Org Board, Ideal Scenes and Statistics for the
Saint Hillers Association and Saint Hiller Events Section for Saint Hill
Orgs.
(For SH Orgs)
Last two sections of Dept 23, Division 8
SAINT MLLERS ASSOCIATION REGISTRATION SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION REGISTRAR
Assn Applications Unit
Assn Applications I/C
Membership Cards Unit
Membership Cards I/C
Assn Promotion Unit
Assn Promotion I/C
62
"The Saint Hiller" Magazine Sub-Unit
"'The Saint Hiller" Editor
Flyer Mailings Sub-Unit
Flyer Mailings I/C
Advice Letters Sub-Unit
Advice Letters I/C
Press Releases Sub-Unit
Press Releases I/C
Assn Correspondence Unit
Assn Correspondence I/C
Assn Minutes and Records Unit
Assn Minutes and Records I/C
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION SECRETARY
Assn Meetings Unit
Assn, Meetings 1/C
Higher Training Enrolment Sub-Unit
Higher Training Enrolment 1/C
Assn Activities Unit
Assn Activities 1/C
Plans Sub-Unit
Plans 1/C
Projects Assignment Sub-Unit
Projects Assignment I1C
Co-ordination Sub-Unit
Co-ordination 1/C
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
ARC 13k Reg Liaison I1C
Fourth Section of Dept 20, Division 7
SAINT HILLER EVENTS SECTION
(SHs Only)
SAINT HILLER EVENTS OFFICER
Saint Hiller Volunteers Unit
Saint Hiller Volunteers I/C
Saint Hiller Event Scheduling and Planning Unit
Saint Hiller Event Scheduling and Planning I/C
Saint Hiller Events Unit
Saint Hiller Events I/C
Saint Hillers Night Unit Saint Hitters Night I/C
63
IDEAL SCENES AND STATISTICS
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION REGISTRATION SECTION
DEPT 23 - DIV 8
Ideal Scene: Through promotion, publicity, correspondence and
administrative conduct the Saint Hillers Association Registrar has
established and is projecting a popular, professional image of the Saint
Hillers Association which is rapidly expanding in membership and is well
known throughout the community for its goodwill and helpfulness; all
Association files, records, minutes, membership lists are up-to-date in a
safe, accessible location readily available for easy reference and use.
Stat: 1. Total Assn Promo pieces and publicity items out in week.
2. Number of new Assn members in week.
3. Number of Assn files up-to-date and correctly filed.
SAINT HILLERS ASSOCIATION SECTION
DEPT 23 - DIV 8
Ideal Scene: The Saint Hillers Association Secretary has all SHSBC
Graduates united as members of the Org's Saint Hillers Association and has
them well informed, in communication and effectively coordinated as a
working team in the spirit of goodwill and cooperation, each member
actively auditing, selecting and assisting the Org to further strengthen
and expand a strong 3rd Dynamic in the community which is progressing
across the bridge to Total Freedom.
Stat: 1. No. of Saint Hiller Assn members who audited, selected,
did
something worthwhile for the Org or heard from in week.
2. No. of attendees to weekly Saint Hillers Association
meetings.
3. No. of training sign-ups at the Saint Hillers Association
meetings.
SAINT HILLER EVENTS SECTION
DEPT 23 - DIV 7
Ideal Scene: Lots of excellently, professionally and effectively run
events for SH grads, students and enrollees which inform and which
especially demonstrate auditing, its effectiveness and results, so that
tremendous interest and enthusiasm is generated, attendance increased week
to week, attendees become more active as auditors, students and FSMs, and
which bring about high and increasing numbers of enrollments for training
and processing, and in particular for the SHSBC.
Stat: Number of attendees at Saint Hiller and SHSBC enrollee events
for the week.
The purpose of the Saint Hillers Association Program is to get Dianetics
and Scientology into Power in the community.
Tony Dunleavy CS-7/8 for L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:TD:rr.rd Founder
Copyright Oc 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
64
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
emimeo Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
rarrate
Exec Dir
HcoEs,oEs,pEs HCO POLICY LETTER OF I DECEMBER 1970
All Public Divisions Issue 11
AD Dissern
Body Reg Hat
Letter Reg Hat CLARIFICATION
Public Reg Hat
Dir Public Comm Hat REGISTRATION BREAKTHROUGH
Dir of Clearing Hat (Modifies HCO P/L 30 July 70, Important
Addresso Hat
Staff Status 11 Registration Breakthrough)
F NEW NAME DEFINITION
As per page 302, Volume 2, HCO P/L 30 July 70, Reg Breakthrough:
A NEW NAME TO C/F IS AN HAS GRADUATE OR SOMEONE WHO HAS
BOUGHT A MAJOR SERVICE.
CLARIFICATION:
In the case of someone buying a Major Service for the first time, per
the definition, it can be counted as a new name whether bought and paid for
in part or full.
COMMISSION TO PUBLIC REG
As per page 305, Volume 2, HCO P/L 30 July 70, Reg Breakthrough:
Further the Public Registrar receives as an award, 1% commission on
every person she signs up for their first major service from Public lines.
CLARIFICATION:
This commission is only due when the person signed up for the first
major service, has paid in full and has started the service.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:nt.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright@ 1970 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HU13BARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Cancelled by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF
Change, page 227.1
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 FEBRUARY 1971
Remimeo Issue V
oic WW JExcerptl
CLOs
EC Hat
HAS Hat ORG GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS
OIC Hat REVISED
PUBLIC PLANNING DIVISION 6
1 Number of New Names to Prospect Card Files.
PUBLIC SERVICES DIVISION 7
1 . Number of people routed from a public event, Introductory lecture, or
Testing to
a Registrar. (Includes Public Reg, Body Reg and ARC Break Reg.)
2. Number of basic courses and basic processing completions.
PUBLIC SALES DIVISION 8
I . Number of New Names to Central Files. 2, Value of FSM Commissions paid.
LRH:HE:mes.rd HCO Aide
Copyright (D 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
(Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 5 February 1971 Issue V, Org Gross
Divisioml Statistics Revised. A complete copy can be found in the 1971 Year
Book.)
65
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1971
Issue VII
Limited Non-Remimeo FEBC Exec Dir Only
FEBC ORG BOARD DIVISION SIX
PURPOSES
DEPARTMENT 16
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
Director of PR
OFFICE OF DIANA HUBBARD
DMDH Communicator
Div 6 Establishing Unit Div 6 Establishing I/C
Data Liaison Unit Data Liaison I/C
Pgms and Orders Logging Unit
Pgms and Orders Logging I/C
Reporting and Compliances Unit
Reporting and Compliances I/C
PR CONTROL SECTION
Public Relations Officer
Fact Finding and Research Unit
Fact Finding and Research I/C
Fact Librarian
Surveying Clerk
Survey Tabulating and Issuing Clerk
PR Policies and Pgms Writing Clerk
PR Policies and Pgms Issuing Clerk
PR Briefing and Appearances Unit PR Briefing and Appearances I/C
PR Area Controlling Unit
PR Area Controlling I/C
Contact Collecting and Card Filing Clerk
PR Policies and Pgms Pre-Testing PRO
PR Policies and Pgms Executing PRO
Community PRO
Staff Relations PRO
PR Campaigning Unit PR Campaigning I/C
Publicity Unit
Publicity I/C
66
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTING SUB-SECTION
Advertising and Promoting Officer
Promotion Planning Unit
Promotion Planning 1/C
Promotion Analysing Sub-Unit
Promotion Analysing 1/C
Publics Analysing and Listing Clerk
Publics Research Clerk
Prom Stat Analysing Clerk
Prom Actions Analysing Clerk
Promotion Preparing Sub- Unit
Promotion Preparing 1/C
Scheduling Clerk
Copy Writer
Artist
Printing Liaison
Advertising Unit
Advertising 1/C
Copy Writer
Artist
Ad Placement Clerk
Testing Promoting Unit
Testing Promoting 1/C
Events Promoting Unit Events Promoting 1/C
Public Services Promoting Unit Public Services Promoting I/C
EVENTS EXECUTING SECTION
Events Executing Officer
Events Planning and Preparing Unit
Events Planning and Preparing I/C
Tape and Film Librarian
Events Scheduling Clerk
Events Facilitating and Space Staging Clerk
Events Pets Controlling and Drilling Clerk
Events Stars Reviewing Clerk
Introductory Lecturing Unit
Intro Lecturer
Events Executing Unit
Events Executing I/C
(open houses, tape and film plays,
Dn conferences, Aud nights,
Clear nights, etc)
Event Floor Sales Manager
Congress Unit
Congress Manager
Congress Floor Sales Manager
67
Goodwill Touring Unit
Goodwill Touring I/C
Lecturing to Groups Sub-Unit
Group Lecturer
ROUTING TO REG SUB-SECTION
Routing to Reg Officer
Prospect Card Dist Unit Prospect Card Dist I/C
Prospect Card Collecting Unit Prospect Card Collecting I/C
Prospect Card Routing Unit
Prospect Card Routing I/C
Body Routers Unit
Body Routers I/C
ARC Bk Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Bk Reg Liaison I/C
BOOKSTORE SECTION
Bookstore Officer
Book Promoting Unit
Book Promoting I/C
Mail List Procurement Clerk
Duplisticker Typist
Info Pack Mailing and Stocking Clerk
Order Forms Mailing Clerk
MIB Promoting Clerk
Book Selling Unit
Book Selling I/C
Div 2 Stocks Liaison Unit
Div 2 Stocks Liaison I/C
Dept IS Field Liaison Unit
Dept 18 Field Liaison I/C
PUBLIC ACTIVITIES REG SECTION
(Enrollments and Memberships)
Public Activities Registrar
Prospect Card Filing Unit Prospect Card Filing I/C
Prospect Promoting Unit
Prospect Promoting I/C
Info Mailings Clerk
Flyer Mailings Clerk
Membership App Mailing Clerk
Member App Dist Clerk
Interviewing and Signing Up Unit
Asst Reg
Phoning Clerk
Interviewee Handouts Clerk
Routing Form Stocks and Issuing Clerk
ARC Bk Reg and Dissem Liaison
68
CLEAR REG SUB-SECTION
; (AOs)
Clear Registrar
Clear Prospects Card Filing Unit
Clear Prospects Card Filing I/C
JWGCC Promoting Unit
IWGCC Promoting I/C
IWGCC Memb Issuing Unit
IWGCC Memb Issuing I/C
Clear Pros , pects Promoting Unit
Clear Prospects Promoting I/C
IWGCC Info Packs Mailing Clerk
Clear Mail Sign Up Clerk
ARC Bk Reg Liaison
Dissem Liaison Clerk
AO Events and Touring Registraring Unit
D/Registrars
Dissem Liaison
ARC Bk Liaison
PRODUCT: EFFECTIVE PR AND ADVERTISING ACTIONS THAT ATTRACT
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO BECOMING SCIENTOLOGISTS
REALIZATION
DEPARTMENT17
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICES
Director of Public Services
PUBLIC HAT PREPARING SECTION
Public Hat Preparing Officer
Checksheet Compiling Unit Checksheet Compiling I/C
FSM Starter Pack Preparing Unit
FSM Starter Pack Prep I/C
Div 2 Pack Compiling Liaison Unit
Div 2 Pack Compiling Liaison I/C
PUBLIC SERVICE ADMIN SECTION
Public Service Administrator
Hat Pack Stocks Unit
Hat Pack Stocks I/C
Hat Issuing Unit
Hat Issuing I/C
Roll Call Unit
Roll Call IIC
Hatting Progress Board Unit Hatting Progress Board 11C
Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison Unit Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison I/C
Routing Policing Clerk
69
PUBLIC HATTING SECTION Public Hatting Supervisor
Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison Unit
Div 4 Basic Courses Liaison I/C
Extension Course Unit
Extension Course Supervisor
Ext Cse Student Files Clerk
Materiel Issuing Clerk
Corresponding Clerk
Ext Cse Marking Clerk
Qual C & A Liaison Unit
Qual C & A Liaison I/C
Success Liaison Unit
Success Liaison IIC
HAT CRAMMING SUB-SECTION
Hat Cramming Supervisor
Dept 18 Liaison Unit
Dept 18 Liaison I/C
Cutness Analysing Unit
Outness Analysing I/C
HAS^S Retread Liaison Unit
HAS/HQS Retread Liaison I1C
Returning to Field Unit
Returning to Field I1C
SUCCESS SECTION
Success Officer
Interviewing Unit
Interviewing I/C
Key Questioning Clerk
Success Story Collecting Clerk
OK to Publish form Issuing Clerk
Tech and Qual Liaison
Success Category Filing Unit
Success Category Filing I/C
Success Compiling Unit
Success Compiling I/C
Promotion Liaison Unit
Promotion Liaison I/C
Success Posting Clerk
Success Validating Unit
Success Validating I/C
70
WISDOM DISSEMINATING SECTION
Wisdom Disseminating Officer
Subjects Planning Unit
Subjects Planning I/C
Wisdom Library Unit
Wisdom Librarian
Pamphlets Compiling Unit
Pamphlets Compiling I/C
Pamphlets Printing Liaison Unit
Pamphlets Printing Liaison I/C
Pamphlets Distributing Unit
Pamphlets Distributing I/C
PRODUCT: HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS
CLEARING
DEPARTMENT 18
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
Director of Clearing
FIELD RELATIONS SECTION
Field Relations Officer
Field Communicating Unit
Field Communicating I/C
Field Folder Filing Clerk
Field Reports Receiving Clerk
Field Reports Answering Clerk
Field Stats Clerk
Field Promoting Unit
Field Promoting I/C
Field Promotion Planning Clerk
FSM Newsletters Mailings Clerk
Franchise Newsletters Mailings Clerk
Field Events Promoting Clerk
Field Mag Editor
Field Events Executing Unit
Field Events Executing I/C
FSM Rallies Manager
Sunday Services Manager
Staff and Franchise Day Manager (SHs)
OT Services Manager
Chaplain Qual Liaison
Field Briefings and Meetings Unit
Field Briefings and Meetings I/C
Goodwill Visiting Representative
Org Advising Counsellor (AOs and SHs)
ARC Break Reg Liaison Unit
ARC Break Reg Liaison I/C
71
FIELD DISSEMINATING SECTION
Field Disseminating Officer
Field Dissern Prom oting Unit
Field Dissem: Promoting I/C
Wisdom Exporting Unit
Wisdom Exporting I/C
Dept 17 Wisdom Pamphlets Collecting Clerk
Wisdom Pamphlets Mailings Clerk
Wisdom Success Awarding Clerk
Field Tape Library Sub-Unit
Field Tape Library I/C
Tape Library Forming and Expansion Clerk
Field Rental Service Promoting Clerk
Tape Issuing Clerk
Tape Collecting Clerk
Field Tape Maintaining Clerk
Field Book Selling Unit
Field Book Selling I/C
Field Book Sales Promoting Clerk
Book Campaigner
MIB Clerk
Book Campaigns and MIB Awarding Unit
Bk Campaign and MIB Awarding I/C
Book Distribution Unit
Book Distribution I/C
SPECIAL PROGRAMMES SECTION
Special Programmes Officer
Special Pgms Planning Unit
Special Pgms Planning 11C
Research Surveying Clerk
Spec Pgms Issuing Clerk
Spec Pgms Assigning Clerks
Spec Pgms Scheduling Clerks
Committee Activities Unit
Committee Activities IIC
Gung-Ho Group Activities Unit
Gung-Ho Group Activities I/C
Auditors Assn Unit
Auditors Assn Registrar
Auditors Assn Secretary
Spec Pgms Executing Unit
Spec Pgms Executing I/C
Spec Pgnis Filing Clerk
Spec Pgms Reports Policing Clerk
Spec Pgms Compliance Policing Clerk
Spec Pgms Publicity and Promoting Clerk
New Civilization Forming Sub-Unit
New Civilization Forming I/C
Political Liaison
72
FSM SECTION FSM Officer
FSM Appointing Unit
FSM Appointing I/C
Apptmt Confirming Clerk
FSM Supplying Unit
FSM Supplying I/C
FSM Starter Pack Issuing Clerk
FSM Supplies Stocks Clerk
ITSM Activities Unit
FSM Activities I/C
Group and Franchise Establishing Unit
G and F Establishing I/C
G and F Starter Pack Issuing Clerk
F/O WW Liaison
FSM Awarding Unit
FSM Awarding I/C
Commission Payment Policing Clerk
FSM Awards Pgming Clerk
FSM Awards Issuing Clerk
FIELD CORRECTING SECTION
Field Correcting Officer
Field Inspecting Unit
Field Inspecting IIC
Field Morale Raising Unit
Field Morale Raising I/C
Field Justice Liaison Unit
Field Justice Liaison I/C
Routing to Hat-Cramming Unit
Hat Cramming Router
Field Products Correcting Unit
Field Products Correcting I/C
PRODUCT: ACTIVE FIELD SCIENTOLOGISTS
Dept 18 makes possible and makes occur the Valuable Final Products of a
Scientologist:
DISSEMINATED KNOWLEDGE
PURCHASED BOOKS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
A CLEARED PLANET.
LRH:DH:kjm.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright @ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Modified by HCO P/L 3 July 1971, Registration Change-New Names to CIF
Change, page 227;
cancelled by HCO P/L 14 July 197 1, FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded, page
74.1
73
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JULY 1971
(Cancels HCO PL 7 Feb 71 FEBC Org Board Div 6)
Rernimeo
FEBC Orgs only
All Exec Hats
All Staff Hats
FEBC ORG BOARD DIV 6 EXPANDED
This is the FEBC Org Board for the DISTRIBUTION DIVISION or PUBLIC
DIVISION (either name can be used). It is valid and effective this date of
issue. It is the only authorized FEBC Div 6 Org Board. Products and VFP are
as follows:
DEPT 16 PRODUCT: EFFECTIVE PR AND ADVERTISING ACTIONS THAT ATTRACT
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO BECOME SCIENTOLOGISTS
DEPT 17 PRODUCT: HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS
DEPT 18 PRODUCT: ACTIVE FIELD SCIENTOLOGISTS
Div 6 VFP: ACTIVE AND HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS.
FEBC Orgs will shortly be receiving the Paper Label Org Board. The Div 6
Org Board on this Paper Label Org Board is not to be used. Instead HCOs
should separate the pages of this P/L and paste them over and on top of the
Div 6 section of the Paper Label Org Board. Only this Org Board P/L for Div
6 is used and valid.
The Div 6 Org Board is as follows:
PURPOSES
DEPT 16
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
CONTROLLING
Director of Public Controlling
PR AREA CONTROLLING SECTION
PR Area Controlling Officer
PR Researching Unit
PR Researching I/C
Trends & Ethnics Researching Clerk
Publics Listing Clerk
Opinion Leaders Listing Clerk
Surveying Clerk
Fact Librarian
PR Planning Unit
PR Planning I/C
PR Pgms Writing Clerk
PR Campaigns Writing Clerk
PR Pgms & Campaigns Pre-testing Clerk
PR Pgrns & Campaigns Issuing Clerk
PR Activities Unit
PR Activities I/C
74
Appearances Policing PRO
Staff Briefing PRO
Community Controlling PRO
Campaigning PRO
P ublicizing PRO
ADVERTISING AND PROMOTING SECTION
Advertising and Promoting Officer
Ads & Promo Planning Unit
Ads & Promo Planning I/C
Requirements Listing Clerk
Scheduling Clerk
Response Analysing Clerk
Advertising Unit
Advertising I/C
Ads Copy Writer
Ads Artist
Layout Clerk
Ads Placing Clerk
Promotion Preparing Unit
Promotion Preparing I/C
Tech & Success Liaison
Promo Copy Writer
Promo Artist
Promo Layout Clerk
Promo Printing Liaison
Promotion Distributing Unit
Promotion Distributing I/C
Poster Posting Clerk
Handouts Distributor
Field Distributing Teams Supervisor
HCO Dept 2 Mailing Liaison
Info Pack Mailing Unit
Info Pack Mailing I/C
Info Pack Supplying Clerk
Names Collecting Clerk
Lists Renting/Purchasing Clerk
3 Duplistickers Typing Clerk
Info Pack Mailing Clerk
BOOK SELLING SECTION (Bookstore)
Book Selling Officer
Bookstore Stocking Unit
Bookstore Stocking I/C
Bookstore Stocks Inventory Clerk
Dept 5 Publications Liaison
Stocks Storing Clerk
Bookstore Displaying Unit
Bookstore. Displaying IIC
Book Selling Unit
Book Selling I/C
HCO Book A/C Invoicing Clerk
75
ATTRACTING ACTIVITIES SECTION
Attracting Activities Officer
Testing.Unit
Testing I/C
Test Administrator
Test Marking Clerk
Test Evaluator
Attracting Services Delivering Unit (Lower Org)
Attracting Services Delivering I/C
Introductory Lecturer
PE Course Lecturer
Anatomy of the Human Mind Course Supervisor
Events Executing Unit
Events Executing I/C
Open Houses Manager
Tape & Film Plays Manager
Special Events Manager
Congress Manager
Public Processing Unit
Public Processing I/C
Group Processing Auditor
Introductory Sessions Auditor (Lower Org)
Public Co-audits Supervisor (Lower Org)
Lower Org NNs to C/F Quotas Assigning Unit (AO & SH)
Lower Org NNs to C/F Quotas Assigning I/C
Div 6s Assisting Expeditor
NNs to C/F Quotas Compliance Policer
NNs to C/F Routing to Higher Org Policing Unit (AO & SH)
NNs to C/F Routing to Higher Org Policing I/C
MEMBERSHIPS ENLISTING SUB-SECTION
Memberships Enlisting Officer
Memberships Applications Issuing Unit
Memberships Applications Issuing I/C
Memberships Selling Unit
Memberships Selling I/C
Free Memberships Issuing Clerk
Memberships Selling Clerk
Memberships Issuing Clerk
Dept 7 Billing Clerk Liaison
Members Files Filing Unit
Members Files Filing I/C
Memberships Renewing Unit
Memberships Renewing I/C
ROUTING TO REG SECTION
Routing to Reg Officer
Routing Organizing Unit
Routing Organizing I/C
76
Reg Liaison
Lines Dummy Runner
Space & Flows Positioning Clerk
Signs Placing Clerk
Public Badges &.Pinning Clerk
Routing Unit
Routing I/C
Leading Router A
Router A I
Router A2
Leading Router B
Router B I
Router B2
Leading Router C
Router C I
Router C2
PRODUCT: EFFECTIVE PR AND ADVERTISING ACTIONS
THAT ATTRACT MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC
TO BECOME SCIENTOLOGISTS
REALIZATION
DEPT 17
DEPARTMENT OF HATTING
SCIENTOLOGISTS
Director of Hatting Scientologists
HATTING COURSES ESTABLISHING SECTION
Hatting Courses Establishing Officer
Requirements Listing Unit
Requirements Listing I/C
Space Procuring Unit
Space Procuring I/C
HCO & Estates Liaison
Materials Procuring Unit
Materials Procuring I/C
, FP Liaison
Furniture Procuring Clerk
Facilities Procuring Clerk
Supplies Procuring Unit
Dept 5 Packs Procuring Liaison
Personnel Procuring Unit
Personnel Procuring I/C
HCO D ept I Liaison
HCO Personnel Hatting Liaison
Supervisors' Requirements Enforcer
Establishment Enforcing Unit
Establishment Enforcing I/C
What is a Course P/L Inspector
Hatting Tech Inspector
Corrections Expeditor
77
HATTING ADMINISTRATING SECTION
Hatting Administrating Officer
Students Routing Unit
Students Routing I/C
Materials Issuing Unit
Materials Issuing I/C
Materials Storing Clerk
Materials IN/OUT Logging Clerk
Courses Administrating Unit
Courses Administrating I/C
Roll Call Maintaining Clerk
Student Points Graphing Clerk
Student Graphs Posting Clerk
Progress Board Maintaining Clerk
SCIENTOLOGISTS'HATTING SECTION
Scientologists' Hatting Officer
TR Course Unit A (Quiet Drills) (HAS Course)
TR Course Supervisor A
Asst TR Course Supervisor A I
Asst TR Course Supervisor A2
TR Course Unit B (Noisy Drills) (HAS Course)
TR Course Supervisor B
Asst TR Course Supervisor B I
Asst TR Course Supervisor B2
Hatting Course Unit (Hat Pack Checkouts)
Hatting Course Supervisor
Asst Hatting Course Supervisor A
Asst Hatting Course Supervisor B
EXTENSION COURSE SECTION (Alternative Hatting)
Extension Course Officer
Extension Course Administrating Unit
Extension Course Administrating I/C
Reg Liaison
Material Mailing Clerk
Student Files Filing Clerk
Progress Summarizing Clerk
Summaries Filing Clerk
Extension Course Supervising Unit
Extension Course Supervising I/C
Answers Receiving Clerk
Marking Clerk
Corresponding Clerk
C & A Liaison
Success Liaison
PRODUCT: HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS
78
CLEARING
DEPT 18
DEPARTMENT OF CLEARING
Director of Clearing
FIELD RELATIONS CONTROLLING SECTION
Field Relations Controlling Officer
Field Prorno Preparing Unit
Field Promo Preparing 1/C
Tech & Success Liaison
Promo Scheduling Clerk
Copy Writer & Compiling Clerk
Design and Layout Artist
Printing Liaison
Field Promo Distributing Unit
Field Promo Distributing I/C
Handout Distributor
HCO Dept 2 Mailing Liaison
Field Events Executing Unit
Field Events Executing I/C
Field Briefings Manager
Field Meetings Manager
FSM Rallies Manager
Sunday Services Manager (Lower Org)
Staff and Franchise Day Manager (SH)
OT Services Manager (A0)
Qual Chaplain Liaison
Field Goodwill Controlling Unit
Field Goodwill Controlling 1/C
Goodwill Visiting Representative
Field Advisory Consultant
ARC Break Reg Liaison
Field Ethics Liaison
Field Awards Policing Clerk
DISSEMINATION BY FIELD PRODUCING SECTION
Dissemination by Field Producing Officer
Knowledge Exporting Unit
Knowledge Exporting 1/C
Sen Knowledge Librarian
Pamphlets Compiling Clerk
Pamphlets Printing Liaison
Pamphlets Distributing to Field Clerk
"Buy Tapes!" Campaigning Clerk
Dissern of Knowledge by Field Campaigning Unit
Dissem of Knowledge by Field Campaigning 1/C
Book Sales by Field Campaigning Unit
Book Sales by Field Campaigning I/C
Book Selling by Field Expeditor
Buyers' Names Collecting Clerk
Names Routing to OF Clerk
Field Bk Sales to Bookshops Co-ordinator (MIB)
Area Bookshops Liaison
Area Bookshops Follow-up Clerk
79
Field Dissemination Awarding Unit
Field Dissemination Awarding I/C
Dissem Awards Pgming Clerk
Awards Pgrn Issuing Clerk
Field Disseminators Awarding Clerk
Field Book Sellers Awarding Clerk
Awards Issuing Clerk
SPECIAL PROGRAMMES EXECUTING SECTION
Special Programmes Executing Officer
Special Pgms Co-ordinating Unit
Special Pgms Co-ordinating I/C
Research/Surveying Clerk
Spec Pgms Planning Clerk
Assigning & Briefing Clerk
Debriefing & Commending Clerk
Past Spec Pgms Files Librarian
Individual Sens Spec Pgms Expediting Unit
Individual Sens Spec Pgms Expediting I/C
Individual Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer
Committee Activities Expediting Unit
Committee Activities Expediting I/C
OT Committee Chairman (AO)
Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer
Gung-Ho Groups Activities Expediting Unit
Gung-Ho Group~ Activities Expediting I/C
Gung-Ho Groups Establishing Expeditor
Gung-Ho Groups Supplying Clerk
Gung-Ho Groups Co-ordinator
Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer
Auditors Assn Conducting Unit
Auditors Assn Registrar
Auditors Assn Secretary
Spec Pgms Expeditor
Spec Pgms Compliance Policer
SELECTION BY FSMs PRODUCING SECTION
Selection by FSMs Producing Officer
FSMs Appointing Unit
FSMs Appointing I/C
Prov Appointment Ltr Issuing Clerk
FSM Files Filing Clerk
Perm Appointing Clerk
FSMs Supplying Unit
FSMs Supplying I/C
FSM Supplies Stocking Clerk
FSM Supplies Issuing Clerk
Supply Orders Receiving Clerk
Re-supplying Clerk
FSMs Selecting Expediting Unit
FSMs Selecting Expediting I/C
80
FSM Communicating Clerk
Selection Slip Copies Receiving Clerk
Validation Letter Writer
Boom Formula Co-ordinator
FSM Follow-up Selectees Policer
Lower Org Selection Quotas Assigning Sub Unit (AO & SH)
Lower Org Selection Quotas Assigning I/C
Selection Quotas Compliance Policer
FSM Awarding Unit
FSM. Awarding I/C
FSM Awards Pgming Clerk
Awards Pgms Issuing Clerk
Commission Payment Policer
FSM Awards Issuing Clerk
FIELD ACTWITIES EXPANDING SECrION
Field Activities Expanding Officer
Field Auditors Assisting Unit
Field Auditors Assisting I/C
Field Groups Expediting Unit
Field Groups Expediting I/C
Groups Establishing Expeditor
Groups Supplying Clerk
Groups Assistance Expeditor
Groups Production Expeditor
Franchises Expediting Unit
Franchises Expediting I/C
Franchises Establishing Expeditor
Franchises Supplying Clerk
Franchises Assistance Expeditor
Franchise Production Liaison
F/O WW Liaison
City Offices Expediting Unit
City Offices Expediting I/C
City Offices Establishing Expeditor
City Offices Supplying Clerk
City Offices Assistance Expeditor
City Offices Production Expeditor
Bridge Co-ordinating Unit
Bridge Co-or dination I/C
Bridge Enforcing Expeditor
Bridge Co-ordinator
PRODUCT: ACTIVE FIELD SCIENTOLOGISTS
DIV 6 VFP: ACTIVE AND HATTED SCIENTOLOGISTS
VFPs OF A SCIENTOLOGIST:
DISSEMINATED KNOWLEDGE
PURCHASED BOOKS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
A CLEARED PLANET
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH~DHAI.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright @ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCO P/L 5 August 1971 issue Il, FEBCDiv 6 Org Board Amendment,
page 82;modified by HCO P/L 26 November 1971 issue 11, Division 6 Public
Reg Reinstated, page 230, and its revised reissue of 300ctober 1972,
entitled Division 6Public RegSimplified, in the 1972Year Book.]
81
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 AUGUST 1971
Issue II
(Amends HCO PL 14 July 71
Remirnec, FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded)
FEBC Orgs
Only
All Exec Hats
All Staff Hats
FEBC DIV 6 ORG BOARD
AMENDMENT
The following is added as the last unit of the PR Area Controlling
Section of Dept 16:
Success Controlling Unit
Success Controlling I/C (Success Officer)
Success Monitoring Sub- Unit
Success Monitoring I/C
Success Interviewing Clerk
Key Questioning Clerk
Qual Liaison
Success Distributing Sub-Unit
Success Distributing IIC
Success Category Filing Clerk
Success Compiling Clerk
Success Posting Clerk
Success Validating, Clerk
Promotion Liaison
Success could be called a Qual function due to its flub catch aspects or
a Div 6 function due to its promotion aspects. Thus question has arisen as
to its Org Board position.
Actually the argument is based on sub-products. Senior is the fact that-
Success MONITORS WORD OF MOUTH and therefore is a vital part of PR Area
Control in Div 6. It is difficult for PR to succeed in the face of poor
word of mouth. Success is the checkpoint that will ensure good word of
mouth and will prevent persons with bad indicators leaving the Org which
will create bad word of mouth.
When Success functions are really in GOOD WORD OF MOUTH results and a
PRO can do his job with reality and without stumbling into bad word of
mouth. An additional benefit is that Success provides the vital information
line on the results the Org is obtaining with its services and this
contributes to making PR REAL. Success is a type of PR area control in
itself and goes in as *an ingredient to make up the whole of PR area
control.
Success MONITORS WORD OF MOUTH = part of PR Area Control = Division 6.
This finalizes the position of Success.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:dz.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright @ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
82
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 NOVEMBER 1971
Issue 11
Rernimeo Class IV Orgs All Staff Hats All Div 6 Hats
MINI PUBLIC DIVISION ORG BOARD
Attached is the Mini Public Division Org Board for Div 6s in Class IV
Orgs.
It is presented in great simplicity and is very easy to post. It only
takes 7 people to man it and function. Even the worst personnel problems
can be overcome because it is so easy to post with instant results. Every
staff member has the right to demand a Division 6 be manned and
functioning, for otherwise their pay, welfare and morale is at stake.
The postings of a Mini Division 6 consist of a Distribution Secretary,
Success IIC (also acts as clerk in Dept 16), Director of Public Servicing,
Public Registrar, HAS Supervisor, HQS Supervisor and a Director of
Clearing.
THIS IS THE MINIMUM DIV 6 YOU MAY HAVE.
ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS
A brief description of Division 6 functions is as follows:-
Public Relations Area Control, voluminous public contact work, heavy
public book sales, attractive convincing introductory demonstrations and
miniature courses, active groups and well paid field staff members.
(Reference: HCO PL 12 Nov 71 How to Raise Your Own Statistics and Pay.)
The essential functions are listed and described as follows:-
I . Public Relations Area Control: Consists of these duties:-
A. Classifying, researching and listing the various publics that
exist.
B. Locating who the Opinion Leaders are.
C. Surveying the various publics and Opinion Leaders for what they
want, what is popular, public relations and preferences.
D. Formulating from surveys what to campaign and push and tailoring
PR messages that hit the right buttons (per surveys) for the right
publics.
E. Contact and getting Opinion Leaders on our side giving us
favorable mention and assistance.
F. Image and Appearances of the org, policing same and keeping them
acceptable to the public.
G. Community PR, liaison and participation to increase favorable
image.
H. Campaigns and PR programmes using surveys, contacts, events,
mass media to get across our PR message.
1. News-stories, press, TV and Radio to increase Scientology
impingement on the public.
These duties if performed will create favorable opinion and response
from publics and get them into the Org.
2. Public Promotion: The make-up and getting printed of effective public
promotion pieces addressing the right publics with the right message
aligned to surveys that are attractive and will bring people into the
Org. Such items are Info
83
Packs, handout tickets, handout flyers, mailed pieces, posters and
public advertisements placed in news media. Books and the introductory
services of Dept 17 are promoted heavily aligned to what the public
wants by survey. Heavy volume public promotion is a must. FSMs and
volunteers are used to distribute promo by hand and mail.
3. Success: Interviewing all service completions and soliciting success
stories from same. Putting all completions on the meter to ask Key
Questions to verify satisfactory results. Routing back to Qual for
correction and completions that are not happy or satisfied or that do
not pass meter questions. Categorizes success stories into types of
successes and results. Distributes and posts success stories and makes
such available for use in Div 6 and Div 2 promotion pieces. All these
duties add up to ensuring Good Word of Mouth.
4. Tours: The touring of groups in the community and Field to get people
into the org. A Tour action would be to effectively demonstrate and
introduce the attendees to Dn and Scn, bring about reach and sign them
up on the spot also selling books. Reaches and sign ups are turned over
to the Public Reg for follow up.
5. Introduction and Demonstration: Consists of Testing, Intro Lectures
and Events and Public Courses that effectively introduce the public to
and demonstrate the workability of Dn and Scn. Such activities get the
Public interested enough to buy something. The Public Courses consist of
HAS and HQS. All these things are Public Services.
6. Public Book Selling: The large voluminous selling of books to the
public. On the street and when public come into the org. Memberships can
and should also be sold.
7. Public Registration: The sign-up and enrollment of all new business
into the org. The public are signed up, followed up, enrolled and re-
signed up until they have received the needed introduction through
Public Services and have enrolled for their first Major Service at which
point they become the responsibility of Dept 6 registration.
8. Field Activities: Getting the Field-FSMs, groups and Franchises to
sell books, disseminate and select the public into the org. Making the
Field active. Making the Field use Sen tech to improve their lives and
others. Assisting groups to form and making them prosperous. Goodwill
and assistance to Franchises. Keeping the Field advised of successful
actions, award programmes and delivery successes through newsletters.
The appointment of FSMs and getting them active. Running and conducting
an Auditors Assn to get Field Auditors active and assisting the org.
Policing the payment of Commissions for selections; this and the
encouragement of selecting activities are pushed through to make well
paid FSMs.
It has been found that Orgs not doing well-low staff pay-troubled
income, etc have an undermanned Div 6. By actual observation these troubles
were promptly remedied when Div 6 was manned up-almost miraculously!
Let's have a miracle for your Org!
Let's have a Div 6!
DIV 6 MAKES IT SO AN ORG STAFF MEMBER CAN SURVIVE!
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:DH:sb.rd Founder
Copyright (D 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Revised and reissued on 28 October 1972 as HCO P/L 14 November 1971R Issue
11, same title, in the 1972 Year Book.]
84
>
MINI DIV 6 ORG BOARD
H r 'C' T
MINI PUBLIC DIVISION
:z
3m@ DISTRIBUTION SECRETARY
tU) " , J I
z W )
PURPOSES REALIZATION CLEARING
DEPARTMENT 16 DEPARTMENT17 DEPARTMENT 18
DEPT OF PUBLIC CONTROLLING DEPT OF PUBLIC SERVICING
DEPT OF CLEARING
DIR OF PUBLIC CONTROLLIN DIR OF PUBLIC SERVICING
DIR OF -CLEARING
t (Held froin- above by-Dist Sec)
DEMONSTRATING
SURVEYING (EVENTS & INTRO USING FSMS
IMAGE & APPEARANCES DEMONSTRATION) TESTING
GROUPS
SPECIAL PROGRAMMES
PR AREA CONTROLLING PUBLIC BOOKS SELLING
ADVERTISING & NEWS STORIES MEMBERSHIPS SELLING
PROMO MOCK UP & SUPPLYING PUBLIC REGISTRATION
SECTION AUDITORS ASSOCIATION SECTION
SUCCESS UNI PUBLIC REGISTRAR
SECRETARY (VOLUNTEER)
SUCCESS I/C NEW BUSINESS & PUBLIC
ENROLLMENT
PUBLIC REG FILES
PROMOTING SECTION PUBLIC FOLLOW-UP &
REGISTRAR (VOLUNTEER)
VOLUNTEERS RE-ENROLLMENT
HANDING OUT PROMO PUBLIC COURSES
SECTION
MAILING OUT PROMO HASSUPERVISOR VFP: Active
Hatted Field.
BRINGING IN BODIES STAT: Value of FSM
Commissions Paid.
t TOURS SECTION HQSSUPERVISOR
VFP: A) People
Interested Enough to Buy
Something and Do.
VFP: Now People Brought In. B) Hatted
Scientologists. *Post Name Here
STAT: No. of New Names to CIF t
Held from Above, Repeat the Name
STAT: No. of New People Brought In. STAT:
No. of Hatted ScientOlOgiStS
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remirneo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 NOVEMBER 1971
Class IV Orgs Issue 11
C/0-ED Hat
HES Hat
OES Hat
HAS Hat PUBLIC DIVISION STATISTICS
OIC Hat Reference:
Distr Hats HCO Policy Letter 26 Nov 1971 -
Div 6 Public Registrar Reinstated
HCO PL 14 Nov 1971 -
Mini Public Div Org Board
Amends:
HCO Policy Letter of 5 Feb 1971 Issue I
All Orgs OIC Cable Change
HCO Policy Letter 5 Feb 1971 Issue IV
(Ltd Non-Rernimeo FEBC Orgs Only)
FEBC Exec Dir OIC Cable Change
EFFECTIVE FOR CLASS IV ORGS FOR THE WEEK BEGINNING 29 DECEMBER 1971 AND
ENDING 6 JANUARY 1972 FOR THE FIRST REPORT, AND EFFECTIVE THEREAFTER.
With the re-introduction of the vital Public Registrar line in Division
6, the Public Division GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS are:
I . Number of New People brought into the org.
2. Number of New Names to Central Files.
3. Number of Scientologists fully hatted.
4. Value of FSM Commissions paid.
DEFINITIONS
I Number of New People brought into the Org:
These are new, raw public coming into the Org for the first time for
Testing, Events, Introductory Lectures, to see the Public Registrar or for
any reason in the direction of wanting to know about Scientology.
The statistic is counted whether the person buys a book or service
(Public Service in Div 6 or Major Service in Divs 4 or 5) or not.
The stat is calculated by counting up the number of interviews done by
the Public Reg at the end of the week and cross-checking these with the
invoices from books sold to raw public. These invoices can be simply
designated RP (raw public) for fast cross-check when Bookstore person is
invoicing during week.
2. Number of New Names to Central Files:
This is anyone who has bought something from the Org for the first time,
whether this is a book, HAS Course, HQS Course, or any other service sold-
either paid in part or in full, and whose name is not already in Central
Files.
This does not authorize the illegal practice of counting a new name to
C/F as someone who bought an "FSM Magazine" or some other small item. The
least item bought is a book.
A book sold by an Org FSM is a new name to the Org's C/F. The FSM must,
86
however, send in the name and address of the buyer with evidence of sale to
the Dir Clearing.
3. Number of Scientologists fully hatted:
Scientologists who have completed the hat of a Field Scientologist.
4. Value of FSM Commissions paid:
This is the total value of all Field Staff Member Commissions paid by
the org that week to FSMs.
The statistics are the 4 GROSS DIVISIONAL STATISTICS of the Public
Division of a Class IV Org.
WEEKLY OIC STAT REPORTS
The 4 Public Division GI)Ss that are to be reported on the weekly OIC
stat cable from week beginning 29 December 1971 and week ending 6 Jan 1972
are therefore:
I . Number of New People into the Org, 2. Number of New Names to CF, 3.
Number of Hatted Scientologists, 4. Value of FSM Commissions paid.
The additional Pub Div star of Basic Completions, though not a GDS, is
also reported.
PROCEDURE FOR REPORTING
Current Div 6 GDSs being reported are continued up to and for 3 weeks
following the specified change.
Every new stat reported from the date of change is prefixed with the
word "NEW".
The format of the OIC cable during the 3 weeks following the change is
as follows:
For Non-FEBC Orgs:
.... /G1 divided by No. on StaffINEW No. of New People into the Org/No.
of people routed to the Public Registrar/No. of Basic Completions/No.
of New Names to CFINEW No. of Hatted Scientologists/FSM Commissions
Paid/Sig.
For FEBC Orgs:
.... /GI divided by No. on StaffINEW No. of New People into the Org/No.
of people routed to the Public ReglNEW No. of Basic Completions/No. of
New Names to CF/No. of Hatted Scientologists/FSM Commissions paid/Total
Value of books sold/Sig.
From the 4th week of date of change and thereafter, the OIC cable is
reported as follows for both FEBC and Non-FEBC Orgs, with only the 4 Div 6
GDSs listed and the additional stat of Basic Completions and without the
prefix "NEW" before the new GDSs being reported-
... /G1 divided by No. on staff/No. of New -People into the Org/No. of
Basic Completions/No. of New Names to Central Files/No. of Hatted
Scientologists/ FSM Commissions Paid/Sig.
LRH:HE:nt.rd HCO Aide
Copyright @ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Revised and reissued on 28 October 1972 as HOO P/L 28 November 1971R Issue
11, same title, in the 1972 Year Book.]
87
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 DECEMBER 1965
Remimeo Franchise Field Staff Members
Distribution Division
Dissemination Division
DISTRIBUTE: TO SPREAD OUT SO AS TO COVER SOMETHING
The setting up of a communication network for Scientology that will
encompass Planet Earth is the job of Distribution Division.
This dept must have a 3600 angle vision and must never shut the door on
any promotional channel or idea. Keep a file for every promotional idea you
are given, however crackpot, and always politely acknowledge these.
Scientologists on their way up start getting big ideas. Don't overlook
the fact that they are becoming more capable of big actions.
As they come up they want to expand and communicate. When a
Scientologist in your area wants to make a contribution, use it. They ARC
break very quickly if denied the right to contribute. Why make enemies of
them when we need their shoulders at the wheel? Div 6 is broad
dissemination and there is scope on board for everyone's talents.
Div 6 is a very large activity, and it's going to take a large team in
every area to get it moving as it should.
The widening of the Franchise programme should get a lot more people
active. Keep an eye open for the most effective and encourage them all you
can. Don't forget that the Franchise holders and Field Staff Members are
working for Div 6. Give them all the assistance you can and make them feel
they belong in the organization setup.
We are committing an overt on the Public in that they can read entheta
about us in the press, but they don't know where to find our theta comm
lines. Make sure every point of public enquiry-libraries, tourist bureaux,
police stations, etc, have our info packs.
Don't be reticent about selling hundreds of books, they're the best
entrance point to the subject.
Get the Distribution Centre Scheme set up in every area under your org's
jurisdiction. Appoint Distribution Officers and get their hats on (Hat
Write-up attached). Appoint as many as you can-anyone who has bought and
read a couple of books can be one.
They'll get the usual discount (50% on orders of 100 of I title for the
books over 6/- & 50% discount on orders of 200 for the books 6/- and
under). If they do it properly they can make a living selling books.
They are to order their book supplies from St Hill and we will handle
them promptly.
Make the Distribution Officers FSMs so they can select people as they
go.
88
Have metal plates made up that they can display on their front gate, IT'
x IT' green background, yellow lettering, Black "S" like this:
SCIENTOLOGY
1~
BOOK DISTRIBUTION
CENTRE
Have them deposit with you the amount you paid for the metal plate.
Also, 1 want more Level Zero orgs. Twenty orgs in fifteen years is not
the pace to take Earth. I'd like to see another twenty by Christmas 1966.
Div 6 St Hill will be assisting successful Franchise Centres to obtain
Org Status, and a complete rundown for the achievement of this must be made
available to them.
So get going on lectures, Road Shows, mailing list promotion,
Congresses, Groups and Book Distribution, and see your income climb!
LRH:ep.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 OCTOBER 1967
Issue 11
Remimeo
ORG EXEC SEC AND DISTRIBUTION
(Effective I Nov 67)
Any Org Exec Sec who does not have a full time Distribution Secretary
who has that post only and whose Div 6 is not fully operating in all
departments with all Dist Programmes is automatically in NON-EXISTENCE and
has no rights as his omission amounts to a restriction of his org and
nullification of the efforts of his staff and a betrayal of humanity.
Failure to have a Distribution Division effectively operating in all
departments is a withhold of processing and salvation from the human race.
LRH:jp.bp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[This Policy Letter was amended by HCO P/L 28 April 1968, same title,
bringing it into line with the 9 Division Org Board by changing
Distribution Secretary, Div 6 and Distribution Division to Public Executive
Secretary and Public Divisions. A complete copy of the amending PIL can be
found in Volume 7, page 74.)
89
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 APRIL 1968
Issue II
Gen. Non,Remimeo Franchise
DIVISION 6 DISTRIBUTION
Division 6 is an extremely important area of action on the Org Board.
This division keeps the new people coming in, businesses continuing and
expands an organisation.
So in fact much is required of Division 6 personnel. They must be of
high cause level and action carrying out the old programmes and building
additional new ones.
It is very clear that without a distribution an Org will not go very
far.
To understaff this division or to unmock it with ineffective staff is an
act of unstabilising an organisation's future and depriving Scientology of
a faster dissemination level.
Dissemination Division is also very important but where would it be
without Distribution creating a public for it to disseminate to? Exactly
nowhere and expansion would dwindle more and more each day.
There are specific qualifications required of Division 6 and its
personnel-
1 . That each Division 6 has a Secretary and one person at least covering
each department.
It should also have a full time bookstore keeper.
2. That every Div 6 personnel knows all policy pertaining to Division 6.
3. That every Division 6 personnel be at least Grade 4 Release.
4. That everyone in Div 6 has their Staff Status 1 at least before
eligible to work in Distribution.
5. Anyone with a thick ethics folder is NOT allowed to work in Div 6.
When a Division 6 personnel has fulfilled all the above requirements
they are fully entitled to wear the Division 6 Badge.
- Infinity
9k -ARC brassy metal
DIVISION SIX
Obtainable from Qualifications WW.
Lt. Diana Hubbard
LRH:jc.rd Staff Hostess
Copyright @ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Amended by HCO P/Ls 31 March 1969 Issue III, Public Divisions Staffing
Qualifications, page 94, and 7 April 1969, Division 6 Pins, page 95.1
90
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 AUGUST 1968
Issue 11
(Reissued from Flag Order 1182)
SEA ORGANIZATION
REASONS WHY DIV 6's DON'T FUNCTION
The most basic not having staff in Div 6.
1 . Appointing Division Heads that have not proven themselves, that don't
know their hats, and don't do the purpose of Div 6.
2. Having staff members who are continual ethics trouble.
3. Div 6 Head using money as a justification for not getting the job
done.
4. Staff members not knowing their own functions much less the functions
of other staff members in same Dept.
5. Div 6 in endless cycle of creating something new but not actually
doing anything and not completing outstanding cycles and those that are
doing constructive actions are being stifled by SPs.
6. Personnel dressed raggedly, not clean, and shaven.
7. Creating mystery around their work.
8. Having Tigers on staff.
9. Tolerating out ethics of personnel by Division Head.
10. Chaplain tolerating people falling off the org board.
11. Not defending own hats.
12. Not wearing own hats.
13. Individuating.
14. Transferring personnel from Div 6 and within Div 6 too fast.
15. Senior tolerating staff which was PTS, and not routing to Qual for
correction.
16. Spending money for necessary supplies and leaving supplies covertly
or overtly behind and not delivering badly needed supplies for Div 6.
17. Not having an up to date mailing list.
18. Not having a large mailing list.
19. Losing mailing lists.
20. Not mailing to a mailing list and maintaining an inactive list.
21. Mailing to a mailing list but only sporadically.
22. Address plates not filed properly (i.e. in paper boxes).
23. Losing address plates.
24, Executives having to continually bypass immediate seniors in order to
get compliance.
25. Introverting into own area rather than staying on purpose line:
"Capturing and controlling the public".
26. People put on post and "supposedly" getting grooved in, but not
learning about post,
27. Dev-T.
28. False Reports.
29. Not having pertinent HCO Pol Ltrs concerning Div 6.
30. Not complying immediately with programs in existence that have been
previously put out by L. Ron Hubbard.
31. Viciously endangering Scientology by goofing up and enturbulating
legal lines.
32. Working in other Divisions while pretending to be on Division 6
staff.
The above listed outnesses are ways that Div 6 keeps off the purpose line
that L. Ron
Hubbard explicitly laid out: "To capture and control the public".
CS-5
LRH:js.rd Tech and Qual Aide
Copyright@ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
91
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 SEPTEMBER 1968
Remimeo
VITAL ORG ACTIVITIES
An Org which doesn't hold
1. Sunday Church Services
2. PE Evenings
3. 3 Congresses a year
is fined �500 or $ 12,500 for each mission for any violation of the 3.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ei.rd Founder
Copyright@ 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1969
BOOK AND FILM FESTIVALS
We will enter book and film festivals when possible.
When these are entered with a book or film it is of no use to just enter
one festival or contest. Many are entered and then you will get some
results.
Any requested appearance for L. RON HUBBARD will be met by a personal
representative with a statement by L. RON HUBBARD to be presented.
There are a lot of these contests and we have some winners.
All arrangements and appearance at awards will be co-ordinated via CS-6
Sea Org.
Cmdr. Bill Howey
CS-6 for
L RON HUBBARD Founder LRH:ei.rd Copyrightoc 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL
RIGHTS RESERVED
92
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 JANUARY 1969
Remimeo
THE PUBLIC DIVISIONS
The manning of the Public Divisions in a busy org is to be put into
effect at once. Captivating the public is not done by two people. It takes
a team. This is sorely lacking currently.
The function of the Public Divisions is outflow. If the Public Divisions
are not outflowing, it is useless. The support for outflow is the internal
mocking up of the Divisions and org as a whole.
Public Divisions, from this date on, using Standard Policy, go forward
with banners flying. The great reward in the field of promotion is to be
able to sell an "ice box to an eskimo" or to be a promoter who can sell a
car to a car salesman.
Our task is easier. Our job is selling freedom for Man. Promoting it.
Making it known. Showing the public what is needed and how to get it.
The phrase "the greatest show on Earth" now has an application in other
zones. It applies to the story of Scientology. This story is a big one, the
biggest yet, and as chapters are written for this story, the Public
Divisions are out in front with promotion. Getting people in. Making the
story known.
I can assure you if getting out a flyer bothers you, boosting morale is
a trial, or you can only see a few feet beyond your nose, the Public
Divisions are not the place for you. The Public Divisions have a commodity
to promote called Scientology.
Much of the data which has never reached the public or been made use of
is now going to be used. The Public Divisions' scope is now expanded. This
story will be known, known well, loud and clear. After all, it's only
promoting Truth. Truth is simplicity. It's a simple job.
Public Divisions have as a function the support, via the Chaplain's
Court, of morale in the org staff. High morale is the key to success. This
is done in two ways.
I . Information. This is letting staff know what is going on. This
has to be done so that the purposes of the individual staff members
can be aligned with the overall purpose of Scientology. Public
Divisions are morale.
2. The Chaplain's Court, picking up the morale of staff by picking
up any loose threads on Ethics matters and seeing that they are
cleaned up and properly handled.
Inter-personal relationships are the business of the Chaplain, to
settle for all concerned. So the 3rd Party Policy is properly
applied, the Chaplain having to know this policy verbatim.
Now there is the support function. The rest is outflow, outflow,
outflow.
The outflow, if properly proportioned to what we are promoting, would,
all at one time, cause much distress on the information lines of the planet
currently.
So you see we have a long way to go.
Now, without further discourse, let's get hot. This is Scientology-the
freedom for Man. Let it be known.
Commander Bill Howey
CS-6
LRH:kb.ei.rd for
Copyright /-N 1969 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Yubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
93
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MARCH 1969
Issue III
Gen Non- (Amends HCO PL 24 April, 1968, Issue II)
Rernimeo Franchise
PUBLIC DIVISIONS STAFFING QUALIFICATIONS
The Public Divisions are an extremely important area of action on the Org
Board. These Divisions keep the new people coming in, businesses continuing
and expand an Organization.
So in fact much is required of Public Divisions personnel. They must be
of a high cause level in carrying out the old programmes and building new
ones.
It is very clear that without the Public Divisions an Org will not go
very far.
To understaff these Divisions or to unmock them with ineffective staff
is an act of unstabilizing an organization's future and depriving
Scientology of a faster dissemination level.
Dissemination Division is also very important but where would it be
without the Public Divisions creating a public for it to disseminate to?
Exactly nowhere and expansion would dwindle more and more each day.
There are specific qualifications required of the Public Divisions and
their personnel:
1. Anyone with a thick ethics file is NOT allowed to work in the Public
Divisions.
2. Any new Public Divisions staff who do not attain Staff Status I
within three weeks of joining the Divisions are to be sent to PCO for
reassignment.
3. Any new Public Divisions personnel must be Grade IV Release within
one month of starting in any of the Public Divisions.
4. Each Public Division must have a Secretary and three Directors on
post.
S. There must be a fulltime booksalesman on post.
6. Every staff member in the Public Divisions must be Staff Status IV
within two months of appointment to any Public Division post.
When any Public Divisions personnel has achieved Staff Status IV and
Grade IV Release he or she is fully entitled to wear the Public Divisions
Badge which is obtainable from Qualifications WW via your own Org Dept of C
and A.
-INFINITY
Brassy Metal
-ARC
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keety - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
LRH:ei.cden Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
94
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1969
Gen Non-Rernirneo
Public Div Staff
FSms
Gung-Ho Groups
DIVISION 6 PINS
(Amendment to HCO PL 24 April 1968)
A
In addition to Public Divisions Staff Members, FSMs and Gung-Ho Group
Members may also wear the Division 6 Pin, provided they meet the following
requirements:
1. That each FSM knows all policy relating to FSMs, and does not have a
thick ethics folder.
2. That each Gung-Ho Group Member knows all policy relating to Gung-Ho
Groups and does not have a thick ethics folder.
The pins are obtainable from Qualifications Division of your local
Organization.
Jeff Hawkins Success Sec Pubs Org Sandra Johnson Public Exec Sec Pubs Org
Doreen Casey CO Pubs Org Tony Dunleavy CS-6 Ken Delderfield CS-7 for L. RON
HUBBARD Founder
LRH:JH:hk.ei.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
95
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER CORRECT
COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD
LRH ED 54 INT 10 December 1969
SUPERIOR SERVICE IMAGE
PROGRAM NO. I
TO ALL PESs:
Dianetic Course being taught and Dianetic Auditing being used in
Franchises shows that Dianetics is popular.
By having Dianetic Auditing going in the field you have the makings of
an org boom if it is handled right.
It is an old maxim IF AUDITING IS OCCURRING IN THE FIELD ORGS WILL BOOM.
It is no real concern of ours to try to hold the field versions
Standard. They mess up pcs and students. They always will. A militant org
attitude to keep the field straight is silly. Let them flub as you are
trying to control something you cannot. You can only do the best you can by
teaching the best you can in the org.
The real org action is to put it out that IN AN ORG WE USE AND TEACH
HIGH GRADE STANDARD TECH IN DN and SCN.
The whole org message is, If anyone gets roughed up in the field
training or processing THE OFFICIAL ORGS EXIST TO STRAIGHTEN OUT THE
STUDENT OR PC. ALL HE NEEDS TO DO IS COME IN TO AN OFFICIAL ORG.
If the org is trying to guarantee their training and processing in some
group or franchise (and it can't) then it gets a black eye.
If an org exists to handle the rough cases, then it is the place to go.
A line to Franchises to the effect that the org will be happy to handle
their rough cases or pes if they send them in to the org (at the student or
pe's own expense) will be received as very welcome news.
An org is not just another Franchise and competitor and MUST NOT GIVE
THATIMAGE.
The org is the benign source of the groups and Franchises and helps them
out.
THIS IMAGE MUST BE REBUILT FAST BY EVERY PES WITH FRANCHISES AND PUBLIC.
It's all Standard in the org. If the field auditor needs help the Org
gives it by straightening up his individual students and pcs if they'll
just come in.
The image is that org service is superior because it is.
The Official Org must be more standard than anything happening in the
field or in Franchise.
MAJOR TARGET:
To establish and publicize the official org as the source of helpful
standard actions.
PRIMAR Y TARGETS:
L The PES to see that all Franchises and potential FSMs in the zone of
his org are known to him and in his address plates.
96
2. The PES to organize his lines of comm to FSMs and Franchise so that
mailings to them are easily run off on address and so that he can
duplicate messages easily.
3. To get PES's staff organized so this is a smooth action.
VITA L TA R GE TS:
To establish the org as the actual source of data and standard actions
in his area.
OPERATING TAR GETS:
I . Develop mailing pieces for FSMs and Franchises concerning the
willingness of the org to handle their rougher pcs and more difficult
students.
2. Send letters of advice to Franchise reception on how to direct
persons the Franchise has not helped to your org.
3. Warn Franchises and FSMs about the dangers of putting unhelped cases
back into their area and give them programs to prevent it including
sending them to the org.
4. Originate further programs such as "Be sure that you have your case
folder sent to the official org when coming for upper training and
processing."
5. Explain the role of an org in your magazine.
6. Build ARC with Franchises.
7. Send nice leaflets for handouts by Franchises to leave around and
FSMs to hand out concerning Scn services and Academy Training at orgs,
the leaflets not to chop their own service lines.
8. Prevent Qual in your org from chopping at field and Franchise out-
tech, have them explain instead that anyone with out-tech should be sent
to the org.
9. Alert the OES and HCO ES on "Rights of the Field Auditor" so as to
reduce the warfare with field and Franchise.
10. Advise the Letter Reg via the HCO ES of these points and keep a
watching brief on the Letter Reg lines and on phone procurement. Don't
let them chop the field, yet get the benign attitude across.
11. Alert the OES and keep a watching brief that your org is delivering
very exact high level standard tech to students and pcs.
12. Periodically alert the E/O to watch out for any squirrelling in your
own org.
13. Build the helpful standard attitude wherever possible.
14. Obtain staff co-operation on this image and its sales points.
I
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
P, X110 Look',,,
A
P ' z C-.. -
,c . . zt, Z
LRH:Idm.rd
97
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOTGREEN ON WHITE
From L. RON HUBBARD Through: Hubbard Communications Office
163, Holland Park Avenue, London, W. I I
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR'S BULLETIN No. 36
Ist October 1954
A BASIC COURSE IN SCIENTOLOGY-PART C
THE USE OF SCIENTOLOGY MATERIALS
The first thing a Scientologist should know about Scientology is the use
of its materials.
The materials of Scientology are not its tools. Its tools are processes-
its materials are books, tapes, Professional Auditor's Bulletins, Journals,
letters and experience.
Now that we are operating from the standpoint of a known subject and
known processes, we can handle material much better than before. Now that
we know that auditors can be trained rather easily to use Standard
Operating Procedure 8-C, Opening Procedure, and that they are happy to
learn it, and that it will produce results for them, we would be very
foolish, as schools, as auditors, as individuals, to abandon this gain.
The materials of Scientology are designed to communicate. That is all
very well, but TO WHOM - AND WHEN? Certain of the materials of Scientology
can be communicated with ease to people that never before heard of the
subject. Certain others can be communicated to people who have been in
association with Scientologists but who are not auditors. The higher level
of material and data can be communicated to people who are in training to
be auditors. Certain other material can be communicated to people who have
been trained as auditors. And if we do not recognize this fact, and if we
do not follow it, then we are going to produce a confusion with
Scientology, and we are going to turn people away from Scientology, and we
are going to defeat Scientology in doing what it is trying to do.
For a long time Scientology was in a state of change sufficiently rapid
to be bewildering unless viewed as an orderly whole, taken with cognizance
from the Original Thesis through Book One, up through Advanced Procedure
and Axioms, through 16-G, 24-G, and Professional Course Tapes. But now
there is no further excuse for using this material in a muddled fashion. To
give you some example of this, I recently received a bulletin from an area
in the United States which has a history of being confused and introverted
on the subject of Scientology. This bulletin was from two auditors who
should know better. It was an announcement. It had been mailed to a hundred
and fifty people who were more or less interested in Scientology, including
some auditors in that area. And this bulletin proclaimed that the
Professional Course Tapes, July, 1954, intended for the training of HCAs
would be played as public lectures for these people over a few evenings. A
telegram was sent to these two auditors, telling them that if they
committed this crime against themselves and Scientology that their training
privileges would be suspended for five years.
What would happen if they did this thing? Here are the Professional
Course Tapes, designed to be played to a student after he has been
thoroughly taught Opening Procedure 8-C, Opening Procedure by Duplication,
Remedying Havingness, and Spotting Spots in Space, as well as
Significances. After the many weeks which would be spent in teaching the
student these named items, it would then be possible to communicate to him
with the Professional Course of July, 1954, and only after a student has
been so trained would he be further trained by playing these tapes to him.
Why is this? It is because one is talking as an instructor when he is
talking to any public audience. He is talking as a teacher. Is his purpose,
then, simply to confuse his audience and make them turn their backs on
something which is confusing, or is his purpose to degenerate what he knows
into the same level with all other confusions, or is it his purpose to
inform his audience? If we in the HASI have learned over ten arduous months
of communicating Scientology directly, face to face, with people who
98
are there solely for the purpose of learning, and in communicating
Scientology less directly to the American public (as in Operation Phoenix),
if we know now, and assert that we must either communicate data as data and
skill through the stages of Opening Procedure, Opening Procedure by
Duplication, and the rest, to bring a student into any understanding of
what Scientology is all about, and if we assert that we have not been able
to communicate to the general public intelligently except by using the
mildest and most permissive data, then this, representing the combined
efforts of myself and some of the most trained and skilled auditors in
Dianctics and Scientology, should be taken with some weight.
Bluntly, you cannot avalanche data on to the heads of partially trained,
poorly comprehending people, or people who have no real conversance with
auditing at all. And if you try to do so, you will fail, and Scientology
will fail, and the people in the area will not have the least idea what you
are trying to do. And they will walk away from your meetings, and they will
walk away from your group sessions completely confused and vowing to
themselves to have nothing further to do with Scientology. And they will
not tell their friends about it, and people who should be brought in to be
helped will not be brought in to be helped. And so a great many people, by
this misunderstanding of the uses of the materials of Scientology are being
denied the benefits of Scientology simply because these materials have not
been handled with intelligence.
Yes, 1 know that we have just learned this, but that we have just
learned it makes it no less emphatic. However, one supposes that somebody
who has been trained should have better sense than to use something with as
much dynamite in it as the Professional Course of 1954 as fit diet for
cursorily interested people.
Another shocking incident occurred in another area where a person who
had finished an Advanced Clinical Course Unit actually permitted a mailing
piece to go out to a great number of auditors from old Dianetic days, which
had scrawled all over the back of it in large letters, "The meat of an
S800.00 course for S38.50," and this refresher course pretended that it
would, in five evenings, bring these auditors up to date on Scientology,
and pour into them material which it had taken this graduate of the course
four hundred and thirty-two hours of hard study to begin to assimilate. The
course graduate did not do this, but permitted it to be done. Of course
there were considerable repercussions because of this. A Professional
Course graduate was an HCA or BSen before he began the Advanced
Professional Course. Most of the people in these units extended their
training from the six weeks minimum up to twelve and fifteen weeks, since
this could be done without further charge. Nobody is going to relay the
material these people received in any five casual evenings.
In the first instance, where the Professional Course was going to be
played in four or five nights as social entertainment, only chaos would
have resulted. The two auditors doing this have often wondered what was the
matter with their area, why more auditing was not done in their area, why,
when they brought groups together the groups did not stay together. The
reason is very plain. Instead of actually teaching these people something,
these two auditors had been falling back on material taken from courses
designed for people who were there to be trained and who had already spent
considerable time in training. These auditors had done, previously, with
other material, the same thing they were trying to do with the Professional
Course. As a net result, the people in their area who came to them for a
night, or two nights, would find only a steady avalanche of data far too
technical for their assimilation. And out of those recordings would come
sufficient restimulation to send them away, never to return.
On the other hand, think what would happen to an auditor, interested in
the quality of auditing and the reputation of Scientology in an area if,
after leaving such a thing as the Professional Course or finishing his
training with a Doctor of Scientology, he should reach out for all the
people who had ever been interested in auditing in the area, bring them in,
and teach them how to run Opening Procedure of 8-C. In other words, to
teach them, step by step, painfully and painstakingly, until they had it as
a complete purity, until they had it drilled and engrained into them so
that they could not avoid doing it right, think what would happen to the
auditing skills, and think what would happen to the reputation of
Scientology as an immediate result.
Where public lectures are concerned, the HASI has a series of eight
hours of tapes which describe Scientology, its various efforts and
benefits. These; are designed for the public at large. They do not so
deluge individuals that they create a confusion, but
99
simply spark their interest and curiosity sufficiently to bring them to a
level where they will at least wish to experience some of the benefits of
Scientology or desire to pursue it further.
There seem to be certain rules forming here about the use of such
material, and these would be more or less as follows:
I . Express to the general public only as much concerning the
benefits, organization and practice of Scientology as would give it
hope, without confusing it or embattling it with its prejudices.
2. When giving Scientology to people to use, give them only the
simplest tools, render them completely practiced and conversant with
those tools, and only when they are expert in them give them data.
3. Instead of talking about Scientology, apply it.
4. The simplest processes are the best processes.
One could say that Man was a complicated animal simply because he is a
simple animal and will not face it. When you have seen what we have seen
here at the International Headquarters of the HASI, result from a
continuous application to a psychosomatic illness, to psychosis and
neurosis, of Opening Procedure 8-C, you will only then begin to understand
what an essentially simple mechanism Man is, and how hard he works to be a
complex one.
But only when you have been trained to use such a thing as Opening
Procedure of 8-C, arduously enough to demonstrate that it is done just
exactly the way it is done and no other way for hours and hours and hours
and hours, will you understand what we mean by training, and will you
discover that people can be trained.
The Director of Training in London who is, at this writing, completing
the first course of this new type of training writes: "The present Course
is going well. The students have had days of Opening Procedure, both of 8-C
and by Duplication. It has been exceedingly interesting to watch. We have
spent about a month now getting across the simplicities in actual practice,
spending, for example, a whole day on 'Something you wouldn't mind
remembering' and 'Something you wouldn't mind forgetting' and two whole
days on Spotting Spots in Space and Remedying Havingness. The spirit is
very high and I think we will turn out the best bunch of HPAs ever. We have
hammered home auditing by observation of communication lag. It certainly is
a wonderful system, because auditors surely cannot miss with it. I know the
students going through now will not."
The grades of Scientology are: General Member, HASI; Scientology Group
Leader; HCA (HPA); BScn and DScn. These are grades of knowingness of the
subject. They demonstrate levels of skill in the subject and they very
adequately demonstrate the results which can be expected for these skills
show up in terms of preclears.
Group auditing sessions, when done by the simplest of commands, reducing
every communication lag for every member of the group, are the most
effective group sessions. Here again we have simplicity at work. Here we
have processes being used right.
If we expect Scientology to communicate itself throughout the populace
of the world, it had certainly better be communicated as it can
communicate. If this is not done we will be standing here talking to
ourselves.
L. RON HUBBARD
This is the second PAB Ron has written about training. The next PAB will
take up further aspects of it.
Copyright (D 19S4 by L. Ron Hubbard. All rights reserved.
100
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1959
All Franchise Holders HCO Sees Assn Sees
DISSEMINATION TIPS
For a very long time we have been working on optimum dissemination to
find out if there was such a thing.
Over the years we have found that in order of importance the following
methods were workable.
Personal Contact: This by far is the very best method of dissemination. It
is better done on individual basis rather than talking to groups since
there is the factor in groups of being able to escape by saying "they
aren't talking to me". Personal contact then means just that. No matter
whether it is done to friends and then to other people or secondarily to
total strangers there is nothing better than personal contact.
Books: Personal contact usually requires books to back it up. But books
make a personal contact all by themselves if they can be put in the right
places. If the library nearest you had some book about Dianetics and
Scientology granted by you to them and your name and address was in the
front as donor, you would get people calling on you. HCO WW Book Admin
recently made books available for this purpose at a very reduced cost. You
send in the cost of the books and the books are sent to your local library-
providing you give HCO WW the address-and the books are sent with your name
and address in them straight to the local library. Books placed in
bookstores works mildly but it should be done. Books such as Problems of
Work or Dianctics Evolution of a Science should be on hand in plenty to put
in people's hands. HCO WW is making stacks and stacks of these available to
you at very small cost as soon as we can get enough copies. You can get
them by the hundreds from Saint Hill and from your Central Org when this
gets going. Dianetics Evolution of a Science is available now in a small
edition in the UK and you can get it only from Saint Hill at �2 for 50
copies at a crack. That's less than they cost us, Books we have learned the
hard way must be heavily in circulation or we get nobody in the front door.
You can always tell a Central Org slump is coming whenever booksales drop
off. Central Org boom occurs about two or three months after book sales go
up. All Central Org promotion gen begins with "given books in circulation
then . . ." so you can easily see that the success of any neighbourhood
depends on getting books into circulation in that neighbourhood. At 409o
discount an auditor can get them into a bookstore without losing on it.
A comment: We are trying so hard to make HCO Saint Hill self supporting
because we want to get books collected in quantity and out at low cost. If
you are trying to work without books to pass around you're in trouble.
Casualty Contact: A fruitful source of HAS Co-Audit people is casualty
contact. This is very old, is almost never tried and is always roaringly
successful, providing the auditor goes about it in roughly the right way.
Using his Minister's card, an auditor need only barge into any nonsectarian
hospital, get permission to visit the wards from the Superintendent,
mentioning nothing about processing but only about taking care of people's
souls, to find himself wonderfully welcome. Ministers almost never make
such rounds. Some hospitals are sticky about this sort of thing, but it's
only necessary to find another. It's fabulous what one can get done in a
hospital with a touch assist and locational processing. Don't pick on the
very bad off unconscious cases. Hit the fracture ward and the maternity
ward. Go around and say hello to the people and ask if you can do anything
for them. Now here's how auditors have lost on this one. They omit the
following steps: They fail to have a card with their Ministerial name on it
with their phone number. They fail to have a telephone answering service.
They fail to tell the people they snap away from death's yawning door that
they can have more of this stuff simply by calling in. They get so involved
in the complexities of medical (ha) treatment and so outraged at some of
the things they see going on that they get into rows with medicos and the
hospital staff. And also they pick unconscious patients or people who are
halfway exteriorised already. This is a pretty routine drill really. You
101
get permission to visit. You go in and give patients a cheery smile. You
want to know if you can do anything for them, you give them a card and tell
them to come around to your group and really get well, and you give them a
touch assist if they seem to need it but only if they're willing. And you
for sure make sure that somebody is on the other end when they ring up.
Giving them a schedule of your HAS Co-Audit will avail much. I've got a
book scheduled the "sick person" as a working title that will make good
fodder for this. But your statement, "The modem scientific church can cure
things like that. Come around and see," will work. It's straight
recruiting.
Newspaper Ads: Costly and hard to get taken sometimes, newspaper ads still
work very well for the HAS Co-Audit. The best ad to date on actual test is
"no matter how bad your problem is, something can be done about it, phone .
. ." also, "Body? Mind? Spirit? Who are you? Phone . . ." also works.
Talking to Groups: This seldom produces much results and when you give away
literature too this isn't cheap. 1 am sure it is worthwhile for a good
speaker and has been done with success but it is mostly useful in the
production of future contacts and is not very useful otherwise in general
experience.
Co-operating with Groups: This is almost totally unworkable according to
past record. A group is composed of individuals. As a group it normally has
a different goal than you. Business firms in some areas responded well but
in the US the record of this is very poor. It is far far better to spend
weeks getting to meet the man in charge and then handle only his personal
problems, and only then get into what his group is doing. A straight attack
on groups is a waste of time.
Newspaper Stories, letters to editors, these are all more or less a
liability and should be avoided.
Radio ads have produced results but only when accompanied by lectures on
the subject. Radio spot ads are worthless.
Posters and billboards have produced now and then some very spectacular
results. This depends on what they say. In the LA area a bunch of posters
scattered around town once produced a very heavy attendance.
This has the advantage of being cheap.
General comment: What you are up against in disseminating Scientology is
the generality of what we do. When you cover all of life and all living
things you don't have enough point of concentration for people in general
to follow you. They get such hazy ideas of it all and life to them is
wrapped in such covert obscurities that they don't track with you, they
just go into their engrams and know that whatever it is you're talking
about must be beyond them. To disseminate successfully you have to have an
APPARENT goal that is understandable to the audience or person at his tone
level and with which he will agree. Show him then something about himself
and the battle is pretty well won. We try too often for a total effect on
people and try to tell them everything there is in a single moment. The
motto here is: don't try to overwhelm, just penetrate. If we attack with
our eyes open we will guide this penetration just as we guide a session. We
don't try to sell Scientology then. We give an apparent and understandable
goal of what we're doing and then put the person or persons to whom we're
talking into a state of being interested in their own cases. The use of the
Dianetic idea of the Reactive Mind is almost infallible. I once told a
casual fellow passenger on a short train ride: "Say, did you hear about
them isolating the freudian unconscious?" 1 said this because he looked
like a scholarly bloke. And he said, "No, who did that?" And 1 said, "Oh,
some scientists." And I said, "Yes, they found it was the sum of all man's
bad experiences and nothing more mysterious than that." And he said,
"That's interesting." And I said, "What was your last bad experience?" and
he said ... well, he was in session and called me up later. Another fellow
1 met on a bus. 1 said, "They've found the dynamic principle of existence
and it's about time." And he said, "What?" and 1 said, "Yes, they know what
makes a man tick now." It looked for a while like the machine would win and
he said, "What was it?" and 1 said, "The urge to survive." And he said,
'Vell I always thought it would be something like that." And 1 said, "I
don't know. Have you ever had the urge to succumb?" and of course he was in
session too, only I had to get off. 1 once tied up the whole US Senate
lunch room with these remarks, and if you can get a senator to listen
instead of talk, you've done something. Another time on a boat I said
dreamily so a girl could overhear me: "I wonder if man really does have a
soul?" And she said, "Oh 1 don't think so really, isn't it all a lot of
religious talk?" And 1 said, "Try not to be three feet back of your head."
Gave her
102
an hour or two of processing and she's still interested.
Don't try to persuade. Penetrate. Don't try to overwhelm. Penetrate. And
even a newspaper reporter will fall in your lap. (The last one that came
down to see what mud he could sling didn't sling any because I showed him
an E-Meter, told him not to say anything and then located, by asking
questions which only the meter answered, his last car wreck, who was hurt
and what part of his body was injured and how many years ago it was. Man,
he looked at that E-Meter like he was a bird and it was a cobra. But he
sailed off into a full run of the engram and I walked him through it three
times until he had good somatics turned on, told him I wasn't going to
really put him in it because it would hurt, and ended the demonstration. He
didn't write any mud.)
Take an E-Meter to a boy scout meeting and watch the fun. Send notes to
their parents when you found them in a bad way. Use an E-Meter as a
dissemination weapon.
When you can do these things to people they know we know what we're
talking about. You don't have to explain.
Don't explain. Penetrate. Don't overwhelm. Penetrate. And you'll have
HAS Co-Audit going in no time.
We are the first group on earth that knew what they were talking about.
All right, sail in. The world's ours. Own it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:brb.rd
Copyright @ 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
103
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT
GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W.I
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1959
Re-issued from Saint Hill
BPI
AN IDEA FOR PROMOTION
Here is a promotional idea which is aimed at attracting salesmen into
Scientology. The text is taken from a Telex dispatch written by LRH to HCO
See London: -
We should run an ad for salesmen. Our intention would be to get people
who could handle people. Their idea would be to increase their sales
capabilities. Programme this one for the near future. Find out which paper
is the trade journal of salesmen and into which they look for finding a new
job. That done, then run an ad for PE as follows:
Treble your selling record Communication is the key Free
course in how to communicate To people Come to Personal
Efficiency Foundation Monday night At seven-37 Fitzroy
Street, W.I.
Then make sure that the Personal Efficiency Foundation realizes that
salesmen may be there, and to stress how to communicate to people. Then
move them into a newer longer comm course and get them into Co-Audit. We'll
wind up with lots of salesmen who are Scientologists. Because they are
salesmen and see a lot of people they'll disseminate.
Thinking this over, I'm sure that if we just hit salesmen heavily we'd
win straight on through up up up. A salesman is a sucker for a salestalk
(see Overt Motivator Sequence) therefore they'll buy any high pressure
salestalk ad about increasing sales by learning communication. It is a
tailor made cynch.
But it gets you off the spot. An HCO See is really the programme
director of HASI in addition to other Hats, but lo-you won't make it if you
take on programmes and have no laps to drop them into. As these special
capers are really night or part time jobs you wouldn't have to worry if you
had sixteen dozen trained salesmen who were also professional
Scientologists. This would take some time to complete but I think we had
better start on it now because you have disease prone arthritics as a test
run, but if it goes you'll swamp. For instance Eliz in Melbourne is so
critical (rightly) of the Co-Audit Unit that she herself is taking it for a
while to show them it could be done, and that's all right but who backs up
Eliz after she grooves it in?
If all the salesmen in Australia were interested in Scientology, some
would always be on tap ready trained to handle the public, and the others
would be telling their clients about it. I know one salesman who took a
couple of courses and then sold over three million dollars worth of stuff
to people by auditing them and selling them too. This is general so we know
it works. Above is a sample ad. Here's another which is scientologically
rigged to reach a salesman:
Want to make millions in selling? Want to make people
really WANT Your product? Learn human communication
secrets at the Personal Efficiency Foundation address.
Write up some mimeo literature, rig the PE course on how to look at the
parts of life, give them some sample TRs in the first week, then run them
into a sweating rough comm course, and finally grease them into a PE
version of upper indoc and finally get them into Co-Audit. What's stressed
throughout is human relations.
If you made it your goal to put every salesman in your whole area
through the PE you'd be able to programme safely and your area
dissemination rig-up would be solved.
I know from experience salesmen are heavy on taking courses.
PH:iet Peter Hemery
28.9.1959: hrd HCO Communicator WW
Copyright (5cr *19 59
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED 104 L. RON HUBBARD
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex.
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1959
HCO Franchise Holders
HCO Area Secs
HCO Vol Secs
Assn Sees
THE PERFECT DISSEMINATION PROGRAM
Some months ago a famous Scientologist wrote me and asked me to appoint
a committee to 'Work out the perfect dissemination program using all the
tremendous technical information we had in Scientology as a basis'.
Although 1 did not appoint the committee the matter stayed in mind and here
a few weeks later I pulled it out of the 'bull pen' and attached an answer
to it.
The conditions of a perfect dissemination program would be, of course,
maximum dissemination with minimum effort. This adds up to an instantaneous
postulate which soars around the world without even using space. Now 1 may
be fairish at postulating but at the moment, due to state of case no doubt,
1 am not quite up to doing this. Therefore as far as we are concerned at
the moment we have to have some mest in the line.
The perfect dissemination program would do the following:
One: It would use existing comm lines within the society as these are
already grooved in and our time would not then be spent trying to make
channeis but would be spent in simply using them.
Two: It would not be costly as in advertising but would in fact itself
make money and finance its own way.
Three: It would carry an easily assimilable message.
Four: It would direct attention to immediately useable facilities.
Five: It would not challenge any existing powerful group, but would
further the ends of the most grooved comm lines in the society so as to
forward them as well as Ours.
Six: It would run itself and keep going after being given a push, and
its impetus would not depend on th?roughly new creation at every moment but
could become a pattern to be continuously creat ' ed. Thereby we would not
all be getting out of pace for it has been observed that we progress as far
as we standardize.
These and other conditions would give us a nearly perfect dissemination
system. Naturally it would have to be able to work in any kind of an area
for any kind of an activity and not depend upon specialized areas found
seldom in the society.
Well, you evidently still need me around because 1 up and thunk up a
'perfect dissemination program' that matches all the above conditions. It
will get franchise holders out of any dissemination difficulties they're in
if they just hold on and do it. It will perk up even Central Orgs if they
need it, and for it can be written a series of pamphlets and books which
have a chance of remaining constant for a long time to come-thus they can
be printed in quantity and distributed widely and easily.
Naturally I'm the first victim of it because 1 will now have to get to
work and write ap a whole new series of things from beginning to end and
dream up and test a lot of technology and pass it on. But we're not stalled
until the picture is perfect, and anybody can tear into this even without
literature and fly by the seat of his or her pants until we can get the
manuals and complete know-how worked out.
105
Well, that's enough sales talk. What, you're grinding your teeth to
know, is the PERFECT dissemination program. Aha-I've got a surprise for
you. You'll agree at once that it is.
One: The most grooved comm line in western society is selling. To this
is devoted the time and talent of some of the most accomplished men in the
society. Signposts, sandwich men, broadsides, billboards, newspapers, radio
advertising, TV advertising, skywriting and now implantation are all
devoted to selling. But the final landing of orders is done by the
SALESMAN.
Two: Salesmen are always faced with the problems of reaching the other
fellow's mind in order to make him buy something and are fascinated by any
idea or know-how that accomplishes this for them. Salesmen have paid out
billions to get trained, informed, genned and groomed about selling. And
while we were teaching them they would be paying us and would be buying a
good package.
Three: We can train the salesman to communicate to the buyer in such a
way as to make the buyer want something and buy it. But we can give the
salesman our message to use not as idle chatter but really as something
helpful to him with the client, and that is the fact that hope exists for
people with difficulties and that hope is spelled Scientology. And the
slightly more complex message would be that communication solves anything.
Four: This program would direct first the salesman's attention and then
his client's attention to PE courses as a reasonable means of handling life
better.
Five: The groups in the western world that hold most of the strings even
in a socialistic society are the producers of goods, and these want these
goods distributed. Anything that forwards this action is on the side of the
most powerful groups and Scientology is then not opposed to them. In a
supersocialism the problem drops a degree: Their problem is getting people
to produce and in this activity they employ a great many people and it
would be these people we would have to be working with in a totally
socialistic state but that's not yet.
Six: As any and all technology useable in selling is 'way back when' in
Scientology there isn't much need to go out on a big research program to
get the gen. We've got the gen for this project.
Well, that's the rationale of the main points. Of course there are many
other points in its favor. You can think of dozens. One of these is that
the salesman, selling all the time, is a good target for any sales-talk-see
Overt Act-Motivator Sequence. Therefore our sales-talk can be outrageously
strong and will appeal. Another point is that the most recent patron saint
of salesmen is recently dead-the late Dale Carnegie had almost his total
appeal to salesmen and was quite successful, but since his demise his
organization has been going downhill rapidly. With all due respect to a
large figure in the 20th century, his technology was an appeal to the 1.1
and failed on the cornerstone of reality. Salesmen bought it but found it
was far from a good answer to selling. Therefore they will be ready broadly
for a new school of thought.
A salesman sees more people in a day than other people see in a month.
Therefore he is himself an excellent comm particle. And he always needs
something to talk about. And we have already a wonderful record in selling
gains where salesmen are concerned. We have some examples of men who after
studying Scientolo.-Y, continuing in their saleswork, made ten to fifty
times the number of sales as a result. Where a business firm is
conservative and will buy only something to increase production, its
salesmen are free agents in getting training and should be appealed to as
such.
Probably the most rapid gain financially that any individual could make
from getting trained or processed would be the salesman, as he. works on
commission and his ability to reach would be instantly reflected in his
income. Therefore he is as an individual a good investment.
The basic liability of this program is the critical attitude of salesmen
toward a
106
poor presentation and anything not dressed up as a course would find them
snorty. But we have an answer to that. When they criticize presentation of
a PE course we would use that criticism to enlist their assistance. 'But
that's why we need your help' should be the innocent rejoinder.
First and foremost the step which should be taken by you now is to
discover what publication carries the most ads for salesmen and what
publications, newspapers or magazines in your area are read by salesmen or
are printed for salesmen. Into such should be inserted an advert more or
less as follows:
Want to Make Millions in Selling?
Want to Make People Really
WANT
Your Product?
Learn human communication secrets
at the
Personal Efficiency Foundation
(address)
That done you'll have time to get grooved in for the responses (as per
the programming bulletin).
The course should be revised for all, not just salesmen, along the
following lines: A free combination of PE and Comm Course wherein there is
lecture and there are drills. A paid Comm Course using the Basic TRs of the
Comm Course. A repeat of the Comm Course again with a little upper indoc or
just plain Comm Course again. A Co-audit using "From where could you
communicate to a ... ? (body part)" as per dropping meter on assessment.
Before the student has a chance to get bored with the Co-audit, another
Comm Course. More Co-audit until bodies are down to the clear reading
stably. And then and only then an HAS Certificate. All fees paid by the
week. All fees high enough to command respect.
The total mission would be to teach the salesman to confront and
communicate to bodies. The total lecture gen to be centred around the ARC
triangle. The texts to be Problems of Work and Science of Survival.
Examination on texts to be given.
In later bulletins I'll give you a lot more gen on this. The point is
here, if you agree with this, jump in-perhaps riot to the extent of
committing all working channels to this one channel, but to the point of
testing it out and sending me the results.
If this becomes in fact the perfect dissemination program then we've got
it made and made again. For with this basic communication network working
in the society we will have something to build upon toward higher goals and
a better world.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH: brb.rd Copyright @ 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
107
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 28 APRIL 1960
All Fran Auditors
HCO Secretaries
Assoc Secretaries
BOOKS ARE DISSEMINATION
One of the oldest Organizational Health Charts states given books
in
distribution, the remainder of these facts are true. . .".
No matter what you do with an organization, no matter how much writing
of letters you do, the dissemination success of a group will not accomplish
any security unless books are distributed.
Seeing to it that the newly interested person is provided with the
proper reading materials is a far more important step than most HCO Secs
and PE Directors have realized, but these are not the worst offenders. The
field auditor, attempting to run a group and keep afloat, fails most often,
when he does fail, in the Book Department.
Making sure that interested people get books is making sure that they
will continue their interest.
Assuring then they will read and understand the books, it is necessary
to get them into an extension course.
If you think you can interest a person in Scientology and yet avoid your
responsibility in getting him or her to read books on the subject, you are
wasting a tremendous amount of effort.
Do you know why the first book DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH was written? Word of mouth on Dianetics was going forward so rapidly
that my letter volume, even before the first book, was startling. Each one
of these people expected me, either to write them a long letter and tell
them what it was all about, or to be given a chance to come and see me so
that 1 could tell them personally what it was all about. In other words, my
time was going to be consumed, not in further research, but in writing
letters and talking to people. My answer to this was to write DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH which rapidly informed the newly
interested person what this new science was all about.
1 will make you a wager. I think you are wasting most of your time
answering questions which are answered in books. 1 think you are talking
yourself hoarse to friends, and other people, and groups, explaining over
and over and over things that are already taken up in books. I think your
time is being devoured by attempts to reach through the natural
conversational barriers of people.
You are not giving, 1 am sure, the newly interested person an
opportunity to go and sit down quietly by himself, without any social
strain, and study a book on the subject. Only in this way will he come to a
decision about the subject which is his own independent decision having
inspected the materials. This has to be done quietly and it is best done
through the pages of a book.
Without any reservations, 1 can tell you that DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, based as it is upon mental image pictures and
energy masses, those things which are most real to people, is the best
forward vanguard in our possession. It was written at a time when 1 was
very interested in bridging the gap between an uninformed public and an
informed public, and contains in it most of the arguments necessary to
quiet the suspicions of the newly interested person and contains as well
most of the answers to that person's questions.
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH contains today a
perfectly workable therapy. But more importantly it contains a bridge
between the uninformed and the informed public on the subject of
Scientology.
If you are not furiously pushing DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH and if you are not insisting that each newly interested person read
it as something new, startling and strange in the world, you will be
wasting most of your dissemination efforts.
108
Oddly enough, this book, to this day, sells more copies around the world
than the average best seller in any given year. Where it has been pushed,
Scientology is booming. Where it has not been pushed, Scientology is limp.
Just inspect the number of simple, startling items in DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. Here you find the Dynamics, here you find
several of the earliest Axioms, here you even find the rudimentary ARC tone
scale. You find as well a thoroughly accurate description of clears and the
reactive mind.
Do you realize that the world does not yet know anything about the
reactive mind? Here is the total answer to Freud's subconscious. Here is
the resolution of most of the problems of psychotherapy.
You know so many things that are new and wonderful and strange that you
forget that Bill and Joe and Mary have never heard of any part of them.
They are not interested in past lives. They are interested in what makes
them do strange and peculiar things. They have heard vaguely about the
tenets of psychology. They do not know that these have all been answered in
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
When people are asking you questions about Dianetics and Scientology, no
matter how obtuse or abstruse the questions are, your best answer to these
questions was my earliest answer and that was, "Read DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH and that will answer your question."
In the last HCO Bulletin I gave you presession processes. This makes a
complete cycle. With presession processes we can take a new person and by
running the course of help, control, communication and interest, put him in
a frame of mind to want to know more about the subject.
In this Bulletin I am trying to tell you what to do about the person
once you have brought him up to this point. It is all right for you to go
on and audit him but I assure you he will never get anywhere until he has
read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. All the questions and
counter arguments and upsets which are boiling through his mind now are
answered in that book, bringing him up to a point where he wants auditing,
where he successfully goes through PE, Give him auditing, let him co-audit,
do anything you want with him, but insist, insist, insist that he reads
DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
You would be completely amazed at the ideas some people have of
Scientology even after they have gone through a PE course and have read
Problems of Work or some other manual pushed off on them simply because it
is cheap. Problems of Work is all right and should be distributed but it is
not informative on the subject of the human mind.
Let's get down to basics here and see what we have really done. We have
made a break-through. The moment of the break-through is recorded at public
level with DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. If people do not
read this book, they just will not have broken through.
Any "sales tricks" you employ after you have succeeded by use of help,
control, communication and interest in arousing that interest, to get them
now to inform themselves of the moment of break-through, will be well
expended by you, otherwise these people will be talking through a fog and
will experience a sensation of having been brought up to some high plateau
without having climbed a cliff. It is factual that you can bring a person
all the way to clear and have on your hands a mentally illiterate person. I
know, because I have done just that. All the clears I made twelve to
thirteen years ago evaporated into the society. I did them a great deal of
good. Some of them are now occupying high positions, but none of them have
ever associated me and my work in Dianetics and Scientology with what
happened to them. They are, for the most part, convinced that what I did
was some fabulously magical thing which was done for them only, and for
them especially, something like a spiritual revival, but nothing to be
understood. These people never did gain that understanding because I never
explained to them what was happening. It was only after DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH was written and distributed that we began
to get somewhere in the world. People we processed might have been led to
worry more about their own cases than those I processed, but at the same
time their worrying was at least intelligent. I can still clear people with
the technologies of twelve and thirteen years ago and, indeed, have been
carefully reintroducing you to these technologies. Now the time has come
for us to realize that there are very close to two and a half million
people on this planet who are mentally illiterate. They do not know
109
what makes them tick. They have no concept whatsoever of the basis of human
reaction. They are intolerant. They are at war with one another. They
follow strange leaders and wind up in strange places. They have no hope
that anything will ever dig them out. Only a minute percentage of these
people have ever been introduced to DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH.
Do not believe for a moment that just because 1 wrote a book on the
subject cases became harder. As a matter of fact they became more co-
operative. We are making a great many clears today. Hardly a week passes on
my correspondence lines without clears being reported. But look at the
mental illiteracy even of some auditors. Do you know that people report me
clears and call them releases. These people have never studied the
definition and capabilities of clear in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF
MENTAL HEALTH. They bring pre-clears up to this standard, find there is a
considerable distance to go and start striking for theta-clear before they
say anybody is clear. You yourself may have made a clear and classified the
clear as a release just because you were not totally familiar with the
conditions of clear. 1 still think the best statement of a clear occurred
in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. 1 have had no reason to
revise that statement. Pushed at, however, by many Scientologists, 1 have
tried to find way stops between clear, as defined in DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, and OT. There are quite a few. 1 almost laughed
in somebody's face the other day when he said to me that a notable person
on one central organization's staff was being audited by him and that he
had gotten her up to a state of release "with a free needle on anything you
asked her", and added that he would soon have her clear if he kept working
at it. Concerning the same person, visitors at that central organization
for some time have been saying, "She has a sort of feeling about her as
though she might be clear." The truth of the matter is she has been clear
for several months but her auditor is straining so hard, seeing as he does
how far human capability can be made to reach, that it has never occurred
to him that he has passed clear some time back. Any pc that has a
relatively free needle has probably been cleared by the standards laid down
in DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH.
Now that we can interest people, let's take the next inevitable step.
Let's push this book. Let's crowd it into people's hands and demand that
they buy it. Let's develop the trick, when they ask us complicated
questions, of stating that they should read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE
OF MENTAL HEALTH.
After all, we have a brand new science in the world. DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH is a brand new book that describes it at
public level and it is a good thing if you want to get people into a house
to get them to come in the front door. The front door we have is DIANETICS:
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH. 1, personally, do not believe the book
could ever be written again, since it was written at a time when 1 was well
aware of the public arguments concerning the mind. For the indifferently
literate person it forms the necessary bridge 'from knowing nothing to
knowing something. It is an exciting book. Push it. Get your people to read
it. Now let's get going.
If you cause cards to be printed concerning the whereabouts of PE
Courses, always add to them:
"To know more about this subject read DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE
OF MENTAL HEALTH, available at (give the place). The greatest
scientific development in this century has happened."
To all Central Orgs. Push this book with every possible display and
mention. Where you find people have not bought it in your Central Files,
you'll find interest has been lagging. Play down all other PE books,
display DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH as the book they
must now buy. Tell them so during the breaks. "DIANETICS: THE MODERN
SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH answers your questions."
Unlimited stocks are available at HCO WW and even more are already
printed and being bound now in New Zealand for NZ, Australian and South
African shipment. Order all Southern Hemisphere stock of DIANETICS: THE
MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH through HCO WW.
We've lost the people in a maze of many titles. Take down all your many
book displays. Concentrate on one, DIANETICS: THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL
HEALTH.
1 am asking Australia, for instance, to have a huge wooden book,
DIANETICS:
110
THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH, erected on their marquee and
spotlighted.
We can absorb the world's confusion on one stable datum. Let's do it.
LRH:js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(D 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO EXECUTIVE LETTER OF 21 MARCH 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
T0i ALL HCOs
ORG/ASSN SECS
PE DEPTS
SUBJECT: PE COMES AFTER THEY HAVE READ A BOOK
The following is a report paraphrased from the Director of PE in
Washington DC, pertaining to a Pilot Project on Testing as a dissemination
line for PE.
"Dear Ron, On Jan 4, 1965, we began a small ad in the Washington
Evening Star on the Testing Clinic. The ad ran for 15 consecutive days and
produced 13 people in for testing, of which 10 came back for evaluation of
tests. None came onto our lines. Three books were sold. On Feb 4th we tried
the 2 inch ad with text from HCO Pol Ltr 24 Nov and 2 Dec 1960. The ad ran
for 2 weeks and I I people came in for test, 9 came back for evaluation.
There were no sign ups for Academy and HGC, and only one came into PE and
he was drunk. Best, Andy."
Ron's reply follows:-
"FCDC.
PE AD. You were recently (autumn 1964) required only to advertise
books. It was not explicit but one thought ads would now be books.
Interview failure is totally attributable to this: People say, "What is
Scientology?" of an org. Org says, "Buy this book." (Problems of Work is
best.) Never lot anyone talk to such persons. Just coach reception to say,
"This book will tell you all about it" and sell the book.
Until new Dissem Drills are out and coached this is the total. PE comes
in after they have read a book, never before.
You have omitted the first Dissem Step "Buy a Book" and so have no PE.
Get your Book Sales line in, put the PE invite at the back of the book.
All this is undergoing improvement but the above bare bones have worked
for 15
years.
PE ads direct have never worked.
L. RON HUBBARD"
LRH:ml.rd Issued by: Marilynn Routsong
Copyright @ 1965 Acting Executive Director
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 OCTOBER 1965
Remimeo Field Staff Members Sthil Grads Sthil Students
DISSEMINATION *DRILL
The Dissemination Drill has four exact steps that must be done with a
person you are disseminating to.
There is no set patter, nor any set words you say to the person.
There are four steps that must be accomplished with the individual and
they are listed in the order that they should be done:
1. Contact the individual: This is plain and simple. It just means
making a personal contact with someone, whether you approach them or
they approach you.
2. Handle: If the person is wide open to Scientology, and reaching, this
step can be omitted as there is nothing to handle, Handle is to handle
any attacks, antagonism, challenge or hostility that the individual
might express towards you and/or Scientology. Definition of "handle": to
control, direct. "Handle" implies directing an acquired skill to the
accomplishment of immediate ends. Once the individual has been handled
you then-
3. Salvage: Definition of salvage: "to save from ruin". Before you can
save someone from ruin, you must find out what their own personal ruin
is. This is basically-What is ruining them? What is messing them up? It
must be a condition that is real to the individual as an unwanted
condition, or one that can be made real to him.
4. Bring to understanding: Once the person is aware of the ruin, you
bring about an understanding that Scientology can handle the condition
found in 3. This is done by simply stating Scientology can, or by using
data to show how it can. It's at the right moment on this step that one
hands the person a selection slip, or one's professional card, and
directs him to the service that will best handle what he needs handled.
These are the steps of the Dissemination Drill. They are designed so
that an understanding of them is necessary and that understanding is best
achieved by being coached on the drill.
COACHING THE DRILL
Position: Coach and student may sit facing each other a comfortable
distance apart, or they may stand ambulatory.
Purpose: To enable a Scientologist to disseminate Scientology effectively
to individuals. To enable one to contact, handle, salvage and bring to
understanding another being. To prepare a Scientologist so that he won't be
caught "flatfooted" when being attacked or questioned by another.
Patter: There is no set patter. The coach plays the part of a non-
Scientologist and displays an attitude about Scientology upon being
approached by the student. The student must then handle, salvage, and bring
the coach to understanding. When the student can comfortably do these steps
on a given coach's attitude, the coach then
112
assumes another attitude, etc, and the drill is continued until the student
is confident and comfortable about doing these steps with any type of
person. This drill is.coached as follows:
The coach says, "Start". The student must then (1) contact the coach,
either by approaching the coach or being approached by the coach. The
student introduces himself and Scientology or not, depending upon the
mocked-up situation. The student then (2) handles any invalidation of
himself and/or Scientology, any challenge, attack or hostility displayed by
the coach. The student then (3) salvages the coach. In this step the
student must locate the ruin (problem or difficulty the coach has with
life), and point out that it is ruinous and get the person to see that it
is.
When (3) has been done, you then (4) bring about an understanding that
Scientology can do something about it. Example: the coach has admitted a
problem with women. The student simply listens to him talk about his
problem and then asserts-"Well, that's what Scientology handles. We have
processing, etc, etc." When the coach indicates a realization that he did
have a problem and that something might be done about it, the student
presents him with a selection slip, or a professional card, routing him to
the service that would best remedy the condition.
The coach must flunk for comm lags, nervousness, laughter or non-
confront. The coach would similarly flunk the student for failure to (1)
contact, (2) handle, (3) salvage, and (4) bring to understanding.
Training Stress: Stress giving the student wins. This is done by using a
gradient scale in the coach's portrayal of various attitudes, and staying
with any selected until the student can handle it comfortably. As the
student becomes better, the coach can portray a more difficult attitude.
Stress bringing about for the student the accomplishment of the purpose
of this drill.
A list of things to handle and another of ruins to discover can be made
up and used.
Do not specialize in either antagonistic attitudes or an eagerness to
know about Scientology. Use both and other attitudes. One meets them all.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright Q 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
113
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 NOVEMBER 1969
PES Hats
PRO Course
Dir Ethnics
INDIVIDUALS vs GROUPS
The wide survey done in accordance with LRH ED Int I August 1968 "Broad
Public Questionnaire," the results summarized in LRH ED Int 37 of 23
November 1969 "Reform Mailing Result" gives us two valuable data:
1. DO NOT LECTURE OR DISSEM TO SOCIAL OR PUBLIC GROUPS. (The full
list is in these 2 LRH EDs.)
2. DISSEM TO THE INDIVIDUAL WITH PROBLEMS NOT THE GROUP OR
INDIVIDUAL WHO HAVE SOLUTIONS.
Public and Social Groups
Public and social groups, from governments to garden clubs, are
organized around some agreed upon solution and were organized because of
and to support some fixed solution such as an ideology or a quick buck or a
dominance system.
In such a case you are talking to and at an idea fixe. It fears anything
that might shake its pet aberration.
Indeed, by addressing it directly as a group by a lecture or a mailing
you can solidify the consistent antagonism it feels to anything different
to its ideas.
Such groups are also a mutual protection society and their members are
to a greater or lesser degree personally defensive but collectively
aggressive.
Such groups can usually be neglected in matters of dissemination.
They can be approached only within the framework of cooperation when
your aims and theirs seem to or can be made to seem to have something in
common and only then if you don't try to "sell your wares" to their
members. Even a mutual support idea is a touchy matter and has to be very
smoothly handled with top PRO.
To a nation at war, for example, everyone not of that nation is a
potential enemy and allies are traditionally barely tolerated and
suspiciously so at that.
In a "dog eat dog" world, such as Man is continually told it is,
political and social groups have other foundations than a simple wish to
assemble or to make things go right.
Thus a mailing list to a governmental, public, social or professional
(non-scientific) group is a WASTE OF TIME, and can even do harm. This
includes any list of individual members of such groups.
They are not there to make a better society, but to have mutual support
for some special idea.
We also long ago learned this cynical axiom~ "Groups tend to perpetuate
the conditions which they are formed to combat." For example the Beers
groups "to bring legal rights and better treatment to the insane" in 1905
advocates as the "mental health" associations of today which advocate easy
seizure.and mayhem while still talking about the late Clifford Beers.
Nobody ever heard of polio until it really got anti-polio groups.
Deficient in technology to accomplish their ends and dependent at last
on the evil they fight to gain support, the group types listed in LRH ED 14
1 Aug 68 are found to fix into a solidified idea that brooks no challenge
and which imagines anything else is a challenge to it.
114
So don't waste your time except to fix up an alliance and do that only
by discussing points of close agreement in purposes not your own subject.
Exceptions will of course be found.
We sent these mailings to check reform codes. We also found it is
worthless to dissem to specialized groups.
We also had this datum earlier. A franchise based its whole dissem
programme on approaching and working with specialized groups and went broke
promptly.
Groups can also be unpopular in the extreme as witness certain
governments. A certain percentage of the poor response told us to attack
the American Medical Association and American Psychiatric Association.
The Individual
The bulk of the individuals on the planet are "unaligned". This is about
92% of the population! This figure is taken from countries involved in
heavy insurgent attack.
The commotion of "mobs" one reads about in the press, the "opinion of
the people" are usually propaganda nonsense gotten up by specialized groups
who are less than a thousandth of the population. They are staged and
pushed by newspapers who are solvent only on funds that make them pro- or
anti-. Newspapers represent so little of "public opinion" they are seldom
generally liked. Supported by specialized groups they pretend to "public
opinion" in order to increase the impact of the message of special
interests. Billionaire Nelson Rockefeller, favourite son of US big
interests, mud-balled on a flying tour throughout Latin America almost
everywhere he stopped got the most placid US and the most violent European
press on the same incidents one ever read. Neither one represented any
"public opinion".
In the hard reality of insurgency campaigns when propaganda is at
highest intensity, when all the chips are down 92% just aren't on either
side. They simply wait to see who is winning if they have any ideas at all.
This tends to say 92% of a population do not belong to groups. The
figure is not too far wrong.
This gives us a new insight into the one out of twenty in any
purposeless gathering who suddenly objects to Scientology.
YOU COULD HAVE HIM IF YOU INVARIABLY ASKED "ALL RIGHT, WHAT IS YOUR
SOLUTION TO THINGS?"
You would probably get a harangue about fascism or legal rights. Lord
knows exactly what you'd get but it would be the idea fixe of some
specialized group.
Newspaper reporters are usually serving by direct orders, specialized
groups. "Tile Vicious Catholics and the Heroic Protestants" "The
underhanded Left and the holy Right."
By the natural selection of firing any reporter who isn't a devoted
advocate of the special interest group behind the publisher any disaffected
newspaperman isn't on that paper long. Freedom of the Press as it is
laughingly called does not extend to Freedom of reporters! The unaligned
reporter is left to take up other lines of work. The closest you can come
is to control the publisher or to indicate alliance with the paper's
interests to the reporter,
The Special Interest Individual is a member of a group united by an idea
fixC. He has a SOLUTION. Any other idea he considers a potential enemy of
his solution. Thus his comm will occur, hidden or exposed, to forward
special interests. When the comm is hidden it becomes disinterested or
vicious as it is over the top of the withhold of his alignment with a
special interest.
Comm is possible only by discovering his special interest and indicating
alliance with it. The comm then will probably be a bit grudging but it
occurs.
However, this leaves us about 92% of the world's population with whom
comm is possible, especially on a personal basis.
115
In this 92% one has a uniform factor, a common denominator of personal
survival,
The special interest fellow would comm only on his 3rd dynamic special
interest and sometimes even commit suicide on the Ist dynamic to defend
that special interest.
But 92% have some idea of personal survival and therefore can
individually comm about things that would increase their survival
potential.
Summary
We can repeat "Disseminate to those who have problems not those who have
solutions."
Thus there is little point in disseminating to a university as it has
solutions for everything. There is every point in disseminating to a
student as he has the problems. But even here many students also have the
solution-to get a degree to magic carpet them to life and the buck or are
in the process of espousing special interest groups.
So one can say one can usually disseminate to a student who has
PROBLEMS.
There would be no point in disseminating to a police force. There would
be every point in disseminating to a policeman who has problems.
There would be no point in disseminating to the War Ministry but every
point in disseminating to soldiers who have PROBLEMS.
The only "risk" one runs is some special interest group believing their
prey are being stolen from them.
One can easily make the error of believing special groups are interested
in general betterment.
With Earth as it is, prey is a better word than patient to describe a
psychiatrist's special interest attitude.
And "prey" is a better word than "citizen" to match the thoughts of some
government agencies.
Now it so happens that people don't like to be "prey" and they resent
the large majority of special interest groups the moment they discover they
are such.
It opens the door widely to dissemination to get a clean look at the
fact that upwards of 92% of a population are not on the side of anyone. The
large majority of these have problems.
Thus dissemination can occur.
We who are simply trying to make individuals better and so improve the
society, without any other axes to grind or drums to beat thus have the
majority potentially on our side.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.cden Copyright (D 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
116
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 SEPTEMBER 1970
Remimeo
All Staff
PRO Course Checksheet
Franchise
FIRST POLICY
The first policy of a Scientology Org, laid down on about 8 or 10 March
1950, is:
MAINTAIN FRIENDLY RELATIONS WITH
THE ENVIRONMENT AND THE PUBLIC.
LRH:rr.aap.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1970 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
LONDON
Extracted from CLINICAL PROCEDURE OF 20 MAY 1954
ATMOSPHERE OF THE CLINIC
The atmosphere is a most important part. It should be business-like and
friendly. By no means should any person be allowed on the premises who does
not have business there. There is nothing so disturbing to a preclear as to
have a bunch of auditors hanging around discussing techniques and their own
cases or seeking to recruit clinic preclears.
[Unsignedl
Issued by HCO London In Digest
I re-issue of 18 March 1958.
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1958
(Re-issued as HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 OCTOBER 1962)
CenOCon [Excerpt]
Franchise
Field NEATNESS OF QUARTERS
- THE PUBLIC KNOWS US BY OUR MEST -
A part of everyone's hats is keeping a good mockup in people, offices,
classrooms, quarters.
Keep your desk and your Mest neat and orderly. It helps.
And when you see things getting broken down or run down or dirty, fix
them or clean them or if you can't yell like hell on the right comm line.
LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO Bulletin of 21 September 1958 (re-issued as HCO P/L of
22 October 1962), Theory of Scientology Organizations. A complete copy is
in Volume 0, page 31.1
117
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 AUGUST 1965
Issue II
Remimeo
CLEANLINESS OF QUARTERS AND STAFF
IMPROVE OUR IMAGE
There is no quicker way to depress income and public goodwill than to
have dirty quarters and slovenly staff.
While we know it takes income to make a place look smart and to have
elegant quarters, this is not the point of this policy letter.
Clean floors, walls, woodwork and service rooms require very little.
Clean washrooms and proper paper towels and tissue are an ordinary
requirement.
As the world goes more beatnik it is hard to keep up a standard of
cleanliness and good order.
But it can be done.
And for the sake of income and goodwill it must be done.
The world has been educated by business to a tradition of clean quarters
and smart service. We must at least equal that.
Staff should be uniformed in orgs that can afford it. A clean well
dressed staff inspires confidence and begets the payment of bills and more
service.
The private Scientology practitioner fails mainly on his personal lack
of professional address to his clients and his personal dress is sometimes
pretty grim. This is what costs him his income.
An org, to get anywhere at all, has to look like a real org and its
staff must look like professionals. Until they can be uniformed, they can
be clean.
Similarly, until you can have really swanky quarters you can at least
have clean quarters, walls, WCs and things picked up.
A clean set of quarters and a neat, professional looking staff can
increase your income by about 500%.
IMPROVE OUR IMAGE.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright@ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
118
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 FEBRUARY 1969
CenOCon Public Exec Secs Ecs LRH Comms
RELIGION
Visual evidences that Scientology is a religion are mandatory on the
PES.
Any staff who are trained at any level as auditors (but not in AOs) are
to be clothed in the traditioned ministerial black suit, black vest white
collar silver cross for ordinary org wear.
Creed of the Church is to be done big and plainly posted in public
areas.
Stationery is to reflect the fact that orgs are churches.
All public literature must state that Scn is religious philosophy.
Since its first incorporation as HASI Arizona all orgs have been
Religious fellowships by corporation statements,
All orgs are now Churches by their C of S of California affiliation.
The minister's course is a requisite for permanent certificatiom
The legal decisions handed down on Scn by US high.courts uphold it as a
religion.
It has never been anything else. It seeks SPIRITUAL FREEDOM.
This may or may not be publicly acceptable. This is NOT the point. It is
a requisite defense and it is true. Those are the points.
Reinforce this in all possible ways.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sdp.ei.cden Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCO P/L 9 May 1971 Issue II, Scientology Org Staff Unifonns,
and reinstated and added to by HCO P/L 2 September 1971 Issue 11, Religion-
Scientology Org Staff Apparel, both in the 1971 Year Book.]
119
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 JUNE 1969
Remimeo
PRO Course
Checksheet
Div 6
THE ORG IMAGE
A poor org public image can cost an org 9/10ths of its income thus
greatly curtailing pay and facilities. It can lead to trouble with the
area. It can reduce the expansion of Dianetics and Scientology to near
zero.
When important people enter an org and find its premises messy,
themselves and their requirements neglected, the org not only loses their
fee, it also loses the important friends who would actively protect it.
If an org and its staff displays a downstat image, public confidence in
Dianetics and Scientology is shaken.
By showing a good org mock up we are living examples of what Dianetics
and Scientology can do.
There are several zones which comprise the org image.
1. Premises, particularly the entrances and interview and service areas.
These should be neat, not cluttered up with baggage, paper, tattered
notices or unsightly things.
2. Public comm lines. Letters and mailings should be correctly addressed
with the right name and not sent to several addresses for the same
person. The appearance and tone of any mailings and communications
should be good and not offend. "Friendly and agreeable responses" was
the first order I ever gave to an org.
3. Staff. Appearance and attitude to the public.
4. Service Delivery, assurances of.
5. Publicizing values of service.
6. Publications, appearance and suitability of distribution.
7. Alliances with suitable groups and leaders, with due regard to local
"ethnic" values. (Publicly admired values.)
8. Eradication of enemies on public lines with due regard to local
ethnic values (publicly detested values).
9. Alignment of promotion with things publicly admired and against
things publicly detested.
10. Advertising, effectiveness, suitability and lawfulness of.
11. Membership expansion.
12. Group expansion.
13. Expansion planning of facilities.
Contemporary "Public Relations Officer" duties in business firms are not
as embracive as the above 13 points. These are loosely classified as
follows (quoted from their texts).
"I. To keep management informed of public opinion, and of events and
trends likely to affect its reputation.
"2. To advise management on the policies and actions it should adopt
in order to gain and keep public good will; and on the likely
effects, in terms of public opinion, of any policies and actions
dictated by other factors.
120
"3. To apply public relations techniques to solve problems in which
the company's reputation is at stake and to maintain a continuing,
positive programme of action to secure good will, presenting the
company in all its aspects to all its audiences by every appropriate
means of communication.
"The executive side of the public relations man's work includes the
company's relations with the press, radio and television; the
production of many kinds of printed matter, including company
reports, house magazines, wall charts, brochures and even books;
films and film strips; exhibitions; the design of company
stationery; the way a firm receives its visitors; a watching brief
on the way it answers its telephone calls, writes its letters,
handles complaints; its policy on donations to charity and an
infinite variety of items beyond."
We often hear that we should hire a public relations firm to do all
these things. The catch is that these firms have a high personnel turnover
and new men on the "accounts" have to be rebriefed continually.
We have in the past hired contemporary professional PRO men AND THEY
LAID THE FOUNDATION OF OUR DIFFICULT TIMES WITH PRO ACTIONS.
In Dianetics and Scientology we have gone up against a totalitarian
conspiracy using "mental health" to control populations. This was not a
normal PRO atmosphere as encountered by business firms. It began with war
where the enemy controlled all news media and governments.
We had to be very very good indeed to live through it at alL Our
"public" does not understand this. They are accustomed to sleek untroubled
firms selling them "Wheaties the Breakfast of Idiots" or "go Slow gasoline"
or "You too can be insane".
So in Dianetics and Scientology we have a job in PRO which far exceeds
the usual company demands.
In ordinary PRO actions we have not done too badly in the past. For
instance our people handling Congresses make the U.S. Democratic Party
Convention PROs look like rank amateurs.
The enemy has used all available PRO and Intelligence techniques to hold
us back, and as the enemy also controlled many key government figures, this
has been a very rough time.
That we are alive at all and expanding shows we have not done too badly.
The enemy is definitely losing.
The reason for this is INTEGRITY. By and large our people are sincere.
WORD OF MOUTH is a public relations comm line superi I or to press,
radio,
television or Mr. Big.
Radio, press and TV only seek to create "word of mouth". This term means
what people say to one another.
By standing for what people think is good and opposing what people think
is bad greatly speeds WORD OF MOUTH.
We will go as far as Dianetics and Scientology work in the hands of
auditors and no farther.
The enemy, lacking integrity, word of mouth and workable tech has not
won despite total control of governments, press, radio, TV and all standard
PRO media, plus financing in terms of billions.
Thus we see that there are three commodities above contemporary PRO
concepts. These are:
A. INTEGRITY
B. WORD OF MOUTH
C. WORKABILITY AND USEFULNESS OF PRODUCT.
121
All the PRO advices and direction will not prevail if the above three
things are not an integral part of "the company" PRO planning.
How much a product COSTS has some bearing on whether or not it is used.
But unstabilizing prices, we have learned (such as a small increase) is
utterly deadly. And reducing prices does not actually increase sales in our
experience. The exception is the granting of 50% scholarships and giving
certain courses as Field Staff Member prizes. And here it does seem that
the STATUS value outweighs the monetary saving appeal. Therefore STATUS
INCREASE is a vital part of the product.
However, whether Dianetics and Scientology have been at war or not, the
first 13 points are what we would consider routine PRO actions which, if
neglected would result in heavy income losses.
A staff idling in reception, offhand handling of callers, wrong address
or names misspelled drive off customers. Aside from simply blocking sign
ups these points also REDUCE CUSTOMER STATUS.
As our organizations are built (due to tech concentration) on handling
the individual, any PRO must be very alert to any point which would seem to
the "customer" to diminish his status.
A PRO should himself look at the given points from the viewpoint of an
important potential "customer". Would the org environment and handling
attract or drive off an important person (let us say, the Mayor) as a
"customer". If the answer is "yes" in any point, then the Org is losing up
to 90% of its income through these PRO omissions.
If a staff is poorly paid or the premises are poorly furnished,
cluttered or dirty then the error lies in either the l st 13 or the above
A, B, C points of PRO.
A PRO in advising actions to the EC (and he should have direct access to
the Executive Council or Management) should be very wary of killing off the
Org's vitality with too much militant control. The PRO also has the staff
as a public. If one wants to clear sandwich-eating staff off reception the
best way is to start a campaign for a staff lounge, get it and then forbid
staff to clutter up reception.
The PRO in accomplishing PRO points is of necessity a creature of ideas
even in getting his routine PRO actions done.
The enemy we have had gets very high points on 1 to 13 (omitting 4,
assurances of delivery and 7 and 8 Ethnic points). Dianetics and
Scientology orgs get rather low points on 1 to 13 (excepting 4, 7 and 8
which they do well).
Dianeties and Scientology orgs do well on A, B and C. The enemy utterly
collapses on these.
If Dianctics and Scientology orgs did well on all points (1 to 13 and A,
B and C) the battle would be won in very little time.
If a PRO is not working to bring points 1 to 13 and A, B and C all into
full operation in his area, he is not doing his job. If he is doing all
these things he is a very very valuable PRO and should be given every
possible assistance on his job.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ek.cs.ei.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
122
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 NOVEMBER 1969
Rernimeo PES Hat PRO Course Chsht
APPEARANCE AND PRO
Anyone engaged in a personal contact PRO action should support his
action by clean and neat appearance.
He or she is a symbol. A clean bright looking symbol emanates by
appearance only. Thus any PRO action is reinforced by one's appearance. As
the appearanceis acceptable then the thought and words or action is made
more acceptable and reinforces one's potential success.
If one's appearance is too bizarre or garish or if a girl is wearing too
much perfume, appearance distracts from the thought or action and may make
it fail.
Similarly a degraded appearance degrades the PRO action. Body odor, bad
breath, dirty hands, face or fingernails all degrade one's message or
intent and can make one's PRO action no matter how acceptable otherwise,
fail.
One does not have to be handsome, or beautiful to reinforce a PRO
action. It helps but it often also hinders.
Integrity and sincerity can communicate even more forcefully than
appearance.
However, appearance has a definite role in PRO.
For instance a clean, neatly dressed lecturer has as a rule a far
greater impact than one who is either very fancily dressed or at the other
extreme scruffy.
THE ARC OF APPEARANCE
The Communication formula contains duplication at either end. In the
presence of duplication of type or social class of appearance we get better
A (Affinity) (can occupy same space), better R (Reality) (can agree because
of similarity of caste or station in life) and hence Communication, lifted
by A & R can occur.
The above is the actual operating law.
Thus average audiences or persons or persons in the West seeing their
ideal of themselves (clean, neat, mannerly) if similarly but slightly
better dressed, are impressed by appearance and receptive.
If however a PRO person were dressed that same way yet sought to impress
or get the agreement of a Communist group in the East he probably would
fail as he is a bourgeoisie (middle class) symbol.
I wonder if you notice that the world's rulers in this PRO world
deserted top hats about 1920 and began to become upper class citizens in
business suits by the 1930s and in the 1950s became "men of the peeeeple"
in ratty unpressed lounge suits.
To get the attention and sincere agreement of a bunch of collective
farmers one would have to look like their ideal of a very good collective
farmer and act accordingly.
On the other hand to PRO a movie star it would be necessary to dress 4
bit movie star-but not too much as they fear rivals in attention getting.
COVER
All this gets badly disarranged as a law when one enters the wonderland
of "cover appearances". Then one must look and act like what the viewer
thinks the personal
123
identity adopted looks like. Impersonating a real reporter one has to look
like what the person being interviewed thinks reporters currently look like
in that area. Notice we say "what the person thinks reporters look Ue".
Actually reporters look like tramps or executives or MI-6 agents or what
have you in real life.
But "cover" is a deception process and depends on perverting the comm
formula by fooling the person or persons being seen addressed or
interviewed and belongs more to an intelligence service than PRO.
ILLUSION
However, in PRO, one is actually creating an illusion or symbol t , hat
will be considered acceptable by those who see the image compatible with
the message one is trying to put across or the data one is attempting to
find.
ETHNICS
This subject of appearance is actually an ETHNIC idea. Ethnic means
beliefs, mores, customs, patterns of thought or racial or religious stable
data.
What do the people being seen think the PRO person should look like,
dress like, act like to be asking or talking to them about that subject?
The Walla-wallas think someone with a new product should look like a
witch doctor before they believe him. Politicians think one should look
like a psychiatrist before appropriating a few billion for him. Savage
Ugpugs only accept PRO from fat men. And the Romans only accepted it from
bird entrails.
What type of communicator is acceptable? For what message? That is an
Ethnic survey problem and the answer is only valid for the area in which it
is obtained.
It is always what they think the ideal symbol is, not necessarily the
usual symbol that gives that type of message to them. And it is what symbol
is now effective as the old one may have become too common.
CONCLUSION
It is not a very involved subject. The Comm Formula in its entirety
should be known and understood in PRO work.
The factors one is trying to instill are acceptability and belief.
Truth plays its own role as it is the highest R (Reality) there is. But
sometimes the whole truth is too much and again it becomes the degree of R
that fits in with the A and C.
Untruth, when exposed, can wreck ANY PRO symbol. And voicing a truth
that is unbelievable can also cause the symbol uttering it to not be
believable.
The need for impingement (enough jolt to attract attention) causes a lot
of wild PRO think.
The mobs of people are sufficiently numerous today to cause a "herring
effect". No one herring is given any attention by the rest of the herrings.
PRO attempts to break out of this inattention by being a more startling
herring. But if overdone, the rest of the herrings believe one is a shark.
To solve the dilemma, if it comes to a dilemma, it is best to be one's
own self, but a clean neat mannerly version of oneself and if one has a
message or reason to be there the PRO will usually come off very well.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:rs.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
124
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I DECEMBER 1969
Rernimeo
PES Hat (IMPORTANT OR G BD CHANGE)
Dir Eth Hat
APPEARANCES IN PUBLIC DIVS
The Appearance of the Org and Staff is transferred out of Department One
which becomes the DEPARTMENT OF PERSONNEL AND ROUTING and may still be
called RAP but should be changed on the org board.
In accordance with HCO Pol Ltr of 29 Nov 69 NEW PUB DIVS ORG BOARD.
APPEARANCES comes under the Department of Ethnics Div 6, Dept 16, Ethnic
Acceptable Appearance Section.
The Public Exec See therefore is directly responsible for the appearance
of the org, its staff, its literature and publications so far as appearance
and acceptability go.
Appearances never worked under Dept 1. "Image" is actually a PRO
function and it is of vital interest to the Public Exec See as otherwise
his promotion may be dulled or rendered null. Appearance can even cause him
much trouble.
The IMAGE of an org and its staff and its literature and publications
actually is a form of projection into the public.
The reason it is in Dept 16 is that this is the first department of the
Public divisions. Also it is something which has to be fitted into the
values of the population where the org is located. They have definite
ethnic ideas of what an org would look like, what a staff would dress like,
what the literature should look like if any of these had a command
position.
It is always easy when one has millions to spend to make a commanding
image. The trick is to make it without its costing more than one can
afford.
One has to make the money before one makes the full image.
There is much one can do-and has to do-at no financial cost or at a low
price.
One can paint up a place with volunteer help for the cost of rented
machines and materials.
Staff individual areas of responsibility ("Cleaning Stations") should be
assigned via the HCO ES so that all areas of an org are covered. If one has
a cleaning service this is still necessary as there is such a thing as
litter. Newspapers, magazines, typewriters, machines-no cleaning service
handles these. That is staff action because it's staff use.
Where one does not buy the staff its clothing one can still insist on
clean hands, fingernails and cut hair, bathed bodies and brushed teeth,
polished shoes and so on. It's poor advertising indeed when a staff member
is dirty and unkempt.
When one has money and an Ethnic survey has determined what the
population thinks a professional looks like, one can buy the staff clothes
that forward a highly professional image to create public respect and
confidence. Remember in this survey as in all Ethnic surveys, one does not
copy professionals in the society as they haven't done a survey. One is
interested in looking like what the public thinks a professional looks
like. This is moderated of course by what the staff will then be proud to
look like.
125
Reception and staff manners are part of appearances.
An auditor's bad breath or body odor can cost you quite a lot of gained
ground. So this is part of it also.
A noisy atmosphere near auditing rooms or in reception, radios playing,
staff chattering can spoil an image.
Children flying about and babies' nappies hanging are about as far as
you can get from a professional image. Do all right for the Congo maybe but
even there I can't imagine a ju-ju being taken very seriously in a hut so
equipt.
The way to spoil an org image is of course to subdue or kill what
successful Sen orgs have always been noted for-a happy, friendly, busy
atmosphere. So the use of heavy ethics to produce image compliance is
murderous. Pride is the primary reason for good appearance.
So staff cooperation and enthusiasm for the project is worth thousands
of conditions seeking to force them to work for an image. Modern schools
are so backward they don't teach personal appearance, manners, cleanliness.
And a lot of staff just don't know any better and have to be taught what
they weren't taught in schools.
Fighting to obtain and improve a suitable image is inevitably quite a
task. If the org had lots of money it could buy its image. But without lots
of money the image has to be gradually built. Cleanliness and neatness are
the primary building blocks to respect in most societies.
An org without money has to have an image to make money but an image
costs money and the org hasn't any. That's a typical problem. "We should
have a building like the new Life Insurance Skyscraper" leaves the problem
unsolved. There is a gradient between. You can pay so much rent you just
work for the landlord or the bank. Or the rent is so high you can't afford
enough space to earn the rent. Problems like that crop up.
If the Tech-Admin ratio of 2 Admin to I Tech is kept and even brought
toward I to 1, and if promotion is excellent and effective and tech service
and org service is good, it is easy to lay aside enough to earn new
quarters. So the image can be improved.
Similarly literature quality is desirably very high. But its cost can
rise to a point where it makes promotion too costly to be engaged upon.
That has happened several times to orgs where they went overboard on too
posh literature.
Quality of presentation of tape recordings-sound quality-definitely
comes under Dept 16 now.
The org image is in the care of the PES. I trust he does well with it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:Idm.ei.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCO P/L 2 October 1970, Appearances-Clarification, page 53.1
126
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1966
Remirneo Franchise FSMS Exec Sees Dist Staff Hats
PUBLIC PROMOTION
We are expanding at a fast rate.
In order to keep our promotion orderly, and on lines, all future Public
Demonstrations and Interviews on Scientology, for TV, Radio and Press, will
be handled by officials appointed from Worldwide.
Any org member, Franchise Holder or FSM wishing to promote Scientology
on these public lines must send in all details to their local Org Exec See
who will send for an official approval from Issue Authority via ES Comm
Dist WW for Org Exec See WW and LRH Personal Aide.
L. RON RUBBARD
Founder
LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright @ 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
127
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MAY 1970
Guardian WW
D/Guardian PR
Asst Guardians
Asst Guardians PR
Public Divisions
GUARDIAN PUBLIC RELATIONSHIPS
The Guardian's Office handles certain publics which are its sole
responsibility. These publics are as follows:
Press relations Government relations Special Guardian group
relations Opposition group relations Troublesome relations.
In press relations are included relations with the press, radio,
television and magazines. Although the Public Divisions may place news
releases, appear on radio or television or write stories for magazines, all
such is done in co-ordination with and approved by the Public Relations
Bureau of the Guardian's Office. Any reporter calling the organizatiortis
routed to the Guardian Public Relations Bureau.
All relationships with governmental agencies and government officials
are handled by the Guardian's Office or are cleared through the Guardian's
Office. The Legal Bureau receives and then handles or approves all
correspondence to and from government officials acting in an official
capacity; and whether such are local, county, district (state) or national,
all are handled by the Legal Bureau.
The Public Relations Bureau handles visiting government officials, all
lobbying actions and carries out all public relations programmes involved
with the government.
There are specialized groups which are either established by the
Guardian's Office or with which the Guardian's Office is co-acting toward
mutual goals. These fall under the purview of the Public Relations Bureau.
Opposition group relations are in the sphere of Guardian's Office. These
opposition groups are those which are acting against Scientology or against
the goals of Scientology.
Troublesome relations is a catchall to include all those relations which
the organization has not handled with its various publics and which then
wind up on Guardian lines. Into this category fall business firms which sue
the organization, threatening former Scientologists expelled by the Church,
non-authorized squirrel groups, hostile members of the immediate community
and so on.
Mary Sue Hubbard Controller for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:MSH:dz.ei.rd Copyright @ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
128
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JULY 1969
Div 6 Hats
PUBLIC RESEARCH AND REPORTS
SURVEYS: BRIEFING AND DEBRIEFING
A Survey Unit consists of a group of two or more people engaged on an
Ethnic Survey.
Before carrying out a survey the Unit must be Briefed.
BRIEF: to give essential information to (Webster's Seventh New
Collegiate Dictionary)
Briefing is simple and consists of the following actions carried out by
the Survey and Planning Unit.
1. No verbal data given. All information is to be written. If it
isn't written it isn't true. If something is found to be missing it
is up to the person doing the briefing to add it to the information
but it must be in writing and approved.
2. Gives the Survey Unit all the information and orders to study.
3. Has the Survey Unit do a Clay demo of all the orders and any
information as necessary to ensure a proper understanding.
4. Checks the Unit out on the data and orders directly from the
written material.
5. When satisfied that the Unit can carry out a successful Survey
allows them to proceed on the Survey.
A Survey Unit is successful to the degree it:
I . Understands completely the purpose and intention of the Survey.
2. Takes no action until each member fully understands the
instructions and how to carry them out.
3. Does not add or subtract from orders or duties.
4. Has full attention on successful Survey completion.
5. Does not allow anyone to deter the Unit from completing the
Survey but persists until the results required are obtained.
Personnel on completion of a Survey report to the Survey Debriefing Unit
before communicating to anyone else about their actions and are immediately
debriefed.
In debriefing no set questions are employed.
A debrief is composed specifically of ascertaining four things:
1. The purpose of the Survey.
2. The events of the Survey.
3. The results of the Survey.
4. The recommendations of the Survey.
The debrief is tape recorded.
Full notes are taken during the debrief.
All the orders, reports and data are collected.
The complete debrief is routed to Data Receipt Unit in the Filing
Section Dept 16.
The debriefing Clerk must look at the Briefing before doing any
debriefing in order to know what he is dealing with and so can ask relevant
questions.
Tom Morgan Public Exec See WW Exec Council WW Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle Policy Review Section WW Jane Kember The Guardian WW for L. RON
HUBBARD Founder
LRH:TM:ei.cden Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
130
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 OCTOBER 1969
Rernimeo Public Divisions
SURVEY FORM FOR ALL SURVEYS
The following format will be the standard format used on all ethnic
surveys conducted by all orgs, at all levels to maintain:
I uniformity of results for quick and easy future reference
2. accuracy of tabulation
3. easy filing and preservation of the surveys.
Promotion ("making known and WELL THOUGHT OF" . . . LRH) is our key to
rapid and stable expansion of Scientology. Accurate Promotion for any given
area will depend upon our ethnic surveys finding out what is needed and
wanted in different subjects or areas of interest-i.e. education, health,
etc and promoting directly to that reality level accordingly.
ETHNICS SURVEY FORMAT:
DATE:
ORG-
I . Name of Ethnic Survey:
2. Type of Survey:
3. Means of conducting Survey:
4. Major Target:
5. Primary Targets:
6. Vital Targets:
7. Operating Targets:
8. Production Targets:
9. Survey Questions:
Flag will not be the only org who will be originating Ethnic Surveys.
Each org will be conducting its own ethnic surveys as it sees fit. The
above form, however, will be maintained for ALL surveys, whether Flag
originated or not for the above-mentioned reasons.
Good luck on your surveys-both the standard action ethnic surveys, as
well as
your own surveys.
Liz Ausley
F/Ethnics Officer
for
Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:LA:rs.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright (D 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
131
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 OCTOBER 1969
Issue Il
Rernimeo
Public
Divisions
HOW TO TABULATE A SURVEY
The following data was written and compiled by the Guardian's Office,
while conducting an Ethnic Survey. This is the procedure to be used by all
orgs in tabulating survey results, so that we can maintain uniformity in
our reports and survey conclusions:
I . Count all the surveys received.
2. Establish various categories of answers for each question by
listing answers briefly as you go through the surveys.
3. Soon you will be able to merely mark a slant by each category,
the slant meaning one more answer of a similar nature.
4. Then you total the answers given for a particular category of answer.
Let's say you had 1,500 answers of a similar nature to one question
and your total number of surveys is 2500. This means 60% gave that
similar type of answer (1500 2500
5. You then list each question and under that question list,the
categories of answers and the percentage from the highest to the
lowest.
6. The only mistake you can make is not to realize the similarity
of answers and so have a great diversity of categories.
Liz Ausley F/Ethnics Officer for Diana Hubbard CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:DH:LA:rs.ei.eden Copyright @ 1969 by L Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
132
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 NOVEMBER AD 19
Rernimeo
Public Divisions
Hats
ETHNICS
FIND OUT WHAT IS NEEDED AND WANTED
The purpose of this policy letter is to provide a SET FORMAT that can be
used over,and over again by Orgs to find out in their country, area, city,
community WHAT IS NEEDED AND WANTED. Once this is known to an organization
it can angle its promotion on it and produce it. For example, an area wants
more INTELLIGENT PEOPLE AND ACTIONS and LESS STUPIDITY. The Org of the area
finds out and goes into a promotional programme of "We can RAISE your IQ!!"
or "Tired of being STUPID? We can restore your NATURAL INTELLIGENCE!" Of
course through training and processing an organization can produce this
exact result.
I If an organization or group does this over and over continually to keep
up with the trends and cover new areas its income will ROCKET. A "Needed
and Wanted Survey" as laid out below should be done by an org or group AT
LEAST twice a year and again if the trend seems to be changing or a new
area is disseminated to. As we expand we repeat the action.
FORMAT
MAJOR TARGET:
To find out what is needed and wanted by the broad public in a country,
area, city or community. (Size of area is governed by size of Org or
group.)
PRIMARY TAR GETS:
I . The Director of Ethnics is to obtain the co-operation of FSMs, PE
students and volunteers to conduct the survey.
2. Those answering the survey, if they ask what it is, should be told it
is a survey for social research.
3. Surveys should be conducted in quantity in many parts of the area.
VITAL TARGETS:
1. To conduct the survey as rapidly as possible so results can be tabulated
and put to I use.
2. To have PE students answer the survey before they begin PE Course and
Sunday Service attendees answer the survey after Sunday Service.
3. To have volunteers asking surveys of any persons they meet answered
by non-Scientologists as we are interested in the General Public.
OPERATING TARGETS:
1. Compliance is obtained by the PES of the Org or highest Div 6
representative in a
133
group or franchise.
2. The survey questionnaires are printed or mimeographed by Dissem
Division.
3. The surveys are distributed to FSMs, PE students, Sunday Service
attendees and volunteers and conducted by same.
4. All surveys are collected by and turned into the Ethnics Department,
Director of Ethnics.
5. Survey results are tabulated by the Ethnics Department per HCO PL 28
Oct 69
Issue IL If the load is big then staff is organized as needed and as
convenient.
6. Results are routed to the PES who checks compliance. Then it is
published in a Public Division Advice Letter to FSMs, Field and Org
Staff.
7. A copy of the results is routed to the next higher Division 6 Body,
i.e. Area Public Div to Continental PES who tabulates in with the rest
of the Area orgs' results and forwards this (a country wide survey) to
PES WW who informs CS-6 Sea Org. Group and Franchise survey results go
to the Area Org.
PRODUCTION TARGETS:
1. At least 2,700 from any one country for a country tabulation or 1,500
in a big
city or 500 to 200 or 100 in a small town.
2. The survey is done at least twice a year or when trends change or
when expanding into new areas.
The above is the set format.
WHAT QUESTIONS ARE USED
Questions have to be designed so that they are not auditing questions.
What makes a question an auditing question is the reference to "you" as an
individual, a
personal question. Le., "What do you consider that ?" or "What
do you like
about T' or "What are your reasons for T'
Questions actually have to be carefully thought out. They have to be
something that will tabulate and get the answer while not being an auditing
question. To avoid auditing questions one uses impersonal questions, i.e.,
"What do people like the best
about T'
For example, these questions could be used in a Needed and Wanted
Survey:
1. What conditions in the (country) society would people like
to see
changed?
2. What conditions in the (country) society would people like
to see
unchanged?
3. What improvements in the (country) society do people find
needed
and wanted?
4. What is the (country) society's greatest problem?
ETHNIC SUR VEYS
Are conducted by the above same set format except the MAJOR TARGET is:
134
To find out the ethnic values of acceptability of a country, area, city
or community.
This data is needed so that the orgs' appearances, staff conduct,
uniforms, promotion and symbols are in keeping with local Ethnic Values.
As an example set of questions the ones below could be used:
I . What do people like the most about the (country) society?
2. What do people like the next to the most about the (country)
society?
3. What do people like the least about the (country) society?
4. What do people hate or despise about the (country) society?
NOTE: Questions 3 and 4 will lead to our knowing what propaganda can be
used to most harm the enemy.
EXCEPTIONS TO BROAD GENERAL SURVEY
Broad general surveys as above areNOT done in the event an area or
country has a strong, successful stable control point which has the area or
country under control, i.e. a successful monarchy (not kooky irrational
governments).
In order for a control point to be successfully in control it must know
its people and ethnics pretty well already. The ethnics of this area is
what the control point says it is.
The action here is not to do a public survey but to find out all about
what the control Point says the ethnics values are and what is needed and
wanted.
With this data you then use it and follow the trend the control point
sets and back up the control point. We back up the upstats, providing
what's needed and wanted in keeping with ethnic values and therefore follow
the winning line.
If you use and apply this data you can't lose!
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:rs.nt.ldm.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
135
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
EXECUTIVE DIRECTIVE FROM L. RON HUBBARD
LRH ED 161INT Date18 December 1971
To: All Staffs
Div 6 Secretaries
Directors of Promotion
Subject: SURVEYS ARE THE KEY TO STATS
We can do too much.
By just flying ruds on people we could cure what often passes as
insanity.
By word clearing we could change the whole educational picture.
We could handle the whole problem of psychosomatic (mentally caused)
physical illness.
We could lower industrial absenteeism from illness.
We are the only people who can cure drugs.
We could do a thousand other things withour tech.
That makes us unbelievable. Nobody on the whole track could ever do
these things.
So when we broadly offer everything we can do it is too much.
SURVEYS
To find out what people want or will accept or will believe one does
SURVEYS.
HCO Policy Letter 5 December 1971 Issue II PR Series No. 13 tells you
how to do a survey. HCO P/L 2 June 71 Issue 11 PR Series No. 10 tells you
how to phrase survey questions.
It is not hard to do surveys.
When you have one done the data should be USED. The real fault in doing
surveys is not using the result in promotion.
EXCHANGE
You and your org are involved in exchanging valuables for valuables.
You offer a valuable service in return for valuable money.
(See HCO P/L 27 Nov 71 Executive Series 3 MONEY and HCO P/L 3 Dee 71
Executive Series 4 EXCHANGE for further information on what exchange is.)
So in surveying you are in actual fact seeking to know WHAT SERVICE THAT
YOU CAN DO WILL PEOPLE CONSIDER VALUABLE ENOUGH TO GIVE MONEY OR VALUABLES
FOR.
STATS
When you have this answer you have the answer to prosperity stats.
PROMOTION
Promo done without survey, magazine ads without survey, flyers without
survey, you are going it blind.
It's pathetic to realize that you might be within an eighth of an inch
of the right offering without making it. Sort of like digging two feet away
from the gold vein and getting an empty hole when you could have a million
dollar mine.
136
Working without surveys you could spend thousands a month on promotion
and lose it all.
Or working WITH surveys you could spend hundreds on promotion and make
hundreds of thousands.
It all depends on knowing how to do Surveys, doing them, really
tabulating the results and USING what you find.
INVOICES
You can even do a survey out of invoices. You can see what book sells
best lately and then look into the book to see what it seems to promise and
then promote that you do that and you'd increase your delivery volume.
Or you could find the popular book by invoices, find who'd bought it and
survey the buyers as to what they would consider valuable in it and promote
that Service and you'd increase delivery sales.
You could review invoices to tabulate,what part of the town or state
your customers came from and saturate (fill up) the area with promo and
increase your delivery sales.
You could see by invoice survey what they bought and do a flyer on that
and use that flyer to saturate that area.
Invoices are very useful. It is a must to set up an invoice counting
project to see what to put in the next bulk mailing,
SUCCESS STORIES
Taking all back success stories, particularly from an affluent period
and finding out what the people were most appreciative about and then
converting that to a training or processing offer and using it for promo is
a vital action. Not to quote the Success Stories-we do that and it's fun.
But to SURVEY the Success Stories to find out what to offer.
EXAMINER REPORTS
A Survey of past Examiner reports for Exam Comments after certain
specific actions or courses have been completed is very revealing,
This gives you what you can offer with confidence.
It gives you a promotion base on which to build a campaign.
PAST PROMOTION
One also Surveys past promotion. What gave the largest % of response?
Promo which returned 11% or 16% is phenomenal.
You judge the accuracy of your survey by the success of the Promo based
upon it. If the success is not great you re-survey.
SATURATION
When you are serving only the same people all the time you can hit a
saturation point (all filled tip) by never offering their next action.
This next action requires a survey.
And new people must be fed in.
An example is an AO that got fat selling OT VII to old customers and
neglected promotion to get new customers and eventually saw its stats begin
to sink.
So surveys of old customers and new customers have to be done and each
promoted to.
Thus, you have different PUBLICS which have to be surveyed. In this case
"old Public" and "new public". Each requires a different survey and a
different survey action and different promotion.
TOTAL EFFECT
Desperation often leads one to try for a TOTAL EFFECT. (See Effect Scales.)
137
One has sometimes seen a student trying to push home a full HDA Course
in fifteen minutes to his non-Scn friends.
His R is wrong. He sometimes doesn't even get an ack in exchange!
If, perhaps, he demonstrated a touch assist expertly, explaining body
comm, they would look on him as a wizard!
Some student can make his whole audience depart by talking about past
lives and OT states when if he explained that people often led sad lives
after a family member died he might have an awed audience.
But to be sure how to have an awedaudience, even the student would have
to "survey" a little bit. He'd have to ask them what they wanted handled or
something and then talk about that. In that way he would be certain of
attention.
A student or an org can get desperate and try for a total effect by
telling or offering everything they know-and fly right out of the reality
of their audience.
MISSION
You as a Scientologist have a certain mission toward the world.
It is not a very civilized world.
You can bring it friendliness, peace and understanding.
How do you find an entrance point into this unfriendliness and lack of
love?
The answer is Surveys.
Hereinafter Issue Authority must be given only when Promotion can cite
What Survey it has based this upon.
Survey, lack of, is the weak link in all promotion.
To better your stats you must get this in.
Failure to survey can cost you thousands in ineffective promo and tens
of thousands in lost stats.
So the word is
SURVEY!
KNOW BEFORE YOU PROMOTE!
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
--~, %~ **"" *~0 1 1
R . V t
~6
[Note~ LRH ED 161 INT as originally issued was in two parts: the first part
as above written by LRH; the second part a checksheet made up by CS-6, not
reproduced here.
The subject of Surveys has been further developed in 1970, 1971 and 1972,
and a study of this subject should include the PR Series, on pages 393-445
of this volume.]
138
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JULY 1966
kernimeo
Distribution Hats
Sec Hats
LEGAL ASPECTS OF SUCCESS MATERIAL PUBLICATIONS
In order to be safe-guarded in the question of copyrights and other
legal aspects with regard to the publication of any success material, all
letters leaving the Department of Success which contain a request for
success stories, case gains, wins in life and wins obtained by the
application of Scientology data in life or work, must be accompanied by a
mimeographed or photolithoed form with the following wording:
TO THE DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS (Name of Org)
Church of Scientology of California
(Address of Org)
I HEREBY GIVE MY PERMISSION TO PUBLISH MY LETTER OR FORM IN WHOLE OR IN
PART OR TO SUMMARIZE ITS CONTENTS IN ANY OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE CHURCH
OF SCIENTOLOGY OF CALIFORNIA.
NAME SIGNATURE
ADDRESS ___ DATE -
Should success material derived from incoming letters be used, where a
permission to publish has not been obtained or it is no longer feasible to
obtain such, then it is forbidden to publish the full name of the writer.
Instead the initials of the name and the place may be used.
Under publication is meant: any written communication which reaches the
public in promotional material such as Book Flyers, Brochures, Info Packs,
Information Letters, Executive Letters, HCO Policy Letters, articles
appearing in the press, advertisements appearing in the press and in any
one of the Scientology magazines.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright @ 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
139
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 MAY 1968
Rernimeo
Mandatory on
all Dirs of
Success URGENT
SPEO WW
Issue as Flag A Div 6 Dist Programme to be kept
Order Sea Org in by all Dist 6 Secs.
THE KEY QUESTIONS
DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS DUTY
For purposes of distribution of Scientology and getting it into the
hands of the millions, standard tech producing results and being broadcast
by word of mouth by pcs and students is one of the best programmes.
People who have not had results or wins are not likely to assist
distribution and indeed are a liability. They think they are working around
something that doesn't work and so overts on it don't matter. (Actually
they always down deep know Scientology is the truth and so even get sick
from the "overts that don't matter".)
THEREFORE the KEY QUESTION you want answered YES by preclears is
Key Question One
WOULD YOU WANT SOMEONE ELSE TO HAVE SIMILAR GAINS
TO YOURS?
And the KEY QUESTION for students is
Key Question Two
WOULD YOU WANT SOMEONE TO ACHIEVE THE KNOWLEDGE YOU
NOW HAVE?
These questions ARE NOT USED IN EXTERNAL QUESTIONNAIRES. NOT. They are used
by the DIRECTOR OF SUCCESS and if possible are E-METERED.
Both questions may be asked a person who has been both a student and a
pc.
The pe is asked KEY QUESTION ONE. The student is asked KEY QUESTION TWO.
If the answer is NEGATIVE or willnot clean on the meter even with
protest suppress and invalidate buttons put in, even if the person has been
saying "Yes' (propitiation), the Dept of Success Interviewer MUST MUST MUST
send that pc or student directly to Review at the cost of the organization
and must insist that STANDARD TECH is used to straighten up the case and
that the Standard Green Form is used and that false reads and any other
outnesses are cleaned right on up.
Success is the final police point of an org. All Students and pcs must
go to Success before leaving an org even on a "leave of absence".
If Success fails to do this job, then the field will begin to fill up
with bad cases and flopped students and the Distribution Division is given
the IMPOSSIBLE task of bringing public in where word-of-mouth is bad.
Distribution cannot do its job where STANDARD TECH is badly done.
Therefore where a Director of Success is being suppressed in doing his
job or cannot make headway and the pcs and students are not being repaired
but evaluated for or invalidated, the Director of Success MUST cable the
Sea Org on outside lines via OT Liaison WW that he needs help.
Where a field has already been muddied up by off beat tech, we have the
ARC Break Registrar programme in another division, but these too must now
go through Success as the final step.
STANDARD TECH works. It works even on SPs and PTS pcs.
140
So let us set it up to give good results on students and pcs and
thereafter disseminate into a cleaned up field!
Scientology works.
NOTE
The limit of action of Qual on any person returned by Div 6 for
straightening up, is the achievement for the pe or the student of the grade
or class for which the student paid and rebate of any Review fee for a
flubbed Review or Cramming.
LRH:jc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 APRIL 1969
Remirneo
Public Exec Sees (Originally issued as ED 357 SH)
Public Act See
Dir Success
Success Val Off VALIDATION OF UP STATISTICS
The Success Validation Officer is to have gathered items from
newspapers, magazines or journals, which report success lines such as
individual endeavour and achievement in any field and successful
organizations which have produced outstanding contributions, such as
improvement of communication lines, growth, expansion, and other pro-
survival benefits for the community.
He then has written on high-quality stationery a brief well-presented
letter to the individual or organization responsible similar to the
following example:
"Dear Sir:
"We notice from a report in that your organization achieved a
record
year. We would like to commend you on these activities which have resulted
in such a
worthwhile contribution to society.
"We are interested in increasing abilities and bettering conditions and
take pleasure in congratulating you on a good job well done."
The letter is then signed by the Public Executive Secretary, and an
appropriate insert by LRH enclosed (such as the Conditions formulas, N/E to
Power).
This program is a powerful but light method of extending theta lines
into the environment by validating achievement. We can recognize and
encourage up statistic persons and give them ourselves as terminals of
value.
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
- Ad Council WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
lane Kember - The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:TM:ei.cden.rd Founder
Copyright (c) 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
141
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 MAY 1960
(Reissued from Sthil)
All Area Sees
PE LITERATURE
1 asked HCO Melbourne to send you a copy of their information package
that they give to PE people.
Please alter this package as to area addresses and area designations
only. Otherwise duplicate it without change and use it.
It has been extremely successful. More successful than any other package
anywhere.
It happens that on such things Central Orgs have a terrible time trying
not to duplicate. They change these things around too often on the grounds
of "local conditions". So please see to it that this is followed, not
changed.
LRH:js.gh.eden L RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 FEBRUARY 1961
[Excerpt]
HCOs Central Orgs
INFORMATION PACKAGES
Information Packages. Made up and mailed by the Letter Registrar for
newly interested people whose names have been received.
Special Information Packages. Made up and mafled by the Letter Registrar
to inform various sections of her mailing list on the next service they
might be interested in, having already done something. There could be a
Book Info Packet for a person who has just bought a book, a Test Info
Packet for a person just tested, a PE Info Packet for the person who has
just done a PE, etc, etc. In each case it offers the next service.
LRH:aec.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 4 February 1961, Types of Letters
Established. A complete copy is in Volume 1, page 244. ]
142
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 SEPTEMBER 1964
Remimeo [Excerptl
Interested Sthil Staff
INFORMATION PACKAGES
Field auditors sometimes send in lists of names. These are not put in
CF.
THE PERSONS ON ANY LIST OF NAMES SUBMITTED MUST BE SENT AN INTELLIGENT
INFORMATION PACKAGE AT ONCE.
No further action or record need be undertaken.
An Information Package should contain lists of books. If the person is
interested he or she will order a book and only then will appear as a
matter of course in CF and Address.
Such lists of names are merely typed on slips (dupli stickers). No
Address plates are ever made from such lists.
NO INFORMATION PACKAGE MAY CONTAIN OR LEAD THE PERSON TOWARD CONFUSING
WORDS OR TERMS.
This means one must be careful of what books and literature are offered
in an Information Packet. However, by test, Dianetic books ARC Broke very
few and most of such early books are adequately explanatory of their terms.
The only ways you will lose a person sent an Information Packet are:
I . Send literature containing words they won't understand.
2. Announce services they don't understand.
3. Make it seem hard to have any Scientology.
4. Try to sell them things they're not ready to buy.
LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright Q 1964 [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 23 September, 1964,
by L. Ron Hubbard Policies: Dissemination and Programmes. A complete
copy is
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED in Volume 2, page 4 1. ]
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of L. Ron Hubbard
SECED 88 SH 8th September 1965
Applies to Saint Hill Only
Time Machine DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
INFO PACKET
A full Info Packet for newcomers and the Foundation is required.
. summary of the Introductory Lecture is required "what you have heard".
. duplisticker-info packet assembly line must be gotten in.
. Deputy Director of Success must be appointed to contact all past
students and pos three times each-one week after leaving, one month after
leaving, three months after leaving, enquiring after any change, gains and
offering any assistance. This line must be gotten in on an emergency basis,
kept current and at the same time caught up from the past. ...........
'W
t~ . ..............
L~ RON HUBBARD
P
C4 V,.'
143
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 SEPTEMBER 1965
Gen Non-Rernimeo Issue III
Dissern Secs DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
Dist Secs FO UNDA TION
ADS AND INFO PACKETS
The Distribution See WW is to send out samples of any ads promoting the
Foundation and any info packets for specific type lists and any ads for
books or fliers for books (all of which must have been OKayed by LRH Issue
Authority) to Central Orgs and City Offices.
The Distribution See of Central Orgs and City Offices is to use such
material for ad copy, info packets for mailing list follow up on the type
of mailing list designated with the info packet, and for printing up book
fliers or as ad copy for books. On receipt of such material from the
Distribution See WW, no further LRH Issue Authority is needed by the
Central Org or City Office, as it will have already been given to the
Distribution See WW.
The above samples are to be routed to the Distribution See of the
Central Org or City Office, and are to be used, not just sluffed aside. The
local Distribution See is to maintain a file of such copy and samples,
along with a record of the local use of each. Also a report on the local
use of each is to be sent to the Distribution See WW.
It is essential that orgs place ads for the Foundation and for books,
and that mailing lists be secured and replies followed up. It is also
essential that such ads and follow ups carry a punch as the idea of the
whole thing is to get response.
Having ad copy, etc sent out from Saint Hill by the Distribution See to
the orgs will give a uniformity and co-ordination to our promotion world
wide that piece meal Okaying lacks.
Any Distribution See wishing to submit further ads may sendthern to me
for OK, but this policy letter is expected to take care of the bulk of
routine ads and info packets.
ANYTHING SENT TO AN ORG AS OK TO USE FROM HCO DISSEM SEC STHIL MAY BE
USED AT ONCE AND REQUIRES NO FURTHER SUBMISSION TO
SAINT HILL BEFORE IT IS USED LOCALLY.
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright @ 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of LRH
SECED 169 INT 17 January 1966
DISTRIBUTION ACTION
All organizations should have printed up and send in every letter,
mailing piece, and shipped book package the following small slip:
We will send FREE INFORMATION PACKETS to any of your friends or
relatives who might be interested in Scientology. Send their names
and addresses to:
Director of Public Information
(org address)
This should be done consistently for a period of 6 weeks to enable you
to attest its effectiveness.
L. RON HUBBARD
............. N
........ 144
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETrER OF 15 AUGUST 1966
Gen Non
Remimeo
Applies to
LRH Keeper of the
Seals & Signatures WW
ES Comm Dist WW
org Exec Sees
Dist Sees
INFORMATION PACKETS
There is a cardinal rule which has to do with any Distribution or
Dissemination mailing piece which is:- NEVER INFORM SOMEONE OF THE ROAD TO
FREEDOM WITHOUT ALSO INFORMING HIM OF HOW AND WHERE TO GET IT. Therefore,
it is essential that the following points be closely adhered to when
mocking up Info Packets:-
1. An Info Packet must sell and make people reach.
2. An Info Packet should be pretty and eyecatching, so that when it is
received the person receiving it is so interested in it that he will
read the full contents of the packet.
3. An Info Packet must be "punchy" in text and in its ads, i.e., it
should really
communicate to the person it is being sent to and be on his reality
level.
4. An Info Packet must sell a book. This is important, as this is how
you get new names In your C/F. It is important that the book that you
choose to advertise will hit the reality level of the type of people you
are mailing to. For example, a good book to sell to a mailing list of
pro-nuclear disarmament supporters would be ALL ABOUT RADIATION.
5. An Info Packet is not just one pamphlet all by itself. It is a packet
containing several pieces. These could be a short punchy article
designed to increase the person's interest and cause him to reach more,
a book flyer, and a book order form. If it were a local mailing, you
could even enclose an invitation card for the PE. So, therefore, you
have an article which causes him to reach more, a book flyer which tells
him what he is to reach for, and a book order form which shows him where
and how to progress in Scientology.
6. Your format for your three Info Packets for mailing lists must not be
the same, as there is no sure fire way to appeal to all persons of that
mailing list, and whereas the first Info Packet may not cause the person
to reach further the second or third may cause him to reach further.
When Info Packets are sent to WW for approval they must be accompanied
by a despatch telling what type of mailing list they are going to be sent
to and each Info Packet must be clearly labelled as to which mailing (Ist,
2nd and 3rd) they are for.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.cden Copyright@ 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
145
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 SEPTEMBER 1966
Dist Sec Hat
Dept 16 Hats
THE HANDLING, PURCHASED OR RENTED MAILING LISTS
Each Organization is to further its efforts to purchase and/or rent
selected mailing lists.
The mailing lists of most interest would be:
I . Those of mystical groups.
2. Those of self-betterment groups.
3. Those of self-study groups.
4. Those of health groups.
5. Those who subscribe to magazines of special interest to the
above categories.
6. Recent buyers of books in the above categories.
The procedure after purchase of each list is to have the names and
addresses copied on duplistickers in Distribution Division. There are three
duplistickers done for such persons on the list. On rental lists, one gets
three sets of stickers from the mailing list company.
Each are then sent an Info Packet containing materials of interest, some
book which would be of particular interest to such a mailing list should be
offered in the Info Packet and a letter on why Scientology would be of
specific interest and use to them.
After an interval, a second Info Packet is sent, and then a third Info
Packet. Care should be taken in the planning and production of these
selected Info Packets so as to really communicate to the list and a form is
always enclosed for them to fill in and return. The form is different for
each mailing list so that the Distribution Division can keep a statistic on
which lists respond the best and which Info Packet communicated the best.
When the person responds to an Info Packet then his or her name and
address is
put on an addressograph plate and handled as per policy.
LRH:lb-r.rd
Copyright @ 1966 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1959
Dist WW
Info All Assoc Sees
BOOK SALES REPRESENTATIVE
A book sales representative has today been appointed and authorized by
us to take orders from bookstores only.
He will be concerned mainly with areas such as: Nigeria, Rhodesia,
Sierra Leone (Africa General), Ceylon, India, Pakistan, Malaya, Cyprus,
West Indies, Malta.
He will receive 121/29o on all book orders procured, except in an
instance where the bookstore obtains a percentage greater than 33 1/3% in
which case he will receive 10% or less-total discount and commission never
to exceed 50%.
Co-operation should be given to him and anyone called upon to identify
him as being authorized by us to sell books should do so.
This places no restriction on nor does it supersede any book promotion
by HASI-it is a supplementary project toward the aim of selling more books.
LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
146
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL AD 15
Issue IV
Gen Non Remimeo
HAT HCO Exec See
HAT HCO Dissem Sec HCO DISSEM SEC HA TS
HAT Dir Pubs
BOOKINCOME
I have occasionally said that "book sales bring in the org income".
Itjust may be that the sentence has not been completely understood.
It does not mean "the money obtained from selling books will support the
organization".
It does mean that if the following cycle is not in proper sequence, the
org will go broke.
1 . Books on Scientology placed in the hands of individuals in the
public interest them in Scientology;
2. Their interest in Scientology causes them to want more
Scientology.
3. Such individuals contact a Scientology organization;
4. If that organization handles the expressed want intelligently,
the book buyer in 1 comes in for service;
5. If the bookbuyer in 1 is given good service, he or she wishes to
disseminate Scientology;
6. If the original book buyer can obtain books on Scientology
suitable for their friends, the individual buys more books;
7. If these new possessors of books want service, they contact the
Scientology organization; and
8. If 2 to 7 is made to occur then the cycle is repeated with other
people.
9. The original book buyer in 1 continues to get more service.
Now in step 4 above, wherein the original book buyer buys and is given
good service, i.e. processing or training, the organization makes all of
its stable income.
This is the original and basic cycle which brought an organization into
being and financed it.
The cycle is augmented only by (a) how the original book buyer gets his
book and (b) how he is offered further service.
These two things (how he gets the book and how he is offered further
service) are the WHOLE of PROMOTION ACTIVITIES.
Promotion is never aimed at anything else regardless of how it is done.
The ideas used in promotion must
(a) get books into the hands of people in the public and
(b) offer such persons service
(c) offer such persons already sold lower services higher services.
There is nothing more to it.
The basic approaches that get books into people's hands are
A. Obtaining long mailing lists of people who have bought similar
books
147
(health, mind, philosophy, mysticism, science fiction, self
betterment, How to do it books), and sending them attractive fliers
inviting them to buy Scientology books and arousing a want in them
for the book.
B. Advertising books in magazines and other carriers of ads (even
radio and TV) that make people want to buy Scientology books.
C. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in
Scientology and getting them to buy and read a book and also sending
them in for service.
There are two additional methods, modifying C which have worked but are
sometimes less workable than C but which cannot be neglected,
D. Personally contacting people, arousing their interest in
Scientology and sending them in for service.
This last is done without selling a book. However, it will be found that
most personal contacts require some form of a book, even a small pamphlet.
E. Getting people into congresses and PEs and other public events
directly and selling them service.
The last two if only that is done, tends to get an uninformed and easily
confused "public" into an org and rather tends to make the org into a
clinic; not making Scientologists, the org soon runs low on personnel,
bends toward a psychiatric authoritarian approach and the "zing" is gone
out of the "field".
Therefore C and D should be tried but also an effort should be made to
place books in their hands which they buy.
All this presupposes the existence of books and their availability.
Another pre-selection point is the offer of doingness type books. Do it
yourself.
"Any two people can or "you can do what's in this book and get
better". If the book also contains more theory than there is doingness for,
a lot of
people will want service too. This is the best combination. It gives us,
too, the Book
Auditor, a vital necessity in our ranks. This able, independent person
becomes our best
auditor when trained after a period of unschooled practice on his own.
When low supplies are carried or only early day publications are sold,
the ability to deliver books suffers. The impact of fast-filled orders is
lost and there is far less response.
Books have to be
I . offered with heavy impact;
2. have to be delivered fast fast fast to give delivery impact; and
3. contain material to fit the person's level so that want-
Scientology is aroused.
A book is a test of reach. So we at once knock out those who can't reach
at all and thus spare ourselves their troubles until we are big enough to
run proper institutions and clinics for them. All the money in the world
would not be worth the stall we would get from such an unwieldy "help me-e-
e" mob.
Scientology planning is built to make the able more able, leaving the
unable strictly alone for the while. If we do this, we grow. If we, like
some foolish persons do, tie around our necks the unable, the helpless, the
backward, we won't be able to move high enough fast enough to then afford
to help the helpless.
Given total stability, one can pick up heavy rocks. Don't try when
halfway over a flimsy footbridge! We would "save the helpless" at the cost
of Scientology itself and that's not smart.
The plan is to establish Scientology to make the able more able, secure
the conquered terrain and then help the helpless.
You see, if we lost Scientology, the hopeless would never be helped so
that isn't very clever.
148
Like a Class Zero auditor trying to process a psycho we'd spin in unless
we made this one dissemination condition.
Get them to buy a book.
Two first reaches, then, are required of the individual in the public
1 . Reach for a book
2. Reach with a little bit of money for a book.
Thus we have automatically selected the less disabled.
Now if we require three more reaches
3. Reach for service; and
4. Bring self in to the org;
5. Reach with money
we have now further selected out people and we have what able people there
are around.
Given this as a group, we can then stabilize our position at a higher
level, and we can reach a hand to those who can't reach at all.
This state has not been attained yet. It will come in a few years.
Hence, all these things are meant when 1 say "books bring in the org
income".
The cash they bring in from book sales is just about enough to sell more
books. It is trivial.
The cash such persons spend then in the org on service is enough to
finance our forward thrust.
Because they are able already our training and processing now shoots up
their income potential and they actually can make a lot more than they
spend in the org.
On this income the org eventually can attain organizational stability,
buildings and all that.
But more important by good service we raise the ability of the already
able people.
And with that we have lifted ourselves up as a group to the ability to
help even the helpless. We'll be able to afford it.
We retard or fail to advance then to the degree that we
(a) Seek to service the helpless
(b) Fail to sell books
(c) Don't furnish good service.
Those are the 3 FATAL errors we can make.
Avoid them, promote and sell books to an ever-widening sphere, give
excellent service, increase the erg's stability and we'll make it like a
walk in the park.
That's what 1 mean when 1 say "book sales bring in the org incom&'
More than the org income. The sale of books, all other steps being in
place, will bring us a Scientology world.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH~wmcxd Copyright (j) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
149
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 JULY 1965
Correction of HCO Policy Letter
Gen Non Remimeo of 21 November 1964
Books Sthil [Excerpt]
Books DC
DISCOUNTS
BOOK STORES
Discounts by a distributor such as a Central Org are arranged
differently than other discounts. These are done by the custom of local
book stores in the area.
The regular business discounts ordinarily given by a book store are
granted. These are Pever more than 40%, and then only on huge quantities.
They are more likely to be a standard 33 1/3% or even as little as 25%.
Policy is to use their standard scale of discounts. To do anything else
makes the org seem strange to them, and they don't buy.
BIG BOOK DISTRIBUTORS
If a Central Org should receive a request from a big book distributor
(by which is meant a wholesale bookseller to the trade), the Org should not
attempt to handle it themselves, but pass it on quickly to Saint Hill or
Washington. Such a firm will expect about 49% on lots of 2,000 copies.
The Central Org should handle the big distributor expertly and swiftly
in the interests of dissemination in its area. But the order should be
referred fast to Saint Hill or Washington, as only there would such
quantities be available, and it would cost the org money to try to fill the
actual order.
Policy is, seek such orders, get them filled by Saint Hill or Washington
as a direct transaction.
Big book distributors place books in dozens, even hundreds of different
retail book stores so it is to your advantage to cultivate this market.
In "selling the trade" (retail book stores), it is far more effective to
do it through wholesale people who supply them anyway. To place books one
by one in local book stores is not apt to be successful. Landing the
interest and order of a big book wholesaler would be very successful and
would place your books in stores. They have the organization and
representatives to do so.
Central orgs may only give 20% discounts to International Members and
Life Members, 30% discounts to both International and Life Members, 40%
discount to Franchise Holders, and 25% to 33 1/3% discount to Bookstores.
Saint Hill or Washington DC will handle BIG book distributors. Central Orgs
may not give special discounts or use their 50% discount to obtain cheaper
E-Meters and books for "special" people or friends.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 19 July 1965, Discounts-Central Orgs-
Books. A complete copy is in Volume 2, page 202. ]
150
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO, POLICY LETTER OF 17 MARCH 1968
Remimeo
IMPORTANT
BOOM FORMULA
1. Books with the New Covers have been found to be forcible into
Bookstore displays, so one can now get bookstores if the Manager has one
of the covers shoved at him, therefore we place books in bookstores.
2. We advertise books using the cover as the cut.
3. Every book has a request for more information card in it addressed to
the nearest Org. The cards when received are xeroxed, and the Xerox is
cut up and sent to the FSMs in that area.
4. The FSMs contact and form a group and select.
5. The group sends in auditors for training.
6. The group becomes a centre that does lower level processing and
selects persons for training to the nearest org, SH and AO.
Comment: This routine exactly and precisely adhered to without alter-is
will produce a boom in any country where it is employed.
Comment: This was the boom formula in 1950, with the additional zing of
the new covers.
A group Section and Officer must exist in the Dist Div or Public
Division who charters groups and issues badges and cards of membership.
As a further comment: Political control depends upon enormous number of
members. The above programme also gives you that.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jc.rd Copyright @ 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
151
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JULY 1969
Rernimeo Issue 11
Dissern Hats
Treasury Hats
Public Planning
Hats
PUBLIC DIVISIONS
BOOK DISTRIBUTION UNIT
(Cancels HCO PI, 16 Dec'68 11,
How to Run MIB For Success)
The Book Distribution Unit belongs in the Public Promotion Dept of the
Public Planning Division (Div 6) in the Promotion and Dissemination
Section. It is organised on a simple Thetan, Mind, Body, Product basis.
This Unit handles Book Advertising placement and Book Distribution. BOOK
DISTRIBUTION UNIT I1C (THETAN): Coordinates the activities of the Unit and
sees that it runs smoothly and effectively. Statistic: Total number of
books sold to the Public. BOOK PROMOTION CLERK (MIND):
1. Handles all correspondence with bookstores apart from Treasury
matters and keeps a file for each bookstore clearly labelled.
2. Receives yellow invoices from Bookstore Liaison Clerk (normally go to
C/F).
3. Processes the yellow invoices and keeps an up to date card file index
of all stores
with all relevant data:
(a) Name and address of bookshop.
(b) Manager's name.
(C) Dates of Contacts with bookshop.
(d) Name of person contacted.
(e) Quantities of books placed and titles.
(f) Discounts allowed.
(g) Total amount involved.
4. Files yellow invoices in bookstore's folder at the end of each week.
5. Provides booksalesman with promotional material samples-fliers,
posters, dust jackets, prom for new books-obtained from Promotion Stocks
Unit.
6. Provides booksalesman with sales aids, business cards, loose leaf
folders for. display of newspaper clippings of book reviews, book
display photos, press clippings of Scientology lectures in the area,
made up by the Promotion Production Unit and held by Promotion Stocks
Unit.
7. Ensures book ads are placed via the Book Advertising Placement Clerk.
8. Sends out Promotion of new books to bookstores.
9. Gets books into Public Libraries. Statistic: Cash collected as a result
of booksales to bookstores and public. BOOKSTORE SALESMANIMEN (BOD Y) (M1B
EXECUTIVE):
1. When requiring books as samples, the salesman takes the order for
quantity and titles of books required to the Cashier.
2. The Cashier makes out a N/C invoice for these books, listing titles
and number taken.
3. The white and yellow copies are given to the salesman by the Cashier.
4. The white copy is kept by the salesman as a record.
5. Salesman takes the yellow invoice to the Stocks Officer in Dissem who
issues the books to the salesman who in turn signs it along with the
date received.
6. Stocks Officer files the yellow invoice.
152
7. Booksalesman finds and visits bookstores.
8. Is well equipped with book samples, promo samples, sales aids, invoice
and order books.
9. If the Bookstore orders or reorders a quantity of books, the
Booksalesman writes out the order in duplicate indicating titles,
quantity, discount, sales details (i.e. sale or return, or sale), total
amount involved. He has the bookstore Manager or buyer sign the invoice
and gives him the top copy informing him that the books will be shipped
to him within 24 hours.
10. The salesman takes this order to the Cashier who writes an invoice
for this order. The white copy goes to Book Shipping along with the copy
of the original order. When the books are shipped the white goes with
them. The original order is filed by Book Shipping. The yellow goes to
Book Liaison Clerk.
11. Services bookstores stocking our books..
12. Bookstores ordering by mail are handled in the same manner as above.
13. Ensures that Treasury is sending out monthly statements.
14. Whenever bookstores make payments on accounts the yellow copy goes to
the Bookstore Promotion Clerk.
15. Informs bookstores that promotional materials will be sent.
Statistic: Number of books in bookstores.
BOOKSALESMAN:
1. Sells books to Public individuals for cash by direct sale (in street,
knocking on doors, etc).
2. Makes out a receipt in duplicate showing name and address, title and
amount collected.
3. Gives top copy to the book buyer.
4. Turns in second copies with cash to cashier.
5. Cashier writes invoices out for each bookbuyer and routes white
invoice to the booksalesman for his records.
6. Makes sure he is in compliance with By-laws of the area concerning
selling books in the above ways.
Statistic: Number of new names collected.
BOOK ADVERTISING PLACEMENTaERK:
1 . Keeps a file of current rate cards for suitable magazines and other
book advertising outlets.
2. Receives ads made up from Compilations section which correlate with
current programmes.
3. Obtains quotes for the ad.
4. Submits PO for F/P remembering that as per HCO PL 10 Feb 65 "No ad
may be placed for which cash payment is not available".
5. Receives PO back signed.
6. Places the ad,
7. Files the PO.
8. Cheeks the proofs when received. All magazines, ete should supply at
least one copy of the issue containing the ad.
9. Keeps a large scrap book for filing ad clippings. Allocates one or
more pages to each advertising outlet being used. Enters the name at
the top of the page and rules the pages into columns for:
(a) Clipping of the ad
(b) Number and details of the insertions (c) Dates Ad appears
(d) Response to the ad (e) Cost,
10. Keeps a file of all advertising correspondence.
153
11. Analyses success of ads.
Statistic: Number of new names obtained from book ads.
BOOKSTORE LIAISON CLERK (PRODUCT):
1. Liaises with bookstores and sends out or arranges for a photographer
for book displays from Promotion Production Unit.
2. Arranges for or does book displays for bookstores.
3. Ensures Dissern ships all orders within 24 hours.
4. Receives yellow invoices from Treasury.
5. Processes yellow invoices for the weekly reports to Publications Org
and then forwards to Book Promotion Clerk.
6. Makes a weekly report to Publications Org on the Book Distribution
Unit report form.
7. Sees that Success stories from bookstores and salesmen are collected
and copies
sent to Pubs Org and the Promotion Preparation Unit in Dept of
Compilations.
8. Gets books in bookstores reviewed in papers and magazines.
9. Sends promotional material to bookstores (fliers, posters, etc).
10. Sees all books sent out from shipping contain a return address
bookcard for "more info".
Statistic: Number of bookstores being serviced.
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:TM:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright@ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HASI POLICY LETTER OF 15 NOVEMBER 1958
ATTENTION: Director of Procurement and Staff
Association Secretary
INFORMING PUBLIC OF TEST RESULTS
No letter may be written containing actual results of tests.
All letters referring to test results obtained on a person in any way
must be given in person by a qualified person. They must be factual and
honest, not sweetened.
Letters referring to tests given must say in effect "If you will call in
person at the HASI, you will be given the results of your test."
This also applies to clear estimates and clear checkouts when data not
given on spot.
L. RON HUBBARD
Executive Director
LRH:rs.aap.rd
154
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 OCTOBER 1960
Assn Sec HCO Sec All PrR personnel
NEW TESTING PROMOTION SECTION
IMPORTANT
For some time Orgs have used testing as a promotional means. It has been
found that this is a good, reliable method of getting people to come in.
The essence of testing procedure is (a) to get the person to do a test
and (b) get him or her to come in to have it evaluated. From this follows
his or her buying processing and training as sold to the person by PrR at
the same time as the evaluation is done.
The Instructor's Code is closer to Test Evaluation than the Auditor's
Code. One does not use the latter in telling people about their tests.
Therefore Test Evaluation is done by the Dir of PrR, the Registrars, less
frequently by the D of P for sales purposes. The D of P evaluates tests to
the pc for technical gain, for reassurance of the pc or auditor and in
general to make technical progress. PrR personnel on the other hand
evaluate tests for sales to get the person to take or to buy more
processing or training.
Thus Testing breaks into activities with four purposes.
1. PEOPLE ARE SOLD INTO TAKING TESTS BY PRR.
2. TESTS ARE ADMINISTERED BY THE TEST SECTION. (THEY ARE
NEVER EVALUATED BY THE TEST SECTION.)
3. FOR SALES PURPOSES TESTS ARE EVALUATED BY PRR
PERSONNEL.
4. FOR TECHNICAL PURPOSES TESTS ARE EVALUATED BY THE D OF
P. THE D OF P SOMETIMES ASSISTS SALES PURPOSES WITH TEST EVALUATION.
Simple tests may be mailed out to CF names. The sending of large or
complex tests to be taken at home is frowned upon.
For large test batteries, even for firms, the person is persuaded to
come into the Org. In the matter of testing a whole company one does not
send a testing personnel to the company, thus losing all further contact
with the persons. In such a case the company people are brought in as
individuals at company request.
By policy testing is a free service. This includes all case assessments,
E-Meter assessments, checks, etc. Processing and training income that would
have come from testing has been shut off the moment a charge was made for
testing or assessment.
In a city Central Org, a test section should exist as follows:
The Test Section is located near the entrance of the building, easily
spotted by new people and easily routed to. It has a space priority.
The Test Section consists of Testing-in-Charge and any other needed
persons as the activity develops and needs them.
155
The Testing Section contains all test files, all test supplies, E-Meters
for case assessment (done by Test-in-Charge), broad arm type desks (or
chairs and tables) and is arranged to test a large number of people at
once. The door is plainly marked "Testing Section". The walls have signs
which mention Scientology with positive statements and test examples
showing what Scientology can do. (Befores and Afters.)
The Test Section is extremely professional and businesslike in
atmosphere. In this we must out-create psychologists and others.
The Test Section tests on an individual basis, testing on group timing
only when very feasible. People are not made to wait for a group to gather.
Photo timers marked with the same numbers as the desks time any given
person's test.
The body routing is as follows:
All persons to be tested are sent to testing at once by Reception. They
do not see the Registrar first as a general rule. When people come in with
a "test slip" or "to be tested" they are sent directly to the Test Section
by Reception.
Test-in-Charge greets them, shuts off idle chatter (he keeps the test
room quiet, no idling staff in it chatting ever, no long discussion with
customers ever). Test-in-Charge gets the person started doing tests at
once.
When the person being tested is finished the body routing is done by
Test-in-Charge. There are three possible routings. The test form should be
so headed as to indicate the type the person is: (a) Local (lives in same
city as Central Org); (b) Ex-Urban dust in town to be tested) and (c) HGC.
After tests are done by pc (but unmarked yet) Test-in-Charge routes as
follows: Local T-i-C sends person home, saying he or she will be contacted
by a qualified test evaluator in the near future. A Local test is not
corrected at once but is done in slack moments. The test is clearly marked
Local in a blue pencil. An Ex-Urban test is marked as soon as comfortably
possible by Test-in-Charge, preferably within a few hours. It is marked EX
clearly in a green pencil. An HGC test is marked at once and, at moments of
peak, with special assistance in marking from staff auditors, and is
clearly labeled HGC in a red pencil.
All tests are marked as fast as possible on any case. The Local, Ex and
HGC categories are to help other departments handle the people and to route
the people.
Test-in-Charge tells all Local and Ex persons to go to their home in the
Central Org's city. He verifies that the test carries their local town
address and phone number. He does not let them wait around the Org. Test-in-
Charge sends all HGC persons to the D of P as fast as they finish their
tests and sends as well any she has marked EXPEDITE.
All tests, as soon as marked, are routed rapidly as follows: Local and
Ex tests are sent to the Body Registrar. All HGC tests are sent by hand to
the D of P.
The D of P evaluates the test technically in the presence of the person
tested and for that person, providing the pc is continuing. If the pc is
not continuing, the D of P looks over test, does not evaluate it, and sends
person and test, escorted, to the Body Registrar. To ease peaks, a
finishing or student may be sent direct to PrR.
On Academy Student testing, all tests are labeled HGC and have the same
routing as any other HGC test.
Reception does not let Local or Ex persons stay around except when
Registrar wants them held for interview. Ordinarily they are sent directly
to their local address and a local will be called in a few days and an Ex
will be called on the same day. (A person already signed up for HGC or
Acaderny from out of town is not an Ex but an HGC.)
The Registrar may mark a test request slip Expedite which means the
person is to be brought right back. This is in a case where some one has
dropped. in to see the
156
Registrar "to talk about The handling of such is: the Reg sends
the person to
testing, gets the person back with the tests and evaluates their tests.
This is an
Expedite. It is also clearly labeled Local or Ex as indicated.
Tests are marked and filed as follows: the whole file goes around with
the person during interviews. Two copies of the profile and the E-Meter
Assessment only (the IQ figures being on the profile) are made in addition
to the original. One of these goes to the D of P who sends it to the
auditor or the Academy (for a student) and which is then sent to CF at end
of processing or training. The other copy is a flimsy which goes to Saint
Hill accompanied only by airmail weight auditor's reports. The Registration
personnel may not keep the large original tests. This goes back at
conclusion of interview to the Test Section and is filed there.
Each C17 folder must contain a copy of each profile (with its IQ) and E-
Meter Assessment that the person has taken.
Every piece of original testing papers and E-Meter Assessment is
retained in Test files. There is no other complete test file than in the
Test Section.
A cross index file card system is kept by T-i-C to show every auditor
with a card for each pc audited. This permits an examination of the broad
work of any auditor. The tests are otherwise filed alphabetically in filing
cabinets by the last name of the pc.
The tests are the property of HCO (as are the mailing lists) but are
accumulated, kept and used by HASI.
Everything must be done to make testing prominent, accurate and
available. The Test Section, as an entrance point to service, must look
crisp and efficient. Waiting must be kept to nothing. There is no virtue in
telling the applicant how fast they can be marked. Stress how carefully
they are marked and the expertness of evaluation.
By having local designation, the Reg can apportion interview time,
calling the people in to even out the Reg schedule. It does not matter if a
local waits a week to be called in. The point is not to make anyone wait an
hour in the office for testing or evaluation. In the case of an Ex he or
she is probably in town just to be tested so an Ex is always recalled fast.
Students can be shunted a bit as they can always be called out of class
during the week.
The Body Reg should have special baskets for tests marked local, Ex-
Urban, HGC, and Student. The Body Reg must never just have piles of tests
or scattered papers. By having baskets for these in a bearistalk stack of
trays behind him or her, other PrR personnel can ease in and take handfuls
of them to do interviews when they have time if the traffic is heavy. In
the case of more than one Body Reg types of interviews possibly can be
apportioned around amongst Registrars, such as men, women, Local, Ex-Urban,
etc.
A SLIP AS TO THE STATUS AND OUTCOME OF THE REG INTERVIEW MUST BE
ATTACHED TO THE MAIN TEST FILE BY THE INTERVIEWING PERSON.
The PE foundation test administration should be shifted into the Test
Section and the tests given should be the same as. all others now.
PE tests can be given in the PE room but to all intents and purposes are
wholly the business of Test-in-Charge. A PE Instructor becomes part of the
Test Section if he administers tests. The PE people's E-Meter Assessment
can be done in PE as it is rapid but on a test night assistance will have
to be given. This is all up to Test-in-Charge.
No after test is given to PE hereafter by reason of their being PE
people. But PE people can come in for an after test.
157
PROMOTION OF TESTS
The designation of the Test Section for publicity purposes should be the
"New York Test Clinic" or the "Melbourne Test Clinic". The word "free" is
not included in the title or inferred. But no charge is ever made for tests
or assessments.
Announcements of the Clinic may be sent out broadly, to the mailing list
or firms. In the announcement is included pieces of paper, nicely printed,
that say somewhat as follows:
The New York Test Clinic extends an invitation to you to be tested free
of any charge. Your intelligence and aptitude have everything to do with
your income, your future, your personal relationships and your life.
Such tests would ordinarily cost you $50. They are offered to you free
of charge if you bring this slip with you.
If you are not happy with life you can find out why.
. ......................... Name
Address
...........................
Phone
An entirely different kind of a slip would go to a Scientologist.
A third kind would go to a firm such as:
New York Test Clinic
This will entitle one employee to an aptitude and intelligence test and
an evaluation of the test.
...........................
Employee's Name
Address
...................
Phone
........................... Company name (countersigned by an official)
Many other offerings of tests can be broadly made-to teachers, firemen,
military personnel, etc, etc, each with a different covering letter or test
slip.
If HCO (and PrR) forthrightly plans out such mailings, makes them look
good and sees that HASI has the service there, a broad new expansion can be
made easily.
This is vital in view of the "Anatomy of the Human Mind" promotion I am
working on which will come later.
Some public difficulty could be encountered by Orgs in doing this unless
it is done properly.
We are overtly cutting the psychologist off. He has only his test line
to offer. All his gains have been in the field of testing. All his cash is
received via tests and his
158
opinions of people and some tricks for training or selling.
A free test activity does the psychologist out of a job. We would gladly
hire psychologists if our experience with them were not bad in the test
field. They have rattled people being tested for us, thrown curves at them,
slanted tests and failed to duplicate. The actual test environment must be
calm and quiet and always the same. The evaluation must be smooth and done
in other quarters by other people. Testing and evaluation of tests are two
different things. The psychologist has mixed them up while working for us,
thus upsetting test results.
There is no law anywhere against testing people.
The tests we use should not get us entangled with copyrights. We are
already mostly free on this with our tests. We have many more. We also have
the old Army Alpha for IQs which we will get into play now. We can create
others.
Any broad public invalidation of our test service should be ignored. To
comment on it to people taking tests who say the tests have been
invalidated to them is all right-"We are giving free what others charge $50
for. We are a public service organization." Otherwise don't defend. Just
test.
USE OF TESTS
Evaluation of tests should be helpful, wise and very direct. An
evaluator should know all HCOBs about test evaluation. Remarks that
"Scientology can improve this or that characteristic" or "auditing can
remedy that" or "Processing can change this" or "Training can stabilize
that" should be used repeatedly during the evaluation for the sake of
impingement.
A clever evaluator can surmise such things as domestic grief, trouble
with possessions, etc much more easily than a fortune teller.
Test evaluation is modern, scientific fortune telling. It deals with
past, present and future. A low profile, low IQ future is of course a
dreary one, profitless, unless changed. We can erase the fate of the past
and alter utterly anyone's future. So it does not matter how hard one leans
on the person. Remember low cases want only to escape the consequences of
life.
A poor or average test (or a theetie-weetie high test with no reality)
shows a rough futurej full of disease and injury. Processing as of the past
six months shows a very high shift of future in terms of high graph gains.
As the person being interviewed cannot usually read tests, they have to
be explained to him or her, point by point. Test profile patterns that show
low as a dangerous shaded area, mid ground as needing improvement and a
high area help people to understand.
Anyone doing evaluation should have a book of profiles made up from high-
low tests showing what Scientology can do. Plastic envelope books of the
right size can be bought in most photo stores. The facing page to the
profile shown should carry some facts about the persons whose graph
appears. All names should be blacked out.
Test-in-Charge is responsible for providing such result display books
and display gra phs or sheets of graphs for walls, all made up to be easily
understood.
The IQ factor, while it is in actuality improved by processing, is
useless without Scientology training. It can be used to sell training. The
professional aspect of training should be played down in selling. The
practical application aspect of it should be played up while graph and IQ
reading for the pe. Certain traits showing difficulty in handling people
should be stressed as most easily remedied and kept remedied by academy
training. Graphs showing the "therapeutic" value of training should be in
the display book and on walls. DC has lots of these "Academy only" gains
from 1956.
Training, then, can be sold as therapeutic but not in lieu of
processing. Don't sell people training so they can be processed in the
Academy. Sell them training so they can hold their gains.
159
HCO must be sure, not only that the testing drill as outlined here is
installed and by hat checks followed, but primarily that people are driven
in against the Test Section in large numbers. This takes constant search by
the HCO Area Secretary to find new groups, types, professions of people to
drive in with all literature written and furnished by HCO (or PrR) and the
project carried off.
The Director PrR of course is relieved of no responsibility by HCO's
action. But HCO should think in terms of tens of thousands of people and
mercilessly thrust them at the Test Section and let PrR and HASI cope from
there. HCO must drive more in than anybody can handle. PrR has been known
to get "reasonable" about numbers of pcs. HCO must never get reasonable. If
HASI has to buy a new building to cope, that's HASI's problem, not HCO's.
HCO moves people from homes, businesses, the public over into Test Section.
If the line jams, that's HASI's trouble and HCO's scream. And HASI has
little say about how HCO gets them there.
SUMMARY
This and the soon Anatomy Basic Course programme are the leaders in
current new promotion. They should be set up to run. And run well and long.
This programme is not experimental. It has a long Scientology background
and much precedent. It is not therefore a special programme. It is a
refinement and emphasis of an already working HASI line.
The Testing Section is under the Dept of PrR. It is actually a technical
service and should be included as a Technical activity. But it has never
thrived as a promotion activity or even as an activity under the HGC.
Therefore it is placed under PrR and is going to be heavily emphasized.
We are in an era of finding and "selling" the "things", the "objects",
"the realities" of Scientology. There are about 20 of these (engrams,
banks, bodies, etc). Testing is a thing because it results in object
substitutes for people.
Testing moves now out of psychological range and into future prediction,
so we are not doing psychqlogical testing. The is-ness of the test is
applied to excuse the past, avoid difficulty in the future. We will take
full advantage of the superstitions of people at the level of prediction.
The popularity of astrology is greater than that of psychology even though
psychology developed from astrology. That is because astrology pretends to
read future. We can factually estimate future from meters and graphs
without any pretence and a gruesome future it appears (and would be without
us). Pandora's box flies into the future from a middle or low graph.
Astrology and Numerology are popular and slightly factual. We can be
popular and totally factual. The fate of Man without processing is measured
by the catastrophes of the past. The Buddhist Wheel of Life shows Man how
grimly he is tied to a never-improving circle of birth and death. Use such
facts.
Without stepping beyond a person's past, which will certainly happen to
him again without processing, we can change his fate. We are the only
people on Earth who can accurately estimate it or improve it and make it
stay improved.
With accurate scientific tests and testing, we can swing all existing
interest lines in fate and future our way. And Scientology is also the only
game on Earth where everybody wins.
Thus we are stepping out with the new Test Section and much skill and
brightness needed on all our parts to make it work.
Having demonstrably coped with the technical, I now move us up to high
traffic volume.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Copyright @ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
160
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 NOVEMBER 1960
All Orgs
Franchise Hldrs
IMPORTANT
WARNING ON NEW PE
The new line up I have developed for Johannesburg is hot. It is the
hottest, fastest procurement service set up we have ever had. All Orgs and
Franchise Holders will be using it in a few months,
But meantime, a word of warning. A very sincere word.
This is too hot to embark upon carelessly and without preparation. It
has almost blown HASI Johannesburg to pieces. If I had not been monitoring
it close to hand, the new PE would have been killed off because of the
frightening volume of heavy new business brought in. Testing went from 5 to
29 a day in three weeks. All new people. Five people were pulled in to do
nothing but testing, marking and evaluating (the heaviest time consumer).
Test fell 100 evaluations behind in a matter of days.
So great was the new traffic, so avid was the public that the HCO Exec
See and Assoc See actually came close to blowing.
The people must have attention, good, sharp and cleanly scheduled. And
service for them in PE, the HGC and the Academy must be available at once.
And technical gains in the HGC and Academy must be 100% or the whole thing
becomes a ruin of ARC breaks.
Now I have been riding this bucking bronco for three weeks with the help
of a very fine staff and I can tell you that it's been spurs and curb bits
all the way.
The Test-New PE line-up is like a fine watch. It has to be planned
fully, briefed completely, fired off well and technical results must be
excellent or the whole thing will set up an awful public odor.
Central Orgs should send an executive to Johannesburg for study and
briefing.
Franchise Holders should get on staff at a Central Org for a few weeks
or months to learn how.
This is a warning. This programme resolves all procurement. But if it is
started and run badly, it will ruin Scientology in a whole area.
So let's be smart now.
I've got this one taped. Johannesburg is getting out of a spin on it.
Let's start it well and do it well.
This time we have procurement solved. But like learning to be an
auditor, this one takes know-how.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Copyright Q 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
161 ,
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1960
All Orgs
TESTING PROMOTION REVISED
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltr 22 Oct 1960)
Testing as a promotional activity has been resoundingly successful in HASI
S.A.
The following large (2 inch) Ad has been carried in newspapers.
IQ TESTED
THE JOHANNESBURG TEST CENTRE
offers for a limited time, free
intelligence and personality
tests. Your IQ, personality
and aptitude determine your
future.
Know them. No obligations.
23, Hancock Street,
Joubert Park, Johannesburg.
Phone. 44-9075
(Note-"Scientometric Testing" should probably be added in the U.S.A.)
Within 30 days this had increased numbers of new people coming in to 30
per day. The increase has been from 2 to 4 people each week day.
The success would be ruinous to a poorly oriented organization, and
almost was to Johannesburg. It has required my constant supervision and re-
organizing to keep it going. So don't enter the project lightly.
THEBUGS
The first bug developed was testing Comm Centre. Its absence in the test
room upset everything for a week. An In-Out basket system was wholly
inadequate. A basket system for Tests In Unmarked-Tests In Unmarked HGC-
Tests In Unmarked Academy-Tests Marked-Tests Marked HGC, etc, etc. PLUS a
separate system for the Test-In-Charge person as a staff member solved
this.
The next and chief bug was the evaluation personnel. Test evaluation,
combined with sales, fell behind an increasing nine to twelve persons a
day. This came about through Test and Evaluation being under PrR. They must
not be. They must be under the HGC or, less workably, under PE.
Body collision and crowding could have been serious if the Test room and
Evaluation rooms had not been placed nearest the entrance to the Org
building.
The final serious bug was PrR body registrar getting mixed into the
system of Test-Evaluation and doing some to the exclusion of new promotion.
Since the Test line is eventual processing and training and immediate small
business, income of the Org might have suffered while it was at a high
whine of new people. Old lines must be guarded, strengthened and maintained
in spite of the new inflow if income is to stay up.
Technical quality is good on processing and training in Johannesburg
now. There could be a terrible bust if the quality of training and
processing was low while volume of people was high. This could wreck an
area.
162
Therefore to start a test programme, it must be planned well. Technical
must be brought high. Then the rooms, lines and personnel planned and
finally the ad placed and personnel put on post. Light early inflow gives
ample time to break things in, providing the following mock-up is closely
followed.
Additional promotion to firms, societies and our own public may not be
needed for months if the ad is placed in a paper.
MOTIF
Scientology testing is explained as follows: These are old tests
reworked and modernized and co-ordinated with an clectro-psycho-
galvanoineter. The results are more accurate than psychological tests. This
is Scientometry. This is not psychology. These tests are more modem, being
electronically co-ordinated. Psychology considers a person to be a
materialistic biological brain. Scientology considers a person to be an
electronic spiritual phenomena.
The above explanation is for legal purposes; it is not for general
release into the test line or in literature. But everyone connected with
testing and evaluating must know the above thoroughly and glibly. We are
not attacking psychology. But it may attack us. To the public we're just a
good test agency where it's free.
RECEPTION
The Receptionist hands the incomer a card with space for name, address
and phone number and shows incomer the test room.
In the Reception Room there is a large sign listing services of Org.
THE TEST ROOM
Virgin tests, Personality and IQ only (no aptitude test is given), are
placed in folders, one set per folder, ready for issue. There are three
piles-Cream folders, Red folders, Green folders. Cream is for public, Red
for HGC (rush), Green for Academy.
The incomer has received a test pass card from Reception. He puts his
name and address on the card's dotted lines and gives it to Test-in-charge.
Test-in-charge files it in his day basket. He takes down a cream folder,
time date stamps its corner. leads incomer to a desk and starts him.
A time clock exists for each desk. The desk is numbered, the clock is
numbered. This is started by Test-in-charge.
When test is complete, Test-in-charge takes the whole folder and marks
the evaluation appointment date on it (2 or 3 days hence, every 15 minutes
in sequence) and marks the same time on the incomer's card. This is the
evaluation appointment. It can be adjusted if need be. If so, the admission
cards are packed like playing cards in 15 min sequence. The incomer also
gets a slip saying, "This test is not complete. Electronic co-ordination
remains to be done by Evaluator. Please report to --- etc, date, time."
The incomer is ushered out. The test folder is placed in Tests Unmarked
basket.
If incomer is out of town so mark the folder and rush it for same day
evaluation to Marking and Evaluation. Out of Towns are rare enough to admit
special handling.
HGC and Academy tests are rush mark and their other handling is
obvious.
The incomer leaves the premises. This is not true for HGC and Academy,
of course.
EVALUATION UNIT
As soon as a test is marked it is sent to Evaluation unless it is
Academy or HGC which go to their own destinations.
The Evaluator, in another room than Test, keeps all Unevaluated Incomer
163
Folders. They are filed in view by alphabet.
In the Evaluator Room is the Evaluator and a PrR person. These are
separate people, the hats must not be combined.
Test-in-charge and any or all Evaluators are HGC personnel. They must
not be PrR personnel. (This fundamental was not true at first in
Johannesburg, with much upset and confusion resulting.) The Evaluator is
not a Registrar. The Evaluator does not sell.
The PrR person in the room may make appointments for the Evaluator, may
handle other signs ups for PrR but may not evaluate tests. This might not
have to be a PrR person. It could be the PE Registrar always on duty in the
same room as Evaluation.
The Evaluator (who preferably has a near but out of hearing set of
chairs for waiting people) calls in the person whose turn it is according
to appointment (this is usually 2 to 3 days, not more, after the Incomer
took a test, which is now marked).
Evaluation takes about 10 to 12 minutes. It is an exact script to which
the factual data of the test is added.
The Evaluator introduces himself as a Scientologist, seats the incomer
across the desk, opens the folder and promptly puts incomer on the E-Meter.
Evaluator briefly explains meter as a needful part of the test and rapidly,
without discussion, fills out the Meter Case Assessment Form, getting
definitions of the 5 buttons, writing them down and noting meter reaction
in the box for that.
Evaluator takes incomer off meter without explanation and turns to
graph.
Evaluator now explains each point of graph. But it is vital that at each
low point, where explained he adds, "Scientology can help that." This is
said directly to make an impingement. The wording can be varied but the
sense must be the same. Do not precede this statement with "Don't worry" or
the like as this cancels impingement.
Graph done, Evaluator explains IQ. If low he says "Scientology training
can raise that." He explains levels of IQ; tells person even if it's high
that IQ means little unless person knows something with it.
Evaluator now takes up the Meter Case Assessment sheet. Here he tells
the pc's future. It is done by looking at pc's statements of his past and
by rephrasing saying it is going to happen, (without Scientology fates
don't change much. Accidents, divorces, etc, happen again).
This is all rapidly done. Factually, expertly, see Manuals for graph
point meanings.
The Evaluator now leans back and says "That's it." Incomer is hanging on
ropes. If incomer says anything like "What can 1 do about it?" Evaluator
says "That is very commendable. A good point in your favour, wanting to do
something about it. I'm a technical person not a sales personnel.
Confidentially, though, I'll give you a tip. Don't spend money foolishly
until you know what you're spending it for, Psychiatrists and so forth
could cost you thousands. You'd buy anything they said because you know
little about the mind. So why don't you take an Anatomy Course and learn
something about the mind. That's just a tip. It's cheap and you'll be wiser
about what to do about yourself. The person over there is in the Service
department. Ask him."
Evaluator gets up, ready to issue in a new person.
The PrR person may offer anything he pleases to incomer but incomer
should buy the Anatomy Course. The PrR person gets the contract signed for
the Anatomy Course and the money for it right then (or at least some money
as it's only 12 gns in Johannesburg).
Don't put the person on PE. Offer but don't sell processing and
training. Just get him on the Anatomy Course. That saves ARC breaks, leaves
the incomer happy.
The word of mouth generated by this routine will be excellent. Technical
becomes a firm friend.
164
People don't happily buy upper level service even when they buy it
blind.
This also completely wipes out "commercialism" in the incomer's mind.
The Org must not be greedy for intensives and HPAs off the Test line.
The sales
talk at this stage is to a Scientologically unoriented person and when it
fails gives poor
word of mouth in the public. 1
Be happy to sell him the Anatomy Course. Don't mention PE.
If the incomer walks out without buying, the PrR man (even if he is
interviewing someone else and even if incomer has not approached him)
rushes over and gives incorner a copy of Problems of Work and Dianetics,
Evolution of a Science and says "Here are two books that might help you,"
and without waiting for an answer goes back to his desk.
The above routine is at this time a set, fixed activity. As it works
further it may be improved. But putting Evaluation and Sales on the same
person is ruinous because of excessive time consumption alone on the
Evaluation line. Further it makes for future test incomers.
TEST FILING
When issued the folder of the test is date stamped. When marked, the
marker writes "in" on his initial to the left of the date stamp (upper
right corner is proper for date stamp). When evaluated the evaluator marks
"e" and an initial below the date stamp.
The Evaluator sends the completed folder back to Test files where it is
filed under pc's name (visible in the notch of the folder).
Eventually Test-in-charge will look in Files to see if person has been
tested before. If so, the new folder is placed in the old folder and it is
the old folder that is date stamped and initialled freshly and all goes to
the Evaluator.
SUMMARY
This is the totality of the Test-Evaluation Unit of HGC and the Test
programme. Add more in a large city and you'll drown. Leave Test-Evaluation
under PrR and you'll drown. Get more complicated and you'll drown. 1 know.
I saw strong Scientologists scream as they went down for the third time
under the avalanche of confusion and bodies.
PrR works for present time income hard and rightly. Test-Evaluation is
future heavy income. That can be killed by bad 8C on these lines, so HCO
and HGC, get alert and accurate in getting this mock-up in. And hold it in
place no matter how many wonderful new alter-isnesses get proposed. EVERY
HGC auditor should be able to do the above Evaluation patter well. Test-
Evaluation is like a loaded gun. Don't play with it. Just do it as above
and it will hit the right target. And don't take the ad out of the paper
because "it's all too much" until the town runs out of places to give
Anatomy Courses in. You'll be tempted.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Copyright @ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
165
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 29 NOVEMBER 1960
All Orgs
TESTING PROGRAMME CHANGE
The Testing-Evaluation, Basic Course, PE and Group Processing activities
will hereafter comprise the PE Foundation and will come under the PE
Foundation Director.
The hours of this Department will be from 1:30 p.m. to 9:30 p.m.
There will be no public testing service, evaluation or public PE
Registration at any other hours. Should HGC and student testing be required
at other hours, it can be provided by the HGC working in the test room for
administering and marking tests for HGC pcs and students (the latter being
unlikely to need rapid testing).
The only Registrar on the test-evaluation lines shall be the PE
Registrar who shall perform the duties of "The PrR person" mentioned in HCO
Policy Letter of 24th November 1960 (Testing Promotion Revised).
The PE Registrar shall register and handle the Anatomy Course, Group
Processing and PE Course procurement and enrolment. Sales of other training
and processing service shall be referred to the regular PrR personnel, but
such sales are not forbidden the PE Registrar.
PrR personnel is forbidden to handle the test -evaluation -registration
line except in cases where they wish to help after their own hours at which
time and for which purpose they become PE Foundation personnel.
Reason: An Org can chop its routine procurement by Body and Letter Reg
PrR to pieces by getting the test-evaluation lines mixed up with PrR. PrR
must be kept running as always despite Test-Evaluation programmes.
Therefore these lines are made separate and are placed under the PE
Foundation.
It will be found uneconomical to run the PE Foundation with a morning
shift also. Most city testing demand from the public comes in afternoon and
evening.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:aec.js.rd Copyright @ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
166
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JANUARY 1961
[Excerpt]
All HCOs
All Central Orgs
TESTING LINES
In Admin, the new test lines are watch-like construction.
If we get too much alter-is, too much "change because this area is
different", too many additives, we'll all be in a spin. My own Admin lines
will become wholly unmanageable.
I will try to be as Clear as I can be. If it isn't written into the line
up it isn't there. For instance, there is no phone number given in the IQ
Ad, but DC put one in its Ad and got no bodies, only floods of phone calls.
I had to cable DC to get the phone number out of the ad so people would
walk in. For instance, an instructor trying to grasp Formula 13 wanted to
know if you crossed off a name from its assessment list when it was briefly
run. Nothing was said about this in the HCO Bulletin therefore you don't
cross off names.
Additives have been the most source of most scrambling to date. People
add things that aren't there.
Alter-is is the other sinner. I call for small 18" square tables in
testing-large rectangular tables get bought, potential capacity of test
room is cut in half.
You can help by putting in the line up as laid down, without alteration
or omission or additives. Only when it is all in and in right can you see
whether or not it works or how it works. After it has been working for a
long time, we can discuss
refining it.
LRH:js.rd
Copyright @ 1961 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 16 January 1961, Help Me Put in the
New Lines. A complete copy can be found in Volume 7, page 145.1
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JANUARY 1961
All HCOs PES Test-in-Charge
A TEST POLICY ON MD REFERRALS
If a medical doctor or other specialist sends in a person to be tested,
the results by courtesy should be sent to the specialist.
A card saying that MDs and other specialists may send in patients for
testing if the test is requested on a prescription blank, may be sent to
the professional people of an area including psychiatrists.
LRH:aec.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
167
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1961
Rush to HCO Secs Assn Secs PE Dirs
PROPER PUBLIC ROUTING
The new PE Test Program is properly routed only if the following steps
are used for each public individual.
1. Individual reads Ad in Newspaper or hears word of mouth or other
notice.
2. Comes in to be tested. Has no trouble seeing address or locating test
room.
Minimum vias.
3. Is tested and told and given an appointment slip for his evaluation.
4. Returns for his Evaluation. Is E-Metered. Present is read and future
is predicted. Is
sent immediately to PE Registrar to be sold a PE Course or is (in a
small operation) sold the PE by the Evaluator. PE Course costs a small
amount of money-like �1 or $5. (It is no longer free.) Pays his money at
once on registration and is given admittance card or tickets.
5. Appears on PE Course and receives for 5 consecutive nights 1 hour of
Comm
Course and 1 hour of lecture on each night. He is sold HAS Co-audit by
frequent mentions of it on the PE Course-Do it yourself Therapy. When he
gets on PE he finds he is being prepared for the Co-audit. Receives his
HAS on last night.
6. Enrolls for 6 nights (3 a week) of Co-audit sold to him at half-price
a single night's
Co-audit. This is a special. For instance, whatever Co-audit costs per
night, he pays half of that cost for 6 nights-i.e. 10 shillings a night
he can have 6 nights for 30 shillings. He must take six.
7. Registrar makes sure the Co-audit knows constantly about practical
and
professional training to get people off it into HGC and Academy.
Data-Floods more people enroll on a small fee PE Course than on a free
Course.
Almost 50% of tested persons enroll on PE directly. Only about 12%
enroll directly from test to Co-audit. Only a very small percentage will
enroll onto an Anatomy Course directly.
The line can break down as follows:
1 . Improper Ads.
2. Bad routine in test giving.
3. Lack of a good Comm Centre in testing which files and routes the
folders and sheets.
4. Lack of timing devices on each desk.
5. Letting more than 3 days elapse between testing and evaluation.
6. Failure to sell PE only.
7. PE Instructor fails to sell Co-audit.
8. Co-audits are usually pretty good and procurement from them is
good but data could be withheld from people on Co-audit about HGC
and Academy.
The most destructive action on this line would be to put in a PE
Director who has a bad needle reaction on Control. The action could be
fatal.
Reports coming in tend to show people will evidently turn up for any
Central Org Test Programme. The only weakness after that will be internal
in the Central Org.
Get your PE line working. Now.
LRH--.js.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
168
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 FEBRUARY 1961
All PE
Foundations
EVALUATION SCRIPT
(Script written by Peter Greene on Experience with PE Foundation,
Johannesburg, based on recent PE Policy Letters.)
This script is to be used when evaluating tests for public individuals.
It must be studied and learned by heart by PE Evaluators.
It makes the difference between ample PE Course sign ups and very few
sign ups.
Use it. It will be hat checked.
"Good afternoonlevening (give person's name). My name is:-(give it) 1 am
a Scientologist. Please sit down."
Hands cans to subject, switches on meter. Establishes non-significant or
lie reaction.
Q. "Do you have many problems?"
A. "- - - - - -" note meter reaction on sheet.
Q. "Do you enjoy the ones you have?"
A.
Q. "How would you define a problem?"
Note answer.
EACHANSWER TO QUESTIONS ISACKNOWLEDGED.
Q. "Do you like helping people?"
A.
Q. "Do you find it easy to give help?"
A.
Q. "Can you easily accept help from people?"
Q. "What is help?" or "How would you define help?"
Q. "Do you like change in your life?"
Q. "Do you find it easy to change?"
Q. "How would you define change?"
Q. "Have you had much change forced upon you?"
Q. "Do you like taking Responsibility?"
Q. "What is Responsibility?"
Q. "What does Create, mean?"
Q. "Do you like to create things?"
Q. "Are you easily able to create?"
Q. "Do you always enjoy good health?"
169
Q. "Are you ever/often ill?" (depending upon previous answer)
Q. "Are you married?" (only ask of adult)
Q. "How do you feel about marriage?"
Q. "Do you have difficulty handling money?"
"All right-Thank you." Switch off the meter. Take back cans.
'Now, Mr. (Mrs., Miss) let us have a look at your tests." Open folder.
"Your IQ Score was - - -
(a) Less than 100.
"This is very low. Less than average and you obviously have great
difficulty solving problems. Scientology training would raise that
considerably."
(b) 100-110.
"A very ordinary score and you have more difficulty than you need in
handling problems. Scientology training would raise that considerably."
(c) 110-120.
"An above average score. You can take advantage of opportunity and when
you apply yourself, you progress fast. However, a high intelligence is
only useful so long as you have data to apply the intelligence to.
Scientology will not only give you useful data, but can raise your IQ
even higher."
(d) Above 120.
Ditto.
"Now let's look at your personality. This is what you've told us about
yourself. Understand this is not our opinion of you, but is a factual
scientific analysis taken from your answers. It is your opinion of you."
The Evaluation is given with excellent TR 1. Almost Tone 40. The idea is
to impinge on the person. The more resistive or argumentative he is, the
more the points should be slammed home. Look him straight in the eye and
let him know, "That is the way it is."
"Above this line is satisfactory but even these points can be raised
higher. Also knowledge is necessary to make full use of the best points of
one's personality. That can be gained through Scientology.
"These middle points will get you by, so long as there is no crisis or
difficulty in your life.
"Now, this section shows that you are very much in need of help."
Proceed with evaluation on the low points, column by column. Make a
decisive statement about each. If the subject agrees-says, "That's right",
or "That describes me all right", or similar-leave it immediately. You have
impinged. If he argues or protests, don't insist. You simply are not
talking on his reality level. Re-phrase your statement until it is real to
him. Stop as soon as you get through. As soon as you get an impingement,
look subject in the face and say, with intention, "Scientology can help you
with that" or "That can be changed with ScientologgY", or some similar
positive statement.
NEVER say it half heartedly, or apologetically!
Don't bother much with the high points. If he queries them tell him it
is the low ones that are the cause of his troubles-and that these can be
changed. If several are high you can add that because of these it will be
easier for him than for most people, to use Scientology to improve with.
170
When the graph evaluation is complete-which should be done speedily and
with certainty-pick up the meter check sheet and say:-
"Well, that tells us how you are and how you have been in the past. Now,
let us look at your future."
"You have had and you inevitably will again.
"You have been and in your domestic life and in yourjob, you will
find,
etc
"With those low points on your personality graph, you are going to
...... (Here, you use what you know of Scientology and assess this.)
'Not a very bright prospect is it? Unless you care to change it."
At this point the evaluator leans back in his chair, puts down his
pencil on the chart, smiles and says:
"Well, Mr. (Mrs., Miss)-That's what your tests show."
"Thank you very much."
The Evaluator does not reach or try to sell any more than this. If the
job has been done well, the person should be worried and will probably ask
a question as to what he can do about it all. If so, the Evaluator says:
"That is very commendable, wanting to do something about it. A point in
your favour."
"There are many things you can do. There are all sorts of things that
people go in for. In the past they tried psychology, psycho-analysis, Dale
Carnegic, Confidence Courses, Mental Exercises, read books,but these things
had a very limited application and you could get yourself terribly involved
in mysteries, expenses and wasted time, before you found any solutions to
your difficulties. All across the world today, people are coming to us, to
find simpler, more straight forward answers."
(Here the Evaluator grows confidential) ......
"Look, I'm technical staff here. 1 don't have anything to do with sales
or courses, but if you'd like a confidential tip, there are all sorts of
courses and services going on here all the time, but your best bet is to
spend �1 (or cost of PE) on a Personal Efficiency Course and discover what
Scientology can offer you. That will save you from getting involved. Go and
see that lady over there and tell her you only want the Personal Efficiency
Course, so that you can find out what Scientology is about."
Then route the person to PE Registrar.
NOTE: Evaluators have been found to be afraid of impinging too hard, in
case they caused ARC Breaks or committed overts.
It would be an overt to upset the person-if we did not lead him to a
solution.
The only overt that can occur is to fail to get the testee on to the PE
Course and thence to Co-audit.
The PE Registrar should realize that if the person walks over from the
Evaluator's table to Reg, he, or she, is SOLD already. Registrar therefore
does not have to sell. The person now knows he/she needs help and has been
shown where to get it. Give the help by accepting 41 and have the person
fill out 2 PE attendance cards. Tell him when to start the course and wish
him luck.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:aec.rd Copyright Q 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
171
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 MARCH 1961
Central Orgs All PE Letter Registrar
AUTOMATIC EVALUATION PACKET
FOR PE FOUNDATION
The following items are the current extent of the Evaluation Packet.
It is intended that when a person is tested, his test is marked and
automatically evaluated, and the evaluation (with the literature
tentatively listed below) is sent to the Evaluator. When the person tested
comes in for his or her Evaluation appointment, evaluation is done from the
automatic evaluation strictly in accordance with the Model Evaluation
Script.
The person is then given the whole packet and is directed to the
Registrar or whatever routing is arranged. The packet is his or her
property.
As soon as I write these hand-outs mentioned.in 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 they will
appear as HCO Information Letters for your getting them l~tter-pressed. No.
7, State of Release, has already appeared in this form. (HCO Info Ltr,of
February 22nd, 196 L)
All sheets and plan of the Auto Evaluation itself now exist in
Johannesburg.
A packet should be made up also for all persons already evaluated in the
past and sent to them by mail.
EIGHT UNIT PA CKET
IN ENVELOPE WITH NAME ON IT
1. Graph, Evaluation slips.
2. Form Letter giving IQ and future.
(3, 4, 5, 6 & 7 are letter-press sheets)
3. What is Scientology?
4. The Cheapest Way-PE Co-audit.
5. The Fastest Way-Individual Processing.
6. The Educational Way-Books, Training.
7. The State of Release.
8. Two free tickets for a test they can give their friends.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ph.rd Copyright Q 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
172
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 APRIL 1961
Central Orgs
PE Dept
AUTO-EVALUATION SLIPS
On the American Personality Analysis or the Oxford Capacity Analysis,
there are the personality traits, lettered from A to J. For purposes of
auto-evaluation, the total span of the top (+ 100) to the bottom (- 100)
for each trait has been divided into sections, numbered 1, 2, 3 and 4.
These sections are divided as follows:
From + 70 and above to + 100 is Section 1. From + 20 and above to +
69 is Section 2. From - 40 and above to + 19 is Section 3. From -
100 and above to - 39 is Section 4.
Each trait, therefore, has four possible auto-evaluation cards. The
cards, say, for Happy, Trait B, are lettered B I, B2, B3 and B4.
According to the score made by the person tested, a card is selected on
the basis of that person's score. A person scoring + 50 on Active would
have card E2 selected, scoring + 10 on Appreciative would have card 13
selected, and so on.
Syndromes are a different matter. The only instances Syndromes can occur
on the auto-evaluation are where a high score made in Section 1 (+ 70 and
above to + 100) is opposed to a low score made in Section 3 (- 40 and above
to + 19) or Section 4 (- 100 and above to - 39). As an example, say a
person made a score of + 90 on Trait A, Stable, and a score of - 80 on
Trait C. Well, a person cannot be stable and of firm character when he is
obviously scattered and nervous; therefore, as regards his score on Trait
A, you could say that he would like 'to believe that he is very stable or
is in the valence of a person who is or believes he is stable. In such a
case. as this you would NOT include, in his auto-evaluation packet, Trait
AI and Trait C4. Instead of these two cards, Trait AI and Trait C4, you
would only give him the one Syndrome card lettered AI C34 - S.
To repeat, Syndromes occur only when one particular Trait has received a
high score in Section 1 and is in opposition to a Trait with a low score in
Section 3 and Section 4.
There are fifteen Syndromes of importance and significance. All
Syndromes are lettered AI B34 - S, BI A34 - S, AI C34 - S and so on. When a
Syndrome occurs, the one Syndrome card is used for the two traits, so you
would have the one card AI B34 - S, rather than two cards AI and B3 or B4.
Syndromes, even though there are fifteen, are limited in number to any
particular test as there are reverse Syndromes, like A l C34 - S and Cl A34
- S. Obviously, if he has a score in Section 1 of Trait A and a score in
Section 3 or 4 of Trait C, that .eliminates the opposite Syndrome, Cl A34 -
S.
The IQ cards given in the auto-evaluation set do not compare to other IQ
tests given in different organizations, as the highest possible score on
the IQ test on which these cards are based is a maximum of 150 points. For
other IQ tests with a different maximum score, different card content will
have to be made.
These auto-evaluation slips and the graph are part of the eight unit
Automatic Evaluation packet for the PE Foundation (see HCO Policy Letter of
March 2, 1961).
Please note that these auto-evaluation slips are written for adults only
and should never be given to children. Further, the procedure on handling
the Automatic Evaluation packet is to have the individual come into the
organization for a personal interview with a PE Consultant. At this
appointment, the PE Consultant covers the auto-evaluation slips briefly
with the individual, hands him the Automatic Evaluation packet, and routes
him, if interested, to the PE Registrar for registration.
Mary Sue Hubbard
MSH:ph.rd Org Supervisor WW
Copyright (D 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
173
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London, W.1
HASI POLICY LETTER OF 30 OCTOBER 1958
All Board Members
Association Secretary
All Technical Staff
Los Angeles, New York,
Melbourne, Auckland,
Johannesburg
I each staff member
PERSONNEL EFFICIENCY FOUNDATION
The following policies shall govern the PE Foundation of the HASI.
Purpose: To make a better worker of the worker, a better executive of
the executive, a better homo sap on all dynamics.
The PE Foundation is a separate unit of the HASI with the stature of the
Academy or HGC under the Technical Division.
The PE Foundation shall be governed by the PE Director who shall have
full authority under the policies of the HASI over the conduct of its staff
and affairs, its schedules and programs.
The PE Director post shall be a full time activity and may not be filled
part time. The hours shall be from 2:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m. daily except
Saturday when they shall be 1:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. for the purpose of
giving a Saturday afternoon public lecture.
The Director of Training and the PE Director may not be the same person
at any time.
The PE Director shall also be the PE Instructor unless the average
attendance shall exceed 25 persons per week at which time he may have one
part time instructor or more as indicated.
The PE Foundation may have its own administrator andlor Registrar who
shall be governed by the Director of Procurement and the PE Director.
The PE Foundation shall have a night reception, book sales person but
this person may not be the instructor.
The PE Registrar shall be responsible for collecting the correct names
and addresses of all persons attending the PE Course and giving these names
personally to the Address Section and no other person or agency, providing
that qualified persons of the HASI may have the lists of names thereafter
but only from the Address Section of the HASI.
Cleanliness and orderliness of PE rooms before and after use is the
responsibility of the PE Director.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rs.rd
(The above Policy Letter was revised and reissued from Washington, D.C.,
byPEFoundation HCOWW as HCO Policy Letter of 16 July 1959, Personal
Efficiency Foundation, changing HASI to read PC throughout, and in the
fifth paragraph changing the hours toread "from 2:00 p.m. to 10:30 p.m.
daily, Mon-Fri.")
174
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 17 MARCH 1959
Issue 2
BPI
Magazine
DO IT YOURSELF THERAPY
At last we have a successful way for the untrained person or the
financially embarrassed Scientologist to make it all the way to release and
prepare himself for theta clear at low cost.
Heavily supervised co-auditing at HAS level has become possible with my
development of two things,
I . Processes that undercut most reality levels, and
2. Muzzled auditing.
For as little, as 2 gns (or $10) a week, one can have the major benefits
of Scientology by giving a little and getting a lot.
HAS Co-auditing courses are run by all major Central Organizations and
are being started in HCO enfranchised centres.
The applicant enrolls in the PE Course and receives a week of theory. He
graduates to a Comm Course lasting two weeks of three nights each and
costing 2 gns (or S 10) per week. He receives his HAS certificate and
graduates to co-auditing for three nights a week for 2 gns (or S 10) per
week and continues on until he reaches the state of release. This may take
many months but he gains all the way in health, on his job, in his
environment.
The co-auditing is done "muzzled" and under the heavy supervision of a
trained professional who knows how to do it.
It is only successful if so done.
These new processes and muzzled auditing can be the beginning of a new
civilization. For, cases are cracking on these units with such frequency
and speed that even old timers instructing them are getting an eager new
look.
A release is a person whose case "won't get any worse". He begins to
gain by living rather than lose.
Release is a way point toward theta-clear. A good release can be theta-
cleared by a professional running engrarns in from 50 to 125 hours.
This is the new look. If you want to know more about it, write Hubbard
Communications Office Worldwide in London or your nearest central
organization.
We can put hundreds of thousands upstairs rapidly if we follow this well-
blazed trail.
We are still winning.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd
175
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 24 MARCH 1959
Dist. WW
HAS CO-AUDIT
All offices should recognize that we have something new and startlingly
successful in HAS Co-auditing done by and in the organization as an adjunct
of the PE Foundation.
The complete gen on how to do this will be released in the very near
future on these lines. This bulletin is to point out its importance.
It is expected that the following cities will begin in the central
organization HAS co-auditing courses immediately on receipt of the
technical information:
London (already in progress), Los Angeles, New York, Melbourne,
Johannesburg
(where the information already exists), Paris, Washington (optional),
Auckland
(where the information already exists), Perth.
At once all names and addresses of all PE attendees should be gotten in
order as mailing lists by the above organizations for their areas and they
should stand by to make an immediate mailing.
Persons for night work should be appointed by the above organizations as
follows:
PE Foundation Director PE Foundation Instructor HAS Comm
Course Instructor HAS Co-audit Supervisor.
The PE Foundation basic course is one week long-5 nights. HAS Comm
Course is three nights a week, co-audit supervised is the same three
nights. In case of crowded quarters the HAS Comm Course should be on a
different three nights than the HAS Co-audit, i.e. Monday, Wednesday,
Friday Comm Course; Tuesday, Thursday, Saturday co-audit.
The charge to any applicant should be two or three guineas per week or S
10.
THIS IS THE MOST IMPORTANT SINGLE PROMOTION EVENT OF THIS YEAR AND
SHOULD BE TREATED AS SUCH.
MAGAZINE - MAJORS AND MINORS
It has been found in at least one organization that the purpose of major
and minor issues of the continental magazine has not been understood. A
major issue goes out once every month to the membership only; a minor issue
goes out once every month to the entire mailing list, particularly book
buyers. Certainty Issues Vol. 5 No:23, Vol. 6 No.3, Vol. 6 No.2 are typical
minor issues and with their ads adjusted and made more timely are now being
sent to the entire mailing list.
Neglect in sending minor issues to the entire mailing list can result in
the eclipse of an operation, otherwise there is no adequate method of
contacting new book buyers. Minor issues are mainly slanted at new book
buyers but go to the entire list.
If your mailing lists are not so arranged as to make this possible or if
your address systems make it difficult you had better do something about it
in a hurry as these are the most uneconomical omissions that can be made by
an operation.
SCIENTOLOGY SERVICE ADMINISTRATOR
HCO offices requiring books, tapes, bulletins and other services should
request them from HCO Administrator WW, 37 Fitzroy Street, London, which
post is now occupied by Roddy Stock. The function of this post is to give
service to other Scientology organizations and HCO offices.
LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
176
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy.Street, London W.1
HCO BULLETIN OF 25 MARCH 19S9
HAS CO-AUDIT & COMM COURSE
The new HAS course starts with two weeks Comm course followed by an
unlimited time on the HAS co-audit course. Almost any student can co-audit,
even if he has no reality on coaching. If a student is unreal on the Comm
course, then put him on to the HAS co-audit-at least he will get some
processing and some gains.
COMMUNICATION COURSE
The Comm course consists of TRs 0, 1, 2, 3. The emphasis on TR 3 is not
on Comm bridges so much, but on the duplicative question.
Method: The coach sits opposite the student auditor with his back to the
Centre of the room. He never flunks the student auditor. His only
originations are "start", "fine" and "that's it". He may make an occasional
short, complimentary remark.
If the student auditor is doing something wrong, the coach puts his hand
out behind him and waits for the instructor to come and handle the
difficulty. The instructor never corrects the student auditor. He just gets
him to carry on with the session.
The idea here is: 1. To get the student auditor to do the drill and not
spend all evening discussing it. 2. To prevent the coach from coaching with
unreality and invalidating the student auditor.
HAS CO-AUDIT COURSE
1. The students are briefed and told that if they blow session the
instructor will not stop them. The course exists to help people who can
help themselves. They will not be pursued.
2. The students are divided into co-auditing teams. The auditor sits
with his back to the centre of the room and the pc faces the room.
Assignment: The instructor goes to each team, puts the pc on the E-Meter
and finds a terminal for the auditor to run. He does this by asking the
question "Who would you blame for the condition you are in?" If no terminal
bites, run "Himself". If this still doesn't bite, run Dynamic straightwire.
The question asked on Dynamic straightwire is "Tell me what would represent
yourself", (on Dynamic one, etc). After asking this question about each
dynamic, run the following commands on the wackiest answers.
Processes are selected persons overt straightwire. "Recall something you
have done to (terminal)" "Recall something you have withheld from
(terminal)." General persons overt straightwire, "Recall something you have
done to somebody" and "Recall something you have withheld from somebody".
Each command in these two straightwire processes is repeated alternatively.
The auditor does muzzled auditing. Muzzled auditing means that the
auditor says only two things. He gives the command and acknowledges the
answer to that command. If the pc says anything that is not an answer to
the command, the auditor nods his head and awaits an answer before giving
acknowledgement.
If the auditor gives the wrong command or gets confused, or if the pc
forgets the
177
command, the auditor says nothing to the pc. What he does do is place his
hand behind him and wait for the instructor to handle the situation.
The auditor never leaves his chair to ask the,instructor anything. The
instructor never talks to an auditor who leaves his chair.
The auditor keeps on running a terminal until the pc starts repeating
answers. When he judges the process is flat he puts out his hand and the
instructor comes around to cheek.
At the end of the first session students change teams simply by moving
one seat round. They keep the same auditors and preclears for as long as
possible on course. Seats may be numbered to ensure consistency.
At the end of the evening the auditor writes out an auditor's report.
This places his attention on his pc, keeping him more in session, and has
him feel responsible for doing something to help his pc.
If the auditors remain strictly muzzled nothing can go wrong. It is up
to the instructor to see that they remain muzzled. He is processing the pes
via the auditors, and to do this, rigid control must be maintained at all
times.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.msp.rd
178
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 3 APRIL 1959
HAS CO-AUDIT AND COMM COURSE
Further to HCO Bulletin of March 25, 1959, the cost of the HAS Co-audit
and Comm Course is 2 gns per week payable to the evening reception on each
Monday evening, No credit is extended for this course. The price is 2 gns
per week regardless of the number of weeks spent on the course.
The following is the schedule covering the HAS Comm Course and HAS Co-
audit:
COMM COURSE
First Week
Monday Wednesday Friday
7.00 - Roll Call, Briefing 7.00 - Roll Call, Briefing 7.00 - Roll Call
7.15) 7.15) _ TR 1 7.15 ) - TR 3
8.25) - TR 0 8.25) Change 7.50 8.25 )
8.30) - TRO 8.30) TR 2 8,30) - TR 3
9.40) 9.40) Change 9.05 9.40)
9.45 - End 9.45 End 9.45- End
New students: 7.15 - 8.00 - OCA test.
Second Week
Monday Wednesday Friday
7.00 - Roll Call, Bfg.
7.15 TR 0
7.51 - Change 7.33
7.51) TR I
8.25 Change 8.04
As above As above
8.25 TR 2
9.01) Change 8.43
9.01 ) TR 3
9.37) Change 9.19
9.45 End
HAS COURSE
7.00 - 7.15 - Briefing
7.15-8.20 - Ist Session NO BREAK
8.25 - 9.30 - 2nd Session
9.30 - 9.45 - Reports and Questions
Above timetable subject to alteration depending on case assessments
made.
LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
179
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 4 MAY 1959
THE PERSONAL EFFICIENCY COURSE
The Personal Efficiency Course in London has been changed and is now
more in line with the HAS Course. The current schedule:
MONDAY: Ist hour testing. 2nd hour Cycle of Action. Homework to do
something consciously. Get them to cognite that they are surviving
right now and destruction occurs when they stop creating conscious
ly. Important work: to create consciously.
TUESDAY: 1 st hour (under Control) Cycle of Action. 1 st part START. 2nd
part
CHANGE. Homework to start something they have been putting off
for some time and to start and change something consciously. In
CHANGE to get them to find out that change occurs through space
and time. To come into Present Time.
WEDNESDAY~ Ist hour STOP. 2nd hour (ARC TRIANGLE) Affinity. Homework to do
the whole cycle of START CHANGE STOP and to put affinity in
practice. Get them to see that if someone does not like them
it is only because of their consideration and nothing wrong
with them. Important word consideration and on cycle STOP.
THURSDAY: Ist hour REALITY. 2nd hour COMMUNICATION. Homework the whole of
ARC. Important word, the agreement in reality. On
communication the intention to see how they can handle people
through ARC.
FRIDAY: The Goal of Life is Survival. (Let us see what man is actually
trying
to make survive.) The 8 Dynamics. Homework the reality level of
people. 2nd hour testing.
It is evident that the above schedule is strictly for the HAS Course.
The PE program is divided into two parts. The first part exactly defining
control and, of course, one would in his 15 minutes talk after each 45
minutes of defining the word by agreement, give a resume of how that hour
applied to living and keep emphasizing the necessity of control to BE
successful in life. The second half of the course would be on ARC and here
one would show that good control is only with ARC, In other words, getting
a person to like, to be happy and willing to carry out orders or
directions.
This will make a big difference in your enrolment on the HAS Course, 1
assure you because that is all the HAS Course does. It teaches people (as
we have pointed out in the above) what they must be able to do, but what
they cannot at present do, i.e. CONTROL WITH ARC. The Course itself is run
simply in that the instructor either reads or does not read all the
definitions of what one is defining. For instance STOP. He then gives a
very short talk on what this has to do with living, what we are talking
about, then he asks how it can be applied and then asks someone in the
audience for a definition. "What does it mean to him as an individual",
because they tend to get lost in dictionary definitions and authorities of
other people. So it must be a definition from the first person as to what
it means to him. You have to keep pushing them back to this, because they
keep getting off the point. When you get a definition from one, ask other
people if they agree with it. Occasionally ask them if that means something
to them, if that increases their understanding of this term, and so on,
etc. After 45
180
minutes you get them all to agree to one definition, and give a short talk
on how that applies to life, and the pitch, which is of course processing
and training. On the Course sell PROBLEMS OF WORK, FUNDAMENTALS OF THOUGHT,
THE TONE SCALE and ASSOCIATION MEMBERSHIPS.
The secret of running a PE Course is as with anything else, based on two
things: First is the ability to handle people and their originations and
second their communication, being able to invent or create answers four
times as fast as they can. And with that I leave you.
PERSONNEL EFFICIENCY COURSE INSTRUCTOR
Purpose: To make a better worker of the worker, a better executive of the
executive, a better homo sap on all dynamics.
Duties..
1 . Prepare room.
2. Get boards ready, which consists of one release form, an OCA test and
a note of paper for them to work out on.
3. Put the students in the classroom.
4. Go up and introduce yourself and get to know them.
5. Ask them if they want anything, e.g. any question answered, and when
they ask, answer them with stable data.
6. Then give them the boards, have them fill in the necessary forms and
then start the OCA test. Time3/4hour.
7. The schedule to be taught is attached.
8. Friday: 1 hour lecture, 3/4hour test, 1/4hour two-way comm, selling
books, etc.
9. Write to them on Monday and give them their test results, etc.
On teaching: You take old stable data out and you help student replace with
Scientology stable data. If you do this you have no need to worry about
selling anything-they are Scientologists for life.
THE COMMUNICATION COURSE
Everybody can talk, but to be able to be understood by another person is
something else. In this Course you learn how to make yourselves understood
and how to be able to be interested instead of interesting in your
conversation, work, in your everyday life. Life looks good to us when we
are able to communicate with people, as after all aren't people life?
TIMETABLE
Monday, Wednesday and Friday 7.00-9.45
MONDAY
TR 0 NO BREAKS
Purpose: To be able to confront without fidgeting, embarrassment, being
interesting and to be interested.
181
Student and coach are seated -at a comfortable distance apart.
Coach: Never invalidate a student or correct him. Coach is to encourage
student, and be willing to be confronted.
WEDNESDAY
TR 1 &2 NO BREAKS
Purpose: To teach a student to send an origination across from himself to
the coach directly.
Student and coach are seated at a comfortable distance apart.
Coach: To acknowledge that an origination has been received by "Good",
"Fine", "OK", "All right", "Thank you".
Half-way through change over. Coach is now student, student is coach.
FRIDAY
TR 3 NO BREAKS
Purpose: Duplicative question. To teach a student to be able to repeat an
origination afresh each time as it has never been said before and to
acknowledge the answer.
Commands: "Do birds fly?" - "Do fish swim?"
Student and coach are seated at a comfortable distance apart.
Coach: To be able to duplicate a repeated question afresh each time.
THE HAS CO-AUDIT COURSE
This course is run as follows:
You give students 1/4 of an hour in lecture of the Muzzled Auditing.
Muzzled auditing is: Auditor gives the command and acknowledges with Okay,
Thank you, Fine, All-right, the execution of the command only. Any other
originations he just nods. If there is an ARC break, auditor puts his hand
towards the back of his chair and waits for the instructor and instructor
handles ARC break.
Stable Data - Instructor audits pcs via auditor.
No student is to speak to instructor without putting his hand by his
chair and instructor goes to student. This prevents students from snapping
terminals. You will have success this way as the student gets reality as a
pc and auditor.
In the 1/4 of an hour you also make roll-call, answer questions, etc.
Auditing I lar 10 m each way. In the end of the evening you allow 10
minutes for auditors' reports.
Instructor starts and ends sessions. No breaks.
Director of PE Foundation
NW:mp.rd
182
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1959
HAS CO-AUDIT COURSES
HAS Co-audit courses should begin at once in every Central
OrganizationLondon, D.C., Los Angeles, Melbourne, New York, Auckland,
Johannesburg.
This course gives a comm course teaching TR 0, 1, 2, 3 as per previous
bulletin-three nights a week for 2 weeks, then an unlimited co-audit course
2 nights a week. lp
The lead in a PE Course (see old PABs).
The charge is at least 2 gns or $10 per week for all.
The student is issued his HAS at end of 2 weeks.
The co-audit uses muzzled auditing on overt withhold straight wire, the
instructor doing assessment. More data will come out on this. However, it
should begin at once. Use old PE name lists in your area.
It is staggeringly successful.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1959
NEW HCO WW DEPT
A new department of HCO is created herewith; it is
PE FOUNDATION HCO WW.
This is an information center on HAS Co-Audit. The place of the
department is London and all queries about HAS Co-Audits or the running of
PE Foundations should be addressed to it as follows:
PE Foundation HCO WW
37 Fitzroy St.
London W.1
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:gh.rd
[Excerpted from HCO P/L 28 May 1959. The remainder of the Policy Letter
concerned a personnel appointment. - Ed.]
183
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I '
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I JUNE 1959
Issue 2
CENTRAL
DATA ON HAS CO-AUDIT
All HCO Secretaries should check and see if they have the following data
on HAS Co-Audit:
SEC ED 149 10.3.1959
HCO Bulletin 17.3.1959 Do it Yourself Therapy
HCO Bulletin 24.3.1959 HAS Co-Audit
HCO Bulletin 25.5.1959 HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course
HCO Bulletin 3.4.1959 HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course
HCO Policy Letter 23.4.1959 HAS Co-Audit Courses
HCO Bulletin 4.5.1959 The P.E. Course
The following is to be converted into a SEC ED:
LOCATION OF TERMINALS ON HAS CO-AUDIT
The only process to be run on HAS Co-Audit now is Overt Withhold
Straight Wire. The commands are "Recall something you have done to - - 2'
and "Recall something you have withheld from - - 2', run alternately.
This is the only process to be used. Dynamic Straight Wire is now
cancelled on the HAS Co-Audit, and also Know to Mystery Straight Wire.
The emphasis on this course is on present life terminals. These are
sufficient to create a release. Once the student is a release he can go to
a fully qualified auditor who will process him to Theta Clear.
The terminals to look for are contra-survival ones, not pro-survival
ones. If pro-survival valences are run out the contra-survival valences
become even more solid.
These are located by asking the pc questions, bringing in minus tone
scale emotions, such as pity, blame, shame, regret. Also, find out who he
has forgotten about. The terminals must contain physical pain or
unconsciousness.
This should take the HAS instructor a couple of minutes to locate. If he
has difficulty in finding a terminal, he should run the pe on himself.
This course gets excellent results because it is straightforward and
simple. So stick
to this life's terminals and you will get your releases.
L. RON HUBBARD
by
NW:gh.vmm.rd HCO Secretary London
184
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JUNE 1959
HAT OF PE HCO WW
PURPOSE
To disseminate Scientology. To increase the number and quality of PE
Foundations all over the world. To ensure the smooth running of all PE
Foundations. To train good PE instructors.
ADMINISTRATIVE
To make and maintain a record of all PEs. To write once a month to all
Directors of PE and find/give technical data and promotional ideas.
The PE WW HCO is to receive once a month reports from PEs of number of
students, of each class and the results thereof.
To have for each PE Foundation a file with all reports in and to inform
LRH of the progress of PE Foundations.
To be in communication with HCO London.
PROCUREMENT
To procure Scientologists in opening/running PE either by franchises or
in the HASI. This will be done by running HAS/PE on auditors of ' the field
and increasing their willingness. Names can be obtained from CIF.
To be in communication with HCO franchise holders for the technical side
and to give them any encouragement they need for the dissemination of
Scientology.
L.RON HUBBARD
LRH:nw.gh.rd
185
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 AUGUST 1959
CenOCon
UK Franchise Holders
HAT OF PE HCO WW
This policy letter cancels the one dated June 16th 1959, and is held by
our HCO WW representative in the USA at the moment.
The new PE HCO WW was trained by Ron in London, where she gave the UK
field auditors considerable encouragement.
HCO WW extended an invitation to all field auditors in the States to
contact her. She will be only too pleased to show you how to run a model
HAS Co-Audit Center.
Purpose
To disseminate Scientology. To increase the number and quality of PE
Foundations all over the USA. To ensure the smooth running of all PE
Foundations. To train good PE and HAS Co-Audit instructors.
Technical
To run model PE and HAS Co-Audit courses in Central Organisations, and
to disseminate Scientology in the field by teaching auditors how to run
model HAS Co-Audit courses.
Administrative
To be in direct communication with HCO WW, Saint Hill, East Grinstead,
Sussex, at all times.
To handle any written letters from field auditors directly concerned
with the setting up of HAS Co-Audit Centres in the field.
To keep HCO WW Saint Hill, the home office, fully informed at all times.
To help field auditors set up the administrative side of their Co-Audit
Centres.
Procurement
To procure Scientologists by opening/running HAS Co-Audit Centres. This
can be done by increasing the willingness and encouraging the field
auditors to run HAS Co-Audits.
The HCO WW PE Director is not to do any of the following:-
Not to handle 10% weekly payments in any manner or form. These are to
come directly to HCO WW, Saint Hill.
Not to send out any Policy Letters, Bulletins or any written information
to franchise holders. These come direct from Saint Hill. All mailings to US
franchise holders must originate from Saint Hill, unless the issuance
thereof is authorised by HCO WW.
Not to handle reports from franchise holders or any correspondence
unless it is directly connected with her participation in the running of a
centre in that area.
Not to handle any communications to or from other Central Organisations
to
which she is not directly connected to at the time.
NW:brb.rd
Copyright @ 1959 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
186
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 SEPTEMBER 1959
HCO Franchise Holders
Association Secretaries
HCO Secretaries
THE ORGANIZATION OF A PE FOUNDATION
Even though we haven't the time, personnel or mest to do in many places
a full dress PE Foundation, 1 think it would help if 1 described a minimum
full dress PE.
A PE Foundation is itself but it is also in a Central Org one of the six
departments. In either case, whether done as an HAS Co-Audit Franchise or
as a Central Org Department, it has the same staff and routine, handles the
same factors and confronts the same problems.
A PE Foundation is a programmed drill calculated to introduce people to
Scientology and to bring their cases up to a high level of reality both on
Scientology and on life. This is best accomplished not by giving them
samples and bits and trying to lead them into auditing but by giving them
gen and serious results as heavily and rapidly as possible. A PE Foundation
in its attitude goes for broke on the newcomers, builds up their interest
with lectures and knocks their cases apart with comm course and upper
indoc.
There are basically three divisions to a PE Foundation; the first of
these is the free course; it is the purpose of this course to:
Inform and interest by showing the people that this applies to them and
is a duplicate of their own actions and thinkingness. Only then does
Scientology communicate. Don't overwhelm-penetrate. Show them that this
is how they think, not how we think they think. Be factually explicit
about it, talk with certainty and not with apologies.
A PE course curriculum should now consist of a mixture of drills and
lectures. The first evening lecture should talk about definitions in life
as found in Scientology. The dynamic principle of existence, the eight
dynamics, a preview of the next evening's lecture should be given and this
lecture should consist of a very rapid survey of comin course TRs Zero and
One and should sail in the second hour into the ARC triangle, and all data
for the rest of the week used in lectures should consist of ARC triangle
data taking up the whole subject and one corner at a time. The remainder of
the week previews TRs Two and Three, and says how the TRs are used in life
and how people can't do them. The last lectuT&s last part sells the HAS
Comm Course.
The second week and the third are spent in comm course with basic TRs
encouraging not criticizing. The coach says fine when he thinks it's fine
and otherwise keeps his mouth shut. This is muzzled coaching. The student
does not get out of the conim course until he can be trusted to show up
well in a muzzled co-audit. This takes at least two weeks. He pays off the
course by the week for his comm course as well as his later co-audit.
The Co-Audit course runs similar to the comin course in hours. The only
process now permitted on an HAS Co-Audit is 'From where could you
communicate to a body part' the body part being selected by the instructor
with an E-Meter (in a pinch the instructor selects by observation and the
answer to the question 'Ever have anything wrong with your body?' and use
whatever the Pc says). When a key body part is flat, 'From where could you
communicate to a body' can be run but only this type of process is allowed.
If you go and bring in a lot more processes you've had it. Only this
187
process can be counted on to bring reality and results to people on a broad
scale. When a person can't gain on it because of case then get him into
private auditing. NEVER let anyone simply walk out. Convince him he's loony
if he doesn't gain on it because that's the truth.
Very well, these are the sections of the PE Foundation. A student now
has to complete at least five weeks of co-audit before we give him an HAS
certificate. It's not a valuable certificate evidently unless we do it that
way.
Now for personnel. Nearly every PE Foundation everywhere is
understaffed. Many have to be. But one should at least know the correct
amount of staff.
The minimum full scale PE staff should consist of five people, four of
them part time, one of them full time. These people are as follows:
The PE Director. Takes no classes, makes no lectures, works from two to
ten p.m., supervises and interviews and keeps the course and other
instructors going. Lack of a PE Director without a class leaves the place
unsupervised and in a confusion.
Receptionist. Routes, handles and invoices people with the help of other
PE staff in the first rush, and then makes announcements and sells books in
the breaks.
PELecturer. The. best and most convincing lecturer evenings only.
Comm Course Instructor. Part time. Anybody but the Academy comm course
instructor that knows his business. The Academy man will be too tough and
heartless for the public stomachs at this stage.
Co-Audit Instructor. Part time. Choose the person people tell their
troubles to. Choose a person who doesn't mind people screaming in the unit
and in fact rather likes it. This person takes responsibility for all
cases.
The PE Director as does the HGC Director of Processing gets in trouble
really if he takes a course or a class, as he leaves all other activities
unguided. He can drop in, he can start a class. He can give an address of
welcome, but he should not have a class. If he has one the whole place
falls apart for lack of a guiding hand and somebody competent to pick up
and sort out the emergencies and interview people.
Now roughly speaking, that's the staff curriculum and courses of a PE
Foundation. If yours is running a long way from this one, that is the
reason you're having a rough time and losing people and that's the shape
you ought to be shooting for. I know we can't all have this but when things
start to boom you'd better be able to have it or you'll go boom too. The
thing to do is to sneak up to this as a minimum size with which you can
work.
If there's no Central Org you'll need daytime secretarial and files by
and by or the PE Director will get swamped with papers.
The whole dream of a PE Foundation is to get the people in fast, get
them invoiced in a congress type assembly line, no waiting, give them hot,
excited, positive service and boot them on through to their HAS and THEN
worry about doing something else with them. And never let a student leave
or quit-introvert him like a bullet and get him to get audited. If he gets
no reality don't let him wander out. If he walks in that door for a free
PE, that's it. He doesn't get out except into an individual auditor's hands
in the real tough cases, until he's an HAS.
So that's the size and shape of it.
Luck to you.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:brb.rd Copyright @ 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
188
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 DECEMBER 1960
Reissued from Sthil
Franchise Holders
THE NEW PE AND THE NEW HAS CO-AUDIT
The new HAS Co-audit takes company in a PE Foundation with the free PE
Course, the new Anatomy of the Human Mind Course (requisite for HPA/HICA)
and a tape play.
The PE Course can run 3 nights a week or 5 nights. The Anatomy Course
(consisting of 20 lectures) should run 2 nights a week. HAS Co-audit can
run 3 to 5 nights a week but might work better running the same nights as
free PE. The tape play can be ran at any time-5 nights or two hours on
Saturday afternoon or Sunday.
As to materials, 1 am now assembling these. This HCO Bulletin gives the
backbone of the HAS Co-audit. 1 am readying up full texts of the Anatomy
Lectures. PE Text will shortly be more fully released. 1 have installed a
new PE Foundation in HASI Johannesburg and it is successful at the rate of
30 new people a day. But to smooth it out and make it economical is taking
me a bit longer.
An HAS Co-audit should be run only for people who have been "trained" on
a PE Free Course. The PE Free Course should consider itself a training
activity for the Co-audit, rather than a selling activity for Scientology.
One should assume in teaching a PE that the student wants to help people
and get help for himself. Elementary (very) Comm Course TRs should be
sketched in and a touch assist taught. The only selling is defining
Scientology and saying that to know the parts of the mind one should take
an Anatomy Course.
The following is conditional, subject to review:
People who take a Free PE and an Anatomy Course get an HAS Certificate.
It is also required that they spend 3 weeks on the Co-audit. Free PE is the
only requisite for Co-audit attendance.
The HAS Co-audit consists of the same elements as always. The people
come in, show the Instructor their paid invoices, are put in their chairs
and auditing started by the Instructor. Cans can be held by the pc if a
switchboard E-Meter rig exists. But individual E-Meters are not used.
At the end of the first period of auditing, the. teams are shifted but
not just exchanged. People are not audited by their pes. They are started
again by the Instructor. The session is ended by the Instructor.
Extreme muzzle is used. The auditor needing help puts his hand back of
his chair for the Instructor to arrive.
The commands are written on one or two boards for the auditors to see.
They are also issued on sheets of paper.
The pc faces outward into the room. The auditor inward.
The fee should now be per evening, perhaps 5s or 50c per person.
There are just two processes to be used. These are to be called the HAS
Co-audit Process 1 and HAS Co-audit Process Il. They are complicated enough
to hold interest. HAS Co-audit Process 1 runs ARC breaks, PTPs, Sornatics,
the bank and the room and hits all case levels. Leave standard O/W, help
and other clearing processes alone, no matter the temptation. The HAS Co-
audit processes are what the attendee can do, not what the Instructor can
do in individual session. The Instructor runs all cases present, and he
needs something that bites just enough to improve the case but not enough
to make a bog.
The HAS Co-audit Process I, I developed from the 1950 ARC triangle. A
new process type that is permissive between bank and room makes this new
development unique.
189
HAS CO-AUDIT PROCESS I
The commands are as follows:
"Find something you disagree with"
"Find something you agree with"
"Find something you would rather not communicate with"
"Find something you would communicate with"
"Find something that seems unreal"
"Find something that is real"
HAS CO-AUDIT PROCESS if
The commands are as follows:
"Get the idea of attacking"
"Get the idea of not attacking"
HAS Co-audit Process I is of course a fundamental way of raising tone.
It also has a taste of Rising Scale (8-8008) in it. This is the confront
process. If the pe gets sticky or dopey or choppy, one shifts to 11 but HAS
Co-audit I is the work horse-it is done longer than 11.
HAS Co-audit Process II is of course the havingness process. If a pc
looks too belligerent or too mild, the Instructor should run 11 heavily on
the pe. The worse off a case is, the more automatic the attack factor is
and the less the pc can attack anything. All psychosis is is dramatized
attack, so this process runs from low to high. Naturally you can see that
it is an O/W version, but no withholds need be announced.
In HAS Co-audit Process 11 the Instructor may substitute "think" for
"get the
idea" at his discretion with cases that have trouble with "get the idea",
but a higher percentage of cases, I believe, bog on "think" than on "get
the idea". In 11 the Instructor may in some cases at his option assess a
generalised terminal and add it after "attacking" in the command.
Process 11 may be run on a case before 1. But a little 11 goes a long
way. If a central meter switchboard is used, cases that get sticky on I can
be shifted to 11. Try to end a session on 1, not IL
I think you will find that 11 makes roaring tigers out of pcs and I
makes them into serene angels.
Both processes are unlimited. I and 11 could be run for 500 hours. They
might actually clear people if used long enough but the fact is not yet
known.
If a pc continually stays in PT and uses only the room on 1, shift the
pc to 11 for he is afraid of his bank, just as some are afraid of past
lives.
These are both new, powerful processes. I think you will find Co-audit
attendees
very happy with them.
LRH:js.gh.rd
Copyright@ 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JANUARY 1961
BPI
COST OF HAS CO-AUDIT AND PE
The cost of HAS Co-Audit is entirely at the discretion of the local
organization.
This also applies to the PE Course.
LRH:js.aap.rd
Copyright @ 1961 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
190
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 JANUARY 1961
S.A. only
Info other Orgs
PE COURSE ABOLISHED
As exactly none are enrolling in HAS Co-Audit from PE after te;st,
although the PE sells well it is experimentally abolished.
Tested persons should be sold (a) Individual Auditing or (b) Co-Audit
but always at least Co-Audit.
We will call Co-Audit "Do it yourself Therapy".
As people going direct to Co-Audit will know nothing about Scientology,
literature should be given them and this defect remedied.
PE Registrar sells Co-Audit for 10/- a night or V.10.0 for six nights if
six attendance cards are bought at once for cash.
Do It Yourself Therapy is "The lowest cost therapy in the world. It is
cheap because you give some when you get some. The more startling gains of
Scientology are obtained in Individual Processing at 21/2 guineas an hour.
But gains are also obtainable from Co-Audit. Three evenings a week you can
attend Co-Audit. It will improve your IQ and those low points on your
graph."
If the person wants individual processing, don't stop him-sell it.
I will shortly erect two "Automatic Registrar" machines in the hall of
23 Hancock so enrollment in Training and in Individual Processing can be
effected at once by any visitor.
Direct enrollment into Co-Audits with no PE or Comm Course has been
successfully done already in the US by some Franchise Holders. It is no
experiment.
Two rooms or more should be used for Co-Audit. New persons should always
be sent to one room where the Instructor is prepared for their randomity.
Older attendees are shunted after a week to the other room or rooms.
Liberal information as to Training and Individual Processing must be
made available to older attendees of Co-Audit (after 2 weeks).
Note-An Automatic Registrar has all the Info about Training or
Processing and all the forms and routing displayed on a board with pigeon
holes. It is prominently displayed. One is for Training. One is for
Processing. Each is a full sales talk and has all forms.
The Training one sends Applicant to Accounts, then D of T. The
Processing one sends Applicant to Accounts, then HGC Admin.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:aec.js.rd Copyright Q 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
191
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1961
Cen Orgs [Excerptl
Copj for each
a f
Sta f Hat
Not for Franchise
THE PERSONAL EFFICIENCY FOUNDATION
The PE Foundation is the entrance door of the public into the services
of the Central Organization, a knowledge of Scientology and a higher level
of civilization.
Test Section
By means of advertising mailings and word of mouth, the public is
brought in to be tested and evaluated. This is done by the Test Section of
the PE Foundation. This section does everything possible to route new
individuals into a PE Course.
PE Course Section
A five evening PE Course is given weekly. Its curriculum is precisely
laid down. Its total purpose is to explain elementary Scientology and
prepare and route people into the Co-audit.
The HAS Co-audit Section
Using precise processes developed for this section only, the HAS Co-
audit (Do it Yourself Processing) seeks to improve cases and further
interest people in Scientology so that they will take individual HGC
processing and individual training.
Summary of the PE Foundation
The PE Foundation is an entrance point to Scientology. If it fails to
pass people from testing to a PE Course, from a PE Course to Co-audit and
from Co-audit to the Academy and HGC then it is failing its functions, the
unit will be low and the Central Organization faltering.
No section of the PE is an end-all where the public feels an action has
been completed. That the PE Foundation in itself does a great deal of good
is indisputable. However, the moment it relaxes on this fact and fails to
pass people along, it lets down every staff member in the other five
departments as well as its own people. A PE Foundation income is not
adequate to support even itself, and its services in training and
processing are riot wholly adequate to functioning in life. It is an
entrance door. It must be alertly watched. Its numbers in testing, PE
Course and Co-audit today are the ,organization's units and Scientology's
people tomorrow.
The PE Director is now, next to the Assn Secretary, the most responsible
person for solvency in a Central Organization.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:aec.js.rd Copyright Q 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
(Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 14 February 1961, The Pattern of a
Central Organization.
A complete copy can be found in Volume 7, page 147.1
192
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO INFORMATION LETTER OF 18 FEBRUARY 1961
Central Orgs
1 for Staff B. Board
1 for Master File
Rest for City Offices
Do not re-mimeo
MAGAZINES, TESTING, PE
Magazines
When book sales are down the main reason is failure to advertise books
in the Continental Magazine.
Every now and then in the UK the magazine gets self-conscious from
"complaints" from the "field" (some squirrel) about the "American type ads"
for books. The UK has twice now paid attention. Immediately books dropped
from around �78 per week to �10 per week. When you don't advertise and push
books they don't sell. When books don't sell you don't get new people, PE
or no PE.
Testing
Your whole testing programme, paid PE Course and Co-Audit had better
receive a whole issue. Include in it Processing and Training as well. Make
it a full brochure issue on HASI Services.
Make sure it goes to every name you have ever had from PE.
Make sure it carries ads for the basic books (13IMSMH and SOS).
Send it out to every address you have.
Make it have a coupon which gives the bearer a free test at HASI (worth
$50 if the test is taken at formal testing bureaus).
PE News
1 am still working on grooving in a PE. The public will buy a PE in SA
where they won't take one free. Providing the PE Registrar can sell.
Automatic Evaluation has now arrived at printing stage. It will be with
you soon. Mary Sue has cracked its technical bugs with real genius. You
mark and Evaluate at the same time, give the person tested a whole packet.
Get people into a good PE Course for a small fee.
The. PE Instructor must give lots of time to Co-Audit and what it is and
get people into Co-Audit.
Co-Audit must tell the people what they are doing and why (raising IQ,
future and bettering personality).
A graph showing such gains must be put on the Co-Audit room wall and
marked with two lines, one "Before Co-Audif' and two "After Co-Audif'.
London gives still a free evening Comm Course. If somebody buys six
nights of Co-Audit while on the PE then he could have a week free Comin
Course before he starts on Co-Audit.
193
The main trouble on the PE line is getting intelligent selling of
people. It appears that each PE post is part technical, part sales. When
the people in PE forget to explain things and make them wanted, the public
doesn't have enough sense to buy them.
I am getting together some handout literature on this. But it's a
personal job that must be done on each person. The public just doesn't know
what it wants. PE staff members have to tell them.
If other staff members want a fast way to raise units, drift into the Co-
Audit and the PE at the breaks and simply tell people how fine the next
step is, while mingling with them.
The test line does work, but only if it's made to work.
It's a steering job. You steer them into PE Course. PE steers them into
Co-Audit. Co-Audit gets their reality up and steers them into processing
and then training.
There's no place on a PE or PrR staff for people who have an abiding
faith in the self-determinism of the public. The public has long since lost
its power of choice. It's a question of What self-determinism? The public
has to be told where to go and what to do. It's a control problem, not a
problem in choice.
So staff members on PE and PrR have to have their control button clean.
Only then will the people avalanche in.
When processed a while the public will have some self-determinism. But
not just now.
The successful PE Foundation and PrR Dept is composed of people who are
control-happy. Check over the successful PE and PrR staff members and
you'll find each one is a demon on control.
fhat's what you want. Make it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Copyright @ 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
194
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 MARCH 1961
PE Dirs
HCO Sees
Assn Secs
STATUS OF PE COURSES
The following courses may be taught entirely at the option of the
Organization:
ANATOMY COURSE two evenings a. week for 10 weeks.
GROUP PROCESSING INTENSIVES, routinely or on occasional weekends.
TAPE PLAYS of any Congress.
The following courses are required to be taught in the PE:
VALIDATED HAS Course comprising:
PE Course: I week of theory and demonstration. Comm Course: I week of
evenings.
Upper Indoc: I week of evenings.
Advaiiced Comm Course: I week of evenings.
HAS Co-Audit: 3 evenings per week. (The other two evenings in its hall
used for the Anatomy Course.)
COSTS
The cost of these courses is entirely at the discretion of the Central
Org. Only Tape Play may be free. There must be a charge for all other
courses.
It is recommended that the Validated HAS Course be started every week in
Central Orgs and every few weeks in a City Office.
Franchise Holders and some City Offices have had good success with the
course combination of two Comm Courses, one Upper Indoc and a PE for
Theory. If a week or two of Co-Audit were added to this it would make quite
a good package. Up to f 35 or $100 has been successfully charged for this
package.
The PE Course should keep running weekly in Central Orgs.
The cost of the Anatomy Course should be around E10. It could be sold
separately and also sold as part of a package.
NOTE
We are feeling our way through this. It. is up to Organizations to use
their local experience in keeping with a reality of their space and
personnel.
Please report to me how you are combining and selling these courses and
particularly any signal success you may have.
ANATOMY COURSE NOTE
The Anatomy Course is reported as needing promotion to be successful,
but successful when taught.
As it is an HPA/HCA/HPS requirement it has to be taught anyway.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH.jl.rd Copyright (D 1961 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
195
NOT HCO
CORRECT
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO INFORMATION LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1961 Do not re-mimeo Print
for PE Use in the Magazine 2 copies to each Central Org
PE HANDOUT
The following releases should be attractively letter-pressed on small
individual sheets and are each one a part of the Auto Eval Packet, HCO
Policy Letter March 2, 1961.
IMPORTANT: This is "What is Scientology?", the release required to be
given PE Test people as per HCO Policy Letter of March 2, 196 1, No. 3 of
eight items.
No. 7 (The State of Release) has already come to you as part of a recent
Info Ltr, and is repeated here, together with numbers 4, 5 and 6. Numbers I
and 2 will be sent to you shortly.
WHAT IS SCIENTOLOGY?
For hundreds of years physical scientists have been seeking to apply the
exact knowledge they had gained of the physical universe to Man and his
problems.
Newton, Sir James Jeans, Einstein, have all sought to find'the exact
laws of human behavior in order to help Mankind.
Developed by L. Ron Hubbard, C.E., Ph.D., a nuclear physicist,
Scientology has demonstrably achieved this long-sought goal. Doctor
Hubbard, educated in advanced physics and higher mathematics and also a
student of Sigmund Freud and others, began his present researches thirty
years ago at George Washington University. The dramatic result has been
Scientology, the first major and complete breakthrough by the exact
sciences into the field of the humanities. Although taken from the material
sciences, Scientology is dedicated in the finest tradition of human dignity
and freedom espoused by brilliant men in all periods of Man's ascendancy
over his relationship to the animal. The laws of this science proved to be
startlingly simple when found, well within the grasp of the average person.
It is a tenet of Scientology that this knowledge belongs to Man, not in the
forbidding halls of learning. It is the science of the Man, the Woman and
the Child in the street. It belongs to us, the People, not to any vested
interest on Earth.
Scientology means the "study of knowledge". Scio is knowing in the
fullest sense of the word, and logos, study.
Scientology is today the only successfully validated psychotherapy in
the world. Tens of thousands of completely documented cases exist in the
files of the Hubbard Association of Scientologists International.
Scientology has many "firsts". These include:
Scientology is a precision science. It is the first precision science in
the field of the humanities. Yet it is sufficiently simple and rapid that
where it requires twelve years to train a psychiatrist, eight weeks of
heavy Scientology training can permit a person to achieve results. However,
for a truly skilled Scientologist, the training period, for a doctorate in
the subject, is usually not under five years and has been ten years.
Ample records exist to substantiate these firsts. Further, the results
of Scientology are easily demonstrable claims that can be duplicated by
competent practitioners at will using Scientology principles correctly.
The first axiomatic construction of the basic laws of thought and
behavior in Man.
The first science to isolate the life unit that perceives and generates
energy, a discovery comparable to the isolation of the nucleus in atomic
physics.
The first science to prove that IQ and intelligence can be improved and
are not inherent in a person.
196
The first science to discover arid isolate the reactive or subconscious
mind.
The first science to isolate and classify accurately the twentY4our
parts of the human mind. Previous to Scientology only the brain, the body,
Freud's subconscious and Pavlov's Stimulus-Response law were known.
Scientology has clarified these four and has discovered an additional
twenty parts, any one of them more important to Man in his efforts to bring
peace and order to his environment and Earth.
The first science to determine accurately the honesty and potential
character of people by invariable instrument means.
The first mental science to subject itself to the most severe validation
tests.
The first science to establish a new state or condition for Man which
exceeds earlier concepts of Man's potential. This alone in Scientology
remains expensive due to the skilled attention it requires but is usually a
quarter the price of an analysis.
The first science to put the cost of psycho-therapy within the range of
any person's pocket book. A complete Freudian analysis cost three to five
thousand pounds. Better results can be achieved in Scientology for ten
pounds and, on a group basis, for shillings.
The first science to make whole classes of backward children averagely
bright using only drills the teacher can do a few minutes each day.
The first science to determine the basic cause of disease.
The first science to contain exact technology to routinely alleviate
physical illnesses with completely predictable success.
The first science of mind to prove conclusively that physical illness
can stem from mental disturbance, a fact which Freud held only as a theory,
and only seldom demonstrated.
Dianctics is a sub-subject of Scientology and covers the anatomy of the
mind rather than the brain. "Dia"-through; "noos"-mind.
In its early years Dianetics and Scientology, representing the severe
viewpoint of the physical sciences, were considered highly controversial.
Since that time many of its minor discoveries have been borrowed by the
humanities.
A host of famous names have passed through Scientology clinics. But it
is against Association policy to reveal their identities just as the
Association protects their secrets.
The Code of a Scientologist, under which Scientologists practice, is the
most severe ethical code known to physical or mental groups or practices.
In addition to other points, a practitioner must return a patient's fees if
therapy is not considered successful. Only an average of one case in all
the thousands treated in any year over the whole world ever requests a
return of fees and these are immediately refunded. A practitioner may be
dismissed from the Association and forbidden to practice if he violates any
single part of the code.
Scientology erects no barriers to anyone by reason of religion or
political affiliations; Scientology has no quarrel with the practitioners
of other schools and its materials are always fully available to them, but
they may not use them on patients unless the practitioner is also trained
in Scientology. Medical and psychiatric degrees do not grant the right of
practice of Scientology.
Scientology practitioners are called "auditors"-"one who listens and
computes". Scientology auditors are available to service in any Mental
Health activity in (Country) on a paid or voluntary basis, but by
Association regulations, may not take staff posts in institutions which
practice therapies such as electric shock which can physically harm
patients.
Scientologists do not use drugs or hypnotism. They employ only their
exact knowledge of the human mind.
The fullest results of Scientology are available in (City).
Scientology Central Organizations exist on every continent and centres
exist in
197
most large cities. The principal Scientology Organization in the world is
The Hubbard Association of Scientologists International. The "HASI" in
(City) controls all Scientology in (Country). It is located at (address).
The "HASI" is (Country's) largest mental health organization and has a
dozen practitioners for every one in other mental practices.
The Association is not political in nature. It is humanitarian. By
International Board Resolution of long standing every Central Organization
and its staff is admonished to be loyal to the Government in power in the
country where it exists and not espouse political controversies.
THE CHEAPEST WAY
The easiest and least expensive way to improve your life is to take a
Personal Efficiency Course and then the HAS Co-Audit.
This is the lowest cost effective mental help on Earth.
It is very little trouble to put into effect.
You go five evenings the first week and only three evenings a week
afterwards.
By giving help to another person like yourself and receiving help from
him you improve your IQ and personality.
Tens of thousands of graphs, like the one you have received, have been
enormously improved by the "PE" route.
Expert, qualified Scientologists are supervising you every moment of the
way on the "PE" route.
It is all good fun as well and you will come to know some of the finest
people you ever met-people like you who have just taken a test and now want
to do something about it.
All you have to do is see the Consultant. Just say 'I want to take the
PE" and you will be signed up at once.
A few days after you will be wanting to thank us all for having opened
this door for you.
Your future depends entirely on either Fate or upon your taking the "PE
Course".
Sign up and make some new friends for yourself and a new life.
THE FASTEST WAY
The quickest way to change your g raph, raise your IQ and alter your
future is to
see the Consultant and procure Individual Processing.
A highly skilled and experienced Sciontologist will give you fast
intensive processing daily for a week or as long as you require.
The processing consists of getting you to look at and break through all
the barriers you've erected between yourself and your goals.
No drug, hypnotism or psychiatry is used. Only various mental drills
that lead you out into life instead of on down into the steady grind.
Thousands of persons have been individually processed around the world
with the greatest success.
Be sure you will be in good hands.
We are friends of yours.
We want you to be as well a friend to yourself
198
If you want the fastest way see the Consultant and say "I want
individual processing".
It is more costly than the PE route but it is a thousand times faster.
Remember, only Scientology discovered IQ could be bettered, personality
improved and one's fate altered. And Individual Processing is the fastest,
surest way.
The Hubbard Guidance Centre is there to help you.
THE EDUCATIONAL WAY
There are many books on the subject of Scientology.
By reading them you can help yourself at very little expense.
The following is the available book list. Buy the copies you want from
the Receptionist.
(List available books and prices)
THE STATE OF RELEASE
The purpose of Scientology is to make the able more able.
There are several grades of ability in Scientology. The first of these
is the general state of the unprocessed human being, or "the average
person".
The first level above that is that of "Scientology Release".
A Release is precisely defined as one who has no psychotic or neurotic
tendencies of any kind and has a certainty that he will get no worse.
Technically, a Release is one whose graph has been raised by processing
and whose IQ has been improved.
This is done by Scientology processing obtainable from the Hubbard
Guidance Centre or from the "HAS Co-Audit" (Do It Yourself Processing).
It is a wonderful thing to be able to attain the status of a "Release".
For one is now more cause over life and is less the effect of his
environment.
Far above "Release" are other states of being such as "Clear". However,
this is a goal much more distant. One's first target is a "Scientology
Release". Now one has a happier future, is luckier and more able to cope
with life.
A "Release" Certificate is issued without charge by the Hubbard Guidance
Centre or the PE Foundation to anyone whose Test clearly demonstrates that
he or she has attained this state.
It is a grand feeling to be a "Scientology Release".
Try it.
L. RON HUBBARD
(Please note: The article "What is Scientology?" has been entirely re-
written by Ron, and this one should be used in preference to the original
one which was written in Johannesburg and issued from there-HCO See WW)
LRH:jl.rd
Copyright 06 1961
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note: Originally issued on 12 April 1961. The 14
April 1961
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED correction added paragraph 9 on page 196.1
199
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 AUGUST AD 14
Rernitnec,
Sthil Students
Franchise
PE COURSE
Untilfurther notice, at once begin to teach the Anatomy of the Human
Mind as the sole PE materials taught.
Cease teaching PE the way you have been teaching it. Particularly cease
to use Definition by Agreement.
New study materials reveal that the failure of the student to understand
some word is THE SOLE REASON FOR DISCONTINUING STUDY.
Given a PE being taught at all, then the only reasons you lose people
who come into PE are (a) their failure to understand some word used, and
(b) a former failure to understand some word in some similar subject in the
past.
Therefore when you ask any student for a definition and refuse to take
what he gives or when you fail to define, you court losing that student. So
why ask him. Tell him.
The natterer in a PE falls usually under (b) above and can be told so
and told to make out a list of words he has not understood in some earlier
subject (religion, medicine, psychology, philosophy or whatever ARC Broke
him first) and go look those words up and then come back to study
Scientology.
Those who fail to grasp a Scientology word must have it fully and
accurately defined for them.
If you use the schedule I dictated to Slabbert in Johannesburg and of
which you have copies, and if you carefully define words used, and if you
do nothing to leave the student in wonder about a word, you Will hold and
increase your PEs.
I have put my finger exactly, 1 feel, on the reason you do not get a
steady stream of income-your PE is weak. And I have put my finger on why
PEs lose people-they don't understand certain words as per (a) and (b)
above.
So to increase your inflow of PE attendance, and consequently students
and pcs, use The Anatomy of the Human Mind materials in the PE and nothing
else and define for the students every word used and take other measures to
make sure none leave that course or any night of that course with some word
misunderstood.
If you do this, 1 will then have time to get to you a brand new text for
use in PE that will bring them in and keep them coming in.
This PE (Level I) Book is the first book on my schedule and you'll have
it in a few months.
Meanwhile call the Anatomy Course the PE and teach only it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.cden Copyright @ 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
200
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AUGUST 1965
Reinitneo
FOUNDATION
BASIC COURSE ORGANIZATION
Scarcity of space may lead orgs running Foundations into a gross
organizational error.
One must NEVER recruit a body of people and then carry just that group
up, opening new courses only when they are ready and closing the lower ones
when emptied. I can tell you by grim experience that that is NOT the way to
handle basic courses. The org will die if it is done that way.
One must continually nightly recruit new people and one must have in
existence the next area up for them to move into. One mustn't wait for
people before one organizes where they go.
One must have new applicants as all courses get smaller as they advance.
If they are well taught they get a little smaller. If badly taught they get
a lot smaller.
The assembly line must exist before one can get traffic to put on it. So
make the line. Then get the traffic. And always feed new traffic in at the
bottom. Don't recruit by fits and starts-"An opening evening every two
months, etc" is bad promotion. It peaks traffic. Have one at least every
week if at all.
The keynote is standardize. Even out the traffic flow. Feed steadily in
at the bottom and out at the top. Get energetic about lack of people at the
bottom and jams of people in the middle. Even the flow.
SPACE AND COURSES
You must allocate 4 spaces for Instruction to the Foundation. You can
starve it out with 3 spaces, but poorly.
The Introductory Lecture is given every night. It is allocated to the
reception centre. It can be done with earphones. It is supervised by the
Introductory Lecture Supervisor who also helps with reception and routing.
This is a Dist Division action. If you don't have a public reception centre
and only have your org Comm Centre you ought to be ashamed and no wonder
your receptionist and comm lines jam up. Public Reception ought to be
separate. It should be plastered with promotion, personality graphs, tone
scales, anything promotional. And the evening Introductory Lecture is given
there every evening. Same lecture. You'll have one to give. In the
meanwhile, cope.
The BS, HAS and HQS courses are all given in the same room. They are
done by twin checking as below, modifying earlier methods.
The Foundation Academy Theory Courses (HRS, HTS, HCA, HPA) are given in
one room under one Supervisor.
The Foundation Academy Practical Courses (HRS, HTS, HCA, HPA) are all
given in one room.
That's four rooms total requirement. If you can gather up only 3 rooms
for these activities you can put the Academy in just one room (Theory and
Practical) but I assure you there won't be as much income in it as people
will see no change, of space and they'll disturb one another.
TEACHING BASIC COURSES
Changing previous methods used, we will teach Basic Courses in this
fashion.
We will charge a bit for BS.
We will divide "Problems of Work" and the other books into nightly
assignments.
201
We will teach the BS Student Twin Checking.
The BS Course then consists of a number of sheets of mimcoed paper, 5 x
8 or similar size, vertical. There is a different one for each night of the
BS Course. They are numbered consecutively. The first one is accompanied by
a description of Twin Checking and is the first lesson.
The sheet form contains:
1. Number of lesson
2. Student's name
3. Twin's name
4. Course being taken (HAS, etc)
5. What was applied since last lesson
6. The material to be read in this lesson, certified as read by the
Twin
7. Any misunderstood words (Space for notes)
8. Demonstrating examples of what the lesson means
9. Certify that twin has grasped it
10. Signature of twin and time of end of evening
11. Directions to turn sheet into the Supervisor's Basket before
leaving as if any are missing no certificate can be granted.
This form is used for BS, HAS, and HQS. To the HQS is added a homework
slip that also must be turned in.
This system cuts down the number of rooms and supervisors required and
increases the value of the course.
For the moment, make do. Final pads will come out only when we reprint
the books as Scientology texts.
ADS
Advertise your Introductory Free Lecture heavily. Tell people to bring
their friends to it. Remind people of it in the mags. Tell people they can
attend it as often as they like. Put a sign up in the Reception Centre that
can be easily read all the way across the room.
WHEN TO ENROL
You can enrol any course, Basic or Academy on Any night.
Drop Mondays only enrolment. We enrol at all hours at Saint Hill. It cuts
the
load.
DON'T TEST
Skip testing on your enrolment fine up for students or pcs.
The test has no value now. It's been replaced by Grade Certs and Release
Awards.
CHAPLAIN
Get a Chaplain on the job and prominently display this sign
If you are in trouble with your training or
Processing and nobody seems to listen, see
the Chaplain, Room He
can help.
Then groove in the Chaplain to be a Problems Officer, to listen and try
to straighten up goofs by auditors and supervisors and suddenly your
student and pc loss rate will almost vanish. You lose people on basic
courses because they get a brush off from busy supervisors and auditors.
They have no place to go. They mainly want to be heard and acknowledged.
Half the time or more one does nothin.-, but one does listen.
202
Thus the Chaplain post is a necessity in a Foundation.
BEGOOD
Your courses now have to be good. Your income depends not on enrolment
but re-enrolment.
If your supervision is poor, scheduling bad, the place slack and dirty
it will now show up by sudden falls in Basic Course statistics. Lack of re-
enrolment means lousy instruction and bad quarters and sloppy scheduling.
So be crisp.
And don't try to run basic courses without a minimum Foundation Staff.
They just won't work.
Two orgs in the past week inadvertently confessed the lack of quality of
their evening basic courses (DC and Capetown). Capetown at least is seeking
an extraordinary solution. When all that's needed is a crisp, sharply
scheduled Foundation.
NEW LOOK
To show the benefit of knowing what you're handling, the above data and
changes occurred as a result of getting in the evening Foundation at Saint
Hill. I found we hadn't the space for formal lecture type teaching and so
you surely didn't have either.
Hence these amendments to the Basic Courses of the Foundation.
L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1965
(Correction to HCO Pol Ltr of
13 August 1965)
Remimeo
FOUNDATION
BASIC COURSE ORGANIZATION
CORRECTION
In making up slips of study assignments for BS, HAS and HQS Courses, the
following form may be used:
. general form for all lessons of each course.
. syllabus or outline of the course giving the lesson numbers and
subject, printed on one sheet.
A pad for each course (BS, HAS, HQS) is then made up with the syllabus
printed on a cover and the general forms of the correct number, all alike,
made up as a pad of the correct number.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 SEPTEMBER 1965
Rernimeo
All Foundation
Personnel FOUNDATION
URGENT URGENT URGENT
EFFECTIVEATONCE
FOUNDATION COURSE CHANGE
THE FOLLOWING LOWER COURSE CHANGES MUST BE PUT INTO EFFECT AT ONCE:
All students enrolled in BS, HAS and HQS must be given what they were
sold.
All new students will follow this exact outline.
INTRODUCTORY LECTURE
An Introductory Lecture should be given every Friday or Saturday night
in small orgs and nightly in large ones and well advertised in both large
and small orgs.
It stresses the value of Scientology and the value of Communication.
It sells courses OR processing in the HGC as an alternate for the
lecture attendee but must sell both in the Introductory Lecture and posted
prices and registration facilities must be very available.
As the people leave the Introductory Lecture they are given an outline
of what they heard in the lecture and the definition of certain words.
The lecture stresses that the inability to communicate is back of most
unhappiness, and sells attaining the ability to do so easily and thus
handle one's problems. It is clearly stated that the course they are about
to be given will improve this ability and their lives.
HASCOURSE
The BS Course is skipped. There is no PE Course. The person is sold an
HAS Course.
The cost is a few pounds or dollars. The course is one week long. It
enrolls every Monday. People are enrolled in advance at the Introductory
Lecture. Do not sell it too cheap and sell it for cash only. Sell it by
stressing its result.
The course covers exactly 5 nights. People cannot retake it without
paying for it again.
Monday Night: One Hour lecture on Confronting and how it improves
communication and the drill itself. One Hour permissive TR 0-(no flunks-
only coaxing).
Tuesday Night: One Hour lecture on the need of TR I in life and how to
do the drill. One Hour of TR 1.
Wednesday Night: One Hour of lecture on the need of TR 2 in life and how
to do the drill. One Hour of TR 2.
Thursday Night: One Hour of lecture on the need of TR 3 in life and how
to do the drill. One Hour of TR 3.
Friday Night: One Hour of lecture on the need of TR 4 in life and how to
do the drill. One Hour of TR 4.
This completes the course and an HAS cert is issued at the end of the
Friday programme, the certs being made out during the week for those
attending.
WHEN the certs are handed out a short sales talk on applying these
drills on the next course is given, a slip saying the person now needs the
next course, and a Registrar is to hand to enroll them. Selling the next
course must not be flubbed.
204
HQS COURSE
This course is longer and more expensive.
It is essentially a Co-audit.
it is two weeks of co-audit on any of the old public co-audit processes
done in Listen Style but with TRs and muzzled.
You must be alert for I st stage Releases.
Those with chronic somatics may be run on a touch assist in the co-
audit.
All elementary assists may be used. Problems may be used. The keynote is
Itsa and Listen Style, not duplicative commands.
The process to be done is covered each night briefly and then run, turn
about one hour and one hour, different teams.
Be alert for withholds being missed by watching for critical pc
attitudes. The Supervisor can pull them or send to Review.
Apply Ethics.
Review charges must be scaled down to very small amounts for these lower
course students. But the time used on them in Review is brief-looking
mainly for missed withholds and ARC Breaks. At the end of the two weeks on
the last night the student is given his pre-prepared HQS Certificate and
given a sales talk on HRS, the value of knowing about the mind, your own
and those around you and a Gradation Chart is briefly shown and given each
student and a Registrar is on duty to enroll them.
The HQS Course starts every two weeks.
MUSTS
Supervisors on these two courses must:
I . Prevent and explain misunderstood words.
2. Note and patch up ARC Breaks and never permit a student to be
run or drilled past one.
3. Recognize that a critical student attitude is a missed withhold
and get it pulled by self or Review.
4. Be alert for Releases being made.
5. Apply Ethics, Roller Coaster meaning PTS and no case gain
meaning SP.
BOOKS
Assign Scientology, Evolution of a Science as homework on the HAS
Course.
Assign Dianetics, The Modem Science of Mental Health as homework on the
HQS Course.
EXPERIENCE
We know the above works as we have done it for years.
It however abolishes the possibility of misunderstood words on a PE and
turns the old Co-audit into a Course which is two weeks long and only
requires enrollment to go in it and therefore abolishes the public co-
audit.
Note that if you make a couple of releases in HQS (no trick at all, just
watch for good case gains and check them on a meter) you will get a rush to
enroll in HRS.
LETTER FOLLOW UP
Every attendee of an Introductory Lecture who does not at once enroll in
HAS must be followed up by invitation to join the subsequent HAS courses
with a handout enclosed stressing the value of personal communication.
Every student of the HAS who does not complete must be sent an order to
go to Review (where his misunderstood word or missed withhold can be
handled at very low cost).
205
Every person completing HAS but not attending HQS must be ordered to
Review as above by mail.
Every person not completing HQS must be ordered to Review.
Every person completing HQS but not enrolling in HRS must be ordered to
Review.
Therefore exact rosters must be kept by the Foundation and carefully
followed through with no errors.
A printed order to Review, on green paper, very politely worded, but an
order, must be made up so the person's name and address can be written in
and it can be placed in an envelope with a glassine window the name and
address shows through (like a bill).
DISSEM DIVISION
The materials of the above must be fully prepared in booklet form, one
for HAS, one for HQS, for use by the orgs and sale to the students at a
small price. These should contain anything mentioned above, lists of
Scientology books, a short LRH biography and anything else of interest to
give them high reality on the extent and actuality of Scientology.
This programme is not to be held up for further materials of any kind.
Get it in and operating and then smooth it out.
It is based on a trusted pattern and the tech is well known to all of
us.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (a) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 SEPTEMBER 1965
Rernimeo
All Foundation FOUNDATION
Personnel
COURSE HOURS
The Foundation Lower Course Hours should actually be apportioned as
follows, modifying the 12 September 65 Pol Ltr:
The course evening should be divided into 3 parts.
These go for the HAS and HQS course:
I . Talk to students by Supervisor.
2. Team A as coaches or auditors.
3. Team B as coaches or auditors.
A short break can be between I and 2 and 2 and 3.
Supervisors' talks can be only 20 minutes in both HAS and HQS courses.
The exact time a Foundation begins in the evening and the exact time
class begins
a bit after is purely on local arrangement. But once assigned, stick to it.
You will get and keep students only if the Foundation runs on a tightly
timed schedule, prompt on the dot and promptly ended. Don't slop on
scheduling precision. If classes start at 7:30, they start at 7:30. If they
end at 10 they really end at 10 Bang! Breaks begin and end on schedule.
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright @ 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
206
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue 11
Remimeo
FOUNDATION
The Distribution Division in advertising the Foundation Services and in
coaching Field Staff Members is to bring about the following general effect
on the broad public and lower course applicants-
I . That Scientology is successful and expanding.
2. That Scientology betters one's ability to communicate.
These two points in a great many varied ways should then result in
I . The public accepting Scientology in that it is expanding and is
therefore directed at them.
2. That Scientology is an activity connected with handling the
environment through better communication.
You will find these two points are so basic they form a public image.
Scientology can therefore be explained easily.
The new analysis of art tells us we have a common denominator in the
subject of communication that will bring aboard one and all.
The public will therefore be able to understand and discuss Scientology
and generally accept it.
That it goes far above this, let them find out on personal contact.
PUBLIC LECTURER
The public lecturer in the Introductory Lecture must only elaborate on
these two points and tell the people where to sign up.
Every thetan really wants to (1) Expand and (2) Communicate. Therefore
broad
agreement and thus ARC cannot but result.
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright (D 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 OCTOBER 1966
Issue II
Remirneo
HAS COURSE
There are advantages to running the HAS Course over a period of two
weeks, so you may run it for 5 evenings over a period of one week as per
HCO Policy Letter of 12 September, 1965, or for 5 evenings spread over a
period of 2 weeks.
Some orgs have found the advantages of 2 weeks as follows:
I . Students have time to study the material more thoroughly.
2. It can be easier to administer re staff and space.
3. It is a better gradient.
The text book is Evolution of a Science. The drills are TR 0-4. Start
and end exactly on time. Have a check sheet. The students receive a
certificate and pass on to
the HQS Course.
LRH:rd
Copyright @ 1966 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
207
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
WASHINGTON, D.C.
JUNE 18, 1957
BULLETIN
ALL STAFF-Washington and London
PEOPLE'S QUESTIONS
A Congress M US T
An Organization M US T
Answer people's questions.
This is the primary public complaint-that Scientologists in the
Organization or out won't answer directly questions asked about this or
that.
Understand it, answer it, make friends.
Best,
LRH:md.rd L. RON HUBBARD
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 29 JANUARY 1960
Reissued from StHill
BPI
Fran HIdrs
CONGRESSES
A Scientology Congress is a specialised activity. Only HCO can run or
sponsor a Congress. Franchised Auditors and Field Auditors may, with
approval of HCO, give special events to their Groups with tapes or live
lectures, and they may call these events Conferences or some other name,
but preferably not Congresses.
Peter Hemery HCO Secretary WW for L. RON HUBBARD
LRH.js.rf.rd Copyright@ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
208
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 FEBRUARY 1960
HCO Sees (Re-issued from Sthil)
Assoc Sees
Congress Managers
PLAYING THE WASHINGTON 1960 "STATE OF MAN CONGRESS"
TAPE LECTURES AT LOCAL CONGRESSES AND
AS A PROMOTIONAL RE-PLAY PLAN
The "State of Man Congress" held in January, 1960, in Washington DC, was
a three day congress, comprising a total of nine lecture hours. For purpose
of congresses held for the playing of those "State of Man Congress" tapes,
only six hours should be used. The reason for this is that tape congresses
should be held for two days only and three hours of tape lectures per day
is as much as an audience needs to stay enthused.
These tapes should be played on hi-fidelity recording and speaker
systems only.
The schedule of lectures and the starting point at which they should be
played are listed as follows:
First Lecture-first day: Lecture title, "Create and Confront". This tape
should be set to start playing at 3/16ths of an inch into the tape on the
take up reel with the first word of the lecture beginning with the word,
"want", as follows: "Want to talk to you about create and confront before
it's too late". (This was lecture 8 on the original.)
Second Lecture-first day: Lecture title, "Responsibility". This tape should
be set to start playing at 5/8ths of an inch into the tape on the take up
Teel with the first word, "OK" as follows: "OK, Let's get down to something
here."
Third Lecture-first day: Lecture title, "Overts and Withholds". This tape
should be set to start playing at 1/8th of an inch into the tape with the
first word of the lecture beginning with the word, "Want", as follows:
"Want to hear some more about this? All right. You're for it. You're for
it. Overts and Withholds."
First Lecture-second day: Lecture title, "Why People Don't Like You". This
tape should be set to start playing at 3/16ths of an inch into the tape
with the first word of the lecture beginning with the words, "The Title" as
follows: "The title of this lecture is, 'Why People Don't Like You'."
Second Lecture-second day: Lecture title, "Marriage". This tape should be
set to start playing at 3/16ths of an inch into the tape with the first
word of the lecture beginning with the word, "Let's" as follows- , "Let's
take a look at marriage. Our actual index of break-up on marriage is
probably less than the world at large."
Third Lecture-second day: Lecture title, "Your Case". This tape should be
set to start playing at 3/16ths of an inch in to the tape with the first
word of the lecture beginning with the word "Well" as follows: "Well, we
approach the last lecture of 'This here' Congress and usually we have
messages about the future, and we deplore the past and not-is the present."
The above sequence of play must be used for public rendition,
particularly abroad. The omitted reels, Lecture One of the original, the
lecture on government and the one on Group Processing are not needed. for a
public rundown and particularly sterling areas might be offended by the
American aspect of two of these.
MSH:js.gh.rd MARY SUE HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1960
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
209
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 13 MAY 1960
Central Orgs Re-issued from Sthil
Fran Hldrs
CONGRESS SEMINAR HATS
These hats are for the benefit of those who run Co-audits at Congresses.
However, some of the information contained in them will be found useful by
anyone who is engaged in running a Co-audit of any kind.
Included also is an information sheet which will be found useful for
handing out to newcomers to a Co-audit.
SEMINAR CAPTAIN
(Congress Hat)
Purpose: To ensure a smooth-running and effective muzzled co-audit for
the congress:
to run tight, high ARC, 8-c on Seminar Leaders and Assistants so
that individual seminars go well.
Post: On the floor, during co-auditing. On stage to start and end
sessions.
Conduct: The case gain on a muzzled co-audit is in direct ratio to the
confidence felt
by the participants in the 8-c of the Seminar Captain, Seminar
Leaders and Seminar Assistants. Regularity breeds confidence. Be
precise, but not mechanical in your handling of people~ Be relaxed,
but not sloppy. And BE ON TIME WITHOUT FAIL FOR ALL SCHEDULED
EVENTS.
Duties: A. Pre-Congress:
1. Gets list of staff available to serve as seminar personnel from
Congress Manager.
2. Gets list of other staff who have no post during co-audit and
may be used to even the numbers in odd seminars.
3. Familiarizes himself with all seminar hats-his own, Leader's and
Assistant's.
4. Reviews, as necessary, stable data for putting on a muzzled co-
audit.
5. Mocks up seminars:
Usual Congress arrangements:
Blue Serninar-DScn, HGS level.
Red Seminar-HPA/HCA & BScn/HICS level.
Green Seminar-People with some personal experience in
Scientology (Book auditors, HGC pes, people who have had
a PE or muzzled co-audit).
Yellow Seminar-Brand new people.
6. Makes sure Dir Mat supplies coloured flags, or markers, for each
seminar, and matching armbands for all seminar personnel
(including pins to fasten them on with).
7. Decides what auditing command(s) will be used in the seminars,
and has enough copies run off for each person attending the
congress.
8. May have brief lucid statement of what a muzzled auditor does,
and doesn't do, run off for everyone.
9. Appoints Seminar Leaders and Assistants from list of staff
assigned to him.
10. Holds whatever meetings are necessary to insure all Seminar
Leaders and Assistants understand their hats, and the
arrangements for this particular Congress (times to report,
physical layout, etc) thoroughly.
11. Visits Congress quarters, and decides on physical arrangement
of seminars.
210
B. During Congress:
1 . Holds final meeting of Leaders and Assistants during the hours of
registration for Congress at the hall, to distribute arm bands, mimcoed,
or printed, auditing commands and instruction sheets.
2. Makes certain seminar personnel are on post, flags in position, and
chairs neatly arranged before people start arriving for seminars.
3. Hands out audience reaction check sheets (obtained from Congress
Manager) to seminar personnel. Tells them when and where to return these
to him, filled in.
4. Goes to stage when time to start seminars, and:
(a) Either has a demonstration team (usually current HPA students)
show how co-auditing, muzzled, is done or simply tells everyone how
to do it, referring them to the Leaders, Assistants, and their
printed instruction sheets in case of doubt.
(b) Announces which row will be auditors, and which pes, for this
seminar session.
(c) Starts all sessions at once.
5. After starting teams, finds out from Leaders which seminars are odd
numbered. Either redistributes people, or puts in unoccupied staff till
all seminars even.
6. During co-auditing, gives necessary instructions to Leaders to keep
things going in an orderly fashion.
7. Keeps moving around floor, keeps entire set-up under observation.
Spreads "pools of calm" by attitude and manner. Remains on floor
throughout co-auditing so as always to be available. Runs everything
from 3 feet in back of Leaders' heads, so to speak.
8. Makes sure Leaders and Assistants stay on their feet, on the job, with
their attention on the teams they are monitoring.
9. Ends all sessions together, from stage. Tells everyone to return to
their same seats after break.
10. When restarting sessions after break, has Leaders and Assistants
shift everyone, first, so that former auditors are now in pes' row and
vice versa.
11. If 4 or 6 seminars are given altogether, start the seating afresh
after each pair of seminars.
SEMINAR LEADER
(Congress Hat)
Purpose: To run a smooth, effective seminar,
Post: Remains on post in his seminar from time told to report by Seminar
Captain until end of session.
Conduct: The case gain on a muzzled co-audit is in direct ratio to the
confidence felt by the participants in the 8-c of the Seminar
Captain, Seminar Leaders and Seminar Assistants. Regularity breeds
confidence. Be precise, but not mechanical in your handling of
people. Be relaxed, but not sloppy. And BE ON TIME WITHOUT FAIL FOR
ALL SCHEDULED EVENTS.
Duties: A. Pre-Congress:
I . Familiarizes himself thoroughly with his own hat, and the Seminar
Assistant's hat.
2. Attends all meetings called by Seminar Captain. If must miss a
meeting, appoints one of his Assistants to deputize for him and take
notes.
3. Reviews as necessary, stable data for monitoring a muzzled co-audit.
Makes certain these are known and understood by Assistants.
211
B. During Congress:
1. Cheeks that rows of chairs are straight, flag, or marker, clearly
visible, and all personnel wearing armbands.
2. Detaches one Assistant to cover door, and floor at large, in the
minutes just before the seminars start, to round up strays and route
them to seminar. (He rejoins seminar when it starts.)
3. Makes certain tight 8-c, with high ARC, is being run by all
Assistants.
(a) Each person arriving is told exactly where to sit-no one selects
his own scat.
(b) Members of a family and intimate friends are separated so they
do not act as co-audit partners.
(c) Rows filled in methodically so there are no empty seats between
occupied ones. (The tighter you pack 'em the fewer blow.)
4. Tells Assistants which row of teams each is particularly responsible
for.
5. If necessary to contact Seminar Captain, either appoints an Assistant
to act for him (informing other Assistants he has done so), or else
simply sends an Assistant with the message.
6. Stays on his feet, running good, overt 8-c on Assistants whenever
indicated (the better the 8-c on Seminars the more people return to
later seminars). Keeps his attention on his own seminar. Is very much
there, controlling it.
7. How to "flip" teams:
The Seminar Leader will have told the people to return to the same seats
they had, when he ends the first of a pair of seminars. Then, when they
have returned to these seats after the break, the Seminar Captain will
announce from the stage when you are to flip the teams. To do this, have
everyone rise and exchange places with the person sitting opposite. When
all are re-seated (so former pcs are in former auditors' seats, and vice
versa) remove 3 people from the end of the new pes' row. Have everyone
else in the row slide up three seats to fill in the vacated places. Then
put the 3 people you first took out into the now empty seats at the
other end of the row. Make sure your Assistants understand this
procedure, since they will have to shepherd the people through it.
8. Never Q and A with confusions that may occur. Just run in some more
order.
SEMINAR ASSISTANT
(Congress Hat)
Purpose: To assist Seminar Leader in running a smooth, effective
seminar.
Post: In assigned seminar, unless sent on errand by Seminar Leader or
reassigned to another seminar by Seminar Captain (sometimes
necessary at last minute when some seminars turn out to be much
larger, or smaller than anticipated).
Conduct: The case gain on a muzzled co-audit is in direct ratio to the
confidence felt by the participants in the 8-c of the Seminar
Captain, Seminar Leaders and Seminar Assistants. Regularity breeds
confidence. Be precise, but not mechanical in your handling of
people. Be relaxed, but not sloppy. And BE ON TIME WITHOUT FAIL FOR
ALL SCHEDULED EVENTS.
Duties: A. Pre-Congress:
I . Become totally familiar with own hat.
2. Attend all meetings called by Seminar Captain. If this is impossible
have another Assistant take notes for you.
3. Review, as necessary, stable data for muzzled co-audit. Get Seminar
Captain, or your leader, to answer any questions you may have about
procedure.
212
B. During Congress:
1 . Be on post at time set by Seminar Captain.
2. Assist Seminar Leader in putting seminar into perfect order,
before first people arrive.
3. Have armband on.
4. Seat the people, using good, overt control, with high ARC.
Never let them pick their own seats; you place them.
5. Follow all instructions of Seminar Leader.
6. Keep your attention on the teams assigned to you.
7. Give clear "end of session" and "start" whenever you step in on
a team.
8. Cheek around your teams to make sure auditors are following
muzzled co-audit instructions precisely (correct wording of command,
no yak, except command and acknowledgements, putting out hand
whenever anything goes wrong). Don't hesitate to end session and put
auditor on course when auditor is goofing these.
9. Give most of your attention to the teams that are doing the
best; validate success.
10. Don't get hung up with psychos and goof-balls. (A muzzled co-
audit isn't an HG0)
(a) If someone wants to "blow", and a couple of minutes of 2-way
comm don't get him over it, let him go.
(b) If someone goes into screaming fits, or conks out, get him back
into session with his own muzzled auditor, on the same command
that got him into it. (Don't cart him off and run CCHs. If he's
in really rough shape, steer him to the Registrar on the next
break, to sign up for some auditing!)
11. Never get flustered by lots of hands coming out. Just handle
each tearn in an orderly way, and let the others wait for their
turn. (Make sure they keep quiet while waiting for you.)
12. Never spend a long time with any one team-no matter what they're
doing. Get your instructions across to the auditor (make him repeat
them back to you if you're in any doubt as to whether he's
understood you), or patch up the ARC break briskly, and get them
going again.
13. No matter what happens, appear calm and in control of the
situation. The steadier you are, the less randomity will occur in
your vicinity.
Here is the information sheet for handing out to newcomers:
CONGRESS CO-AUDIT
During this congress you will be able to get a reality on the
application of a Scientology technique from the point of view of a
recipient (called a preclear) and also from the point of view of someone
who applies Scientology for the benefit of someone else (called an
auditor). You will actually give and receive auditing (the process of
applying Scientology techniques) under the supervision of trained
professional Scientologists.
In the co-audit, the auditing is "muzzled". That is, the auditor gives a
simple, agreed-upon command, the preclear does this command, and the
auditor acknowledges the preclear that the command has been executed. If
the preclear says anything irrelevant to the execution of the command, the
auditor acknowledges it just by nodding his head. If something comes up
which can't be handled by a nod of the head, the auditor puts his hand out
and waits for the instructor to come and handle it.
EXAMPLE:
Auditor: "What part of your life could you be responsible for?"
Preclear: "For calling my brother a fool last night." (An actual
occurrence for which he could really be responsible.)
Auditor: "Good."
213
If the preclear had said anything other than answering the command such
as 'It is
difficult to find an answer," the auditor would just nod and wait for an
answer.
HINTS TO AUDITORS:
1 . Don't distract the preclear by excessive fidgetting or moving around.
Sit in a comfortable position, both feet flat on the floor, hands in
your lap.
2. Intend to help your preclear and give him or her your full attention.
3. When you give the auditing command really mean it. The process will
be in the form of a repetitive command, i.e., you will keep asking the
same question each time. The idea is for the preclear to take a fresh
look each time and find a new answer-so to help the preclear, ask the
auditing question afresh each time and when you get an answer,
acknowledge it thoroughly, ending that particular cycle. Valid
acknowledgements are: "Good", I'Fine", "Okay", "Alright" and "Thank
you 11 .
4. Don't vary the auditing command. Give it exactly and correctly each
time.
The auditing command is on the back of this sheet. Keep this sheet on
your lap during the period when you are the auditor, so you can refer to
the command easily. (Note: The chosen auditing commands should be put on
the reverse side of the hand-out sheet.)
LRH:js.gh.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery
Copyright Q 1960 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1960
Central Orgs
HCO Sees
Assoc Sees
Dir Prom Reg
CONGRESS AND ACC PLANS
The following advices have been received from Ron regarding future plans
for Congresses and ACCs. Please publicise them in your area now.
There will be a Congress in Johannesburg on Saturday and Sunday, January
21st and 22nd, 196 1, followed by an ACC which will start on Monday,
January 23rd, 196 1. There will be no Congress or ACC in Johannesburg
before these dates.
Ron will give the Congress and teach the ACC in Johannesburg.
There will also be a Congress in Washington DC on Saturday and Sunday,
December 3 1 st, 1960 and January I st, 196 1, and an ACC immediately
following which will start on Monday, January 2nd, 196 1.
Ron will perhaps give this Congress in Washington DC, and teach the
first week of the ACC there, but this is not at all certain.
LRH:js.nm.rd Issued by: Peter Hemery
Copyright @ 1960 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
214
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JULY 1963
CenOCon
METER DEMONSTRATION BOOTH
HAT
For use in public services-Congresses, Open Evenings, Tape Plays, etc.
(Submitted by HCO Dissem Sec US, Anton James.)
PURPOSE:
To demonstrate Scientology using the E-Meter and to "fish a cognition"
or get an increase of understanding on the part of the person on whom you
are demonstrating to the effect that Scientology can help him.
DUTIES:
I . To have a well set up demonstration booth with all supplies and
equipment neatly to hand.
A. Table with chairs opposing. B. E-Meter.
C. Auditor's Report Forms. D. Listing Pad.
E. Technical Forms (if any needed). F. Despatch Paper.
G. Kleenex.
H. Ash Trays. 1. Pens.
J. Time Piece.
2. To have scheduling for running of E-Meter demonstrations in
order.
3. To see that there are Body Routers who are alerted to bring
people to Meter demo booth and take them from booth to Registrar.
4. To demonstrate the above purpose on people using the meter and
techniques of Scientology, auditing or demonstration.
5. To keep an Auditor's Report which will be filed in the HGC
Files.
6. If the person demonstrated on shows further interest (and lie
should) to route this person to Registrar for interview. (Write a
brief note to Registrar saying that a meter demo was run on [name]
on the subject of [whatever was done, such as clean a read on PTPs,
or established button on purposes-"How has a purpose been
invalidated", etc] and have a Body Router take person to Registrar.)
7. To keep the E-Meter demonstrations within a reasonably short
period of time- 10 to 15 mins.
8. To use a technique of demonstration which will create the most
cognition and interest on the individual to whom applied.
9. To keep the "R" Factor in very thoroughly in clearing each
action you undertake and each question you use.
OBJECTIVE:
By demonstrating Scientology using the E-Meter and fishing a cognition
to bring people into Scientology and/or to further them in Scientology. To
get people in to the Registrar so that she can forward them in on our
lines.
Issued by: Robin Hancocks
Dep HCO Executive
Secretary WW
LRH:dr.rd for
Copyright @ 1963 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD
215
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 SEPTEMBER 1964
Generai
Non-Remirneo
CONGRESSES
In future, Congresses will be planned in general from Saint Hill. We
will send a package of tapes suitably edited and sometimes specially
recorded. These will comprise 6 Technical Lectures by Ron of about 45
minutes each. In addition there will be a collection of Colour Slides which
Ron has personally taken. They will be accompanied by a recorded commentary
and will last for about one hour. Each collection will be a complete story.
Subjects being prepared are-"A Student Arrives at Saint Hill"; "A Student
on the SHS13C"; "Round and About East Grinstead", and a number of
collections on Technical material. These collections are masterpieces. Put
together the skill of a professional photographer and the ingenuity of Ron
and then add his ability as a raconteur and you'll get some idea of what 1
mean.
We now have such an amazing amount of Technical material to present that
it is necessary and indeed vital that Congresses are held frequently and
regularly.
Each Area Sec should arrange four Congresses a year as follows:-
1. December or January.
2. March or April.
3. July or August.
4. October or November.
The next Congress therefore will be October or November. The material is
nearly ready and will be despatched to you in good time. Exact dates are
left to the Area Sec, but decide now and get the Congress well advertised
and publicised immediately. Also, let us know so that you get the material.
Here then is your programme.
Oct/Nov 1964 'Learning How to Learn Congress'. Includes 6 lectures of
about 45 minutes each on the subject of Study. Also a Coloured Slide
programme "A Student Arrives at Saint Hill".
Dee/Jan 1965 'Emancipation Congress'. Another six lectures following on
the 'Learning How to Learn Congress'. Also another slide show.
Mar/Apr 1965 'Congress of Human Advancement'. 6 lectures on the subject
of the Clay Table. And another series of Coloured Slides.
July/Aug 1965 'Healing Congress'. This will include further lectures on
the subject of the Clay Table and a collection of Coloured Slides
illustrating Clay Table Training and Auditing.
At each Congress you should advertise the next one.
Seminars should be arranged at each Congress to put into practice the
material covered in the lectures.
You will need to hire or purchase a Slide Projector capable of showing
2" x T' slides. Make sure it has plenty of illumination and will give a
good picture at least 8 ft. x 8 ft.
Make these lectures popular by charging about �1 sterling or 5 dollars.
One third of the proceeds (with a minimum of �30) to go to S.L.R. Ltd. to
cover the cost of tapes and slides.
Keep us posted on what you are doing Congress-wise.
LRH:jw.rd Issued by: Reg Sharpe
Copyright@ 1964 Dissemination Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD
216
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 SEPTEMBER 1964
General
Non-Remimeo
RUSH
IMPORTANT CORRECTION
Do not remimeo HCO Policy Letter of September 4, 1964.
The original subject materials of study are being sold to Franchise
Auditors and therefore new Congress tapes on study will have to be prepared
for the scheduled events. So make it plain in Congress notices that
different lectures will be used on the subject.
Also you may find four Congresses a year too many as we usually have
only two, If so Congress managers and Association Secretaries should advise
Saint Hill at once of their preferred Congress scheduling.
LRH.jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 SEPTEMBER 1964
(Reissued on 21 July 1967)
Remimeo
Franchise
All Students
Tech Divs
Dist Divs
UNDERSTANDING AND TAPE LECTURES
When tapes are played to students (either in groups or individually) the
students should be told to make notes of any word or phrase they do not
understand so that they can refer to the Scientology dictionary, a general
dictionary, or their technical materials for explanation.
The Supervisor should give a brief explanation if the word or phrase is
at a higher level of training than the student is learning or refer student
to the detailed definition to be found in publications if it is at the same
or lower level.
LRH-.jw.jp.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1964, 1967 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: In the 21 July 1967 reissue, "Instructor" has been changed to
"Supervisor". The o . riginal issue referred the student to the Instructor
for tin explanation instead of to the materials.]
217
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
CORRECT COLOUR FLASH
BLUE ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO EXECUTIVE LETTER OF 12 OCTOBER 1964
General Non Rerninneo
To: HCO Sec
Assn Sec
Org Sec
Congress Mgr
From: Ron
Subject: CONGRESS ORGANIZATION AND INCREASING INTEREST
AND ATTENDANCE
The London Congress just concluded was well done by staff according to
older standards and was successful compared to recent London Congresses.
Its success has caused me to realize we need a Tape or Film Congress format
different from live ones I give.
The Org Sec in London, Ray Thacker, just telexed that it was the most
financially successful in recent years. Lots of pcs were booked and case
assessments done on all out of towners. Understand, this Congress was
better than any London Congresses (all done by tape, etc) in recent years.
My effort here then is to analyse a tape or film Congress as such and
move toward a new successful design for them as themselves.
The London Congress gives us an opportunity to improve tape Congresses
as that much success could presage even more.
Attendance was 200, which is still low for London. The price was t 1,
which was unusual. Last year at 10 shillings (one half this one's price)
400 attended. This tape Congress was either too high for a low priced
Congress or too low for a high priced Congress. Ten years ago in London
more than 200 attended tape Congresses for f 12-10-0 per seat! They still
would. More than 200 have attended in London at f 5! So there is a wrong
middle price. Possibly price should be very high or very low. It evidently
must not be a compromise. If it was more financially successful at f 1,
then it would possibly get more people at even higher prices.
Attendance was affected by insufficient advance notice-a common fault. 6
months from writing the copy for the magazine is the best advance period
for notice. 3 months is risky. 6 weeks is catastrophe.
Attendance was also affected by the state of London HASI CF and Address
wherein a large number of people who would otherwise be active have been
lost sight of or retired from the lists. This is not the fault of CF and
Address personnel but efforts to cut printing bills and such poor reasons.
Even some UK HPAS don't get the national magazine or the Auditor due to
losses of rosters, etc. Some old pcS are also lost in the files. This is
not just true of London but is a general condition in orgs. CF and Address
need to be fattened up and the people searched out in order to increase
Congress attendance.
The audience reaction to local live speakers to the whole Congress was
rather poor. Ray Thacker only, as local head of the organization, was
accepted without reserve. The public doesn't always care for local live
lectures given by staff members to the whole Congress and there have been
instances of heavy protest as they are really not trained lecturers and
don't project. There are, of course, exceptions.
The place staff members should talk is in the seminars where the
audience is smaller and more easily handled, being separated by levels as
will be covered later in this letter.
Speakers who are not well trained do not do well to large masses of
people, there is a ceiling on how many they can comfortably reach. Talking
to 50 people in a small seminar room would find the average speaker very
comfortable and interesting. Talking to 200 in a large hall would find the
same speaker too tense to reach effectively.
The programming was poor because it was a completely mixed bag. This
tended to confuse some of the audience. Dangerous Environment, Problems and
Solutions, International City and films on GPMs made for no direct single
message and tended to
218
make the audience go in no definite direction. A comprehensive all on
one subject programme is a must for a successful Congress. This
points up the vital need of planned in advance programmes, packaged
at Saint Hill. This programme London had was not its fault. It was
too quick for us to provide for it here at Saint Hill.
On the first day there was no audience participation arranged so
nobody really arrived. On the morning of the second day TR 0 was
conducted on the whole audience by lan Morrison and this put the
spark to the Congress that had been missing.
It seems vital therefore in the I st hour of a Congress to do
something to get
1 people there. Remember old "Hello-Ok" with an audience? The Org See
should give a
welcome address and handle the hereness.
Seminars used to be divided into new people-old timers-pro
auditors with a staff member in charge of each group. Lots of such
seminars, answering questions, seem indicated and is the true staff
role at a Congress.
Although staff did well in organizing things before and after the
Congress itself, during the Congress they tended to let it run on
automatic. Some of the audience felt rather abandoned during the
Congress itself.
A thing was noticed about this Congress that seems to have been
true of Congresses all along. The staff likes a Congress because they
meet the people they have been in comm with so long. The paying
audience comes to hear tapes, etc. The staff has heard these already
and so during the playing of tapes talks, walks about, distracts
people. An org staff then, has a different reason for liking
Congresses than the paying attendance of the Congress. Staff members
should absent themselves entirely from the hall or give their
attention to the programme, one or the other, during the actual
playing of a tape or showing a film. If the staff is going to hold
seminars on a tape immediately it's played, they should have heard it
in advance (or seen the film) and should really take a break during
the playing or showing and not be in the hall, leaving them fresh for
the seminars and sales staff for selling.
Despite a lot of electronic gadgets the tape sound quality was
woolly and didn't actually reach through the hall. Crisp, clear sound
on tape plays is a must and this Congress didn't have it. Really good
sound quality is so far above what engineers accept as passing that
Congress managers get talked into using very muzzy equipment. The
quality is there on our tapes. It takes HiFi music quality capable of
a curve from 30 cycles to 12000 cycles minimum to get it off the tape
and to an audience so they can follow it easily.
The slide show of colour slides of a student coming to Saint Hill
went over very well. The UK audience was mainly intrigued by shots of
East Grinstead as an English audience doesn't have to cross any
oceans to get to England.
Films of the GPM demonstrations went over as the best item of the
programme.
This was reported as so good that it almost guarantees success
for any plan to film complete Congresses.
However, in the handling of these particular films, either
Washington or Los Angeles, the last users of these films, rewound
them across a rough guide and tore long lines in them throughout so
they can't be used again. So if films are to become general in use
they will have to be handled a lot more carefully as they're
expensive and easily damaged.
However on early reports, films were the high point and got the
most applause at the London Congress. Therefore we plan to do more
film Congresses.
ADVICES
Congresses immediately coming up in other countries should take note of
the above. And should shift to the Study Tapes for their next Congress
regardless of what they called the Congress in their advertising.
Only the local head of organization should give a live lecture to the
whole Congress and that brief. The head of the org should start the
Congress, remedy hereness, and then should end the Congress with another
talk.
The Congress attendees should be severely separated into seminars-new
peopleold timers-pros, and a staff member of appropriate class should, with
an assistant, take charge of each group and talk to that group in seminar
and answer questions at the
219
level of the group. This is the true staff role. There should be a lot of
seminars at a Congress.
Something should be done to get the people there, like Hello-Ok-
locational processing on the whole group-something like that at Congress
start.
The whole body of the Congress should only be gotten together for the
tapes or films or slides and the rest of the time should be in seminars in
charge of staff members.
Any bit of film available should be used in your next Congress (a reel
of the old Clearing Congress film would do). But remember to use good
amplifiers even with film and be awfully careful about film damage in both
showing and rewinding it afterwards.
The staff should be actively engaged in mingling and answering questions
and steering people to their seats and all that in all breaks. And should
be absent or quiet during films or tapes.
We should change our programming and sandwich tapes for the whole
Congress with seminars for parts of it right after. Do a tape - seminar -
break - tape - seminar - break - film - seminar - break - tape - seminar -
break - slides - seminar -break - sort of programme rather than mornings
for seminar, afternoons for tapes, evenings for seminars. That gives the
staff a breather. Also have breaks after seminars and no breaks after tapes
or films.
Only cover one subject in one congress.
Don't charge a middle range price for any Congress.
Let the staff ONLY hear and study the films or tapes days before the
Congress so they know the material and can answer up smartly on it in
seminars.
Key the selling staff up to hard sell during a Congress as only in that
way are books and meters sold and students and pcs signed up. Don't give
the selling staff seminars if you can avoid it as it might prove too
exhausting for them.
If people go out of the hall to their seminar at once after a tape or
film you can catch their missed definitions, etc. Seminar leaders should
loudly grab their seminar people and with their assistants rush every one
to his seminar right then, fast.
If the only breaks are after seminars then the selling staff has a
longer chance to sell things. So a 2 hour sprint of tape + seminar can
actually be followed by a one hour break in which the registrar and book
sales people can operate.
Drills and group processing can also be run in seminars by staff members
so this helps keep interest up.
Congresses are pin-sharp organizational actions, all on time, nothing
missed. They are a precision drill in which all staff participates all the
time.
SUMMARY
We are definitely looking at better times ahead and all we have to do
now is keep the show on the road. We've already accomplished "get the show
on the road". If we do better presentation we will increase our numbers at
a tremendous rate. I am working on this very hard.
Please realize that I am happy the London Congress was as successful as
it was and the staff and Ray Thacker have managed a better Congress than
any similar ones in the past. I am just using this Congress as a study to
improve all Congresses in general. If Ray can spark one up that much higher
with old materials, then we can get down to business and blow the lid off
with a newer design and new materials.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rm.rd Copyright (D 1964 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
220
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT
GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO EXECUTIVE LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1965
Gen Non Rernimeo
TO: ALL STAFF
FROM: ACTING EXEC DIRECTOR
SUBJECT: CONGRESS "BREAKS" ARE STAFF'S "SHOW"
Below are some stable data on the presentation of a Congress, born out
of many years of experience and application.
A Congress is most successful when considered to be like a two ring
circus, only both rings are not going on at the same time. There are really
two "shows" at the Congress. The first, and the one that everyone is most
familiar with, is Ron's. Whether in person or by taped lectures, it is
Ron's show, and it is the one that everyone comes to see or hear, and it is
the one that forwards Scientology by communicating Scientology.
The second "show" is the Staffs, and it takes place during the "breaks".
When Ron goes off the stage, or the taped lecture is over, the Staff s
"show" begins. The Staff's "show" forwards the application of Scientology
to the individuals at the Congress. The various "booths" in the Congress
Hall are the stage(s) of the Staff. Staff Members in the Hall (not in
booths) who circulate through the Congress Attendees, and get into
communication with them on their needs and desires in Scientology, route
the Congress Attendee to the booth that best suits these needs and/or
desires, and turns the Attendee over to the Staff Member in the booth to
take over from there. Then the Circulating Staff Member goes out looking
for a new Attendee to route.
The Circulating Staff Member must realize that he is ON POST to do this,
and not just there to chit-chat. He guides chit-chat into communication
about the particular Attendee that he is talking to, and thence to his
needs and desires, and then says, "Hey, let me take you over here to Bill,
because he's got a book that just covers that," or "Listen, I'm going to
take you over to the D of P to talk about that. She'll want to hear about
that!" or "Do you know Joe Jones? Let me take you over and introduce him-
he's the Level III Instructor and he can fill you in on that." And he takes
the Attendee over and introduces him to the Staff Member in the booth,
saying, "I just told Mr. Philips here that you would talk to him about a
problem he's got," or "Joe, I told Phyllis here that you would fill her in
on the Night Course schedules," or "Bill, Mrs. Marcus wants some data on
handling children." And the Staff Member in the booth takes it from there
to channel the Attendee into the proper service, that the booth is
particularized in. If, after a few minutes of talking with the Attendee,
the Staff Member in the booth finds that the Attendee's actual needs or
desires would be in another department, he hails a Circulating Staff Member
and says, "Jim, this is Phyllis Brown. Would you be kind enough to show her
where the D of P is, and introduce her?"
Got the idea? Staff is ON POST, and hard at it, carrying on their
"show". It is not a time to chat idly with Attendees, except as a corner to
start guiding the conversation. For Staff, the "breaks" are a time of all
work, team work, like a well oiled machine, but at the same time, all done
in a relaxed, confident manner. But that is a "manner". The Staff Member's
attention must be fully on what he is doing, and his intentions-the
Circulating Staff Members to route Attendees to the Booth Staff Member, and
the Booth Staff Member to channel Attendees into Service.
I have seen Congresses, where this was not done, end up a big Congress
with no sign-up. And I have seen Congresses where the above was done, end
up with a BIG signup.
I have seen a Congress where staff, forgetting to be ON POST, as above,
(no sign-up going on) get "kicked into action" by the Congress Manager, and
end up with a good sign-up after all.
The Staffs "show" is a big dove-tailed action and everyone has his bit.
It is a good idea to rehearse it (drill on it), before a Congress, until
everyone knows his part.
Marilynn Routsong
LRH:mb.gbb.rd Acting Executive Director
Copyright Q 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
221
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 APRIL 1966
Remimeo Dist Div Hats All Staff Hats
CONGRESS POLICIES
Since 1956 Congresses have been regarded as separate entities, having
their own hats and lines. They have used regular org personnel, and
frequently in posts which parallel the personnel's routine posts (e.g..D of
T as Seminar Captain; Org Sec as Host; Dir of PrR as Registration
Supervisor); but essentially these personnel simply work for another
organization during the time of the Congress only.
Congresses are now a Distribution Division function on the 1966 Org
Board.
Therefore, these policies now apply:
All Org personnel are assigned to the Distribution Division as Congress
staff, during the time of a Congress and for duties pertaining to the
Congress only. This includes sufficient time preceding the actual event to
gather and transport materials to the Congress Hall-to prepare signs, etc;
and to drill or otherwise groove in staff on their Congress duties; and
sufficient time after the event to return materials to their usual place in
the Org. None of this may be allowed to interfere with the normal operation
of the Org, Day or Foundation.
Where the hours of any regular Org overlap the time of a Congress the
activities of the regular Org are suspended for that time. A Receptionist
only may be left to direct callers to the Congress; but this may also be
done by signs displayed at the Org's entry and no personnel is required for
this.
Appointments of Congress personnel are done by Distribution Division Sec
ED, passed upon as usual by Personnel Officer, AdCouncil and LRH
Communicator.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb-r.rd Copyright @ 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
222
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1967
Rerninaeo Tech Distribution Franchise FSMs
TAPE AND FILM PRESENTATION
We are now producing films at Saint Hill, and have been producing tapes
for years. Well presented, tapes and films are great dissemination, but
poorly presented give the audience misunderstoods and a bad impression.
Here are a few points on presentation.
Use the best equipment you can get, especially in the case of
loudspeakers. Even an average tape recorder sounds good when played through
a good loudspeaker-but the best recorder in the world won't sound much good
when played through a poor loudspeaker. If you are using a large room, you
may need to use more than one loudspeaker, perhaps with another amplifier
to drive them.
Tapes
Keep your equipment in good order. Clean and demagnetize the recorder
regularly. The heads and all parts of the tape path should be cleaned with
a 'Cotton Bud' or 'Q-Tip' soaked in iso-propyl alcohol (or other solvent
which won't dairfage heads, etc.). If the heads are not clean, the sound
will be muffled. If the heads are magnetized, they will put a permanent
hiss onto the tape: demagnetize them regularly with a head demagnetizer.
Set up the equipment before the audience arrives. Adjust your level and
tone controls so that the tape sounds good. It is best to have the
loudspeaker above the level of the audience's heads. Now rewind the tape to
a point just before the applause begins. When the audience is ready, start
up and you're away.
Films
Again keep your equipment in good order. Clean all parts of the film
path, especially the gate. If the film path is dirty, it will scratch the
film; if tile gate is dirty, you will get lumps of dirt round the edges of
the picture; so clean them with a small bristle brush. Don't use metallic
objects to scrape away film which has accumulated as they can scratch the
projector; a match stick is better.
Set up your equipment before the audience arrives. Erect the screen so
that it is slightly above eye-level from the audience seats. Make your
seating arrangements such that everyone can see the screen without
straining. Place the projector so that the light exactly fills the screen.
Having cleaned the projector, thread up the film and run the first few
minutes of it. Check that the picture is on the screen, right way up, right
way round, in focus and "in rack" (= no frame lines visible at the top or
bottom of the screen). Cheek that the sound is of the correct level and
tone. Try out the various seats to see how the film looks from there; some
screens only reflect over a certain angle, so be sure that all seats have a
good view. Now run the film back to the beginning.
On films which have an Academy Leader (a series of numbers going from 12
to 3 at 16-frame intervals which precede the film), it is the intention
that the projector be threaded with 'Start' in the gate. This then gives 8
seconds run-up for the projector to get up to speed before the actual film
begins. Don't project the numbers on the screen-they are your guide to when
to switch on the projector lamp, not the audience warm-up film. So the
procedure is:-
223
1. Thread up with 'Start' in the gate;
2. When you're ready to go, start the projector, but do not turn on
the lamp yet;
3. When the last number on the Academy Leader (3) has gone through
the gate, switch on the lamp and turn up the sound.
In this way you have an exact point to start the film at, you can be sure
that the projector is up to speed by the time the film starts, and you
avoid the embarrassment of numbers flashing onto the screen.
Stay by the projector for the duration of the film. If anything goes
wrong, put it right with the minimum of commotion. If the projector 'loses
the loop' you can usually correct this with a flick of the finger to pull
the loop through while the film is running. If the film breaks, roll the
broken end up on the reel and carry on with the show, rather than waiting
to join the film together again.
When the film ends, turn off the projector-lamp before the length of
black film finishes. Do your rewinding when the audience has gone home. If
you are going to show another reel, get it threaded up swiftly and get on
with the show. People are used to seeing professional film projection in
cinemas, on TV, etc; don't make them suffer home-movie-style presentation
when they come to see Scientology films. Have someone to help with the
lights who knows when you will want to start and end. Promote the film and
yourself.
Storing Films and Tapes
Films are very sensitive to dust; if you handle them in a dusty
environment, they will soon look terrible. Tapes, and films with magnetic
sound tracks, are erased by magnetic fields, which exist around
transformers, mains cables, loudspeakers, motors, etc, Store tape and film
in a cool dry place out of sunlight and away from magnetic fields.
Microphones and Public Address
If you are using microphones for public address, set them up before your
audience arrives and set the levels so that you are not getting 'feed-back'
(which shows up as a howling sound from the loudspeakers).
Never blow on a microphone to see if it's working; tap it gently with
your finger if you want to know if it's on.
Summary
In short, you should have your equipment ready before your audience
arrives, and try to make your presentation as slick and professional as
possible. In this way your audience should enjoy your tapes and films. Hope
you do too.
Peter Phillips
Audio Visio Section Officer Reg Sharpe
LRH Pers Aide
Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright @ 1967 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
224
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 APRIL 1968
Remirneo
TAPE PLAYBACK FIDELITY
Tape replay machines are a link in the relaying of original lecture
materials to students of Scientology.
The weakest link (operationally) in a tape replay machine is the
playback head.
The most common cause of failure to reproduce, with clarity, the
information contained on the tape, is dust particles forming into a lump on
the face of the replay head. This can happen to an immaculately clean
replay head within minutes of a tape play being started, completely ruining
the fidelity of reproduction.
The remedy is a version of the 'dust bug' device used by hi-fi record
players to remove dust from the record grooves as the record plays. In this
case it is simply a piece of soft felt cloth (non-abrasive) placed in the
path of the tape, (bearing on the dull, coated side of the tape) and
situated before the replay head. On a replay-only machine the ideal place
is on the face of the (unused) erase head. On a full recorder another place
can be found, such as on or near the left hand guide capstan.
With this simple attachment fitted (it takes a few seconds to make and
install), a tape can be played with complete confidence that the head is
not going to clog up part way through.
Fluff and particles found on the pad at the end of the tape play
indicate that the tape has been cleaned of possibly harmful material.
The pad itself can then be cleaned occasionally by a flick of a
screwdriver or finger.
LRH:jc.rd Written by Roy McMurray
Copyright @ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 DECEMBER 1969
Issue 11
Rernimeo
Public Div
PRO Course
MICROPHONE HANDLING
NEVER, NEVER, NEVER blow into a microphone. Any microphone. To do so can
ruin the delicate mechanism inside to the extent that one blow into an
expensive mike can cost up to a hundred dollars in repair.
To test if a mike is on, you can tap it gently on the side with a
finger, or speak "testing" into it but, under no circumstances, should a
microphone ever be blown on
or into.
Geoff Barnes
Flag Audio Chief
for
Lt. Cindr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:GB:nt.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
225
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 MAY 1971
HCO Area Secs Congress Managers Ds of T PE Directors Audio Hats
AUDIENCE ALERTNESS AND TAPE PLAYERS
(Taken from HCO Executive Letter of
September 10, 1964)
Org failure and bad tape playing quality go hand in hand, much more
tightly locked than you'd think.
Years ago I made some careful experiments with students. The tape
recorder industry knows nothing of this type of data and most electronic
engineers are trained wrong on this data so their advice about equipment is
bad. So 1 carefully tested tape playing quality versus audience
comprehension.
1 found that on very bad quality equipment 65% or so of the students
went to sleep.
On Home Recorder equipment (the junk they palm off on you in shops as
"Semi-Professional") 30% of the students konked out. And the remainder
couldn't give any good account of the data.
On "Hi-Fidelity" and good speaker equipment, nobody dozed off, but some
went drowsy and exam grades were down.
On 2 15 inch Speakers with "woofers" (for low notes) and "tweeters" for
high notes, the tape played on a professional player, the students remained
alert, interested and got high grades.
You can't buy really good equipment like that. It has to be made. The
cabinet is huge-about 4 feet by six feet high. But it is available,
sometimes second hand. When you play a Hi Fi record on such a speaker
system you can actually hear the pistons of the trumpets working, the
movement of fingers on the strings, changing notes, of the violin and
guitar.
And that's the equipment it takes to give a Congress with tapes. If you
don't have it you'll lose your audience.
Hotel speaker systems are usually about as good as telephones. None of
them are satisfactory.
A small Ampex recorder and a 25 watt (not 10 watt, please) amplifier and
2 15 inch speakers, two woofers and two tweeters and somebody on the
controls who isn't craving to commit everts and you'll have a successful
time playing tapes to students, to Congress, to PEs. Anything less-you'll
lose your audience.
The worse your equipment, the less comprehension.
It's doubtful, if you haven't got good speaker equipment, that you've
ever heard, really, one of these taped lectures. And you've not ever seen a
really successful tape
Congress.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Founder
Copyright @ 1971
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
226
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFI(
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Susse
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 JULY 197
Rernimeo
Starrate
Exec Dir
All Public Division Staff
All Dissern Staff URGENT
Body Reg Hat
Letter Reg Hat
Dir PR Hat
Dir Clearing Hat
Addresso Hat
All Orgs
All Staff REGISTRATION CHANGE
NEW NAMES TO C/F CHANGE
This Policy Letter CANCELS: HCO P/L 30 July 70 Registration
Breakthrough, HCO P/L I Dec 70 Clarification Registration Breakthrough, HCO
PIL 19 Aug 70 Division 6 Division 8 GDS, HCO P/L 2 Oct 70 Clarification of
Division 7 and 8 Statistics.
This Policy Letter MODIFIES: HCO P/L 22 Oct 70 OT Service and OT
Committee, HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 Saint Hill Foundations, HCO P/L 15 Oct 70
Correction to Staff and Franchise Day at a Saint Hill, HCO P/L IS Oct 70
Staff and Franchise Day at a Saint Hill, HCO P/L 18 Oct 70 Public Divisions
Org Board, HCO P/L 7 Feb 71 FEBC Org Board Division Six.
HCO P/L 18 June 65, Areas of Operation, goes into full effect. The
Definition of a New Name to C/F reverts back to:
ANYONE WHO HAS BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM THE ORG.
This does not authorize the illegal practice of counting as a new name
to C/F, someone who had bought an "FSM Magazine" or other small item. The
least item bought is a BOOK.
Anyone who has not bought something from the Org is Div 6 territory.
Anyone who has bought something from the Org is Div 2 territory. All
earlier policies on the subject apply.
A book sold by an Org FSM can be a new name to C/F for the Org. The FSM
has to send in name and address of buyer with evidence of sale to the Dir
Clearing who then routes to C/F via Addresso.
A person who makes an advance payment on a service for the first time
and who is not already in C/F is also counted as a new name.
HIGHER ORGS
SAINT HILL ORGS-HCO P/L 23 Sept 64 Dissem and Programmes fully applies.
QUOTE: Another exception to the above is the Saint Hill CF which
contains only active auditors and Scientologists who buy books from Saint
Hill or may come to Saint Hill. The test is not if they have bought
anything from Saint Hill but that they have obviously bought from
organizations and may buy books from or come to be trained at Saint Hill.
Franchise auditors are of course also in CF at Saint Hill. UNQUOTE.
This means that if someone buys something from a lower Org, that person
is also a new name to C/F for the SH Org.
The administration and flow lines necessary to send these names from the
lower Org to the SH Org must be regular, simple and direct. There are only
three flow lines from lower Org to SH Org involved:-
227
A. Reg interview slip copies sent weekly by the Body Reg to SH.
B. Certificate copies sent weekly by the C & A Officer to SH.
C. Address stickers of Book Buyers sent weekly by Address IIC to SH.
Particles A, B and C go via SH Addresso into SH C/F. Each of these
terminals-Body Reg, C&A Officer and Address I/C have a basket for SH in
their work area and these baskets are simply emptied out and sent to SH
Address Officer at the end of each week.
A. Reg interview slip: The Body Reg usually makes two copies of a Reg
interview slip in an interview. The original goes to. the local Org C/F
folder. The carbon goes into a folder which is kept by the Body Reg. She
uses these to keep record of her stat. Once she has made her stat report,
the folder is emptied into the basket for SH. The basket for SH is then
emptied and sent to SH.
B. Certificate copies: The C & A Officer usually makes three copies of a
certificate. The original goes to the Body Reg for presenting to the
graduate or release. One carbon goes to local Org C/F via Addresso. The
second carbon goes into the SH basket to be sent to the SH at the end of
the week.
C. Address stickers of Book Buyers: An invoice copy of a book purchase
goes to local Org C/F via Addresso. Addresso checks if the name is already
in the C/F Address Section. If not, a new plate is made up. These plates
are tabulated "BB" and preferably also with the initial of the book bought,
e.g. "BB DMSMH". Stickers are run off on these new plates (stickers must
show the tabulation). The plates are then filed, the stickers go into the
basket for SH and the invoice copies are routed on to local Org C/F. The SH
basket is emptied out and sent at the end of the week.
These lines are very simple. If they bug it will be because of additives
or backlogging admin. When admin has been backlogged badly at least send a
trained and processed list to SH and clean up the backlog so the above
lines CAN go in.
ADVANCED ORG
Another exception is an AO. The AO new name to C/F definition is:
ANYONE WHO HAS BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM AN SH PAYING IN PART OR IN FULL.
The administrative lines are exactly as above except it is between the
SH Org and the AO Org.
COMBINED AO AND SH ORG
For an AOSH Org the lines and new name to C/F definition are exactly the
same as for an SH Org, as described above.
PU13LIC REG SYSTEM
The Public Reg system in Orgs is cancelled. Names that do not qualify
for C/F are simply sent to Div 6 and Info Packs are sent. All sign ups and
enrollments are done by the Body Reg in Dept 6 Div 2.
Now that the Body Reg will be handling the Public attracted into the Org
by Div 6, proper gradients for each individual must be programmed and
pushed. The Registrar cares for and handles each individual. She leads them
on up through each level of the Gradation Chart and sees they are given the
training and processing desired.
PUBLIC HATTING
Every Scientologist or public person should be Hatted as a
Scientologist. Public Ratting consists of an HAS Course (or as most
popularly named, TRs the Hard Way) and a Hat Pack check out with necessary
theory and practical actions (fully laid out in FEBC Projects). It is sold
as a package. Div 6 Hats people to be Scientologists.
228
If a person buys Batting before a Major Service, he is Hatted and then
routed on lines for a re-sign up. If a person does not buy Batting but goes
straight onto a Major Service, that person, when all his service cycles are
completed, etc, should be signed up for Batting. A check point should exist
on routing forms for people leaving the Org. The Dir Clearing must always
check people coming to him on a routing form, to see that they have been
Hatted before leaving wherever possible.
Batting people to be Scientologists is important. Any confused or
inactive Field has resulted from its absence. A Hatted Field makes it easy
for Orgs to Clear their area. It is TEAMWORK that will Clear this Planet.
Through Batting our Team is that much more powerful.
STATS AND STAT REPORTS
The New Names to C/F stat is reported on the new definition in the P/L
starting 12 August 71. The recording of stats per the new definition starts
5 August. OIC Cables must, when reporting the stat as per new definition,
put "new def" before the figures and must do so for three weeks
consecutively.
The New Names to Prospect Card Files stat is abolished as of 12 August.
Number of People Routed to Reg is a Div 6 stat and maintained.
DIV 6 ROLE IN HIGHER ORGS
Div 6 people in Higher Orgs are essentially "Bridge Workers". They work
the Bridge to Total Freedom and get people coming up the line from lower
Orgs, Franchises, etc. This is Ron's Bridge and it is an important role.
Div 6 has included as its functions in higher Orgs-broad promotion and
events, patrolling the flow lines of names from lower Orgs to Higher Org
C/F, running a broad and wide effective FSM programme, doing Goodwill
visits to lower Org Div 6s and showing them how to get people into their
Orgs, assigning selection quotas to lower Org Regs and even can assign
lower Org Div 6s NNs to C/F quotas.
REASON
It has been found that recent New Name to C/F definitions, e.g.-HAS Grad
or someone who has bought a Major Service-was too steep, with new names
being almost hot prospects when they reached C/F. This resulted in a fast
burn up of C/F, faster than Div 6s could keep pace. Hence earlier new name
definition is now restored.
It is also recognized that any registration function affects the GI and
therefore belongs to Dept 6 Registration. Hence all Org registration is
reverted back to Dept 6.
While Div 6s must be congratulated 'for holding this function of Public
Reging valiantly through, they have bigger and better things ahead. PR has
now become a precisely codified subject and lays before us a whole new
opening into the field of Public control. Public Batting has now opened the
way to a Clear Planet and Field activity has never had a brighter future.
This policy marks a milestone of Div 6 expansion.
You have it now. It is simple, easy and effective and just like Ron
says.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard Distribution Aide for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:DH:nt.rd Copyright @ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
tModified by HCO P/Ls 26 November 1971 Issue 11, Division 6 Public Re
Reinstated, page 230, and 10 February 1972 issue III, Higher Org New Name
to CIFDefinitions, in le 1972 Year Book.1
229
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 NOVEMBER 1971
Class IV Orgs Issue II
Dist Sec Hat
Div 6 Hats
Dissern Sec Hat
Div 2 Dept 6 Hats
All Reg Hats
Execs and Staff
DIVISION 6 PUBLIC REG REINSTATED
(Modifies HCO P/L 3 July 71 Reg Change and HCO P/L
14 July 71 FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded)
While there are many different types of registration activities, one can
definitely classify them into two major categories:
a. General Scientology registration, calling in old business.
b. Registration of the raw public and new business.
IT HAS BEEN PROVEN CONCLUSIVELY THAT THESE TWO MAJOR TYPES OF
REGISTRATION CANNOT BE COLLAPSED INTO ONE DEPARTMENT OR POST. IT DOES NOT
WORK.
New business and old business are two very distinct and demanding areas
of attention. When they are collapsed into one post or department two
things can occur:
a. Old business is neglected because of great influx of new people
and one loses 80% of the Org's current income, or
b. New public coming in are neglected to handle old business from
C/F and one loses Org future income.
A department or person trying to handle both cannot cope with such a
wide split of attention and one of the two-new business or old business-
must inevitably suffer. The above has been founded upon practical
experience.
This is what is locking up Org income. This collapse of functions is
jamming up Dept 6 registration lines. Dept 6 comes up against an impasse.
WHY A REG IN DIV 6?
In review of the situation a careless solution would be to have two
Registrars in Dept 6-one for new business and one for old. This would also
be impractical. It would not work.
The routing lines within a Division are easy to get in and remain
strong. A routing line from one Div to another is a more difficult task.
Add to this the randomity of aimless raw public unconscious of lines or
functions and you get the reason why the new business Reg would be in Div
6.
From observation a routing to Reg line from Div 6 to Div 2 is subject to
constant breakdowns. Either the new public get lost on the way or Div 2 is
too busy with C/F public or Div 6 forgets to route to Div 2.
Therefore a Public Reg would have to be right in Div 6, under Div 6
control and right there on the scene of public inflow. This would be the
effective solution.
ORG BOARD POSITION
The post of Public Reg is hereby re-established in Department 17 as the
first section under the Director of Dept 17.
STATISTIC
The statistic of Public Reg is:
NUMBER OF NEW NAMES TO C/F.
230
NEW NAMES TO C/F
THE DEFINITION OF NEW NAMES TO C/F REMAINS THE SAME:
ANYONE WHO HAS BOUGHT SOMETHING FROM THE ORG.
THE ADMIN LINES OF HANDLING OF NEW NAMES TO C/F REMAIN THE SAME.
WHERE NEW NAMES TO C/F ARE CONCERNED HCO P/L 3 JULY 71 REG CHANGE
APPLIES.
DEFINITIONS
PUBLIC SER VICE - Any service that is given in Division 6. This can be
book selling, testing, Intro Lectures, events, basic courses, HAS Course,
HQS Course. Any service given in Division 6.
MAJOR SER VICE - Any service that is given in Division 4 or Division 5.
This can be HGC auditing, intensives, Academy, HSDC, Qual Interneships. Any
service given in Division 4 or 5.
NEW BUSINESS - Raw public brought into the Org and public who have taken
or are taking Public Services but have not yet started a Major Service.
OLD BUSINESS - Scientologists and Dianeticists who are taking Major
Services or who have taken Major Services.
SIGN UP - Someone who has signed up for a service paying the fee in part
or in full but who has not yet started the service signed up for.
ENROLLMENT - Someone who has signed up for a service paying the full fee
and who has started the service signed up for. (A sign-up is just a sign up
until he starts the service at which point he is an enrollment.)
REGISTRATION DIV 2 AND DIV 6
Until a Public person enrolls and starts on their first Major Service
he/she is the responsibility of the Div 6 Public Registrar.
Once a Public person enrolls and starts on their first Major Service
he/she becomes the responsibility of Div 2 Registration.
Div 6 Reg-handles all new business up until the point they enroll on
their first Major Service.
Div 2 Reg-handles all old business-the registration of Scientologists
and Dianeticists.
ROLE OF THE PUBLIC REG
The Public Registrar in Division 6 handles all the new business of the
Org up until they enroll on their first Major Service. She guides all new
business onto starting their first Major Service at which point they become
Division 2's responsibility.
PURPOSE: TO GUIDE ALL NEW BUSINESS OF THE ORG ONTO STARTING THEIR FIRST
MAJOR SERVICE.
A Public Reg can sign up and enroll people for Public Services and their
first Major Service.
If anyone has to be tops, hot and on the ball it's the Public Reg. With
her lies the future income of the Org. One goof now means several thousands
in future income lost to the Org. A Public Reg deals in volume
registration. She handles large volumes of people in a short space of time
and therefore must be quick and efficient in handling the public.
A Public Registrar not only has to know cold all standard registration
policies but all PR policies as well. She is an expert in PR Tech, handling
human emotion and reaction, using the tone scale and using PR survey
results to her advantage. She can handle any individual at any gradient of
reality.
Two very important duties are (a) keeping informed and constantly well
briefed on the technical services and results of the Org and (b) keeping
very well genned in on
231
current public surveys-what is popular-what people want handled-what isn't
popular, etc.
She uses public surveys in order to know what the public wants, how to
give R-factors that hit the right buttons at the right reality, what to
push, what type of handlings are needed, etc. She is very flexible in
aligning her post to public trends.
Raw public come to the Public Reg through Introductory type Public
Services: i.e. Book sales, testing, Intro Lectures, Public Demonstrations,
events.
Diagram:
Book Sales Testing Intro Lectures Eventsand
Demonstrations
Public Registrar
She must be right on the scene of action, at Intro Lectures, events,
demonstrations, near the test evaluator, near the bookstore. No one misses
out on an Interview with the Public Registrar. Div 6 must be effective in
driving the public in and give EXCELLENT public introductions after which
the Public Reg takes her stand and reg's.
Sometimes the volume of public is too much for one Public Registrar. It
is important that the Public Reg in liaison with HCO trains up several
other staff members in the Org as Stand-by Public Regs who can be called in
when the crowd gets large.
WHAT IS SOLD
What is sold and pushed for sign up is always modified by current public
surveys. There is no hard and fast rule except: Give the public what they
want and channel them through public services to a Major Service. Public
Services introduce the Public to Dianetics and Scientology. Some people
need more introduction than others. Some people may sign up for a Major
Service right away in which case the Public Registrar should sign them up
for the Major Service without delay. The sooner a person signs up for his
first Major Service the better.
The Public Registrar uses the gradient appropriate to each individual,
pushing them onto their next step with friendly 8C and ARC.
Here is a rough guideline as to gradients of service. It is of course
flexible as to what the public wants and public trends.
PUBLIC SERVICES
Book Sales Testing Intro Lectures Events Demonstrations
HAS
ON.
major service HQS major service
training auditing
~ERVICE
PREFERABLY TRAINING
232
The Public Registrar ALWAYS sells something, even if it is just a book.
The Public Reg however should be so good that everyone buys a service.
INVOICING
The Public Registrar like any Div 2 Registrar invoices and takes in the
money for the services she signs up. There is a checksheet on how to do it
HCO P/L I I March 71 Registrar Invoicing Hat. There is a special P/L on the
subject HCO P/L I I Mar 71 Registrar Invoicing Line.
A Public Registrar must do the checksheet and follow the policies
therein.
NATURE OF THE POST
The post of Public Registrar is almost totally the handling of
registration of BODIES. Administrative and paper duties are minimal.
ADMINISTRATION
The administration of the Public Reg post is mainly based on Reg
Interview Slips. The primary purpose of a registration admin system is to
provide data so people can be followed up and channeled onto services and
further services.
The Reg Interview Slip is as per HCO P/L 26 Oct 71 Public Reg Interview
Slips. She has a pile of these in supply on her desk for use always. They
are filled in at each Interview while the interview is taking place, never
after the interview.
The Interview slips are filled in in triplicate: One original and two
carbons. The copies are routed as follows:
I . Original - to Public Reg Files
2. Carbon - to local C/F
3. Carbon - to SH C/F via SH Addresso.
The Public Reg, separate to and aside from normal in and out comm
baskets, also has three special baskets set up, labeled and used as
follows:
I . TO PUBLIC REG FILES - In this basket goes the original Interview
Slips. At the end of each week the basket is emptied and handled as
follows: Number of Reg Interviews are counted and given to Div 2 Dept 6
for including in the Reg Interviews stat. Then each particle is filed
in Public Reg files in alphabetical order.
2. TO LOCAL CIF - In this basket goes one carbon copy of each Reg
Interview slip. It is emptied daily and routed to C/F in the Org.
3. TO SH CIF VIA ADDRESSO - In this basket goes the other carbon copy of
each Reg Interview Slip. At the end of each week it is emptied and sent
via SH Addresso to SH C/F.
USE OF FILES
The Public Reg files consist of the originals of Public Reg Interview
Slips. This is all they consist of and are filed in alphabetical order.
They are there to provide fast ,reference and are not a "second C/F".
The Public Reg files are constantly combed through for people that need
follow up. She locates all those people who have signed up but are not
taking the service or those who have not gone on to their next step and
follows them up and gets them in-using the methods covered later in this
Policy Letter.
She also locates in the Public Reg files all those people who have
enrolled onto their first Major Service and routes those Reg Interview
Slips out of her files to C/F marked in bold red letters "OVER TO DIV 2
REG". The Public Reg may have a stamp for this purpose.
WHY HAVE PUBLIC REG FILES
A new public person has to be gotten in and handled fast. The more the
delay the more difficult it becomes to get that public person in. The
reverse can be said of speedy handling on the first spark of interest.
233
The Public Reg cannot wait for C/F backlogs or delays to file. Having
skeleton files of the originals of Reg Interview Slips helps quick
efficiency in following up the public. New business has to be handled NOW.
WARNING
Public Reg files should not build or stack up. The Public should be
enrolled on their first Major Service with speed. An enmest set of Public
Reg files indicates the Public Reg is not doing her job.
CENTRAL FILES
New business folders in Central Files should have canary yellow tabs on
them. These folders would be the people the Public Reg is handling. As soon
as Public Reg sends to C/F the Reg Interview Slip with "OVER TO DIV 2 REG"
the yellow tab is removed.
The Public Reg must inspect these yellow tabbed C/F files as needed to
get data or whatever. Similarly any action the Public Reg takes must have a
copy sent to the C/F file.
The absence of yellow tabs does not excuse the Public Reg from
inspecting new business C/F folders. She does so whether tabbed or not. Of
course tabbing does make the job easier all round.
MOTTO ON ADMIN
Keep admin in PT. Don't wait to sort out a mess later.
FOLLOW UP
A Public Reg's job is not finished at sign up stage. She must ensure the
person actually gets enrolled and starts the service.
She must inspect the courses and service areas to verify people taking
service-check up, etc.
Follow up can simply be an info pack, a letter or local phone call. When
simple follow up actions don't work, then she alerts the ARC Break Reg or
Dir of Clearing to get an FSM onto it as appropriate to handle the
situation.
Whatever happens don't let someone lose their way to Total Freedom!
It is to the Public Registrar's interest that routing forms for Public
Services have the Public Reg on the routing form for RE-SIGN UP. Lack of
this will endanger her job.
SELECTIONS
The Public Reg receives all FSM Selection slips for Public Services. She
sends those selected three selectee advice mailing packs each sent at two
week intervals to get selectees in. Should this be of no avail the Public
Reg contacts the Dir of Clearing in order to get the FSM who selected to re-
contact the selectee and bring him/her in personally into the Org for sign
up.
The Public Reg should inspect weekly all FSM Commission Payment routing
forms kept by the Dir of Clearing in order to cross check them with Public
Reg files and ensure anyone who should be under Div 2 Registration is
routed out of Public Reg files to C/F.
FURTHER MATERIALS FOR STUDY
The following is a list of Policy Letters that a Public Reg should study
to give a full picture on how the post evolved and the technology of Public
Registration:
1. HCO P/L 18 June 65 Areas of Operation
2. HCO P/L 23 Sept 64 Policies: Dissemination and Programmes
234
3. HCO P/L 6 Apr 65 Letter Reg Hat
4. HCO P/L 7 Dec 66 Magazines Permitted All Orgs
S. HCO P/L 17 May 69 Mailing Lists Central Files Addresso
6. HCO P/L 30 July 70 Important Registration Breakthrough
7. HCO P/L 19 Aug 70 Division 6 Division 8 GDS
8. HCO P/L 20 Aug 70 Division Eight
9. HCO P/L 2 Oct 70 Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics
10. HCO P/L 15 Oct 70 Staff and Franchise Day at a Saint Hill
11. HCO P/L 15 Oct 70 Correction to Staff and Franchise Day at a Saint
Hill
12. HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 Clarification of Div 2 and Div 8 Registration
Functions in Saint Hill Orgs
13. HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 Saint Hill Foundations
14. HCO P/L 22 Oct 70 OT Service and OT Committee
15. HCO P/L 1 Dec 70 Clarification Registration Breakthrough
16. HCO P/L 3 July 71 Registration Change
17. HCO P/L 5 Aug 71 Cancellation
The above P/Ls should be in every Public Registrar's hat and are part of
her hatting.
This is a very busy post. Here in this Policy lies the unlock of your
Org's income.
Every Org should have a single hatted Public Reg. Any executive not
pushing to get one or stopping the appointment of a Public Reg is simply
denying staff their pay.
This opens the way to soaring income and prosperity. Open the gate to
viability. Get a Public Reg.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:nt.rd Copyright@ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
(Revised and reissued on 30 October 1972 as HCOP/L 26 November 1971R Issue
IT, Division 6 Public Reg Simplified, which was later cancelled by HCO P/L
I December 1972 Issue TV, "Big League" Registration Series 6, The Public
Reg Post Simplified and Streamlined, bothinthe 1972YearBook.]
235
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 APRIL 1957
[Excerptl
FIELD AUDITOR
Category 4: is in essence Field Auditor. Now what do we mean by Field
Auditor? That means "a man who is running PE Courses and who is actively
active in the field". It doesn't mean "just any auditor". "Just any
auditor" falls into Category 3. Somebody we have trained. But somebody we
know is busy, somebody who is doing things, we give him the label of "field
auditor" and that means he's running a little office of his own; therefore
we would handle him quite differently than we would handle somebody who
just got trained and who went out and is flopping, you see. So we'd
specialty designate this. This man is sending us in PE lists and he's doing
all sorts of things and it shows up in their folders by the way that
they're active, so we give them this special designation. You can offer
those people new books and the auditors should always be selling books and
memberships and so forth, they sell everything; but these fellows get
offered special book deals, bargains: Why don't you get the books out into
the drug stores, why don't you scatter "Scientology: Fundamentals of
Thought" around and "Problems of Work" and get some people in to YOU. Of
course we know very well they'll go into him, but they'll come in to us
too. So we pack him up to this degree and we make it very easy for him to
procure books. We even consign books to him. Even though we don't pull the
percentage down to nothing, we'll consign books to him. That is a careful
designation now. Is this man worthy of the designation "field auditor"?
LRH:rs.cden.rd
Copyright Q 1957 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard [Excerpted from HCO Bulletin of 6 April 1957,
Central Files and
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Procurement. A complete copy can be found in Volume 2,
page 248.)
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1969
BPI THE RIGHTS OF THE FIELD AUDITOR
(Re-issued from 15 May 1957)
The field auditor has a right:
I . To his own group.
2. To the loyalty of the people in his group.
3. To send any of his group to a Central Organization for training,
coaching or special processing and have them returned with their group
loyalty and attachment undisturbed.
4. To express his needs and desires for co-operation to a central
organization, other groups or auditors without fear of retribution or
reprimand.
5. To place his name and address on the title pages of publications from
the central organization and circulate these in his area.
6. To publications from a central organization at a discount in
proportion to the number he distributes.
7. To respect for his training and experience.
8. To respect for his certificates.
9. To have and to hold his certificates without cancellation by anyone
forever. 10. To communicate Scientology and to bring about a civilization
for mankind.
By my hand this 2 1 st day of April 195 7
L. RON HUBBARD
Proposed as an HCO Policy Letter by:
Mike Davidson - Franchise Officer WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area Sec WW
Jim Keely - Qual Sec WW
Ad Council WW
Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
LRH:ei.rd Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
Copyright 1969 Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
236
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO BULLETIN OF 23 JUNE AD 10
Important MA
Franchise Holders
SPECIAL ZONE PLAN
The Scientologist's Role in Life
Ten years ago, on about this date, I was up against third dynamic
confusion of such magnitude that within a few months, I was to decide to
forget organization problems and concentrate on research.
Because of this decision for years we were poorer in numbers but richer
by far in knowledge.
It evidently was not enough to be able to help the basic problems of an
individual. There were eight dynamics. It was necessary to take in at least
some of all eight dynamics before we could be effective.
And toward the end of June in 1950, 1 first sensed that truth. And the
maxim-bring order to your own house before you attempt order next door.
In June, 1950, the Foundations wore already beginning to shatter under
the enthusiastic door pounding of the public. I had built the proverbial
better mousetrap and all the world was beating a path to our door-and was
breaking the door down!
Yes, we could do wonders with people. Greater wonders than had been done
in recent millenia. But we were ignorant beyond the first two dynamics. The
moment we sought to handle the third we were done.
That was ten years ago. Within months of that date all that was left of
the first organizations was rubble and newspapers blowing by in the wind.
I worked hard, and studied and researched, never friendless, often
helped and worked ahead for ten years.
The First Dynamic, self, fluctuated in results and has stabilized with
unsurpassed processing technology. In proof, our people are individually in
better shape than any other group.
On the Second Dynamic, family and sex, we have gotten into a winning
position. We know the answers to marriage, children and sex. The material
isn't all published broadly enough yet even for Scientologists to know it
but it's there and we're living better lives.
The Third Dynamic, groups, is the spectacular break through of today.
It's happened so gradiently we've hardly realized we have won. But observe:
we have a magnificent organization. In America, England, South Africa and
Australia we have just about the most wonderful organizations Man has seen
for their size, cost and defensibility. Here we have achieved spectacular
stability. Largely self-determined, yet co-operating smoothly these third
dynamic examples compare with June, 1950, Foundations like the Royal Ballet
compares with the aftermath of Hiroshima.
Just as we can represent in ourselves the grip we have on the first
dynamic, so do we represent in our organizations that we have the third
dynamic well in hand.
The technology of our third dynamic in organizations and the field is an
exact one, as skilled as an auditor's know-how. And having applied it to
organizations we are now applying it to the field, which is the main
subject of this bulletin. You in "the field", you are about to win, too,
with a complete new level of policy and action if you want it: you are
about to be included "in".
The Fourth Dynamic, Mankind, is now an understood zone of operation and
is declared herewith to be operational for a Scientologist. The prize of
understanding Man as a racial and political species has fallen to our hand.
Don't smile. 1 know it's an incredible announcement. But it's factual.
On the Fifth Dynamic, that of living things, 1 have been making headway
since last year and know quite a bit now about them. Many of the secrets
have dropped into our hands.
On the Sixth Dynamic, the physical universe, we have for some time stood
well above what they know in physics.
On the Seventh Dynamic, the spirit, we covered this ground very
thoroughly in
237
1953-54-55 and it's still all true but too advanced for general
consumption. The best
record of this was in the 1953 Philadelphia Lecture Series of 64 hours.
On the Eighth Dynamic, the Supreme Being, we have at least found the key
question and in a little while we should have it answered on a demonstrable
basis. Far from presumptious it is about time somebody neither atheist nor
zealot asked some questions, and arrived at some answers that have no self-
interested curves in them.
So you can see where we are going and have at least a passing
acquaintance with developments. Here we are with the largest fund of
information of life and its patterns that has been assembled in a factual
package on Earth.
Now the question is, what are we going to do with it?
Until we had the third and fourth dynamics demonstrably in hand
technically we could not answer the question. We've each had his own idea
of what we should be doing with it and each of these ideas is right to the
degree that it's right for each of us. 1 have never discussed this point
strongly because 1 did not want to shake anyone into an uncertainty. So
let's say that all these ideas are right and then add a Third Dynamic Idea
with which we can all agree.
Improvement is the common denominator of all our ideas. And of course
each one has a zone of interest where he or she feels improvement is most
needed or where he or she would be most comfortable in doing the work of
improvement.
And that's the gist of this Third Dynamic Idea. It's a rather deceptive
idea at first glance since we are each of us doing something of that.
But let us be far more definite. And let us expose a fallacy that has
long been
riding with us, as an unknown passenger.
People think of professional practitioners as doctors who, aloof from
all other concerns, practise on the sick. This is a very novel idea.
Dreamed up, probably, by the first lazy witch doctor and used forever
thereafter by most specialists in human ~ivingness. And here I want to as-
is and banish that idea from amongst us all.
If we are doctors (by which might be meant "repairers") then we are
doctors on the third and fourth dynamics and handle the first and second
dynamics only to achieve better function on the third and fourth.
And true enough, most Scientologists agree, 1 think, with this concept.
But it itself is as new and novel as the idea of being a professional
practitioner to individual health once was.
1 believe our third dynamic organization, taking in all Scientologists,
should go this way:
The Central Organization and Centre Scientologists should service the
remaining Scientologists, doing administration, instructing and auditing.
Instruction to a professional level of all Scientoloffists should be
entered upon as a must. Central Organization and Centre Auditing should be
special and referred cases and the Scientologists themselves when they want
it as part of service.
Being trained and cleared need not hold up the next zone of action,
though it is taken for granted that these will occur for each.
The "field auditor" should be included wholly "in" to the general
activity as a large zone divided into smaller specialized zones. The "field
auditor" should of course run a group some evenings (he will find he has
to) and audit not only members of his family but contacts in his zone on
weekends or evenings. But, as you will see, he or she is largely wasting
time by trying to be an individual doctor type practitioner where he or she
is only partly successful at it. Some of course will have to work full time
in centres as we get into action but centres are mentioned above as a
special activity along with Central Organizations.
The largest majority of Scientolo.gists should, I feel, consider
themselves as "doctors" on the third and fourth dynamics. And if we work
well at this, we will have answered all our various needs and brought it
off on the third and fourth as well.
Now 1 wouldn't be talking to you like this if 1 didn't feel 1 had this
studied to a conclusion.
Consider our position: we have arrived at a very special plateau of
knowledge as has been reviewed above. Data on our know-how is being
codified for use in these zones of action.
Consider the position of the world. The story is often repeated on the
whole track. As Mest is made to help too much, a plateau of civilization is
reached in which the individual is downgraded to a number. The end of this-
the lights eventually go out through lack of personal initiative and
ability.
238
We are in a fantastic position, at the right time and place, to halt
this cycle of decay and start a new one on Earth. And I believe we should
overtly do so.
How?
We are masters of IQ and ability. We have know-how- Any of us could
select out a zone of life in which we are interested and then, entering it,
bring order and victory to it.
Of course, there's a heavy challenge in doing this. Some of the
victories would be hardly won. But we would win across the world if we kept
our vision bright.
The third and fourth dynamics subdivide. Any third breaks down into many
activities and professions, a neighborhood, a business concern, a military
group, a city government, etc, etc, etc. The fourth dynamic breaks down
just now mainly to races and nations.
Now just suppose a Scientologist were to consider himself a professional
only for the purposes of treating and repairing or even starting again
these third and fourth zones?
See this: a housewife, already successfully employing Scientology in her
own home, trained to professional level, takes over a woman's club as
Secretary or some key position. She straightens up the club affairs by
applying comm practice and making peace and then, incidental to the club's
main function, pushes Scientology into a zone of special interest in the
club-children, straightening up marriages, whatever comes to hand and even
taking fees for it-meanwhile of course going on being a successful and
contributing wife.
Or this: a Scientologist, a lesser executive or even a clerk in a
company, trains as a professional auditor, and seeing where the company is
heading, begins to pick up its loose ends by strengthening its comm lines
or its personnel abilities. Without "Selling" anybody Scientology, just
studies out the bogs and remedies them. If only as "an able person" he
would rapidly expand a zone of control, to say nothing of his personal
standing in the company. This has been and is being done steadily across
the world.
Now that we have presessioning, it's easy to straighten up other people.
Our unreleased technology on handling third dynamic business situations is
staggeringly large. You'd
be surprised how easy it is to audit seniors. They and their families have
so many troubles. Or how easy it is to spot the emergency-maker and audit
him.
And see this: a race is staggering along making difficulties for itself.
Locate its leaders. Get a paid post as a secretary or officer of the staff
of the leaders of that race. And by any means, audit them into ability and
handle their affairs to bring co-operation not trouble. Every race that is
in turmoil in a nation has quasi-social groups around its leaders.
And this: a nation or a state runs on the ability of its department
heads, its governors, or any other leaders. It is easy to get posts in such
areas unless one has delusions of grandeur or fear of it. Don't bother to
get elected. Get a job on the secretarial staff or the bodyguard, use any
talent one has to get a place close in, go to work on the environment and
make it function better. Occasionally one might lose, but in the large
majority, doing a good job and making the environment function will result
in promotion, better contacts, a widening zone.
The cue in all this is don't seek the co-operation of groups. Don't ask
for permission. Just enter them and start functioning to make the group win
through effectiveness and sanity.
If we were revolutionaries this HCO Bulletin would be a very dangerous
document. We are not revolutionaries any more than we are doctors of
sickness in individual patients. But we are not revolutionaries, we are
humanitarians. We are not political. And we can be the most important force
for good that the world has ever known. Who objects to a company
functioning better to produce a better civilization? Who obi . ects to a
race becoming sane and a stable asset to its communities? Who objects to a
neighborhood smoothing out?
Only the very criminal would object and they are relatively ineffectual
when you can know and spot them. And there, are no criminals except the
mentally disabled.
So this is a challenge on the third and fourth. Almost all
Scientologists are in a
position to begin to help on such a programme.
And I am studying now first the popularity with you of this plan and, if
great, how best to help us all achieve it. The first thing required is an
understandable designation for Scientologists undertaking their portion of
this Special Zone Plan. I
should think the word "Counselor" is acceptable with an appropriate
additional designation such as "Family Counselor" or "Company Counselor" or
"Child
239
Counselor" or "Organization Counselor". What we would do is issue an HPA or
HCA as a certificate as always and would issue a special zone certificate
to any person operating in that zone after he or she had completed an
additional correspondencetype briefing course covering that general zone.
In other words anyone would have to have a professional certificate before
he or she could be designated as a special zone counselor. The costs of
obtaining such a certificate would be kept slight, no more than bare
administration. The advantages of having such a designation are plain. A
clerk
with a certificate on the wall from the Academy of Scientology designating
that he or she has been graduated as a "Company Counselor" would startle
even a complacent executive into conversation about what was wrong with the
place and as he was talking to a pro auditor any scepticism would quickly
fade. A pro would know! As it all starts with being a good auditor and as
the additional technology is exact in any of these fields, the programme is
feasible.
We are at this stage of this programme: I have found that Scientologists
operate with high success on the third and fourth but that it rarely occurs
to them to try it and when they do they think I want them to audit full
time and they are apologetic about their attempt. I have the technology
pretty well to hand and can write zone manuals. I feel we now have clearing
well in hand in Central Orgs and will soon have it broadly so for
Scientologists in "the field" but I do not feel we need wait on that but
take it and
further training in stride. I feel that we are ripe for an overt attack on
the third and fourth down spiral. I feel our auditors should take advantage
of their increased personal ability and should be regarded accordingly by
society and its zones. I see clearly that we have to win on the third and
fourth if we are to attain our goals of a better world.
The special zone plan is made possible by a slight shift of approach.
Take the case of a police officer who got interested on a PE course and
read some books. He tried to
"sell" his chief on Scientology as a subject and was given a heavy loss.
One, our PE level trainee was insufficiently schooled to be effective. Two,
as a pro his approach could have been any one of several. He could have
eased himself nearer a command source area in the department, or he could
have taken over a pistol marksman on the force and made him a champion as
we did with the Olympics team once. The slight shift is that we would have
made this police officer get pro training before telling him "sell
Scientology" to the force and then would have advised him to sell it by
action, not words. Handling the familial problems of the commissioner as
his driver or making the rookies gasp at how fast he could train them would
be selling by action only. And no other kind of selling would be needed.
He'd be running an evening coaching class for his fellows or superiors on
Scientology in a few months and making some of them follow the same route.
How long before he had altered the whole character, ability and
effectiveness of the police force and through that how long before he
would, have civilized the whole approach to law enforcement in that area?
For, once we have created an opening, we always avalanche to fantastically
swift gains.
That's the Special Zone Plan. Several hundred thousand are ready for the
first steps. Those that aren't trained as pro HPAs and HCAs could start in
soon. There are special ways to get training at an Academy now. And even
while awaiting this training and working toward clearing such
Scientologists could begin to determine their zone goals and work on them.
Our impact on the society is already weighty. With special Zone Plans we
could move that impact up thousands of times greater and have in our
present lifetimes our goals at least in part accomplished and a decent
world to come back to again.
What do you think of it? Write to me in care of Central Organization HCO
in your area to give me your views on the Special Zone Plan.
When you write please advise me as follows: whether you like or do not
like the idea. If you like it tell me the zone you are in or would like to
be in (what area do you want to help?). But whatever you say please write
as your letter will be considered as a vote. We have arrived at a cross
roads where our action now could well affect the future history of this
planet.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Copyright @ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
240
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 JULY 1960
Assoc Secs
HCO Sets
Directors of Zoning
DIRECTOR OF ZONING HAT
In a Telex message to George Hay, who is the new Director of Zoning at
HASI London, Ron has clarified the purpose of this post.
The Director of Zoning is a new post set up to co-ordinate and bring
order to the Special Zone Plan in any area. It is a HASI post, not an HCO
post.
Ron's instruction on this is for each Association Secretary or Org See
to find their best "rabble rouser" and appoint him as Director of Zoning
for their particular area and make up his hat in accordance with the
following, which is taken almost verbatim from the Telex message to George
Hay:
DIRECTOR OF ZONING HAT
To Director of Zoning London:
Please arrange the following:
That any person wanting to see Reception Registrar or Assoc Sec or me
about the Special Zone Plan gets routed promptly to you, and that your door
is well and legibly and tastefully marked about it. And you can be found,
and nobody talks to anyone in HASI about it but you.
Further, make a card file out on everybody that comes in; and in
particular write down name, address, and the zone they're interested in,
and the possibility or not that they will do volunteer auditing evenings
for some special personality.
Keep this list of Special Zone workers and keep it out of C/F as such.
You can info addressograph that so and so is a Special Zone worker, but for
now keep your own card file and build it up.
Answer and demand that you get all letters that contain reference to the
Special Zone Plan even if they contain other matter. Get people to route
letters to you which contain orders to be filled.
Please build up any data you can in ways of actual operation or how to
operate that you get from people, as we will be in desperate need of it one
of these days.
Keep the Special Zone Plan corralled and out of HASI, and keep HASI out
of the Special Zone Plan. Any plans to completely control the Special Zone
Plan will be negatived by me. We want people to work as they can work. We
don't want it to be a controlled sphere.
I have a book or rather a paper coming up that is a brief summary of how
to get one's foot in a door in a business company and how to operate along
that line, as the beginning text that will be required for study before we
issue counselors' certificates to anyone. There'll be a booklet for each
Zone. These are preliminaries. Later booklets will be built out of the data
we get from people working hard at it.
If you insist on anything insist on people getting decently trained.
Make any kind of arrangements you can pull off or talk people or HASI into,
but a non-trained auditor doesn't do too well hitting at groups et al.
We're not near so keen on selling anything as we are in actually getting
them trained.
Special Zone is our area of confusion at the moment, and I don't care
how enthused or ecstatic or confused it gets. Keep it from confusing any
part of HASI and HAST will l6ve you 'desperately. In short the confusion
has power in it. If it meets up with too much HASI order some of the
impetus will be lost, so let the order go as far as getting people trained,
but otherwise isolate Special Zone.
L. RON HUBBARD LRH:dm.rd
Copyright @ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
241
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 AUGUST 1960
CHICAGO AREA
In that illegal HCA course is contemplated in the Chicago area promoted
by chopping FC DC lines and in that the area contains auditors who have not
been checked out at an HCO and whose students would be of little benefit to
Scientology as they would not receive actual training, we must assume that
Chicago auditors are not active in enforcing the ethical codes, and the
area is not using franchise data for its most effective gains.
All auditors concerned should be checked out by HCO and straightened up
in an HGC where auditing is not a patty-cake based on tacit consent.
An auditor in the Chicago area, by his refusing auditing, has gotten
himself into such condition as to be of questionable value to anyone.
It is necessary that field auditors bring pressure on people who refuse
ethical practice codes and who fail to cooperate to get audited where the
auditing works best-an HGC.
Some time ago I asked you to help me wear my ethical hat.
It is a grim mistake for Scientologists to think they are being kind by
feeling tolerant and sorry for auditors who are piling up overts. Listen, I
am weary of the field letting such people die.
The list of persons dying from unattended overts increases. Just the
other day a squirrel died in England. Why? Nobody insisted she get her
overts off, supposed she "had rights to act that way". Her friends let her
die. They would not help us get her to an auditor. Maybe they thought she
ought to die.
You have not one but several in the Chicago area who will go into
psychotic breaks or die because of overts. It's much kinder to bring on the
pressure that gets them to a good auditor they can't boss.
Help me wear this hat. Send such persons to an HGC before they kill
themselves.
Please?
LRH:js.rd
Copyright @ 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 SEPTEMBER 1960
(Originally issued in Johannesburg)
Central Orgs
HPA GRANTS
No further HPA grants may be issued by HASI. Those outstanding are still
valid.
Three letters may now be issued each field auditor to the following
effect:-
This letter issued to any shareholder or Life member in HASI grants him
not only his share discount but also Z25 off his HPA course if all other
payments are in cash.
The letter may be given only to persons who are needed in your area and
are considered good auditor material.
The letter must be countersigned by the field auditor and bear the
nominee's
name.
LRH:js.rd
Copyright@ 1960 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
242
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 OCTOBER AD 12
Central Orgs
Franchise
U.S. Field
THE PLAN FORCALIFORNIA
This State has probably more auditors situated than in any other State
in America.
Its potential therefore, is very good.
However, in the past, this potential was greatly damaged by lack of co-
ordination.
In order to achieve success it is necessary first to have stable points
from which- to proceed. From these stable points others grow.
So, here is the plan for concerted action to make California a real
asset to Scientology,
Los Angeles, being the only organization for Scientology authorized by
the State of California, and being the enfranchising organization for all
Centres, City Offices and Field Auditors, is the controlling body for all
Scientology activities in California. San Diego, San Francisco or any other
City Office is legally enfranchisable only from the LA Organization.
Any auditor in California or auditing in California may only audit
legally if a minister of the Church of Scientology, Los Angeles. Otherwise
that auditor is subject to severe penalties under California law.
Any Clearing Co-Audit set up in California must be licensed by the
Church of Scientology of California as a branch church. 'this, by actual
test, protects any auditor from prosecution under psychology laws which are
very harsh in California.
A Clearing Co-Audit, a Centre or City Office pays the Church in Los
Angeles 10% of its gross income. In return, as a Minister, there are large
allowances in Income Tax as the Church of Scientology of California has
long since become non-taxable by the State and Federal governments.
Any auditor wishing to set up a Clearing Co-Audit, a Centre or a City
Office must have a charter from the Church of Scientology of California,
otherwise no legal protection or credentials can be extended to that
auditor.
We therefore intend to consolidate all auditing activities in
California, to help all auditors who are a part of this network and to
forbid operation by all auditors who are not.
Orderly growth can therefore be expected, more favourable laws can be
passed, and the area and all auditors in California will prosper.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd Copyright @ 1962 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCO P/L 18 March 1964, California Franchise, page 262.1
243
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 FEBRUARY 1964
Central Orgs [Excerpt]
Franchise
Field FIELD AUDITOR CONSULTANT
If Field Auditors graduate HAS's and Class I's, a certain number will
enrol in the HQS Course, returning to the Field and send more students to
the Academy. After getting results in the Field, they will then return to
the Academy for the HPA/HCA Course. Thus quality of training is also of
interest to the Enrolment Department.
The post of Field Auditor Consultant is created and may be filled by
the old Group Secretary where this post had been filled.
The Field Auditor Consultant will assist all HQS, or above, certificate
holders in establishing and maintaining HAS and Class I Courses-this
includes helping them with 'promotion and the handling of their courses,
assisting in arranging for HGC assists and ARC Break Assessments when they
or their Groups get in trouble, filling their orders for HAS Certificates
and Level I classifications, and getting them in to take their examinations
for classification.
Where the Letter Reg pulls in students on Courses, the Field Auditor
Consultant is responsible to see they come in for their examinations.
The Field Auditor Consultant is the terminal in his area for HAS and
Class I Courses. His effectiveness is measured by the number of HAS
Certificates and Class I's issued and the number of Classified Auditors.in
his area.
To recapitulate, if dissemination is very broad and good to the general
public there will be good HAS Course enrolments. If HAS Course results are
good and students are informed, there will be Academy enrolments. If the
Enrolment Department is not responsible for this route, then enrolment in
the Academy will decline regardless of the amount of effort put out by the
Enrolment Department.
You must see that the Org is almost wholly dependent on a large and
successful field operation. Concentrate first on building up your existing
Field Auditors and providing them service.
Your HGC will be kept full of Assists and ARC Break Assessments from
the Field, and they will be lining up at the doors of the Academy.
LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1964 [Excerpted from HCO Policy Letter of 21 February
1964,
by L. Ron Hubbard Department of Enrolment. A complete copy can be
found in
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Volume 2, page 34.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 APRIL 1965
Remimeo
Franchise URGENT
Sthil Students
Post B Boards FIELD AUDITOR RATES
Local Orgs Publish Broadly
The rates chargeable by field auditors, dropped in 1964 planning, are
again placed on parity with orgs effective I June 1965.
They may grant discounts to members only.
Field auditors in private practice are bound by their Continental Rates
existing in their area.
LRH:jw.cden.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [See also Volume 3, page 84.1
244
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 APRIL 1965
Issue II
Gen Non-Remimeo A future Issue of The Auditor
HEALING POLICY IN FIELD
The HCO Policy Letter of October 27, 1964 is now binding on all field
auditors and field staff members.
Many field auditors do not realize that they damage theit own
dissemination and usefulness by becoming involved with the very ill and the
insane.
The only thing a field auditor can do, really, without going down, is to
promote, run meetings and do short assists as field staff members of their
nearest org. But whether they are or not, all Field Auditors including HBA,
HAS and HQS must abide carefully by this policy and inform those persons
who seek to persuade them to help the insane or very ill that "it is a
Committee of Evidence offense to break HCO policy" and thus get themselves
free. I have seen too many field auditors fail by their becoming entangled
with psychos and chronically sick cases to fail to protect them from such a
mistake.
Excerpt from HCO Pol Ltr Oct 27 '64:
"HEALING
"Any process labelled 'healing', old or new refers to healing by mental
and spiritual means and should therefore be looked upon as the relief of
difficulties arising from mental and spiritual causes.
"The proper procedure in being requested to heal some complained of
physical disability is as follows:
1. Require a physical examination from whatever practitioners of
the physical healing arts may be competent and available-,
2. Clearly establish that the disability does not stem from
immediately physical causes;
3. If the disability is pronounced to be curable within the skill
of the physical practitioner and is in actual fact a disease or
illness which surrenders to contemporary physical treatment, to
require the person to be so treated before Scientology processing
may be undertaken;
4. If, however, the physical practitioner' * s recommendation
includes surgery or
treatment of an unproven nature or the illness or disease cannot be
accurately diagnosed as a specific physical illness or disease with a
known
cure, the person may be accepted for processing on the reasonable
assumption that no purely physical illness is proven to exist, and
that it is
probably mental or spiritual in origin."
LRH-jw.cden L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[See also HCO P/Ls 21 February 1969, Cancellation of "Corrections to HCO
Policy Letters'~Pol Ltr of November 5, 1964, page 523; 13 March 1969,
Addition to HCO Pal Ltr of 23 June 1967 "Policies on Physical Healing,
Insanity and Potential Trouble Sources --Potential Trouble Sources (b),
page 523; and 7 May 1969, Policies on "Sources of Trouble", page 525, all
in Volume 1.]
245
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 MARCH 1959
To all HCO Offices everywhere
FRANCHISES
At once take steps to put every field auditor on an HCO Interim
Franchise as follows:
INTERIM FRANCHISE
"I, L. Ron Hubbard and the Hubbard Communications Office as owner of the
Copyrights, Trademarks, Registered Marks and Rights and Materials of
Dianetics and
Scientology, do hereby franchise ( name of Auditor ) at
(address) to
use Dianetics and Scientology as the exclusive franchise holder for that
area pending a
full issue of franchise in a more formal and exact manner.
The interim franchise is issued conditional upon the following:
1. Payment to HCO (area) of ten percent of his/her gross weekly
income.
2. A guarantee to abide by the Auditor's Code 1959, the Code of a
Scientologist and to teach an HAS Co-audit Course as outlined by The
Hubbard Communications Office located at (fill in name).
All services of (name of auditor) are therefore valid continuingly by issue
of this interim franchise.
The above agreement will terminate in the event of failure to ratify the
formal franchise when received or in the event of failure to sign this
agreement and return it to HCO (address) within fourteen days.
Date: L. RON HUBBARD
An Individual
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
A Registered Company
I agree to abide by this interim franchise.
Signature of Auditor Date-"
Stand by to receive from here and give them the gen thereafter on HAS Co-
audit and to heavily advertise for them locally and nationally.
I am readying the whole pattern, the ads, the course data and schedules,
the process pkg, etc for them to be given to them only when they sign up.
Use no judgement in who or what you sign up. We will sort this out after
we plunge (with proper final contracts).
The point is to get everyone signed up quick before we boom Scientology
and they find themselves riding the crest of the wave by merely copying us
and then fall down because we can't afford to help them stay up.
Knit everyone together in contracts. Then we make a huge forward shove.
Best,
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd
246
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I MAY 1959
HAS CERTIFICATES
No HAS certificates will be issued to persons not holding HCO Area
franchises.
10% of the gross income from Dianetics and Scientology weekly must be
paid to the nearest HCO office for such a franchise to be valid.
All HAS certificates are to be mailed to the persons receiving. They may
never be mailed to the franchise holder to give to his people.
All franchise holders need to do for their people to receive HAS
certificates is to mail in the name, address, age, sex and profession of
the person who earned it and declare it has been granted after completion
of a comm course given such and such a date.
All franchise holders are required to invoice in a proper book or on an
invoice machine all monies received from each person for any and all
Dianetics and Scientology services.
This 10% buys the right of use of Dianetics or Scientology as a centre.
Any service rendered a franchise holder is gratuitous.
There is no cost for an HAS certificate except the 10% of gross income.
There must be no delay in getting these certificates out to people. The
franchise holder must not delay applying for the certificate. The nearest
Central Organization Address Section is in charge of the issue of HAS
certificates. These do not pass through Certification. Address informs
certification that the certificate has been issued after it has been
issued.
Signature on an HAS certificate is a facsimile signature of L. Ron
Hubbard, Founder, printed on at the same time as the rest of the
certificate is issued.
An HAS certificate is 5 x 7 inches in size and is mailed in a stiff
envelope. Its text is as follows:
Large print:
THE HUBBARD ASSOCIATION OF SCIENTOLOGISTS INTERNATIONAL
Small print: . On the Authority of the
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE Herewith states that (Large
print, name of person) has been awarded the status of (Large
print) HUBBARD APPRENTICE SCIENTOLOGIST By our hand and seal
this date
L. Ron Hubbard, Founder.
The script should be modern and the paper should be good. A seal goes in
the lower left corner.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rd
247
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1959
TO ALL HCO FRANCHISE OFFICES
The Interim Franchise featured in HCO Policy Letter 27/3/59 is not
totally applicable in Sterling Areas. This is due to the fact that the word
area is mentioned. We do not mind in which area an auditor operates as long
as we have an address to send our communication lines through. Another
addition to the Franchise is the fact that the auditor must pay HCO 10% of
his gross weekly income from SCIENTOLOGY and DIANETICS. The following
Interim Franchise is the one being used in London at the moment:
INTERIM FRANCHISE
I L. RON HUBBARD and the Hubbard Communications Office, as owner of the
Copyrights, Trademarks, Registered Marks and Rights and Materials of
Dianetics and Scientology, do hereby franchise
..................................... at ....
to use Dianetics and Scientology as an exclusive Franchise holder pending a
full issue of Franchise in a more formal and exact manner.
The Interim Franchise is issued conditional upon the following:
I . Payment to HCO London of ten percent of his/her gross weekly
income from Scientology and Dianetics.
2. A guarantee to abide by the Auditor's Code 1959, the Code of a
Scientologist and to teach an HAS Co-audit Course as outlined by the
Hubbard Communications Office located at ......................
All services of . . . . . i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . are therefore valid continuingly by issue o this Interim
Franchise.
The above agreement will terminate in the event of failure to ratify the
formal Franchise when received or in the event of failure to sign this
agreement and return it
to HCO, at within fourteen days.
Date ........................
L. RON HUBBARD
An Individual
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE A Registered
Company
I agree to abide by this Interim Franchise.
Signature of Auditor: Date:
This Interim Franchise is only a temporary Franchise. We are going to
sign up as many auditors as possible. The only necessary qualifications are
to be a validated auditor. Once they are all signed up we shall then start
issuing the final Franchises. At this stage we shall take a more careful
look at what's what, before handing out the real thing.
HCO offers these Franchise holders certain services. One of these takes
place in co-operation with the PE Foundation. Those auditors who live near
enough to the HASI to attend classes are invited to a week on the Comm
Course and a week on the HAS Co-Audit. This is a period of six evenings
which is free of charge. While on this course they are regarded as students
and are treated as such. They are not allowed to walk around with the
instructor or to get any briefing on case assessments and E-Meter
248
readings during class. This must not interfere with the public in any way.
By coming on this course they can get a subjective reality of what HAS Co-
Audit is about and also observe how the instructor handles the situation.
In order for them to get some briefing on case assessments and the
latest processes, courses can be arranged every so often through HCO with
the PE Foundation. These courses take place over the weekend and would
consist of auditors (having signed Franchises) doing the new Comm Course
TRs and also some hours on HAS Co-Audit. At the same time would be played
Ron's tape on HAS Co-Audit which he made on his special HPA/BScn Course.
The instructor is also to give them some briefing on E-Meteys and case
assessments.
The auditors are to start paying HCO 10% of their gross weekly earnings
from Scientology and Dianetics immediately they have signed a franchise.
This also applies even if they haven't started an HAS Co-Audit. The
auditors are requested to keep books in which they can keep their finances
up to date. They are also required to send in a financial statement of all
monies received each month.
In HCO Policy Letter 27/3/59 Ron says "I am readying the whole pattern,
the ads, the course and data and schedules, the process pkg, etc". Until
such time as he does this it is HCO's responsibility to keep the field
auditors supplied with data. All technical bulletins should be sent to
them.
At the moment there is no definite mock-up on the advertising scheme.
HCO can advertise, however, in various ways: such as giving people the
addresses of HCO Franchises; also featuring the names in the, magazines. A
list should be sent to auditors of past HASI students, pcs and book buyers
on the files. To prevent the HCO Franchise holders from having these names
is a very short-sighted viewpoint. There is no shortage of people on this
planet.
HCO services to Field Auditors are:
I . Advertising.
2. Free OCAs and IQs and the marking thereof.
3. Technical bulletins and any data about the latest processes.
4. Lists of addresses of people on HASI files-also list of HCO
Franchises.
Auditors should be informed in circular letters of the latest courses
taking place in the Academy and should be encouraged to participate. They
could attend the course during the Theory and Practice week at 15 gns a
week to learn about case assessment and the latest processes.
Field Auditors should be informed that the 10% they are paying in is
going to be spent in services for them. This is our way of disseminating
Scientology.
Staff members are not allowed to run HAS Co-Audits while on staff. If
they want to increase the unit or disseminate Scientology they should send
as many people as possible to the PE Foundation in the HASI.
Now is our chance to spread Scientology more rapidly than ever before
and thus clear earth.
Best,
HCO Continental Sec WW
NW:gh.rd
[Corrected by HCOP/L 18 June 1959, page 250.)
249
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 MAY 1959
Dist
CO and
Central
METHOD OF FINALIZING HCO FRANCHISES
Any auditor may be signed on an Interim or Temporary HCO Franchise.
A final, full Franchise may be issued only on the following routing:
The auditor has attended and passed:
I . The 2 1 st American
2. The LRH BScn/HPA course of 1959
3. Subsequent renditions of the 1959 BScn/HPA course or future
ACCs, or
The auditor must attend a Central Org PE Foundation field auditor course
under the specification and direction of the PE Director.
If and only if the PE Director passes the field auditor, the HCO Board
of Review examines the applicant.
If the field auditor passes the exam, the HCO Secretary Continental
passes the final Franchise on to HCO WW for issue.
LRH:mp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1959
CORRECTION OF HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1959
The following are changes to HCO Policy Letter dated 28 May 1959, titled
"To All HCO Franchise Offices". Under "HCO services to Field Auditors"
should read:
2. The marking of OCAs and IQs.
5. The issuance of free HAS Certificates.
In any written data to Field Auditors it should be mentioned that the
10% paid into HCO is not for HCO, but is to be used in the dissemination of
Scientology in the field.
The goal for running an HAS Co-Audit should be pointed out to the
Franchise holders.
Goal: To run HAS Co-Audit courses in the direction of having the co-
auditors attain the state of release, and so get their cases
moving towards Theta Clear.
Franchise holders who are running an HAS Co-Audit group are entitled to
a 30% discount on books bought from the HASI.
HCO Secretaries are requested to get in touch with all groups and to
persuade them to sign Franchises.
L. RON HUBBARD by HCO Continental Sec WW
250
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W.I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1959
U.S. FRANCHISE HOLDERS
It has come to the attention of HCO WW that U.S. Franchise holders are
not being properly served b)rBulletins.
It is of paramount importance that HCO Bulletins and other services
reach U.S. Franchise holders with the least possible delay.
The basic function in handling the activities of HCO Franchise holders
is to give them bulletins, a service, and know how. One of the fundamental
actions is to receive HCO WW releases and convert them locally for re-
mailing to Franchise holders. The other function is to collect that 10% of
the gross income from Dianetics and Scientology and forward it through to
the proper terminal so that it can finance this activity.
Until HCO WW which is to say myself, and the large and very competent
staff located in London can be completely satisfied that the HCO Franchise
holder is getting everything he is supposed to get and that this highly
successful activity goes through rapidly THE BULLETINS AND POLICY LETTERS
OWING TO ALL U.S. HCO FRANCHISE HOLDERS WILL BE MAILED FROM LONDON BY AIR
MAIL AND ALL COLLECTIONS FROM U.S. HCO FRANCHISE HOLDERS SHOULD BE MADE OUT
TO HCO LONDON AND AIR MAILED THROUGH.
There is a great deal of information on the subject of running an HAS Co-
audit course. It is vital that this information reach Franchise holders,
both to improve their activities and to forward this general progamme.
Therefore until we are completely satisfied that the information which
is put out by HCO WW is reaching Franchise holders, and until we are
satisfied that Franchise holders are responding, U.S. Franchise holders
will be serviced by HCO WW, 37 Fitzroy St. London W.I. All cables should be
addressed to:
SCIENTOLOGY, LONDON and arrive for the most part in my
hands.
-The staff of HCO WW now includes HCO Saint Hill, which is shortly to.
be connected by tele-typewriter with most important Scientology Centres
throughout the world.
The mission of HCO WW is to get the information out and to help those
who help
US.
As the cost of air mailing bulletins to a large number of Franchise
holders from this distance is high, it is sharply called to attention that
these bulletins will be mailed only so long as their cost is defrayed by
the prompt payment of 10% of gross income by Franchise holders.
HCO WW means to give service.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd
251
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 JUNE 1959
Issue 11
SERVICES OWING TO HCO FRANCHISE HOLDERS
An HCO Franchise Holder who has been given an interim Franchise is due
the following services:
40% discount on all books and tapes.
All bulletins written by myself and PE Foundation HCO WW on the subject
of recruiting and running HCO HAS Co-audit courses, answering personal
questions and resolving difficulties.
World wide advertising campaigns.
Visits by trained experts in the handling of HAS Co-audit courses.
Checking out and issuing clear bracelets.
If at the end of a period HCO WW or Continental Offices are satisfied
that the HCO Franchise Holder is making it, is paying his 10% regularly and
is going over the top with his activities, the Franchise will be confirmed
and other valuable rights will be assigned to the HCO Franchise Holder. If,
however, royalty payments are laggardly, if use of the information is poor,
if no real enthusiasm is shown by the Franchise Holder, no final contract
will be issued and the interim contract will be cancelled. This contract
.is an extremely valuable item, since in the future it alone will carry the
rights and use of rights of Dianetics and Scientology.
We have every hope that our HCO Franchise Holders will make it and
conquer their particular zones and areas, but we cannot expect them to
unless we give them all possible aid and assistance. Therefore, all HCO
offices are alerted to the above and other conditions, and it is repeated
that we in HCO are in the business of helping people to help others.
LRH:mp.vmm.rd L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JULY 1959
US HCO FRANCHISE QUERIES
All letters from HCO Franchise Holders in the US should be acked by
postcard on which is mimeoed:
Your letter concerning HCO Franchise matters is being forwarded to HCO
World Wide, located at Ron's International Headquarters at Saint Hill
Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex, England for answering.
Thank you.
HCO Continental US
It is forbidden for HCO Secs US to lay down or answer questions about
policy until these matters are better understood.
L. RON HUBBARD
252
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 AUGUST 1959
To All US and
UK Franchise Holders FRANCHISE 16Tos TO WW
This Policy Letter cancels all previous Policy Letters which you might
have received referring to your gross weekly income from Scientology and
Dianetics.
All 10%os are to be sent to HCO WW, Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead,
Sussex. This is directly to Ron and HCO WW who need your 10%s to
disseminate Scientology in the field for you.
Do not send any I O%s to your Central Organization-send all I O%s to HCO
WW,
Saint Hill, East Grinstead.
NW:brb.rd
Copyright (D 1959 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959
To US Franchise
Holders
MAILINGS
HCO Franchise Centres are growing rapidly in the USA. This is due to the
auditors being interested, working with enthusiasm, and finally, keeping in
excellent communication with HCOWW Saint Hill.
What HCO wants is activity in the field. We want Scientology to spread
throughout the world, and each day it becomes more obvious to us that this
is being achieved.
Those that are busy and getting on the road will receive bulletins and
special mailings airmail. This covers about 98% of all auditors in the
States.
The odd 2% will receive all data surface mail.
All large packages will go surface mail.
NW:brb.rd
Copyright (D 19 5 9 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 SEPTEMBER 1959
LTD
HCO Offices
HCO SECRETARIES
All auditors who are not certificated and who have signed interim
Franchises should be handled individually.
Forbid advertising for them at all times. We want to be proud of our
auditors being fully trained and qualified.
Get them in for training before the permanent Franchises come out!
NW:brb.rd
Copyright (D 1959 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
253
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 OCTOBER 1961
Issue 11
Sthil
FRANCHISE POLICIES
Only those persons who have consistently remitted to HCO WW or to a
Central Organization may now retain a Franchise in force. To this may be
added only new persons (or old Franchise Holders now cancelled) whose new
training guarantees a high reality on Scientology and a very advanced state
of case.
Otherwise all Franchises are cancelled.
There may be no Franchises held for any fixed payment for bulletins.
There may be no Franchises held without consistent payment of royalty,
allowing only a five months state of grace if the person is under competent
training or processing, beforehand advised and approved by the Franchise
Secretary.
Our key programme is
1. Bring Central Org. Service up to clearing level in HGCs and clearing
techniques taught in the Academy, particularly to a point where
confidence can be reposed by HCO WW that if a person is sent to a
Central Org lie or she will be competently
(a) Sec Checked fully and ably on HCO WW See Cheek Form 3, last two
pages, HCO WW See Cheek Form 6, in full.
(b) Have their goal and terminal located.
(c) Be competently run on Pre Hav Levels.
(d) Be competently trained on clearing in the Academy.
(c) Sent home with high subjective reality on Scientology, without
withholds, and capable of clearing people.
2. Steer all potential persons or pairs to Saint Hill or a Central Org
to have the above done.
3. Award or return a Franchise after we are sure the above has been
done.
4. Service the Franchise Holder well.
5. Protect the Franchise Holder and his or her Franchise from all
encroachment.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH.jl.rd
254
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JUNE 1962
Central Orgs
Franchise
BPI
CURRENT FRANCHISE POLICY
Franchise Policy now is:-
Franchise for all who want it. Must be a valid HCA/HPA (minimal)
certificateholder, have International Membership in force, and in good
standing with the Org.
Weekly reports no longer mandatory. Reports need only be sent in
when,~hey have something to report at which time they remit. Letters,
however, always welcome. Reports sent in in duplicate, also letters with
tech queries in duplicate greatly help in replying.
People who are active get all their mailings by airmails. Less active by
surface mails.
No permanent Franchises but no expiry dates for Pranchise-remain in
force as long as in use. St Hill grads, however, more or less regarded as
permanent and get airmail postings for at least a year, and much longer or
ad infiniturn whilst active.
Franchise-holders who don't know the current data will not expect to
have; it all explained to them by Franchise See but be told to get
retrained.
No great emphasis will be made-in fact probably none-on the need to form
Franchise Centers as this will come about naturally.
City Offices will be established by Central Orgs.
It's up to Franchise-holders to make it worth while for Central Orgs to
establish a City Office in their area.
No Training Courses allowed in the Field-only in Academies.
Reason: Inadequate facilities, and administratively difficult.
Elementary training OK privately for auditors.
No St Hill Briefing Course Tapes available outside a HASI.
All that is expected of Franchise-holders is to let their friends and
business associates know of Scientology, to keep up to date, to audit and
run elementary basic Courses (PE, HAS Co-Audit, Anatomy of the Human Mind)
when they can, to keep in good corrun and good standing with the
Organization and remit 10% of all
Scientologgy income to keep the service and research going.
L. RON HUBBARD
by Robin Hancocks
LRH:dr.rd HCO Franchise See WW
Copyright @ 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
255
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1962
HCO Secs and
Assoc Secs only
RELATIONS WITH FIELD
Our whole Franchise policy is, and always has been, to keep the Field
happy, give them what they want, and get in their 10 per cents so we can
give them service. This is a direct quote from Ron's instructions to the
Franchise Sec WW.
Your co-operation is requested to let this got into effect now.
We have Technical squared away-it is just a question of training
auditors to apply it. So we shall shortly be facing a boom. We need to be
well prepared for it and have our house in order.
It is essential to cut out any games condition with the field. Some
individuals may be in a games condition with your Org. Is that any reason
why your Org should waste time Q and A-ing by being in a games condition
with them? No, skip them.
So as to be ready for the rush, your chief preoccupation at this time
should be to get your Org into superb condition both technically and
administratively. No extraordinary solutions are needed for this. The
policy is there. Follow it and you'll win.
LRH:dr.rd Issued by: Robin Hancocks
Copyright @ 1962 HCO Franchise Sec WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 4 JULY 1962
Central Orgs Franchise BPI
MIXING SCIENTOLOGY WITH VARIOUS
OTHER PRACTICES
Any Franchise-holder known to be mixing other practices with
Scientology, e.g. psychotherapy, naturopathy, chiropractic, Yogi, etc.,
etc., will have his Franchise cancelled and his certificates suspended.
Examples: Using processing to "help" colonics, using chiropracty to run
engrams.
This is a break of the Auditor's Code clause number 15:
Never mix the processes of Scientology with those of various
other practices.
LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1962 by: Robin Hancocks
by L. Ron Hubbard HCO Franchise Sec WW
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
256
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1962
I
A RESUME OF FRANCHISE POLICY
Franchise is for all who want it. Must be a valid HCA/HPA (Minimal)
certificate holder, have International Membership in force, and be in good-
standing with the Org.
Weekly reports no longer mandatory. However, regular reports are
appreciated, especially those. submitted in duplicate on the format set
out. This greatly facilitates fast handling and replying.
Franchise Report Forms are available free of charge, in any quantity,
from Franchise Secretary.
HCO is not greatly interested in each pe result of each Franchise-
holder. HCO is far more interested in the overall effectiveness of each
Franchise-holder.
Therefore, don't send voluminous pc reports to us.
However, for any outstanding results which you obtain which you wish to
submit give a brief resum(5 of processes used, time spent, before and after
profiles, physical changes, cognitions and anything you wish to include,
and we will more than likely publish this.
For technical queries, use the Franchise Report Forms where possible,
and in duplicate. If you wish to write a letter with a number of,technical
queries in it, please do send the letter in in duplicate too. Reports and
letters sent in duplicate receive top priority, and greatly facilitate
speedy handling.
Letters are always welcome especially those of interest to other
auditors and these will always, where possible, be published.
A group of Franchise-holders operating together are a much more
effective unit than a lone-operator. No great emphasis will be made-in
fact, probably none-on the need to form Franchise Centers as this will come
about naturally.
The amount of activity you engage in, as a Franchise-holder, in your
area will be up to you.
Franchise is for the part-time participant and the full time
professional.
The Franchise-holders who are the most active and effective in their
areas and who are doing a good job, who are up to date and who are sending
reports in regularly will naturally get the best service.
These get all their mailings by airmail and get publicity as much as
possible. Those on Franchise-Airmall are either Saint Hill graduates or
students actively aiming for Saint Hill.
it is very helpful for Franchise-holders to have a Central Org or City
Office in their area. City Offices will be established by Central Orgs.
It's up to Franchise-holders to create enough activity and interest in
their area to warrant a Central Org to establish a City Office there.
No professional course (HPAIHCA and above) or retread of any such course
may be offered or run outside a Central Organization Academy. This includes
the HPS (Hubbard Practical Scientologist) Course, as this is run
concurrently with the HPA/HCA Course in an Academy. Saint Hill Graduates
are not permitted to run professional courses or Class 11 or other special
courses in the field.
257
Reason: Inadequate facilities and administratively difficult.
Elementary training is OK privately for auditors.
No Saint Hill Briefing Course tapes are available outside a HASI.
Saint Hill Graduates may, however, listen to these tapes at a Central
Org for their own information, by arrangement with the HCO of their area.
One of the aims of being awarded a Franchise is to encourage the
establishment of a stable datum in an area.
A very small percentage of Franchise-holders seem to have an inherent
desire to go on whistle-stopping tours.
Unless officially appointed, itinerant Fran chise-holders are not
encouraged.
Also not encouraged are those who desire to promote themselves in every
place but their own area.
Those who desire to go "walk about" or who desire to broadcast far and
wide in order to get business, reveal their inability to be effective in
their own areas.
No Franchise or Field Auditor should charge less for services than the
Central Organization. They may, however, charge more.
No responsibility need be accepted and no legal help nor advice need be
given where, on investigation of a complaint, it is found that an auditor
has given auditing for fees that are less than those charged by the Central
Organization for that area. In the event of preclear complaints in such
circumstances, severe disciplinary action may be taken against the auditor
concerned.
However, in the case of complaints against an auditor, if it is found
that the ~guditor has conscientiously applied standard procedures to the
best of his ability, and has niot charged less than the recognized fee for
the area, he may expect some support from the HCO, HASI and LRH.
Any Fran chise-holder known to be mixing other practices with
Scientology e.g., psychotherapy, naturopathy, chiropractic, yogi, etc, etc,
will have his Franchise cancelled and his certificates suspended. Examples:
Using processing to "help" colonies, using chiroprauy to run engrams.
This is a break of the Auditor's Code clause number 15: Never mix the
processes of Scientology with those of various other practices.
The use of advanced clearing techniques, unless closely supervised by
fully qualified auditors (St Hill graduates) is hazardous and dangerous to
the pc. One UK untrained in 3GA field auditor found using 3GA has had his
certificates suspended. Running 3GA unknowingly is a highly irresponsible
act, and finding and running the wren. goal could be fatal. Finding the
right goal demands a highly skilled auditor with superb metering.
A Franchise-holder can be extremely effective with the data at his
disposal and within his skills.
All that is expected of Franchise-holders is to let their friends and
business associates know of Scientology, to keep up to date, to audit and
run elementary basic courses (PE, HAS Co-Audit, Anatomy of the Human Mind)
when they can, to keep in good comm and good standing with the Organization
and remit 10% of all Scientology income to keep the service and research
going.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:dr.rd by Robin Hancocks
Copyright @ 1962 HCO Franchise See WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
258
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 JUNE 1963
HCO Sees
New Franchise-holders
Franchise for info
A RESUME OF FRANCHISE POLICY
(Supersedes HCO Policy Letter of
27 September 1962 of the same title)
Who can have a Franchise?
Franchise is for all who want it. Must be a valid HCA/HPA (Minimal)
certificate holder, have International Membership in force, and be in good
standing with the Org. Must be situated outside a promulgated Central Org
Control Area.
Franchise is not available within a promulgated Central Org Control
Area. Auditors operating within a Central Org Control Area should see their
HCO Area Secretary to arrange collection of bulletins which are readily
available under the Interim D.O. Arrangements-details of which are
available from all HCOS.
The amount of activity you engage in, as a Franchise-holder, in your
area is up to you.
Franchise is for the part-time participant and the full time
professional.
A group of Franchise-holders operating together are a much more
effective unit than a lone-operator. No great emphasis will be made-in
fact, probably norle-on the need to form Franchise Centers as this will
come about naturally.
Airmail Facilities for Bulletins:
All HCO mailings are normally sent by surface mail free of charge to
Franchise-holders. Those requiring airmail facilities will henceforth be
asked to subscribe as below.
It is realized that lengthy delays sometimes ensue with mailings sent by
surface mail and in order to obviate this for those who would like it
otherwise, the following additional service became available as from I st
January 1963. (This does not affect the normal service of free of charge
mailings of bulletins by surface-mail to those not affected by these
delays.)
A subscription can be taken out in which the expiry date is always 3 1
st December of each year.
The full year subscription is US S 12 or Z4. 4. 0 (sterling).
A subscription taken out later in the year-but always expiry date of
31st December-would be exactly pro rata.
For example, a subscription taken out in February for starting Ist March
would cost 10/12 of the yearly subscription or $10 or 0.10. 0 (sterling). A
subscription taken out in August for starting I st September would cost 84
or Z1. 8. 0 (sterling).
Hence, the rate is Sl or 7/- (sterling) per month to be calculated from
the date you want service to start, on exact pro-rata, to the 3 1 st
December of each year.
No subscription can be accepted for say a 3-rnonth period in the middle
of the year as this would entail an unnecessary load on record-keeping.
A weekly mailing from Saint Hill is made each Thursday to all Franchise-
holders throughout the world. Payment should be made to HCO WW.
About Reports:
Weekly reports not mandatory. However, regular reports are appreciated,
especially those submitted in duplicate on the format set out. This greatly
facilitates fast handling and replying.
Whenever possible, please always use the yellow Franchise Report forms.
These are readily available free of charge, in any quantity, from Franchise
Secretary.
For technical queries, please use the Franchise Report forms also
whenever possible, and in duplicate. If you wish to write a letter with a
number of technical
259
queries in it, please do send the letter in in duplicate too. Reports and
letters sent in duplicate receive top priority, and greatly facilitate
speedy handling.
HCO is not greatly interested in each pe result of each Franchise-
holder. HCO is far more interested in the overall effectiveness of each
Franchise-holder.
Therefore, don't send voluminous pe reports to us.
However, for any outstanding results which you obtain which you wish to
submit, give a brief resume~ of processes used, time spent, before and
after profiles, physical changes, cognitions and anything you wish to
include, and these will more than likely be published.
Payments to HCO WK
To avoid accounting difficulties, and to ensure prompt service, it would
be appreciated if the following points are observed when money is sent to
HCO WW.
I . All cheques, credit transfers, etc, should be made payable to:-
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
No other payee (i.e. HOD WW, Saint Hill Manor, Tech Materiel
Secretary, L. Ron Hubbard, etc) should be used. Cheques should not
be made out to individuals on WW staff.
2. Payments for books, E-Meters, badges and other materials should
be made on a separate cheque. They should not be included in one
cheque with Franchise payments, etc:- e.g. Franchise-holder "A" has
a Franchise 10%s payment of f 50 to make and also wants a book
priced 51-. He should send one cheque for f 50 for the Franchise
payment and another, separate, cheque for 5/- for the book.
3. Where payment is made corresponding to a particular HCO WW
invoice please quote the invoice number when making payment.
If these simple points are observed it will greatly assist us in
providing a quick, trouble-free service and thus help you.
Terminals for Franchise-holders at HCO WW and at Central Orgs:
Please see HCO Information Letter of 18 February 1963.
Some Policy Rulings:
No professional course (HPA/HCA and above) or retread of any such course
may be offered or run outside a Central Organization Academy. This includes
the HPS (Hubbard Practical Scientologist) Course, as this is run
concurrently with the HPA/HCA Course in an Academy. Saint Hill Graduates
are not permitted to run professional courses or Class II or other special
courses in the field.
Reason: Inadequate facilities and administratively difficult.
Elementary training is OK privately for auditors.
Saint Hill Briefing Course tapes are normally not available outside a
HASI.
Franchise-holders may, however, listen to these tapes at a Central Org
for their own information, by arrangement with the HCO of their area.
One of the aims of being awarded a Franchise is to encourage the
establishment of a stable datum in an area.
A very small percentage of Franchise-holders seem to have an inherent
desire to go on whistle-stopping tours.
Unless officially appointed, itinerant Franchise-holders are not
encouraged.
Also not enocuraged are those who desire to promote, themselves in every
place but their own area.
Those who desire to go "walk about" or who desire to broadcast far and
wide in order to get business, reveal their inability to be effective in
their own areas.,
No Franchise or Field Auditor should charge less for services than the
Central Organization. They may, however, charge more.
No responsibility need be accepted and no legal help nor advice need be
given
260
where, on investigation of a complaint, it is found that an auditor has
given auditing for fees that are less than those charged by the Central
Organization for that area. In the event of preclear complaints in such
circumstances, severe disciplinary action may be taken against the auditor
concerned.
However, in the rase of complaints against an auditor, if it is found
that the auditor has conscientiously applied standard procedures to the
best of his ability, and has not charged less than the recognized fee for
the area, he may expect some support from the HCO, HASI and LRH.
Any Franchise-holder known to be mixing other practices with
Scientology, e,g., psychotherapy, naturopathy, chiropractic, yogi, etc,
etc, will have his Franchise cancelled and his certificates suspended.
Examples: Using processing to "help" colonies, using chiropracty to run
engrams.
This is a break of the Auditor's Code clause number 15: Never mix the
processes of Scientology with those of various other practices.
The use of advanced clearing techniques, unless closely supervised by
fully qualified auditors (St Hill Graduates) is hazardous and dangerous to
the pc.
A Franchise-holder can be extremely effective with the data at his
disposal and within his skills.
Some General Points:
Always, please, separate your communications for different subject
matters. Franchise 'and Books, for example, are quite separate departments.
We have a rule in the Orgs: one subject, one despatch. If you will do this
also, it helps greatly and obviates delays on your lines, too. (You can
always place the different communications in the one envelope to save
postage.)
Always, when sending in a report, please use the yellow Franchise Report
in duplicate-rather than letters. This will really help speed your comm-
lines here. (Franchise-holders are usually pretty good on both these above
two points.)
The various types and categories of Franchise that used to exist for
various reasons have all been dropped. For example, comparatively recently,
there, used to be a special airmail list of Franchise-holders who received
Class III material, but the need for these categories has fallen away.
There is only one type of Franchise now and whether the Franchise-holder is
receiving his bulletins by airmail or by surfacemail, everyone on Franchise
gets the same bulletins.
In the USA and Canada, when you want to enquire about getting Church
Incorporations this is the method adopted: You get your appointed lawyer to
contact our lawyers. Our lawyers have been briefed and will advise your
lawyer of all details. After documents have been submitted and passed by
our lawyers, they are then submitted to HCO Continental USA who then
obtains LRH approval and signatories. Documents are then returned to our
lawyers who forward to your lawyer for filing in your State. Your lawyer's
fees and our lawyers' fees pertaining to this particular incorporation are
reimbursed by the new entity thus created, and thus you incur no personal
expenditure. For particulars, write to HCO DC. This applies for all States
in USA and Canada outside California. For California-write to HCO State
HQs, Los Angeles.
All that is expected of Franchise-holders is to let their friends and
business associates know of Scientology, to keep up to date, to audit and
run elementary basic courses (PE, Co-Audit, Anatomy of the Human Mind) when
they can, to keep in good comm and good standing with the Organization and
remit 10% of all Scientology
income to keep the service and research going.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH..-jw.rd by Robin Hancocks
Copyright @ 1963 HCO Franchise Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Cancelled by H CO P/L 20 March 1964, District Office & Org Control Area
Policy Revised, page 303.1
261
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MARCH 1964
Sthil Only
Franchise Sec
& Executives FRANCHISE PROGRAMME
The Franchise Programme laid out in 1961 has not been changed. It was,
is and must be:
I . Get all the HCAs/HPAs in the world on file at HCO WW;
2. Keep them advised about Scientology progress;
3. Give them a Franchise;
4. Coax them along;
5. Get them to Saint Hill for training;
6. Send them home more competent;
7. Build up centres in that way;
8. Collect all I O%s consistently.
This programme works.
It must be consistently applied with good Admin and prompt comm and good
COMM.
LRH:gl.rd
Copyrightoc 1964 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 MARCH 1964
Orgs
Franchise
US Field CALIFQRNIA FRANCHISE
(Amends HCO Policy Letter of October 1, AD12
"The Plan for California")
Henceforth, all California Franchise holders are to send their reports
and 10%s direct to HCO WW.
They are to discontinue remitting 1017o of their Scientology and
Dianetic incomes to HCO Los Angeles/California.
They need not report routinely to HCO Los Angeles/California, but may do
so, if they wish.
This does not alter the fact that all California auditors, in order to
practise in California, must be licensed by the Church of Scientology of
California, and must have a Charter from that Church, as a Branch Church.
Otherwise no legal protection or credentials can be extended to that
auditor.
No auditor in California will be franchised by HCO WW without this
charter and licence.
All California Franchise must be Ministers of the California Church.
The Church of Scientology of California may charge a fee for this
licence and Charter, but may not request nor accept a percentage from
California auditors.
LRH:gl.rd Issued by: Joseph Breeden, HGA
Copyright g 1964 HCO Franchise Sec WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
262
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 JUNE 1964
Franchise
FRANCHISE
WHAT IS IT AND WHO MAY HAVE IT
Franchise is awarded t o active, productive auditors only.
Up to now there have been very many auditors allowed to remain on
Franchise who have not been very productive, or who did not remit 10% to
HCO WW regularly.
This will no longer be allowed.
In order to retain a Franchise an auditor must do the following:
1. Produce case gains on individual preclears and co-audit
preclears,
2. Produce well trained HAS and HQS certificate holders. (HQS only
if a St Hill grad.)
3. Sell books.
4. Produce evidence of 1, 2 and 3 above by sending regular reports
to the Franchise Secretary, HCO WW as requested; and by remitting a
contribution to HCO WW consisting of 10% of income derived from 1, 2
and 3.
The amount of activity may vary from auditor to auditor, but the
Franchised auditor is expected to produce. Franchise is reserved for the
most productive auditors.
In view of this policy, a number of Franchises have been cancelled.
Several of these are cancelled because the auditors failed to report or
remit 109oss, although they were busy auditing and training.
Any classified auditor may apply for Franchise. Application is made
through the local HCO to the Franchise Secretary, HCO WW.
Franchise holders are mailed bulletins each week usually; are entitled
to a 40% discount on books and tapes; may write the Franchise Secretary HCO
WW for advice and consultation; may have a Franchise Certificate, and have
priority on technical help and information from Central Orgs.
Franchise holders are the elite of Scientology Field Auditors and are
treated as such by HCO WW.
Leading Field Auditors are only appointed if the appointee is
Franchised. If an area has no Franchise holder, then it has no Leading
Field Auditor.
Note: Where two or more auditors are working together, as in a Franchise
Centre, each must individually apply for a Franchise if they each wish to
have Franchise privileges. However, they may report and remit I O%s
collectively, as long as each auditor's name is included in the report.
Issued by: Joe Breeden
Franchise Secretary
for
LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1964
by L. Ron Hubbard Authorized by: Mary Sue Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Organization Secretary HCO WW
263
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I JANUARY 1965
Remirneo
FRANCHISE APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT
This Policy Letter is for use by all auditors wanting to take out a
Franchise with HCO WW. The agreement forms the basis of the relationship
between Franchise Auditors and HCO.
Three copies are required when making an application. These are
obtainable from Area HCOs (who obtain their copies, airmail paper except
UK, from stencil keeping Central Orgs). Three copies are required when
making an application so that the Franchise Holder, the Area See and the
Franchise Sec each have a copy for reference.
When the intending Franchise Holder has completed his parts of the three
forms, they should be forwarded to the Area HCO and then to Franchise See,
who will complete the lower part of the agreement and distribute copies to
Area Sec and Franchise Holder. For an Auditor to be on Franchise he must be
Class Ill or over, hold an International Membership and be in good standing
with his Central Organization.
INTERIM FRANCHISE APPLICATION
I (~u'li nam*e'in*ca*pit*a'ls*)' * * ' ' ' * * * * * * * * * * *
* * ' * ' * * * * * * * * ' Mr./Mrs./Miss
of ........................................................
(V~lf postal address in capitals)
hereby apply for an HCO Interim Franchise.
My highest Scientology qualification is .........................
My highest Class is .........................
My International Membership is in force until when I shall see
that it is renewed, and kept in force thereafter.
I am in good standing with the Central Organization.
Signed ............................
Date ..........................
The above statements are true, and I approve of the above-mentioned being
awarded an Interim Franchise.
*4&6 Vr;a or .6ontinentai Secr'etar'y*
Date ..........................
264
INTERIM FRANCHISE AGREEMENT
I Mr./Mrs./Miss
hereby agree to the following conditions on being awarded an HCO Interim
Franchise.
I agree:-
I . To be active in the Field, disseminating and practising
Scientology professionally, establishing myself as a stable terminal
for Scientology in my area.
2. To maintain my own case and training at a high standard.
3. To maintain the Auditor's Code and the Code of a Scientologist.
4. To maintain good standing with Scientology Central
Organizations.
5. To maintain my International Membership in force.
6. To remit 10% of my gross income from Scientology and/or
Dianetics as my contribution towards research and World Wide
dissemination.
7. To send in weekly reports of my activities to HCO Franchise
Secretary on the standard form supplied by HCO WW.
8. To conform to Policies laid down for Franchise Auditors.
Signed ..........................
Date ............................
Witness ..........................
I hereby certify that ................................................
has been awarded an HCO Interim Franchise as from and will be
kept supplied with all Bulletins, Policy Letters and other mailings
applicable to
Franchise Holders, and will be given all possible technical advice and help
from HCO to
maintain a high effective level of technology in the Field in his/her area,
so long as the
conditions of this Agreement are complied with.
Signed ..........................
HCO Franchise Secretary WW
for L. RON HUBBARD
Date ............................
Prospective Franchise Holder should write here the types of Scientology
Activity he/she expects to engage in (i.e. individual auditing, training,
co-audits, etc) so that this can be published against his/her name in lists
of Franchise Holders.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:jw.rd Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
I Amended and reissued 14 January 1970, same title, in the 1970 Year Book;
cancelled by HCO P/L
11 May 1971 Issue IV, Mission Application and Agreement, page 296, which
also cancelled 14jan.'70.j
265
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JANUARY 1965
Remimeo Franclii~
Franchise:
WHO MAY HAVE IT AND HOW TO MAINTAIN IT, AD 15
The Franchise Programme has been a part of the broad, public
dissemination of Scientology for a long time now, almost six years.
The purpose of this programme is to build up a really fine group of
professional auditors practicing and disseminating Scientology in the
field, professional auditors who could help carry out the goals, aims, and
ideals of Scientology and who could in the practical aspects of training,
processing, and like activities, help other people to higher levels of
awareness and beingness.
To accomplish this purpose we had to ensure to the Franchise Holder and
to the general public that they would get the very best data and technical
information with which to succeed, the dissemination and help of
Scientology relying wholly on technical working in the hands of those who
apply it, not just those who are closely supervised in it's application,
but in everyone's hands.
So we had to provide the service of seeing that this technical
information was relayed as fast as possible each week on established
communication lines; that there was someone to answer and handle the
natural queries that result from new technical information; that the
general public be advised throughout our various magazines that these
Franchise Holders were the elite corps from whom the best technical could
be expected in the field; and that we could do everything possible to
promote the activities of the Franchise Holder through advertising,
technical information, and administrative advice.
In return for such information and services, we ask that ten percent of
the weekly gross income of the Franchise Holder be sent, along with a
weekly report, to help defray the expenses involved, to help pay for the
advertising and to help pay for the research involved in the development of
new technology.
Thus a two-way flow is maintained with affinity, reality, and
communication.
New promotion and a new technical bridge have been originated to
increase even further the effectiveness and reach of our Franchise Holders.
This new promotion and new bridge, via the training and processing levels,
will bring about more success and more wins and more people.
To cope with this forward reach and progress, we would like to ensure
that those who are now Franchise Holders will continue to be Franchise
Holders in the future and to ensure that the members of Franchise Holders
are increased.
First, let's review the definition of a Franchise Holder: A professional
auditor, with a classification to Level III or over, who practices
Scientology full or part time for remuneration, who conducts processing and
training privately or to groups, whose understanding and experience of
Scientology is sufficiently broad for him to be publicized to others as a
stable terminal, who has signed a Franchise Agreement, who receives
Bulletins, Policy Letters, advice, advertising, technical information,
services and administrative data from HCO WW, and who, in return for same,
maintains
266
regularly a weekly report and a weekly payment of ten percent of his gross
income to HCO WW.
Contained in this definition are all the agreements which create the
reality of the communication flows and which help to maintain affinity in
common purpose and understanding.
The administrative actions which we engage upon to maintain the
Franchise programme are much more complicated and time consuming than the
fifteen or thirty minutes (and even less, in the case of some very
efficient Franchise Holders) required to write out a supplied report form
and check (cheque), but this difference is made up in the hours and time
devoted to handling, processing, and training people by the Franchise
Holder.
We would like to see in the future more Franchise Holders, and Franchise
Holders so busy and successful that they need to hire someone to file their
report to HCO WW, to enroll all the people, to answer the' telephone, and
to keep that over-full appointment book.
The future of the Franchise Programme is bright. Let's keep it that way
by maintaining the agreements upon which it is founded and by gathering
together new members with the same aims and goals.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:lb.cden Copyright Q 1965 for L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Modified by HCO P/L 20 April 1968, Franchise, page M.]
267
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Gen Non Remimeo
HCO Dissem Sec HCOPOLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1965
Dist Sec
Mimeo
Registrars
Tech Pets SALE OF BULLETINS & TAPES
Qual Pets FORBIDDEN
The sale of HCOBs and HCO Pol Ltis and Tapes is FORBIDDEN to all orgs.
No org may sell any Field Auditor or Franchise Auditor or the public any
Bulletin or Policy Ltr or tape.
No org may lend or permit to be copied any HCOB, Pol Ltr or tape.
No org may permit notes of tapes to be mimeographed, published or sold.
The only materials which may be released or sold are those authorized by
the Office of LRH at Saint Hill through the HCO Dissemination Secretary
Saint Hill and only by specific written orders from the Office of LRH Saint
Hill.
All materials issued are for use only by orgs in the conduct of their
business and basic activities of training and processing.
LRH:wmc.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron ubbard [modified by HCO P/L 20 April 1968, Franchise, page 278;
amended
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED by HCO P/L 18 April 1970 Issue 111, Tapes, Volume 2-
page 227.1
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965
Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise DISTDIV(6)
FRANCHISE COURSES
Franchise may teach the following Courses:
Beginning Scientologist Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist Hubbard
Qualified Scientologist.
They may not (and were never authorized) to offer classification or
classed courses such as Level 0, etc.
The deadline of Jan 1, 1966 that would have ended their courses is
herewith removed.
To teach an HQS Course the Franchise holder must have an excellent
presentation of the course and materials.
All Scientology courses must have check sheets, even BS and HAS.
They may charge for these courses.
They must not imply such courses are Level courses for classification or
a
substitute for proper Academy training.
LRH:mh.rd
Copyright @ 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
268
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East GTinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 MAY 1965
Gen Non Rernimeo
Franchise Holders DISTRIBUTION DIVISION
Franchise Officer Hat
FRANCHISE SUMMARY OF POLICY
Franchise is now under HASI Saint Hill the Distribution Division
(Division 6), Department of Field Activities (Department 16), Franchise
Section and is under the direct supervision of the Franchise Officer, the
title Franchise Secretary being abolished.
All Franchise Holders now in good standing may retain their Franchises.
Being in good standing consists of the Franchise Holder submitting weekly
reports to the Franchise Section and paying their 10% the week it is
received. Franchise Holders not doing so are removed from the Franchise
List and all privileges are cancelled.
Franchise Holders receive weekly mailings from Saint Hill and advices
and special book discounts.
Franchise Holders may teach certain courses, as permitted years ago, the
HAS and HQS of those times. For a short while Academies taught an HAS and
HQS course and these courses became level courses. This was after they had
been allowed as non-level courses to Franchise Holders.
Despite any apparent change, the Franchise Holder may still teach these
NON LEVEL HAS and HQS courses as first arranged years ago. These are no
longer Academy Level Courses. NO FRANCHISE HOLDER MAY CALL HIS COURSES
"LEVEL ZERO or LEVEL ONE". The Level Zero and Level One Courses are now HRS
and HTS. The Franchise Holder was allowed to teach HAS and HQS and is still
allowed to teach HAS and HQS. He has never been allowed to teach Level 0 or
Level I Courses. A confusion on this by the former Franchise Secretary has
been discovered and corrected. LEVEL means an Academy Course.
To these we now add the BEGINNING SCIENTOLOGIST COURSE. This is the
first, lowest course. It is the old PE Course. It is not a Level Course.
According to the Classification Gradation and Awareness Chart there are
four certificates below Zero. One of these is by book (the HBA) and is
therefore not taught but Scientology books and use of them can be
recommended. The other three, BS, HAS and HQS are taught. HBA is not
required for HQS.
Thus a Franchise Holder should teach from one to three courses.
Beginning Scientologist, Hubbard Apprentice Scientologist, and Hubbard
Qualified Scientologist.
The texts of these are fairly well known.
THE BEGINNING SCIENTOLOGIST
The BS Course is all evening PE, covering the Problems of Work and
stressing how people need Scientology being in a mess and their need for
Change. It has no auditing. Just data. The people should understand the
words used or they will wander off. So use a few principles, define every
word, review the principle and definition often. DON'T teach any definition
by agreement. It loses people like water through a sieve, according to
actual data of attendance. The best BS Course hammers the few simple
principles contained in Problems of Work, page by page from the actual text
read to the students with pauses for their examples. Teach from this text
only, not from "live lecture". Read the book page by page and assign work
from it. The student is also given the 13 basic words for vocabulaxy as
between session study assignment. Few data, lots of quantity about them,
lots of examples. And stress that knowledge of them can change things and
that people are in bad shape and that change is needed. IF THE PEOPLE CAN'T
APPLY THE DATA TAUGHT IN THEIR DAILY LIVES, IT IS NOT A BS COURSE. A BS
Course is now taught from this one text. And remember to tell them it isn't
a level course, or an example of an Academy Course.
THE HUBBARD APPRENTICE SCIENTOLOGIST
This is another data course. It has no auditing connected with it. It is
not a Level Zero Course and must never be called so as no Franchise Holder
was ever given the right to teach any Classification Course.
269
It has two courses, really. The first course runs for a week or two of
evenings-at least nine evenings or three week ends. (This time can be
doubled if you wish.)
The "Theory" part of the Course consists of a painstaking coverage of
"The Original Thesis" page by page. It is gone over with great thoroughness
and no word is left in doubt in the student's mind. You will find this book
has far more data and appeal at this level than any other. It defines the
mind and without it, a lot of students are left adrift.
The method of teaching is by reading a part of it and defining every
word in it and asking the class to give examples of it in life. And then
how the principle can be applied.
Usingjust this one text and covering it thoroughly will get you further
than trying to go to glory on "live lecture" and tapes and all that.
The text itself must be possessed by the student ' as well as a
dictionary and the
student must keep a notebook of words he has defined and axioms and his
examples.
He gets his pass on his notebook. (PE can be taught the same way.)
(The Original Thesis will be available much later reprinted as a
Scientology text, by changing the word Dianeties to Scientology in it.)
The HAS has a second stage course called the Practical Course. It is
taught in another 9 evenings or 3 week ends. (This time can be doubled if
you wish.)
It uses the TRs to teach people to Communicate. Between evenings, or
week ends the class is given assignments of observing examples in the world
around them of principles taken from the Original Thesis.
Note that there is no auditing. You will lose more people if you try to
get a co-audit going than if you don't.
However, at this stage you carefully teach them the usual assists
published from time to time.
You make them show you they can do them. You don't have a class auditing
period in which to do them.
When they've mastered their TRs and done lots of examples of principles
in the Original Thesis and mastered Assists, that's that.
THE HUBBARD BOOK AUDITOR
If a student wishes he can have his HBA instead of his HAS if he will
submit 3 assists he has done successfully.
The application may be through his Franchise Holder.
THE HUBBARD QUALIFIED SCIENTOLOGIST
The first stage of this course (Theory) is the same length (minimum) as
the 9 evening or 3 week end HAS. It can be doubled in time.
Its texts are Dianetics: Evolution of a Science and Dianetics: The
Modern Science of Mental Health. (These will be reissued as Scientology
texts and edited much later but meanwhile they serve.)
There is no auditing on the Theory Course and no co-auditing as we know
it on any part of either one, Theory or Practical. Therefore the auditing
part of Dianctics: The Modern Science of Mental Health is not covered in
the Course. Thus Book 3 is omitted (page 165 on).
These texts are read to the students and clarified. Examples are asked
for. The student must learn to think in these principles.
As in all courses the texts must be in the student's hand in class as
well as a dictionary.
When these texts are completed, the Theory Course is over.
The student now enrols in his HQS Practical Course. It is the same
length as the Theory Course.
The Practical Course consists of the Body Steering Drill, the old Body
Mimicry Process (where "auditor" and "pc" sit across from each other and
the commands are
270
hand signals which are answered by the same hand signal and the command is
repeated by the "auditor" until it is duplicated by the "pc".) There are no
other processes allowed and neither "auditor" nor "pc" may speak.
A feature of this Course is Group Processing. Tapes of the Group
Processing I have given Congresses are being made into records or are
available as tapes. They are not the Tone 40 processes. The students as a
body do these Group Processes from the tape.
They purchase copies of the old Group Auditor's Handbook and after a lot
of processing by tapes they then learn how to Group Process.
They finish up their course capable of doing Body Steering, auditing by
mimicry as above, and being able to do Group Processing. .
They should realize as well that Group Processing brings people up out
of their engrams and that awareness is thereby increased.
When they can do this, they are terminated from the course.
The Franchise Holder will find that teaching people Scientology without
following along the track of research and books gives people loses. DO NOT
teach these students without books in their hands and read at them, don't
try to live lecture it.
The principle here is entirely this, the student will get his biggest
case gain from data and is most likely to become a problem if students co-
audit.
In 1954 1 taught a whole ACC without permitting any auditing amongst the
0
students and GOT A HIGHER AVERAGE GRAPH CHANGE THAN ON ANY PREVIOUS ACC.
The entire gain was from data carefully taught and my lectures!!!
Group Processing was very successful at these lower levels and it forms
a good group spirit.
Do NOT try to use. these courses only to get pds. You will soon cave in
from overwork and that will be that. You won't have courses or pes. 1 ran a
pilot on this via a Franchise Centre co-auditing and getting'pcs and
auditing them, and the activity eventually folded up for the above reasons.
Send the pcs to your nearest org for commission and keep running
courses.
AUDITING
The Franchise Holder can audit the occasional easy pc, of course. But
beware-it looks like easy money. But it soon caves the place in. Every
moment spent auditing is time one isn't promoting. Individual practice
killed psychoanalysis.
One auditor or a team of auditors in one place; teaching courses and
promoting makes a solid future. Auditing individual pes without a whole org
to back you up never will.
DATA GIVES A HIGHER CASE GAIN THAN STUDENT PROCESSING.
CHARGES
Charge what you arrange with your Continental Director. DON'T charge for
"An HAS Course". Charge for the "HAS Theory Course" and then charge for the
"HAS Practical Course". Same with HQS, get two fees for an HAS and two for
an HQS.
Don't pretend these are Academy Level Courses. Send your people for the
Zero HRS to an Academy for commission.
FIELD STAFF MEMBER
You cannot afford not to be a Field Staff Member, your centre cannot
exist long without a place to send pes and upper students and you can't
survive unless you just promote and handle small courses. The second you
try to go into too many actions you will spread too thin, your delivery
will worsen, your lack of promotion will cave you in.
DURATION OF FRANCHISE
You may have been told "Franchise was to be cut out." This was not true.
271
The Franchise Holder will do best who builds up his area, gets a lot of
people up to HQS in it, sends some off for training to an Academy and gets
them back well trained to help out and when big enough, convert to a City
Office.
DATA
The data outlined above, taught from the book, will be found sweepingly
successful-tens of thousands travelled that road. If they don't travel the
data road they won't have a clue. And data at these levels is safer case
gain than student auditing of students. Assists and Group Processing done
well, are safe to put in these students' hands and from them they'll get
results. Group Processing was seldom explored for all its uses. Raw meat
loves it. And in the files I have huge numbers of people who list under
"What auditing have you had?" "Ron's Congress Processing" like it was a 50
hour intensive. Good group auditing is good!
TAPES AND RECORDS
You can have all kinds of tapes at these levels. They are being made, a
lot of them into records. Hi Fi phonograph equipment is ordinary.
Beware of bad quality reproduction of lectures. It is deadly. Students
go to sleep on poor quality, are bright and happy on good quality
reproduction by actual test.
You can give public tape plays all you want. Don't skimp reproduction
quality.
BOOKS
You can buy books at a good discount and sell them to your students at a
profit. Discounts are announced from time to time.
New texts will be coming someday, covering the exact ground as above.
But don't wait for them.
Don't underestimate the effectiveness of teaching from a book. The data
in these books needs no amplification or interpretation. It's there.
Don't try to teach Level Zero or Co-audits or prebeld the qualification
is greater than it is. Don't bar the door by skipping essentials. Data may
be interesting to you only if it's high level. But you aren't trying to
interest you-you are trying to interest the public for whom these books
were written.
ETHICS
Your nearest org will help you with Ethics. Ethics exists to get
technology in. If your course has a suppressive in it you'll have a hard
time and lose your students. So don't fool with it. Use Ethics Codes. Only
then can you get tech in in your area.
You are saving your students from sickness and death. Don't let a
suppressive do them in before they can be salvaged.
If you teach them as above and put their feet on the road, enough of
them will make it to salvage the rest when the few get further across the
bridge.
We're dead serious about this.
The Franchise Holder is a vital part of the bridge. It's open now. Help
crowd them across it.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd Copyright (D 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
272
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of L. Ron Hubbard
SECED 67 SH Sth August 1965
FRANCHISE TRANSFERRED TO DIV 6
Franchise is transferred to Division 6, the Distribution Division.
In addition to Deputy Director of Field Activities, Mary Skelton is also
appointed
Franchise Officer.
L. RON HUBBARD
101.0
. V ,
A?' .
8
,
OFOR
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 AUGUST 1965
Rernimeo
Franchise
CERTIFICATION OF FRANCHISE STUDENTS
In order to ensure that Franchise Auditors are able to get their
students certified for Beginning Scientologist, Hubbard Apprentice
Scientologist, and Hubbard Qualified Scientologist, a Franchise Auditor is
permitted to make an Attestation as to the competence of the students as
regards their practical and theory work as laid down by policy covering the
above named courses.
Such Attestations are to be sent in to the Director of Examinations of
the nearest Central Org and are then passed by that post to the Department
of Certificates and Awards for making out and mailing of the certificate to
the student.
The nearest Central Org may charge for such service.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
273
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I SEPTEMBER 1965
Gen Non Remimeo
Franchise
CURRENT POLICY-FRANCHISE
(Preserved policy from former Policy Letters
which have been cancelled)
Stable Franchise Centres are expected to become City Offices, and other
Franchise Holders are expected to build stabilized Centres toward the end
of becoming City Offices. Those not doing so may become individual Field
Staff Members.
FRANCHISE BECOMING CITY OFFICES
Successful Franchise Centres may become City Offices on application if
their record and activity as a Franchise Holder is adequate.
The requirements of a City Office are (a) corporate regularity by which
is meant their incorporation must be passed up and in accordance with
policy, (b) adequate premises, (c) the presence of a full time HCO Area
See, (d) training of someone in org administration at their Central Org.
MEMBERSHIP SALES
No Franchise Holder may sell memberships. Memberships may be sold only
by City Offices or Central Orgs.
All Membership money received by a Central Org or City Office must be
paid into the HCO Book Account of that office and this money is used for
dissemination. Salaries and general erg bills may not be paid from the HCO
Book Account.
Franchise Holders receiving requests or monies for membership must
forward the matter to the Central Organization, referring the requests and
sending the money in its entirety.
Franchise Holders who are Field Staff Members may, however, select
members and receive FSM commission on such selections.
A Franchise Holder should advise memberships as he will receive the
benefit of it directly, membership monies being invested mainly in
advertising of books and assisting his own sale of these as well as
bringing other indirect benefits.
FRANCHISE HOLDERS MUST CHARGE CENTRAL ORG PRICES
Franchise Holders must keep to the scale of processing fees announced by
Central Orgs for each year, These are precisely calculated.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard (Note: The original PLs, now cancelled, from which
these were
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED preserved, are in Volume 3, Price Engram section,
pages 91-136.]
274
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 SEPTEMBER 1965
Gen Non Rernimeo
Franchise
Post Public
Bulletin Boards
Sthil Students FRANCHISE AWARD OF MERIT
As Part of the programme to promote Franchise, and to reward those
Franchise Holders who have done well in the Field, a special Franchise
Award has been introduced. It consists of an invitation to come to St Hill
for a free briefing on how to give a Release check and rehabilitation, and
to be released by Power Processes to 2nd Stage at 50% discount.
To qualify for the award, the Franchise Holder will have to fulfil the
following requirements:
I . Send in reports and I O%s every week.
2. Income from 1017os received must be over $300 or F 100 per month
for a three month period.
3. They must have a good record with St Hill.
The award will be announced every three months.
For the six month period to I st September 1965 the following have
qualified for the award:
VIRGINIA AND ALLEN KAPULER, LAS VEGAS
ALLAN AND JOY WALTER, DALLAS
JOHN AND MILLIE GALUSHA, COLORADO
LRH:mh.rd
Copyright @ 1965 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue III
Gen Non-Rernimeo
CORPORATE NAMES
GROUP NAMES
The only corporation that may use the word "FOUNDING" in its name is the
FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF WASHINGTON D.C.
Any other corporation in the USA or elsewhere including the word
"Founding" in its name must change it by Board resolution, filing name
change correctly before relevant authorities.
No group or congregation, etc, incorporated or not, may use the word
"Founding" in its title. Any such existing shall change their name in
accordance, with this policy.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
275
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 OCTOBER 1965
Gen NonRernimeo Franchise Qual Secs Review Personnel
RELEASE CHECKS FOR
FRANCHISE PRECLEARS
It has been brought to my notice that with the new grades of Release,
preclears of Field Auditors may have to make repeated journeys to their
local Orgs for a check and rehabilitation.
To surmount this problem the following policy is introduced:
When a Franchise Auditor works a long way from his nearest Org, he may
audit a preclear on the next level above that on which the preclear has
been released, up to the highest level consistent with his class.
When the auditor can continue the pc no further, he may then send the pe
in for a check and rehabilitation on each level released.
In the case of a Class III auditor, then, he would:
1. Audit the preclear on 0 processes to a free needle.
2. Audit the preclear on level I processes to a free needle.
3. Audit the preclear on level Il processes to a free needle.
4. Audit a preclear -on level III processes to a free needle.
5. Send the preclear in for a release check and rehabilitation on
Grades 0, 1, 11, Ill.
In sending the preclear in to an Org, the following steps must be
followed precisely.
I . Send the preclear's folder in advance with a note stating which
grades the pc has attained, and requesting a time that the pc can
appear, to the Dept of Review, Dept 14, Div 5.
2. The auditor receives a letter stating the time the pe is to
appear.
3. The auditor then hands the letter to the pc, who presents it at
the appointed time to the receptionist.
WARNING
Do not, however, allow a preclear who has reached a free needle on a
level go around for a long time without being checked as it makes for by-
passed charge.
The above rundown will keep our lines smoother and make for faster
results.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.cden
Copyright@ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED [Cancelled by HCO P/L 20 April 1968, Franchise, page
278.1
276
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT
GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of L. Ron Hubbard
SECED 162 SH 4th November 1965
Applies to Dist Division, Saint Hill and of interest to
Dissern Sec and Dir Reg SH
FRANCHISE ORDERS
(Issued after HCO Exec Ltr 3 Nov 65)
The following orders now apply to Franchise with full priority.
Carry out the 1962 Franchise Programme which is:
I . Get all HCA and HPA names and addresses.
2. Issue Franchises broadly.
3. Get the Franchise Holder to Saint Hill for good technical training.
4. Provide a Franchise Programme for those persons when trained.
These orders are amplified as follows.
I . Get all names of WAS and HPAs possible.
2. Issue Franchises to them in conjunction with FSM status, making
commissions exempt.
3. Re-issue every Franchise ever held by locating all evidences
available at Saint Hill such as old invoices, etc. Exclude only SPs and
persons Dead Filed for cause.
4. Get every Franchise Holder not yet trained at Saint Hill to Saint
Hill and trained. (Responsibility for this is the Franchise Officer's
but Dir of Reg can help but is not held for results, the Franchise
Officer is.)
5. Design and Provide a good, attractive programme and excellent
services for Franchise Holders. Make it,even better for those trained at
Saint Hill. In short make two types of Franchise Service-those untrained
at Saint Hill and those trained at Saint Hill (I will have to pass on
these two offerings before actual issue).
6. Give actual excellent service and answer up fast and helpfully on all
Franchise enquiries.
Note the high percentage of Franchise income derived from auditing and
realize that when those pcs are up the grades they have to come to Saint
Hill for Power Processing and the Solo Auditing and Clearing Course. Make
it worthwhile by separate FSM Commissions on each of these for the
Franchise Holder to benefit by it.
Ease off plugging orgs so hard in Distribution and start plugging
Franchise Holders. Plug orgs only in Dissem.
Ease off trying to force draft Franchise Holders into City Offices. Sust
cease to mention it and treat Franchise as itself. Heading them toward City
Offices has not been profitable and only four weak offices have resulted at
a cost of almost knocking out Franchise. So talk of Franchise as having
status that does not have to change to a City Office~
Develop new status for the Franchise Holder. Erase confusions since
1962.
Note that many Franchise Holders were trained at Saint Hill despite the
partial breakdown of the 1962 programme. These must begin to get superior
service at once.
The goal here is to get Franchise Income well above income from outer
orgs; FAST~
It might even be considered that Franchise is paid for by flat yearly
payments rather than commissions. This would be based on average
collections from better Franchise Holders per annum in past years and
applied to all. Non-trained could be charged a higher fee, an "untrained
premium" "due to difficulties and expense in properly advising persons not
Saint Hill trained". This last is merely a suggestion. The rest is an
order.
.......... . .
L. RON HUBBARD
277
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 APRIL 1968
Rernimeo
Franchise Holders
FRANCHISE
(Cancels HCO PL 21 Oct 65 "Release Checks for Franchise PCs"
Modifies HCO PL 13 May 65 "Sale of Bulletins and Tapes Forbidden"
Modifies HCOB 28 July 59 "Our Goals"
Modifies HCO Pl, 2 Jan 65 "Franchise Who May Have It and How to Maintain
It")
The Franchise Programme was first introduced in the early prart of 1959.
Since that time some changes have been introduced. With the stabilisation
of our technology it becomes possible also to stabilise the Franchise
Programme.
The original aim has not been altered. It is simply, to Cleat Earth.
Clearing a large population in our lifetimes is quite within reach.
If each Scientologist were to contact 3 people per year and bring them
into Scientology we would Clear this Planet within ten years. So it is time
we got down to business.
All HCAs and HPAs and above, not on Org Staff are to be issued with an
interim Franchise which they are to ratify within 14 days. Failure to do so
will result in the revocation of the Franchise.
Franchise Holders are expected to do one or more of the following:
Run BS, PE, HAS, DCA, HQS, Anatomy of the Human Mind Course, or HDA
Course or process to the Level of their classification (Class VI or VII
may only audit to Level IV of course).
The exact plan for a Center is this:
I . Sign an interim Franchise
2. Run Basic Courses
3. Process to the Level of their training, keeping up with own
training at the Local Org
4. Keep a good Level of activity for some months, selecting
Students and Pcs for training and processing in the Local Org, St
Hill and AO.
5. Get trained to Class VI at St Hill
6. Take out a permanent Franchise
7. Progress towards clearing the area, by getting as many trained
in the Org as possible and getting them set up in new Franchise
Centers.
It's a tough Planet so we'd better face it and measure up to it. Use the
Local Org to keep Ethics in in your area.
But the First step is to say "I'm going to Clear (the Continent)
and start telling people. And moves that don't aim that way are dispersals.
The easy part is getting people on our side. You've heard it said
"everybody is a Scientologist-some haven't cognited yet". The tough part is
to keep everyone pointed toward the goal.
So a Scientologist should say first to himself "I'm going to clear
(his Continent) and then tell others "We're here to clear -" (his
Continent).
Then work on the above programme and we'll do it easily. It is only
essential we keep the goal before us and cooperate. We are not here to play
games with each other. We're~ here to Clear Earth.
So all we ask of a Franchise Holder is:
I . He must send in 10% of his weekly income (apart from booksales
and FSM commissions) from Scientology and Dianetics to the Church of
Scientology of California (WW Org) each week.
2. He must abide by the Code of a Scientologist and the Auditor's
Code and the Policies governing Franchise.
3. He must charge at least the Continental charges.
In return, the Franchise Holder:
I . Receives the Franchise starter pack consisting of the Policies
relating to Franchise.
278
2. Receives for a small fee technological materials, consisting of
the packs of star rated materials up to the Level of his
Classification (or Class IV-whichever is least) and any new
Bulletins up to that Level will be mailed within a week of issue.
3. Receives service for his individual wants from the Franchise
Officer WW. This may include issue of single copies of past
Bulletins which concern current unclassified technology to their
level, past Policy Letters giving useful info on administration,
Ethics handling, the public or promotion which contributes to the
expansion of the Franchise. These may only be supplied where a
genuine need is demonstrated. Such are for use by the Franchise
Holder only. More than one copy of HCOBs or HCO PLs will only be
sold and then only where these are for a recognised Course (or
recognised process: e.g. List 1).
4. Receives a pack of special Bulletins and Policies relating to
instructional technology.
5. Receives the materials of Staff Status 1 and 11.
6. Is appointed an FSM for his local Org, St Hill and World Wide.
7. Receives materials such as fliers for Courses which he earl use
to disseminate with (these may be charged for).
8. May, if desired, purchase free dictionaries for issuance to his
Students and Pes. He must however, send in the names and addresses
of all those receiving such dictionaries with a properly filled in
standard Application Form to St Hill.
9. An interim Franchise Holder may not run S & Ds, Green Forms or
Rehabs unless authorised to do so.
On completion of a Grade, the Franchise Auditor attests that the
correct phenomena have been obtained for the Level and gets the Pc
to attest that he has attained that Grade of Release, Both
attestations are sent to the Local Org with requisite fee and a
Certificate is mailed for that Grade to the Pc. Attestations for all
the Grades may of course be sent in all at once.
A similar system exists for Certification of Students on Courses.
All that is required is an attestation from the Supervisor and the
Student that the Student has completed the requirements for the
Course. A Certificate will then be mailed to the Student for the
nominal Fee charged by the Org for this service.
If a Student or Pc cannot attest, they are routed to the Local Org
for Review services. The penalty for false attestation is the
assignment of a Condition of Liability on those so attesting. In
serious cases the Franchise may be revoked. The assignment of such
Conditions may only be done through the Franchise Officer WW.
Help in Ethics may also be obtained from the Local Org.
10. Receives 40% discount on all books valued at more than S 1.25
(6/- sterling) but receives discount on tapes and individual meters
solely by virtue of memberships held. 10 or more meters may be
purchased at 50% discount. Bulk orders (200 or more) of any book may
be placed with 50% discount.
11. He may not have his own FSMs selecting to his own Center for
profit. FSMs are for Orgs. He may however teach the Dissem Course to
his Staff or Students. He must send in the names and addresses of
those who buy books or receive service for the first time to an Org.
These people will then receive the Area Mag, Continental Mag and
"The Auditor" and be offered a 6 month free International
Membership.
12. He may not audit or train Org Pes or Students or the Pcs or
Students of another Franchise Center within 2 years of the Pc
terminating at that Org or Center unless the Pc or Student cannot
now attend that Org by virtue of emergency or unless the person
wishing to take processing or training can obtain permission in
writing from the Local Ethics Officer that he may do so. Such
permission may be obtained after the fact, but if the action is
found to be unwarranted Ethics action may result. Such notifications
will enable any Ethics outness in either the Franchise Holder or the
Student to be remedied. A copy of any Ethics Report made by a
Franchise Holder should go to the International Ethics Officer via
the Franchise Officer WW.
13. Receives weekly mailings by surface mall (airmail maybe paid
for if desired).
14. He may give disagreement checks to his Staff if so qualified.
Those who remain inactive or who fail to send in 10% payments will have
their Franchise revoked after one year.
279
We are out to Clear Earth, therefore we can't afford to carry the
inactive at the expense of the active.
The Local Area See is informed at Ist Jan each year of all those who
have a Franchise in force. These lists may be publicised. Only such and
those appointed in the meantime may receive discounts and other privileges
of Franchise. The Franchise Holder and Local Org are expected to keep in
good ARC with each other (see HCO PL 19 Mar 68 "Service").
Those who earn consistently More than S500 per month and who intend to
continue their Franchise activities indefinitely (or become an Org at some
future time) and who are SHSBC Grads Class VI, may be granted a permanent
Franchise. A Franchise Holder who qualifies through his statistic may be so
appointed immediately on completion of the SHSBC.
A permanent Franchise Holder in addition to the above privileges:
I . Receives the Org Exec Course at 50% discount and the Minister's
Course at 50% discount.
2. May run Rehabs and S & Ds if desired.
It is held that those to whom a permanent Franchise is issued, have
sufficiently good tech to handle these services. This right will be
revoked in the event that abuse of these services occurs or
statistics decline subsequent to this right being granted. They must
inform the local HCO of the names and addresses of those who have
had S & Ds in their Center. They also forward attestations from the
Pc and auditor that the Pc is no longer PTS. Disconnection Letters
must be sent to the Ethics Officer of the nearest Org for inspection
before being mailed, the disconnection letter being stamped and
enveloped properly for such so the Ethics Officer needs only to
inspect it and post it.
Green Forms may not be run unless the auditor has been trained in
Review actions in an Org. Normally a Franchised auditor will find
which of the 6 things (which can be out on a Pc) are out (HCOB 13
Sept 65 "Out Tech") and act accordingly.
3. May offer services to Junior Franchise Holders by way of
tuition on the premises of either himself or the junior and may
charge for these services or receive return services from the junior
during tuition.
4. Receive the weekly mailings airmail (as do Orgs on the mailing
list).
All Franchise Holders are subject to our Ethics system as are all
Scientologists. Franchises are reminded that Ethics exists to make Tech
possible. Hence, where tech is in, Ethics isn't interested, but where there
is squirreling, ARC broken Pcs, squabbling between Franchise and Orgs,
statistics down, Ethics will become fascinated. Therefore keep the goal in
mind, and work towards achieving it. The high statistic Franchise Holder is
a valuable being, it is his actions as an FSM that keep Scientology
expanding (along with others).
If this programme is followed closely we'll soon Clear Earth.
Mike Davidson Franchise Officer WW
Nada Shultz Public Activities See WW
Kevin Kember Qua] See WW
Brian Day HCO Area See WW
Tony Dunleavy Public Exec See WW
Anne Tampion D/HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson Org Exec See WW
Ken Delderfield LRH Comm WW
Joan McNocher D/Guardian WW
LRH:jc.rd Mary Sue Hubbard The Guardian WW
Copyright 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Note: "Since we can now handle all types of cases disconnection as a
condition is cancelled."-LRH HCO P/L 15 November 1968, see Volume 1, page
489. ]
tThe above 20 April '68 Pol Ltr was modified by HCOP/L 8 July 1969,
Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension), page 282, then later cancelled by
HCOP/Ls10 May 1971 Issue It, Mission, Basic Definition of, (see page 299)
and 20 September 1971 Issue 11, same title, page 299, which revised 10 May
'71.1
280
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 FEBRUARY 1969
Distxib
Divs 8
Franchise
MATERIALS TO FRANCHISE
All orgs are to make available to Franchise Holders those HCO Policy
Letters and HCO Bulletins which HCO Policy Letter of 20 April 1968
"Franchise" ENTITLES THEM TO HAVE.
They are to be charged for. Recommended price is 2/6 sterling or 30
cents US or equivalent per copy. This may be reduced at the discretion of
the Executive Council of the Org for multiple copies where more than one
copy is authorized by policy or for packs, not less than I /-per copy.
Starter packs and weekly mailings to Franchises are still issued from
WW.
Tony Dunleavy
LRH:TD:nt.ei.rd CS-6, Public Aide
Copyright (D 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 APRIL 1969
FRANCHISE SECTION WW
The Franchise Section WW continues at WW in the same format as
previously and is placed directly under the Distribution Secretary WW.
In other orgs the franchise functions of the org exist in their
respective sections and exist in the three departments of the Distribution
Division VIII in accordance with HCO Policy Letter of 29 January 1969
"Public Divisions Org Board Revised" and the purpose of these functions is
to back up the Franchise Section WW by expanding Franchise activity in the
org's own area.
The Franchise Section WW is headed by the Franchise Officer WW. It
contains Franchise Communicators and is to be expanded as required to
properly service Franchise needs.
Tony Dunleavy
LRH:TD:hk.ei.rd CS-6 Public Aide
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
281
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 MAY 1969
Remimeo
Franchise
CRAMMING SECTION - SERVICE TO TRAINED AUDITORS
The Cramming Section 'teaches students what they have missed'. This
includes Trained Auditors who wish to be brought up to date on current
technical developments.
A Field or Franchise Auditor wishing to up-date his technical data may
do so in the Cramming Section of any Org qualified to teach his level of
Training.
The Director of Exams may determine that the Auditor is missing too much
data, such as a whole course, to handle in Cramming and route the Auditor
to the Tech Division for retraining. Cramming does not teach full Dianetic,
Academy or SHSBC courses.
The line of keeping Tech in the area up to date and standard is indeed a
Qual hat. It is also a source of steady Qual income.
"New" courses are of course taught in Tech.
Rodger Wright - Chairman
Ad Council WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Bruce Glushakow - HCO Area See WW
AD COUNCIL WW
Edie Hoyseth - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:RW:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Remimeo Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Franchise
Dianetic HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 JULY 1969
Counselling (Modifies HCO Pol 20 April 1968, "Franchise")
Groups
Gung-Ho Groups
FRANCHISE, WHO MAY HAVE ONE (EXTENSION)
For the purpose of running a Dianetic Counselling Group a HUBBARD
DIANETIC COUNSELLOR may have a franchise. They will receive HCOBs up to
their level plus policies relevant to operating a Dianetic Counselling
Group.
A Dianetic Counselling Group is expected to have several staff including
a Scientology Auditor of at least Level IV.
Any Dianetic Counselling Group to run an HSDC, must apply for and obtain
a Franchise. They must of course have an HDG.
Clive Whittaker - D/Franchise Officer WW
Jim Keely - Qual See WW
Rosalie Vosper - HCO Area See WW
Ad Council WW
Anne Tampion - HCO Exec See WW
Allan Ferguson - Org Exec See WW
Tom Morgan - Public Exec See WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
LRH:CW:ei.rd Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
Copyrightoc 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Cancelled by HCO P/L 28 April 1970, The Dianetic Counselling Group
Programme, page 390.1
282
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1969
Issue 11
Rernimeo
Franchise
Franchise Hats
Public Officers
FRANCHISE GRANTS OR CHARTERS
Since the earliest days of Franchise, a Franchise Grant is awarded only
to ONE INDIVIDUAL IN ONE AREA.
There are no floating Franchises or combined Franchises in accordance
with long-standing policy.
A Franchise Grant is a right to use the name approved by Franchise WW in
a single area by an individual in that area.
It is for a period of good usage and remains valid only if its lKs are
paid regularly. That too is long-standing policy.
Business and profit Corporations are not granted Franchises.
A Franchise is now regarded as a MISSION of the church run by a minister
of the church and bears non-profit status.
An individual in that area may file the name as a "business name" but
must take needful stops to ensure that non-profit status is not
compromised.
Running a Franchise under a name other than that granted or for other
use than Dianetics and Scientology services can cause a cancellation of the
Franchise and withdrawal of the name.
An individual may sell his Franchise to another providing that other is
going to operate it and be as a person in that area. The Franchise may not
be sold into any network for non-resident management.
The proper US term for the type of company is "corporate sole" meaning
an individual in whom the property pnd funds of a social or religious group
is invested. The "corporate sole" is a person who is a custodian of the
funds and property of the group. This type of "corporation" is permissible
in Franchise.
Several trustees may combine in a board and register their Franchise as
a church or religious association or an association or society of which
they are the board. This has been done in the past in various areas.
Anyone receiving a Franchise or who holds an active Franchise as of the
date of this policy letter should rearrange his or her Franchise status to
comply with the above or with any additional requirements as may be
specified by the Deputy Guardian for Legal, C of S, Worldwide,
All Franchises which are not in good usage or which have been in any way
irregular in their 10% tithe to the mother church are cancelled by this
policy letter and must be re-applied for to Franchise WW.
Any Franchise found to be in conflict with this policy letter but is in
active use
283
and has regularly paid its tithe to WW should be regularized with Franchise
WW and Deputy Guardian for Legal WW who have full authority to effect
satisfactory resolution of any difficulties within the meaning and spirit
of this policy letter.
The work and activity of Franchise holders over the world is appreciated
and it is realized that both time and money have been expended and that
many Franchises have value and assets. No orders have ever been issued by
any Scn official to compel or coerce any Franchise holder into any network
or compel percentages to any individual or group other than the Franchise
holder in the area for which the Franchise was granted and such
arrangements are frowned upon as depriving the Franchise holder of the
benefit of his Franchise and compromising the good of the community.
The actual persons running a Franchise in an area and who are in that
area are the persons looked upon by the church as the Franchise holders and
actual custodians of the Franchise name granted to that area. These, if any
irregularity of status (as per Franchise tradition and this policy letter)
exists should contact the nearest Central Org or Franchise WW to regularize
their status and have their existing Franchise and name cancelled and the
Franchise reissued in a new title by WW so that it will be fully valid.
Any monies given to Franchise holders or arranged to "buy the Franchise"
should be considered a loan and should be promptly repaid to the donor.
Franchises should pay their debts and be solvent. The Mother Church is not
responsible for their debts but solvency is in the interest of good public
relations.
(This policy letter has been issued at the request of the Deputy
Guardian for Legal WW to resolve the many irregularities in Franchise
status now existing.)
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ei.rd Copyright (D 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
284
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I NOVEMBER 1969
Rernirneo Issue Il
OES Hat
PES Hat
Franchise Hats
Franchise PROMOTION AND MOTIVATION
Many promotional methods have been used in Franchise Centres. These
would have to be studied in very successful franchises such as the old Las
Vegas centre when it was under Kapulers. (His write up on this is available
from Franchise WW. Applying the same principles the Kapulers' Franchise in
Sparks, Nevada is currently booming.)
The heart of Franchise is the FSM programme wherein the Franchise has
its own FSMs. (FSM = Field Staff Member.)
No Org or Franchise centre ever got anywhere with "covert selling"
wherein they somehow pretend not to be Scientologists but to sell covertly.
Also no Franchise ever got anywhere "not quite agreeing with Ron"-the
public leaves them alone in droves as we know by numerous tests. Centres
which "knock Ron" or the Sea Org or Sen orgs vanish after awhile because
the public holds them in contempt.
There is no substitute for being an honest part of the team.
MONEY MOTIVATION
The weakest motivation is money. People and businesses that are
motivated only by money are wobbly people.
A primary cause of Franchise failure is money motivation.
The scale of motivation from the highest to the lowest is
Duty - Highest
Personal Conviction
Personal Gain
Money - Lowest.
Money is important in the world. But it is the grease on the machinery,
not the motors. In a society which has lost its patriotism and pride, money
will be found as a primary motivation. True, one is in trouble without
money and it is a crime in the eyes of the society to be without money. But
one also needs dirt to grow things in and yet dirt cannot be said to be the
primary motivation for living.
So money is a tool, a gas tank. It is a MEANS of getting something done.
It is no valid end in itself.
Thus a Franchise motivated only by money will eventually fail. For it
depends more on the good will and personal conviction of Scientologists and
the public than it does on cash. Thus there will come about a ridge between
a money motivated Franchise and a public motivated by personal conviction
or even personal gain. The potential agreement between the centre and the
public is therefore a disagreement. The Reality, the R, is out and so the
ARC is out and so there is an interruption of flows.
A centre or an org must flow out service, help, wisdom, useful data.
These strengthen personal conviction and result in personal gain for the
public. Processing is a personal gain that leads to personal conviction.
Money therefore flows back in AS A MEANS OF KEEPING THINGS GOING. As you
will see on the above scale money is junior to personal conviction and
personal gain and so is dominated by them or vanishes when personal
conviction or personal gain are absent. Money flows poorly when motivated
only by money. Look at bankers. Ever try to get a loan? And if you did,
were. you ever sorry you borrowed?
Health, ability, immortality on the first dynamic are personal gain,
gains never before attainable. They are so rare they are almost beyond
price.
On the 2nd, 3rd and 4th Dynamics, the social advantages of Dianctics and
Scientology add up to personal conviction.
The public understands that an org or centre must have money to keep
the wheels
285
going. They look on anyone using such wisdom and tech only for money with a
kind of horror. They see it as an invalidation or a declaration that the
material is worthless.
The public even understands an org or centre needing or having a lot of
money only so long as money is used to improve the product, spread the
word, provide facilities and support the people doing the work.
Such service as training, processing, publications, administration and
management take an awful lot of money.
An expert survey once done at SH left the surveyors who had costed what
was needed to deliver processing wondering how we ever did it.
A full psycho analysis covering five years cost a decade ago �9000! Yet
we furnish far more and far more lasting a result for 5500. And all the
processing we have to sell all the way costs far less than S9000 much less
pounds. It costs about S75,000 to educate a psychiatrist who can obtain no
good result. For $500 or less we can train an HDC who can run rings around
any commic psychiatrist on the planet. And all the training we can give
wouldn't cost 85000.
One of the reasons these services cost as little as they do is no org
ever had to pay the research costs. 1 paid them. And a couple years ago I
forgave 131/2 million dollars owed me by orgs for real finance and service
contributions. So whatever the enemy may say, the material was not
developed only to make money. And so it can't be sold or managed only to
make money. So it tends to make me and the public and almost all
Scientologists a bit nauseated when we get a profit of BIG PROFITS to be
made in Scientology.
One is usually paid less than he is worth, excepting of course
politicians, bankers and thieves and con men. When people are paid more
than they are worth they don't last long.
Therefore to obtain operating funds you have to give real service, real
training, real wisdom. You have to lead the field toward personal gain like
health and personal conviction, like a better society. If you lead very
well and actually deliver you will be paid proportionately and will have
security and longevity. You have to be interested in what the clientele is
interested in, not only in their pocketbooks.
Psychiatry and psychoanalysis cannot survive except on government dole.
AS individual practitioners without grants, salaries and supports, they
generally fall on their heads. The public won't support them since they
represent no deliverable personal gain and certainly an adverse personal
conviction. Thus their real income is as government hatchet men.
But a brief survey of psychiatric and psycho analytic students at a
university showed they were motivated almost wholly by money.
There are many ways then that a franchise or an org can mis-promote.
They are all contained in failures to serve and failures to enhance
personal gain and personal conviction in the field and public or
demonstrations that their money is not used to support the upper dynamic
goals or support people who give service.
Franchises have a common fault of trying to run with too few people.
With only 2, 3 or 4 people they can't really give full service. They are
parasitic on the research, publication, PRO area control, ethics and
activities of orgs to provide all their local services. So they appear to
make more money per capita. Only by supporting and selecting to higher orgs
do they contribute enough to justify their existence.
Org staff members, particularly those of the Sea Org, are motivated by
duty as well as personal conviction. And they far and above do the best
job. One of the infamous prophets of profit will never know how close he
came to getting slaughtered in one org when he said to its staff, "Any
auditor worth anything at all can make 8 1,000 a week in the field." He
never realized how he had his values crossed up-or how close he came to
getting clobbered for his lying invalidation. We unfortunately have seen a
half a dozen of these fellows in the last two decades. They are always
totally puzzled as to why they get a cold shoulder from staff members. And
these fellows, being only motivated by money and unable to get any higher,
never have seen that they are talking to people whose motivations are far
higher.
There is nothing wrong with having lots of money. There is everything
wrong with having no money.
286
But to work only for money is the dreariest thing there is, very short
term indeed.
Thus Franchise (and org) PRO is governed by providing real service
leading to personal gain and personal conviction and visible evidence that
all monies are used to provide those services, improve them, maintain them
and support those who in turn serve. This happens to be the truth of it.
The public does not require us to be poor. In fact they require us to be
solvent so that we endure. But they do require (and so do we) that the
motivation is service, the improvement of service, the support of those who
serve and a better world.
Thus, particularly if you care to read HCO Pol Ltr I I Nov 69, we have
SOLVENCY as a MUST in this society. But we also have MOTIVATION. One is
paid FOR carrying out the general motivation of an acitivity. He can be
paid very well for it indeed. But only if he carries out the real
motivation.
Solvency for the sake of solvency cannot be achieved because one is not
paid only because he is solvent. One is paid for strengthening and carrying
out the service one is paid FOR.
If you are going to be paid as an org or franchise it will only be
because you are strengthening and serving individual and social
motivations, not because the org or franchise wants to be paid.
Some muddle headed misinterpretation of this is not only possible but
probable. If money is a poor motivation then obviously, someone may say,
one should reduce prices or never make any charge at all.
But THAT solution we find is so bad that people who do not contribute
money and get free service do not in fact accept it and can't have it.
Further, the whole service would vanish and cease to exist and that
TOTALLY violates motivation on all the dynamics.
No, the solution is to charge whatever the traffic will bear because one
serves the motivations of personal gain and personal conviction. But in
charging for it, DELIVER.
DELIVERY then is really more important than payment to the public.
Thus an org or franchise must deliver services that definitely serve
personal gain and personal conviction. Wisdom, facts, auditing, training,
leadership, worthwhile programmes and targets, smooth admin, good ethics,
support for those who serve and facilities for service, these are the first
consideration of an org or franchise and what is stressed in promotion and
what is delivered in meetings, lectures, courses and auditing rooms. We CAN
and do deliver these.
Given normal promotion of these services and good back up of the
promotion, finance ceases to be a vital point. The org or franchise makes
money, is solvent and well supported.
Give good promotion and service and your price list is taken for
granted.
Direct positive corrective interest in all service flubs or failures is
itself good promotion.
The high hysteria the wog world gives finance and solvency and the
necessity to keep pace with it is an evil with which we live. Working ONLY
to "make good" within that hysteria is an hysterical action.
We have and do achieve excellent financial stability due to the
dedication of our accounts people and despite a very woggy wog world.
But we live to serve. And we do it well.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ei.rd Copyright Q 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
287
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I NOVEMBER 1969
Issue III
Remirneo
FES Hat
Franchise Hats
Franchise
Holders
FRANCHISE PROMOTION MUSTS
The following data was isolated as the Key things done by the Kapulers
in their highly successful (highest Franchise stats ever) Las Vegas
Franchise and which are being done in their new equally successful Sparks,
Nevada Oust outside Reno) Franchise.
It is noteworthy that Stanley Richards the all time record continuous
attendance PE Course lecturer used almost exactly the same lecture approach
and that all really successful PE and public lecturers do this exact public
lecture approach. Successful Scn lectures so consistently use this "exact-
data" approach that it should be policy.
Instead of Pol Ltrs and HCOBs, Stanley Richards used chapters or parts
of chapters from Scn and Dn books-which makes it very easy to sell the book
used also.
Here is the Kapuler rundown, followed by four notes written by Nikki
Freedman who was also there at Las Vegas and is now in the SO.
It is notable that the 1950 to 1963 period is absolutely loaded with
lectures and papers and tapes never heard by the public.
THE WINNING APPROACH
This is for the Franchise auditor who wants to have a consistent good
flow of new business and consistent benefits of the quarterly Franchise
Awards of Merit.
Over the past four years I have enjoyed just that. This is one of the
main factors why:
ALL LECTURES ARE DONE OFF AN LRH HCOB OR HCO PIL. Even the first
Introductory Lecture. When I walk to the front of the group that I'm going
to talk to I take a bulletin and an abridged Scientology dictionary. The
bulletin is read line-by-line, words are defined, two-way comm is invited
(two-way comm with small groups under thirty people. Over that I skip the
two-way comm). I then talk on the major points of the bulletin giving
examples from life and push for the GIs-and am willing to quit 30 minutes
early when the GIs are in.
"Evidences of an aberrated area" is a very fine PC producer. "Anti-
social individual" has been a big winner. "Supreme test of a thetan"
produces people who want training. "Overts, what lies behind them" produces
cogs, GIs and paying preclears.
This approach keeps LRH as source. That is a big help to you. It's just
like auditing. LRH supplies the data. You apply it to the point of GIs and
bail out.
Auditing for a living is very lucrative, in terms of money made and
loyal friends and personal satisfaction. Use the straight LRH data to
disseminate with-then use the straight LRH data to audit all them new PCs
with-and you have got it made.
SEND OUT A MONTHLY PROGRAMME OF LECTURES. Include 2 Free
288
Introductory Lectures a week, plus a monthly topical series of lectures-
such as a 6 lecture Study Series, 2 a week for 3 weeks. You can always
include one "Special" tape play a week.
After an Intro Lecture, direct everyone to the Book Store. Make sure
each new body buys a book. You can use the last 5 minutes of your lecture
time disseminating Problems of Work, Fundamentals of Thought, New Slant,
etc.
HOLD MONTHLY FSM MEETINGS. Hand out the pertaining FSM policy to the
people, and explain the FSM Programme to them. Before you close the
meeting, give each person a couple sheets of paper and envelopes, so they
may write out their applications to the nearest Orgs, AO and SH to select
people for them. You even mail the letters for them! AT THIS MEETING,
EXPLAIN TO THEM THAT THEY MAY SELECT EVERY PERSON THEY BRING INTO
SCIENTOLOGY, and that if they have not done so in 2 weeks, the Franchise
will select them. This chance for them to make some money creates a
terrific body and money flow for the Franchise.
ENCOURAGE YOUR STUDENTS TO BUY BOOKS IN QUANTITIES OF FIVE AND SIX AND
SELL THEM AT WORK AND AT HOME. If they have Memberhips, they get their
books from you at a discount, so here's more cash for them.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ei.rd Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron HubbaTd ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
289
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 NOVEMBER 1969
Rernimeo
PES Hat
Franchise Hats
Franchise Holders
LEGAL ASPECTS OF MISSIONS
This policy follows from HCO Policy 10 Nov 69 "FRANCHISE GRANTS OR
CHARTERS", and gives the exact steps to be taken with legal significances
and reasons by anyone who runs or wishes to open a Mission.
The first step is to make an Interim Franchise Application (per HCO
Policy 1 Jan 65 "FRANCHISE APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT") to the Franchise
Officer WW. This is merely a request and has no other significance.
Upon the application being accepted by the Franchise Officer WW, and the
proposed name approved by Issue Authority WW, the Church of Scientology of
California, as the Mother Church, will issue to the individual making the
application, a Charter, in the following form:
MISSION CHARTER
This CHARTER is granted to ............................................ by
the Board of Trustees of the Church of Scientology of California, and
Mother Church, upon his/her or their application submitted in accordance
with the rules and requirements set down by the Church and having been
found meritorious, to found the
Church of Scientology Mission of which may be known also as
Scientology or Scientology Centre to
present and propagate the religion of Scientology as founded, and as it may
be further
developed by L. Ron Hubbard to the end that any person desiring
participation or
participating in Scientology may derive the greatest good of the increased
spiritual
awareness of his eminent and immortal soul and of forwarding and enhancing
its
external activities in the material world through application of the
Church's religious
guidance and ministration.
And to this end, to recognise the spiritual leadership of L. Ron Hubbard in
the faith known as Scientology, and the need of this Mission for his
continuing spiritual guidance in its religious and educational endeavours,
and to recognise the Church of Scientology of California as the Mother
Church, and the need for such Church's continued guidance in its religious
and educational endeavours.
And in furtherance of such objects and purpose, to conduct religious
services for men, women and children of its congregation and engage in
other activities of a religious and educational nature for the propagation
of its Faith. The purpose of such activities shall be to foster the
spiritual welfare of its members, recognising the vital and divinely
appointed interrelationship of mind, body and spirit of mankind.
And in the belief that Man's best evidence of God is the God he finds
within himself, and trusting with enduring Faith that the Author of this
Universe intended Life to thrive within it, to espouse such evidence of the
Supreme Being and Spirit as may be knowable to Man and by their use and
dissemination to bring a greater tranquillity to the State and better order
and survival to Man upon this planet, in accordance with this Cre~d:
(Here follows the Creed)
This CHARTER is granted and shall remain in force as long as its grantee
shall remain a Scientologist in good standing with the Mother Church or
until he surrenders his Charter to the Mother Church (which shall not be
otherwise disposed save with the consent of the Mother Church), to the end
that he might do all such acts as are necessary or convenient to attain the
objects and purposes herein set forth, not for profit, but for the proper
ministration of his Mission, his congregation and Scientology as herein
laid down and as further explained in the Articles and Bye-laws of the
Mother Church and in the policy of the Mother Church issued under the hand
of the Founder, L. Ron Hubbard.
The Mother Church shall not be liable and the Mission shall indemnify and
otherwise
290
discharge and hold harmless the Mother Church of any and all manner of
liability or litigation arising from its activities.
The Mother Church shall, in pursuance of the purposes herein set forth, but
without any legal or other liability attaching thereto by reason hereof,
foster, assist and support this Mission, in the achievement of the purposes
and aims of Scientology as founded, developed and expounded by L. Ron
Hubbard.
This Charter gives official authority to the individual who receives it
to conduct a Mission in the area specified. It does not confer any
liability on the Mother Church but it does confer upon the individual a
right to practise Diancties and Scientology in his area. This right is
granted by the Mother Church by virtue of authority given it by L. Ron
Hubbard, sole owner of the materials and copyrights of Dianetics and
Scientology. The right is dependent upon good usage, regular remittance of
tithes, and the continued good standing of the grantee.
The grantee then has authority to run his Mission. He may file the name
of the Mission as a "business name", but not if by doing so his non-profit
status is compromised. The local Legal Chief can give advice on this if
needed.
The grantee may also incorporate his Mission as a "corporate sole" which
means that the Mission is permanent and continuous and can survive a change
of personnel in charge of the Mission. It also means that non-profit status
can be easily obtained. This step can be taken in the United States, and
the D/Guardian for Legal U.S. will advise on the legal steps necessary.
The third possibility is that several persons, who have been granted a
Charter, may combine as a Board of Trustees and register their
franchise/mission as a Church or religious association or society of which
they are the Board. The corporate documents necessary are called Articles
and Bye-Laws of Incorporation. The forni of these documents is obtainable
from the D/Guardian for Legal U.S., in the U.S., and from the D/Guardian
for Legal WW, for anywhere else. Upon receipt of these documents, the
trustees file them with the local Registrar of Companies or its equivalent.
The significance of incorporation, as a corporate sole or as a religious
corporation, is this-the corporation is itself a separate legal entity
apart from the individuals who serve it. So that the individuals may change
but the corporate entity continues. It also means that legal non-profit
status can be obtained.
The difference between a corporate sole and a religious corporation with
3 trustees, is merely in the number of people who serve the Mission in the
capacity of trustees.
Where the grantee of a Charter wishes to move on and hand his Mission to
another person, the following points should be noted:
1. He cannot sell his Charter
2. He cannot sell a corporate sole
3. He cannot sell a religious corporation.
What he can sell is the MEST and assets which he owns and which he has
been using to run the Mission. These are his property. He does not own his
Charter, nor does he own any of the materials of Dianetics and Scientology.
But he can sell what he owns, which is the MEST and assets which he has
been using to run the Mission.
The distinction between the individual and the Mission may be
summarised thus:-
Individual Mission
1 Receives a salary. 1 . Non-Profit.
2. May move on without the Mission 2. Perpetual.
folding up, provided handed over to
another franchise-holder in good 3. Profits are for the benefit of
the
standing on OK of Franchise Mission not personal gain.
Officer WW.
4. Any mest owned by the Mission
3. May lend or rent mest owned by itself may not be sold for
personal
him to the Mission. gain.
291
4. Must keep his own property 5. Is conducted as a trust for the
separate from the property of the benefit of the people in
the area.
Mission.
The following conditions therefore pertain-
1. Every franchise-holder will be issued with a Mission Charter, which
regularises his
position with the Mother Church. The Mother Church here acts as an
agent, under
authority from LRH, who owns the materials and copyrights.
2. Some franchise-holders will then incorporate as a corporate sole or
religious
corporation, and'then will be a separate permanent non-profit legal
entity, which
will stabilise Scientology in the area. The Mission is run as a 'trust'
for that area,
which is why its trustees are so-called.
C.B.B. Parselle
D/G for Legal WW
for
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
for
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:CBBP:pb.ei.rd Controller
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
CenOCon HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1970
Franchise Officer WW
Franchises
Gdn WW
DIG Legal WW FRANCHISE, MULTIPLE OWNERSHIP
If a Franchise holder wishes to start or buy a second or further
Franchise, consent is required in writing from the Franchise Officer WW,
Guardian WW and CS-6.
Any such second Franchise or further Franchises must be in the form of
missions or as directed for that country by the Deputy Guardian for Legal
WW.
Permission to own and operate more than one Franchise is based:
1 . On the number of selections to official orgs by that Franchise
holder's individual Franchise.
2. A good record of 1 0%s sent to WW.
3. An absence of failed cases or inadequately handled cases from
that Franchise.
4. An absence of anti-org enturbulation.
5. Good relations with Franchise See WW.
6. Good and co-operative relations with the Guardian Office and its
branches.
7. Good and co-operative relations with the Sea Org and CS-6.
In the past, some of these points have been violated by a Franchise
chain and one was so unwise as to do its recruiting for staff by
invalidating official orgs and spreading false reports to cause
disaffection.
It is an operating principle of official erg management to help
Franchises to survive and there is no objection to their making good money
or having influence. It is only required that the action be reciprocated by
the Franchise.
LRH:jz.ci.rd
Copyright (D 1970 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
292
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 8 APRIL 1970
Remimeo
LEGAL - INCORPORATION OF MISSIONS
IN THE U.S.
MODIFIED
Franchise Officer, U.S., Carol Campleman, is currently in the U.S. with
orders to regularize the status of all U.S. Missions. INCORPORATION OF U.S.
MISSIONS IS OPTIONAL.
The reason for this is that unregularized but expanding U.S. Missions
are vulnerable, particularly along tax lines. Several Missions have
received unwanted governmental attention (1) because they are more
vulnerable than orgs (2) because they are expanding and noticeable.
Therefore it is now policy that Missions in the U.S. be non-profit
Missions.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.ei.rd Founder
Copyright @ 1970
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note. Originally issued by D/G Legal WW on 24
February'70, the
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED above issue has been modified by making
incorporation optional.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 APRIL 1971
Issue 11
Remimeo
MISSION DESIGNATION
In the United States, the word "franchise" whose original meaning was
"right or privilege", has become associated in common usage with mere
commercial or business activity. Since the Church is not, and never has
been concerned with that type of activity, this word will no longer be used
to describe its religious field activity.
From this date, any legally chartered Scientology field activity will be
properly designated only as MISSION OF THE CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY.
Robert H. Thorrias
Deputy Guardian US
for
Jane Kember
The Guardian WW
for
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:MSH:JK:RHT:nt.rd The Controller
Copyright@ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard, L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
293
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I MAY 1971
Rernimeo Franchise Office Missions
CENTRE MAGAZINE POLICY
The publication "Centre" magazine is hereby authorized for issue by
Franchise Office WW to field and Missions. It is issued quarterly.
Purpose: The purpose of the magazine is to help Ron establish new
Missions and get existing ones active and expanding.
It contains feature news photos of Mission personnel in action, and of
Mission Centres. Articles concern successful actions or good applications
of tech in dissemination or administration and show how Missions are
changing their environments with Scientology.
The main feature is an LRH article (tape transcript, HCO B, HCO PL
marked "Franchise", "Missions", "FSMs", or "BPI") of definite application
in dissemination, auditing or training.
MOTIF: THE ROLE OF A MISSION: RAW PUBLIC, GET THEM IN AND UP THE LINE TO
ORGS.
Emphasis is placed not on the latest and greatest but on the early time
proven successful programmes, tech and policy. Each issue has its articles,
advertisements, editorials, etc, implementing the motif throughout the
issue.
The editor of the magazine is the Franchise Officer WW. The format and
masthead of the magazine are simple. The size is A4 (1 IV x 81/4"). It is
an offset litho item, not a mimeo. The mag can be 8 to 16 pages.
Publics: The mag is circulated by Franchise Officer WW to Mission staffs
and field auditors.
Directors of Clearing in each org are sent a few dozen copies for them
to relay to field auditors, Scientology groups or Dianetic Counselling
groups, with whom they are in good comm.
A mission receives one copy of the magazine for each trained staff
member. The articles, or extracts thereof, may be read to Mission students
and pes, or reproduced in the Mission's newsletter, as is desired by the
Mission Director, as it will be found that some materials are of public
interest also.
LAYOUT
I Front Cover-name of magazine as headline, number of issue and volume
with
date and a picture of some Centre or Mission activity.
2. Inside Front Cover is an editorial pushing activity on the role of a
Mission, selecting, selling books, auditing and training.
3. Pages I and 2 are devoted to LRH photo and article interspersed with
a few ads as described below.
294
4. Back pages are devoted to Mission news, successes, wins, "Mission
Award of Merit" winners, and are interspersed with ads to buy and sell
books, get trained, audited, deliver and select. There is a column of
"personal ads and notices" for technical and admin aids (but not for
training and processing) and ads for needs may be placed by Orgs,
Scientolo.-ists, Missions and businesses, but only as personal column
items, for a fee.
5. Part of the Back Cover must have a drawing of the Bridge to Total
Freedom if 8 pages. If issue is 12 to 16 pages, all the back cover is
used for the Bridge.
6. An insert of a Mission application form that a person can fill in to
apply for a Mission with the Franchise Officer WW is in every issue.
7. The fees for these ads may be used only to finance the magazine. Any
extra printing or production costs above these fees is borne from the
PES A/C WW.
D/Distribution Aide for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:BSiact.rd Copyright@ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY 1971
Rernimeo
Franchise Office
Missions
MISSION CLOSURES
There have been a few instances in which a Mission has closed down
unbeknownst to F/O WW or the Dist Aide. Some of these closures have
resulted in misunderstandings and upsets, both on Scientology lines and in
the field.
Therefore effective as of this date, no Mission of the Church of
Scientology may be closed down or merged with any other Organization or
Mission without full written approval from the Distribution Aide Flag.
D/Distribution Aide for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:BS:nt.rd Copyright @ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
295
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY 1971
Issue IV
(Cancels HCO PL I Jan 1965 and HCO PL
Rernimeo 14 Jan 1970 of similar title)
Franchise Office
Missions
MISSION APPLICATION AND AGREEMENT
This Policy Letter is for the use of all Auditors seeking to operate a
Mission. The agreement forms the basis of the relationship between mission
executives and WW. The agreement is always between the Church and an
individual auditor with the required qualifications.
Two copies are required when making an application. These are obtainable
from WW or local orgs. Two copies are required when making an application
so that the Mission Executive and Franchise Office WW each have a copy.
When the intending Mission Executive has completed his parts of the two
forms and has had it witnessed, they should be forwarded to the Franchise
Officer WW who will complete the lower part of the agreement and return one
copy to the Mission Executive. For an Auditor to operate a Mission he must
be a Class 11 or over, or HDG (HDC and HPGC as of Jan 1972), hold an
International Membership and be in good standing with his central
organization, having had no bad ethics history.
Missions holding the agreements of either HCO PL I Jan 65 or HCO PL 14
Jan 70 are requested to fill in the agreement of this policy letter and
send two copies to the Franchise Officer WW. Franchise Officer WW will
complete the lower part of the form and return a copy to the Mission
Executive. Upon receipt of this copy, the Mission Executive must turn in
his/her old Agreement to the Franchise Officer WW as superseded by this
issued new Agreement.
As of I st Jan 1972 all Missions existing must be on the Agreement of
this Policy Letter. No Missions are cancelled by this Policy Letter-they
are merely to get transferred to this revised Agreement for legal purposes.
MISSION APPLICATION
I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Mr./Mrs./Miss
(full name in capitals)
of .
(full postal address in capitals)
HEREBY APPLY for a Mission for the area of . . . . . . . . . . . and to use
the name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . My highest
Scientology classification is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . My highest
Dianetic classification is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . My International
Membership is in force until . . . . . . . . . . . when I shall see that it
is renewed, and kept in force thereafter.
I am in good standing with the Central Organization.
My Ethics History is: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .
(lowered conditions assigned with reasons, etc)
296
Prospective Mission Executive should write here the types of Scientology
Activity he/she expects to engage in (i.e. individual auditing, training,
co-audits, etc) so that this can be published against his/her name in lists
of Mission Owners.
.............
Signed . .
Date . . .
MISSION AGREEMENT
I . * * * Mr./Mrs./Miss
hereby agree to the following conditions on being awarded a Mission.
I agree:
I . To be active in the field, disseminating and practising Scientology
professionally, establishing myself as a stable terminal for Scientology
in my area.
2. To maintain my own case and training at a high standard.
3. To maintain the Auditor's Code and the Code of a Scientologist.
4. To maintain good standing with Scientology Central Organizations.
5. To maintain my International Membership in force.
6. To remit 10% of my Gross Income from Scientology and/or Dianetics
training and processing, realizing that this remittance is for the use
of the name and copyrighted materials and is my contribution towards the
Public defence of Scientology.
7. To send in weekly reports of my activities to Franchise Officer WW on
the standard form supplied by F/O WW.
8. To conform to Policies laid down for Mission Auditors.
Witness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signed . . . Witness . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Date . . . .
I hereby certify that . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . has been awarded a Mission for the area of . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
as from . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and will be granted the use
of the name Dianetics and Scientology, and the use of copyrighted materials
to maintain a high effective level of Technology in the field in his/her
area, so long as the conditions of this Agreement are complied with.
Signed
..............
Franchise Officer WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Date . .
LRH:BS:mes.rd D/Distribution Aide
Copyright @ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
297
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 MAY 1971
Rernimeo
Franchise Office
Dir of Clearing Hats
Missions
MISSION ISSUES
In the past year, Scientology has greatly expanded into the field.
Scientology Missions have been one of the major spearheads of this
expansion.
To reinforce this successful activity, we will see that up-stat Missions
are kept well-informed on recent Policy and Bulletin releases.
With these materials and the availability of higher training in the
local Orgs, Missions will continue to expand and boom Scientology.
So those Missions that are up-stat and are making regular and accurate
payments of 10%s become eligible to receive HCOBs and Policy Letters.
However all HCOBs and Policy Letters are sent entirely at the discretion
of the Founder and Distribution Aide.
As a special service, F/O WW will air mail copies of these awarded
Policies and Bulletins at the usual rate to cover the cost of postage and
handling.
LRH:BS:act.rd D/Distribution Aide
Copyright (a) 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 OCTOBER 1971
Renrimeo
Franchise
INTER-ORG DISTANCES
When a Mission is being considered for Org status, one of the factors
that is taken into consideration is the distance of the Mission from the
nearest previously established Org.
The policy is that each different area is open to consideration but the
basic guideline is that the distance should be more than five miles in a
heavily populated city or county.
When filling out the Org formation checksheet, be sure to include in
your CSW the distance that your Mission is from the nearest Org, and if
obtainable the municipal population density figures. These will help to
adjudicate whether there is sufficient separation to prevent inter-Org
squabbles and crossed lines. There is plenty of room for
all so utilize it.
D/CS-6
for
LRH:DH:BS:mes.rd Distribution Aide
Copyright@ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
298
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1971
Issue 11
Remirneo
Franchise Office
Missions
MISSION, BASIC DEFINITION OF
(This revises HCO PL 10 May 71 Issue 11 of same name to
delete the name Hubbard from text as this name can only be
used by Official Orgs. Correction is indicatedin thistypestyle.)
(Cancels HCO PL 20 Apr 68, "Franchise", and
amends HCO PL 20 May 70, "DCG Program")
NOTE: See HCO PL 12 Apr 71, "Mission Designation"
According to HCO PL 12 Apr 1971, any legally chartered Scientology field
activity will be properly designated only as Mission of the Church of
Scientology.
Referring to Webster's Seventh New Collegiate Dictionary, a mission is
"a ministry commissioned by a religious organization to propagate its faith
or carry on humanitarian work".
In Scientology, this commission is the right to constitute a mission for
a certain district or territory and to use the names Applied Philosophy,
Scientotogy and Dianetics.
The powers granted are those to be a group of people, dedicated to a
common purpose, acting as a single unit to forward Scientology and
Dianetics in a certain area.
This commission is granted entirely at the discretion of those properly
constituted to grant it, on behalf of the Founder.
In order for a field auditor to become eligible for this commission, he
must agree to make a remittance of 10% of the Mission Gross Income. The fee
gives a field auditor the privilege of holding and operating a mission.
These 10% remittances are used for the Public advancement and Public
defense of Scientology.
D/Distribution Aide for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRI1:13S:nt.rd Copyright @ 1971 by L. Ron flubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
299
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 SEPTEMBER 1971
Issue III
Remimeo
Franchise Office
Missions
ADVANTAGES OF MISSIONS
(This revises HCO PL 10 May 71 Issue IV of same
name to delete the name Hubbard from text as this
name can only be used by Official Orgs. Correction is
indicated in this type style.)
All Field Auditors and DCGs should be actively encouraged by established
Missions and Orgs to apply for Mission status. There are several good
reasons for this.
When a Dianetic Counseling Group or Field Auditor decides to become a
Mission and has had their application approved, they then remit 10% of
their Gross Income to the Franchise Office WW. This 10% then makes them
eligible for the use of the names, Applied Philosophy, Scientology and
Dianetics, and for the use of copyrighted materials. Further, they are
protected by the Franchise Office WW from any encroachments on the use of
these names and copyrights.
As per HCO PL 17 May 197 1, Missions have a specially authorized issue
line that DCGs and Field Auditors are not eligible to receive from
Franchise Office WW.
There also becomes active the opportunity to expand by setting up chains
of Missions provided the proper permission is obtained. DCGs and Field
Auditors are ineligible for this method of expansion.
However the greatest advantage comes from becoming an integral part of
the Scientology network. Field Auditors and one-man bands, though valiant
and on-purpose, do not usually survive. To expand takes team work and
cooperation; and where could one find it more apparent than in the
established Scientology network.
This is not to discourage the formation of DCGs for they fill a very
valid purpose but they should have expansion in view. They should be
prepared to meet the challenge of expanding quickly into the environment to
help Ron achieve the goal of a Clear Planet in less time.
D/Distribution Aide for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:BS:nt.rd Copyright@ 197 1 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
300
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 FEBRUARY 1962
CenOCon
RESTRICTION ON SAINT HILL AREA
(Amends HCO Pol Ltr of 20 December 1960, same title)
It is laid down as a general policy that no professional auditor shall
set up a full time Scientology practice, or remain in active full time
practice, within a radius of 20 miles of Saint Hill.
This is now specifically intended to apply to auditing of whatever kind
within this area.
If any auditor has a good and valid reason for auditing within this
geographical area, he or she should seek prior permission and approval from
me in writing, informing me fully of the circumstances which make it
necessary.
No such auditing may be done without my prior permission and approval.
Permission will not be unreasonably denied to bona fide auditors who are
in good standing with HCO.
This also applies to Saint Hill Briefing Course Students on other than
fellow students.
LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1962
by L. Ron Hubbard [Note; The amendment was the addition of the last
five
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED paragraphs.]
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 FEBRUARY 1963
CenCCon
Franchise
Field
13pi 1
THE ESTABLISHMENT OF CENTRAL ORGS' CONTROL AREAS
Any auditor within a 50-mile radius of a Central Org must operate a
District Office with finances completely under Central Org supervision and
pay comparable to Org Staff. This takes effect as from I st March, 1963.
All Franchises within these 50-mile radius control areas are to be
withdrawn by Ist March, 1963.
LRH:dr.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Cancelled by HCO P/L 20 March 1964, District office& Org Control Area
Policy Revised, page 303-1
301
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
cenocon HCO POLICY LETTER OF 19 FEBRUARY 1963
Franchise
Field
BPI CLASSIFICATION OF CENTRAL ORGS' CONTROL AREAS
Following on HCO Policy Letter of February 14, 1963, "The Establishment
of Central Orgs' Control Areas", in.order for a Central Org to have a
Control Area, it must be in a position to supply all, the services of a
Central Org (HASI) and have a fully operating HCO. It does not necessarily
have to have its own Academy.
The following Orgs are classified as Central Orgs with 50-mile radius
Control Areas:
Washington DC London Cape Town Melbourne
Los Angeles Johannesburg Perth
Durban Sydney
Port Elizabeth Auckland.
New Central Org Control Areas will be promulgated as new Central Orgs
get established.
LRH:jw.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I MARCH 1963
cenocon
Franchise INDIVIDUAL AUDITORS OPERATING WITHIN
A CENTRAL ORG CONTROL AREA
It is not mandatory at this time that all monies be paid into the
Central Org which have been earned by individual auditors operating outside
the Central Org but inside a Central Org Control Area.
Those operating Centres, however, within a Central Org Control Area
proceed with the normal formation of their District Offices, as set out,
and are unaffected by the above ruling.
LRH:gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1963
by L. Ron ubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
CenOCon HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 AUGUST 1963
Franchise
Field INDIVIDUAL AUDITORS OPERATING WITHIN
A CENTRAL ORG CONTROL AREA
(Supersedes HCO Policy Letter of March 1, 1963)
It is not mandatory at this time that all monies be paid into the
Central Org which have been earned by individual auditors operating outside
the Central Org but inside a Central Org Control Area.
However, for all those who are receiving services from their Central Org
it has always been understood that they pay their I O%s to the Central Org
from which they receive these services, just as an auditor on an HCO WW
Franchise receiving services from HCO WW pays his I O%s to HCO WW.
LRH:dr.gl.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1963
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
302
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MARCH 1964
Franchise
Field
Orgs
DISTRICT OFFICE & ORG CONTROL AREA POLICY REVISED
(Cancels HCO Policy Letters: Feb 14, 1963 "The Establishment of Central Org
Control Areas"; Feb 19, 1963 "Classification of Central Org Control Areas";
Mar 1, 1963 "Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control
Area"; June 26, 1963 "A Resume of Franchise Policy"; and Aug 16, 1963
"Individual Auditors Operating Within a Central Org Control Area". Also
cancels: HCO Information Letter Feb 22, 1963 "Franchise & Field
Arrangements after Mar 1, 1963". Amends HCO Admin Ltr of April 4, 1963
"Interim District Office Arrangements" [issued to HCO & Org/Assn Sees] .)
ORG CONTROL AREAS
All Central Organization Control Areas are hereby cancelled.
No Scientology organization, as of now, is to have a control area.
The policies affecting auditors within a fifty mile radius of an
organization are void.
Those individual auditors that have been in an organization's control
area, and have been remitting 10% of their incomes to that org, need no
longer do so.
Orgs are no longer to supply individual auditors in their area with
regular issues of Franchise bulletins or Field mailing pieces.
All individual auditors will be sent Field mailing pieces from HCO WW.
In order to receive Franchise bulletins, an individual auditor must take
out a Franchise with HCO WW.
DISTRICT OFFICES
The status of District Office is no longer compulsory for a centre
operating near an org. However, District Offices may still be formed; and
wherever practical and desired-not only near an org necessarily.
Existing D0s may continue to operate as such if they wish to do so.
However, wherever possible, all D0s should be established on the lines
of HCO Policy Letters of January 4th 1963 and February 20th 1963-The
Pattern and Evolution of D0s.
The DO is part of the Central Org, and its administrative lines are,
integrated with those of the org. Its staff are part of the org's staff,
but are paid according to the income of the DO.
Existing Interim D0s must either become established D0s, as above, or
revert to being a Franchise Centre with HCO WW, before 1 st June 1964.
Issued by: Peter Hernery
LRH:jw.rd Org Supervisor WW
Copyright @ 1964 for L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Authorized by: L. RON HUBBARD
303
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1965
Gen Non-Remimeo
The Auditor
Franchise
Dept 15
FIELD AUDITORS
(To be released in The Auditor and
effective when so released.)
In accordance with a survey undertaken several years ago amongst Field
Auditors, in preparation for the day technology was complete and positive
in results, the following appointment is made: -
All field auditors of the level of HQS and above are appointed herewith
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization.
Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).
They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Department 15,
Director of Clearing of their nearest org.
The purpose of the Field Staff Member is. -
To help LRH contact, handle, salvage and bring understanding to
individuals and thus the peoples of Earth.
Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal
to that of general staff members in the orgs'themselves, depending only on
the activity of the Field Staff Member. The field staff member is not on
proportionate pay and is not on payroll for tax purposes.
The situation is this:- The idea of the practitioner setting up a
practice to audit preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor
success by new doctors and psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for
them as groups as they more and more require government subsidy, require
large borrowed sums to set up new practices and depend for affluence on
laws passed to protect them and give them a monopoly: a monopoly which is
not itself giving good service soon vanishes. Further their system took
over 700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand the
legislation needed to protect them-proof., examine the status of a medical
man in the centuries between the Great Plague and today century by century
and see the tiny advance in the standing of their profession and their
security.
We neither have nor need 700 years.
Civilization is successful. only because it is a team. The individual in
our present society has a rough time.
We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence
the appointment.
This appointment should come as no surprise as we were waiting only for
the completion of technology to press the boom buttons. And one of them was
to reclaim and enrol as staff members everyone we have ever trained.
304
COMMISSIONS
The official Scientology Organization to which the field staff member is
attached will pay the field staff member 10% of all training and processing
fees collected by that organization through its field staff members.
This system has already been piloted some years ago and its
administration design is now smoothed out. However, it must be followed
closely.
The field staff member selects the person to be trained or processed
after direct personal contact and issues to that person a paper stating he
has been selected. This paper bears the HOUR, DATE and PLACE of the
selection.
The paper is in triplicate. The original goes to the person selected
(selectee), the second copy is sent promptly to the field staff member's
org (Central Files) and the third copy is held by the field staff member.
If within one year the selectee appears at the org and enrols for
training or processes, the org sends at once a commission of 10% for cash
payments and 6% for credit payments. There is no waiting in sending the
commission for either cash or credit. The org sends the sum at once. There
is no commission on memberships bought.
Only the selectee's first purchase of training or processing or both if
done at one time is commissionable. If, however, after one year, the pc or
student has not returned to the org of his own volition, he is treated as a
new person and may be again selected by a field staff member for commission
purposes, again for one grade of processing or one course using the same
procedure as before.
EXISTING CENTRES
Existing centres are not official orgs. The field staff member is not
attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or group of
auditors may send a person as a student or pc providing it is a field staff
member that signs the selection form.
FORMS
Where no forms exist the field staff member can write on plain paper,
preferably green (the org flash colour) and using carbon or hand copying
can make the forms himself.
The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and
certificate initials and certificate number of the field staff member and
what the selectee is selected for (training or processing) and some
approximation of arrival date at the org.
Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.
MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS
The field staff member should be supplied with or copy the two types of
membership descriptions used in accounts and the torg rate card. He or she
should give copies of these to the selectee.
BOOKS
The field staff member may buy books from an org and sell them for his
own profit.
ORG MEMBERS
Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not
field, staff members, but where they have personal pcs before taking org
employment handle the matter as a field staff member would.
305
PITFALL
This is all taken from my own experience when 1 was the only field
auditor there was.
1 was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. 1
was only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.
The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too
pinned down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn
to other activities.
I got my pcs by casual personal contact and by circulating a book (the
Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type course
(not as high as an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists demanding 1
process their wives.
The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until 1 turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local
public promotion.
Remember, 1 had no "name" or any other "front". Just me. 1 did not even
claim to have discovered anything but only promoted it to individuals and
(less successfully) to groups.
I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of
expansion. Only an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork
can handle pcs. Even a very small org doesn't dare process pcs or train
students. It does best when it only promotes. And it should send its pcs to
a bigger org. It should limit itself as 1 did after orgs took my pcs over,
to free, short assists.
DISSEMINATION FORMULA
I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and
it's easy. Central orgs will shortly have it and train field staff members
on it in the staff training programme. Being tech it has no part of this
policy letter. It takes four or five hours to learn, theory and practical.
The Academy will have all such programmes of staff training.
PAYMENT OF COMMISSION
Accounts will receive from Central Files the field staff member's copy
after the selectee presents the selection paper at the cashier's window and
verify that the selectee (who has gone on to processing or training
interview) was actually selected by the field staff member whose paper was
submitted at the window.
Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a
cheque for 10% of the cash payment made (but not memberships or books) to
the field staff member and mail it to him or her. In the case of a credit
purchase the exact same payment procedure is followed but the cheque is for
6% of the local purchase. The org does not wait until the bill is paid.
The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid or
obtained credit for on his first appearance at the org. In intensives this
would be for one grade worth of intensives. However if at that first
appearance the selectee bought several grades worth of intensives or
several courses, the commission is also given for those.
No commission is given on repeat business at the org after the first
purchase. But if the selectee falls out of contact after service, and is
not given any org service for one year the person becomes the subject of
new selection as before. As a course and grade a year is a good average,
the person will probably become eligible again for selection.
DISPUTES
Where one field staff member claims he or she sent in a pc or student
and another also claims it, the Finance -org member copies any and all the
Central Files selectee
306
papers on that selectee and sends them to Department 13 Department of
Inspections for adjudication and the Director of Inspections sends both
contestants copies of the selectee papers in question, which should settle
it.
All org mail is time-date stamped so the selectee papers coming into
Central Files are so stamped.
Adjudication is made on who contacted the pc or student first within the
past twelvemonth and the commission is paid that field staff member.
However, "unseemly delay" by the field staff member in sending Central
Files a copy of the paper given the selectee can be used to nullify one of
the claims.
At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid
on the same matter to settle a dispute:
Finance pays the earliest selectee paper in that selectee's Central
Files file in the past twelvemonth.
If a selectee presents no paper on first approaching cashier, no
commission is paid even if a Central Files selectee paper exists. A Field
Staff member however who feels an error has been made can write Department
13 and if the Director of Inspection finds that the person was first
selected by the field staff member within the past 30 days before date of
first enrolment of the selectee the Director of Inspections may direct that
the proper commission be paid. To. make such a claim the field staff member
must have reason to believe the selectee did enrol and within 30 days.
DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
In any disputes arising between Field Staff Members, they may petition
the org (Department 13) for a Civil Committee of Evidence (which is
composed of one person acceptable to all contestants) and must abide to the
result.
FORMING ORGS
As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant
service is not easy as close service, the Director of Clearing of the org
(Department 15) should be approached concerning the formation of a local
org. Such an org would be owned and operated by Scientology from Saint
Hill. The Director of Clearing will base his whole decision upon the amount
of traffic coming from that area and the successfulness of the field staff
menbors there. The new org will be only a class zero org at first with very
limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be formed and
conducted like any other official org.
The new org pays 10% of its gross to the forming official org. And it
pays 10% and 6% commissions as above to the field staff members on its
staff.
FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION
A field staff member comes under the same discipline as any other org
staff member and is subject to the same codes of conduct. Auditing org pcs
or students is forbidden to all staff members.
ACCEPTANCE
The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization
addressing his letter to Department 15, Director of Clearing, who would be
his immediate superior in an org, giving his acceptance of appointment or
declining it. In return he will receive his credentials as a Field Staff
Member which consist of a letter signed by the HCO Secretary signifying his
or her appointment to be followed later by more formal credentials. In
writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re Field Staff Member
Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there
are any questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.
307
PROVISIONAL
The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At the end
of one year the appointment expires unless renewed. On being confirmed at
the end of one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive
credentials are issued.
When the field staff member (provisional) has been one for ten months,
he or she should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full
appointment be made and giving a list of commissions collected as evidence
of good work. At that time the Director of Clearing will cause to be issued
a new set of credentials to the field staff member, declaring him or her to
be a full field staff member. Activity is the criteria of issuing full
credentials. If any difficulty develops in obtaining full credentials,
contact me at Saint Hill.
PRIVATE PRACTICES
Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should
advise his Organization or Association Secretary and explain why.
CENTRES
Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise Department
15 of their nearest org. They are accepted when the earlier mentioned
conditions for a new org are met. Meanwhile they operate in relation to
their nearest org as a group of field staff members if they accept
appointment.
FRANCHISE HOLDERS
Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchises and status so
long as they remain in good standing at Saint Hill.
NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING
Field staff members have the professional rate now for HGC intensives if
International Members in good standing.
Courses for field staff members are given at the same fees as for any
other International Member or Staff Member. They are however given short
briefings on pertinent subjects at such times as the secretary of their org
makes it available. However, the better trained a field staff member is,
the better he will succeed and therefore this appointment should not
interrupt training plans.
SAINT HILL
The Saint Hill HGC adheres to the policy herein given. The briefing
course is excepted from Commission as only I can accept students for it.
It is hoped that individual prosperity and a better world will result
from the Field Staff Member System and that it places us much nearer the
attainment of all our purposes.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.pm.cden
Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Revised 30 March 1965 and retitled Field Auditors Become Staff, page 312;
cancelled by HCO P/L 9 May 1965, Field Auditors Become Staff, page 318;
added to by HCO P/L 30 August 1966, Selection Regulations, page 330;
corrected by HCO P/L 10 November 1966 Issue 111, Field Staff Member, page
331; and cancelled also by HCO P/L 9 May 1965 (revised & reissued 14
January 1968), Field Auditors Become Staff, page 339.)
308
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1965
Issue Il
Gen Non Rernimeo Director of Field Activities
DEPT 15
DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
HA T
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
Over the years our best sources of pcs and students have been:
I Books bought
2. Personal contact by field auditors.
On (1) no org that doesn't sell books hard can long survive. This is the
front line and its neglect causes the later finance troubles.
On (2) although it is fashionable sometimes for orgs to curse the field
and for the field to curse the org, the solid truth is that the second
source of org pcs and students has been the field auditor.
Therefore, he must be a commission earning staff member and let go on as
before in the field. A Field Auditor rarely sets up a practice,
successfully, but the idea of the Field Staff Member saves the field
auditor's bacon and the org's bacon as well. It's all described in the HCO
Policy Letter of 26 March 1965.
If new students are taught also how to be a Field Staff Member and the
dissemination formula and its drills are taught you will have enrolments
galore just for that. You don't enrol free however, ever, to get a Field
Staff Member. Free training has always turned out sour auditors.
The Field Staff Member system will also recruit you new general staff
members which you'll be needing regularly as you grow.
The idea is a parallel of the sales representative. This is the most
successful of industrial sales plans. The evolution is from factory to
factory-product-salesmento the factory having retail stores. If the retail
branches don't forget to have field (not store) salesmen in their turn then
expansion goes on. Always have a public contact pursue out in the public,
not at a nice desk in the factory.
When Field Auditors receive notice of their appointment (by seeing HCO
Policy Letter 26 March 1965) get it they're to write in to your Dept 15,
Department of Clearing. This gets out a letter on LRH stationery to each as
follows:-
Date
John Doe,
It is with pleasure that I inform you of your appointment as FIELD
STAFF MEMBER (Provisional) of (Org and location).
You are assigned to the Department of Clearing with the duties of
selecting persons to be trained or processed. This appointment will
expire or become permanent in a period of one year from the above date.
309
Signed
(Typed) Director of Clearing.
Appointed by L. Ron Hubbard
(Signed) per pro
HCO Secretary
Carefully file the name of each Field Staff Member appointed so in
address, in a separate drawer of plates, no matter if you already have
their names in another drawer in Address and Central Files. Don't lose the
people into other address files-they are staff. Be able to contact them
easily by a simple run-off of that drawer of addresses on envelopes. You'll
have orders and advices to send them from time to time as well as better
credentials later.
Don't get choosey. If they apply for appointment appoint them. Ride them
with a very light rein as they're "militia", not "regulars" and aren't used
to discipline. When they come into the org get them routed only to their
Chief Director of Clearing-don't let the rest of the org treat them like
visiting guests or let them roam about. Have Dept 15 where it's out of
other traffic flows.
They will of course process a person now and then for fee themselves.
Discourage it but don't try savagely to stop it. Main thing is to keep your
org's general staff members from being corrupted. Only request a Committee
of Evidence on Field Staff Members who really commit a crime or a
suppressive act.
Use them to promote. Coax them into being very forward and definite.
Keep them bright-eyed and bushy tailed.
Make them promote Congresses or new sales ideas or bits by warning them
in advance (before others in the field hear of it) so they feel part of the
team.
Give them copies of your org board and hats when you have them for them.
Treat them like a sales manager would treat salesmen-watch their morale,
keep them going.
Don't refuse their selectees. In short don't let anybody close the org
door to business-kick it open and to the waste basket with how much
"trouble it makes for the service departments". Academies and HGCs just
have to learn to cope. I never let a D of T tell me a student is too dumb
or an Academy too full. I never let a D of P tell me he has no auditors.
When I look at them and laugh at them somehow there's always places to
teach and audit and enough instructors and staff auditors. After all
service has first call on staff.
Any hint of refusing traffic becomes a top priority crash programme for
more pcs and students.
Don't ever let a pe or student sent in by a Field Staff Member be made
to wait days or told "our appointment book is full". We're not
psychiatrists. We don't have such books in orgs. Students start every
Monday or when they arrive. Pcs start every Monday and we only sell 25 hour
intensives, and we sell as many courses or intensives as people can be made
to buy at once.
Your door will get closed if you let anyone confuse the public as to
prices or complicate an entrance routing.
A selectee goes at once to Accounts, buys his membership and service
right then. We don't hold him up. No interview. They've been interviewed.
Don't let anybody in any way close the door or slow the entrance. Open it
up, that's what the org's for.
310
And send the pc and student back to your Field Staff Member's area in
good shape and happy and don't let him go if he isn't. Don't louse up your
Field Staff Member's area with ARC broke pes and students trained without
cheek sheets or messed up by alter-is.
FAST ENTRANCE, GOOD CRISP SERVICE, HAPPY EXIT.
That's the whole secret of building a buzzing busy field. There is no
substitute for fast accurate org delivery.
If as Director of Clearing, you can't get that from the org, write me
(with the statistics, not a fragmentary report full of rumours) and we'll
see why it isn't happening awful fast. For that's all that orgs are really
supposed to do. Get that done and your Clearing job is a song.
And your Field Staff Members will be easy to handle and the org will
boom.
Remember to teach Field Staff Members constantly that an Org Board shows
sixteen stages of progress. It takes a tot of stages to totally clear a pc,
including training. Caution them to always explain it's a long road to
their projects, but that it is a positive one. Don't let them send in
people who have been promised "clear" in one intensive. Make them see that
real selling is selling reality. There's enough to offer today to please
anyone. It doesn't have to be oversold. Do that and you'll have but little
trouble.
Well trained new students, HQS and above should be recruited while on
course and made to see their future as Field Staff Members. That's done by
the Dept 15 Director himself or herself.
And so you'll grow.
Your org board contains the keys to a better world. And one of them is
the Field Staff Member. Use him or her well.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright Q 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
311
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 MARCH 1965
REVISED 30 MARCH 1965
Gen Non-Remirneo The Auditor Franchise
FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
(To be released in The Auditor and
effective when so released)
In accordance with a survey undertaken several years ago amongst Field
Auditors, in preparation for the day technology was complete and positive
in results, and majority of whom were in favour of being part of Central
orgs, the following appointment is made:-
All field auditors of the level of HQS and above are appointed herewith
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization on
application.
Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).
They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of
Clearing of their nearest org.
The purpose of the Field Staff Member is:-
To help LRH contact, handle, salvage and bring to understanding
individuals and thus the peoples of Earth.
They come under Division 6, the Director of Clearing.
Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal
to that of general staff members in the orgs themselves, depending only on
the activity of the field staff member. The field staff member is not on
proportionate pay and is not on payroll for tax purposes.
The situation is this:- the idea of the practitioner setting up a
practice to audit preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor
success by new doctors and psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for
doctors as groups as they more and more require government subsidy, require
large borrowed sums to set up new practices and depend for affluence on
laws passed to protect them and give them a monopoly: a monopoly held in
place by force alone soon vanishes. Further, their system took over 700
years to establish them to a point where they could demand the legislation
needed to protect them-proof: examine the status of a medical man in the
centuries between the Great Plague and to-day century by century and see
the tiny advance in the standing of their profession and their security.
We neither have nor need 700 years.
Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in
our present society has a rough time.
We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence
the appointment.
This appointment should come as no surprise as we were waiting only for
the completion of technology to press the boom buttons. And one of them was
to reclaim and enrol as staff members everyone we have ever trained.
Commissions
The official Scientology Organization to which the field staff member is
attached will pay the field staff member 10% of all training and processing
fees collected by that organization through its field staff members.
312
This system has already been piloted some years ago and its
administration design is now smoothed out. However, it must be followed
closely.
The field staff member selects the person to be trained or processed
after direct personal contact and issues to that person a paper stating the
contacted person has been selected. This paper bears the HOUR, DATE and
PLACE of the selection.
The paper is in triplicate. The original goes to the person selected
(selectee), the second copy is sent promptly to the field staff member's
org (Central Files) and the third copy is held by the field staff member.
If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER to the
Cashier and enrols for training or processing, and pays or signs the credit
papers, the org sends at once a commission of 10% for cash payments and 6%
for credit payments. There is no waiting in sending the commission for
either cash or credit. The org sends the sum at once. 10% is also paid in
memberships bought by the selectee if accompanied by a selection paper
marked Membership.
No cash for memberships may be taken by the field staff member as
Memberships must be paid for only to the Org Accounts Cashier.
Only the selectee's first purchase of training or processing or both if
done at one time is commissionable. Purchase of memberships by mail bought
by a selectee does not count as a "first time". If, however, after one
year, the PC or student has not returned to the org of his own volition, he
is treated as a new person and may be again selected by a field staff
member for commission purposes, again for one grade of processing or one
course using the same procedure as before.
Existing Centres
Existing centres are not official orgs. The field staff member is not
attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or group of
auditors may send a person as a student or PC providing it is a field staff
member that signs the selection form. Centres may not have field staff
members of their own unless the Centre is owned and operated by Scientology
and field staff members may not send PCs or students to any but official
orgs. To do so constitutes suppression of Scientology official orgs as this
is a Scientology org activity, not designed for centres or franchise
holders to use until officialized and their service can be supervised.
Remember, to use this system all a centre has to do is become official and
meet requirements for a new org.
Forms
Where no forms exist the field staff member can write on plain paper,
preferably pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters) and using
carbon or hand copying can make the forms himself.
The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and
certificate initials and certificate number of the field staff member and
what the selectee is selected for (training or processing) and some
approximation of arrival date at the org.
Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.
Membership and Rate Cards
The field staff member should be supplied with or copy the two types of
membership description used in accounts and the org rate card. He or she
should give copies of these to the selectee.
Books
The field staff member may buy books from an org and sell them for his
own profit.
Org Members
Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not
field, staff members but where they have personal PCs before taking org
employment they may handle the matter as a field staff member would.
313
Pitfall
This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field
auditor there was.
I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I
was only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.
The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too
pinned down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn
to other activities.
I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book circulate
(the Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type
course (not as high as an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists
demanding I process their wives after they had heard one lecture.
The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local
public promotion.
I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of
expansion. Only an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork
can handle PCs and students. Even a very small org doesn't dare process PCs
or train students. It does best when it only promotes. And it should send
its PCs to a bigger org. It should limit itself as I did after orgs took my
PCs over, to short assists, P.E. courses and small co-audits.
Dissemination Formula
I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and
it's easy. Central orgs will shortly have it and train field staff members
on it in the staff training programme. Being tech it has no part of this
Policy Letter. It takes four or five hours to learn, theory and practical.
The Academy will have all such programmes of staff training.
Payment of Commission
Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the selectee when
that person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts must write on the
Invoice the auditor's name who did the selection.
Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a
cheque for 10% of the cash payment made (but not memberships or books) to
the field staff member and mail it to him or her. In the case of a credit
purchase the exact same payment procedure is followed but the cheque is for
6% of the total purchase. The org does not wait until the bill is paid.
When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of the
payment and of the PC or student's training, processing or membership
payment to Central Files. Central Files staples these to the field staff
member's copy, If other selection papers are in Central Files for the same
selectee they are ignored. The one presented by the selectee is the only
one paid regardless of date on other auditors' selection papers on the same
selectee.
The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid or
obtained credit for on his first appearance at the org. In intensives this
should be for one grade worth of intensives. However, if at that first
appearance the selectee bought several grades worth of interisives or
several courses, the commission is also given for those.
Time
There is no time stipulation as to how often selectees may be selected
and the org has no period of grace wherein a person may only be selected by
the org itself. If an org procures a PC or student however, directly, the
org, not one of its general staff members gets the commission.
Professional Rates
Commission is also paid on professional rates but not to the auditor
himself or a
314
"friend" who will refund the commission. The professional rate applies only
to auditing. There is no staff or professional rate for training or
courses.
Disputes
Where one field staff member claims he or she sent in a PC or student
and another also claims it, the Finance org member copies any and all the
Central Files selectee papers and pertinent invoices on that selectee and
sends them to Department 3, Department of Inspections for adjudication and
the Director of Inspections sends both contestants copies of the selectee
papers and invoices in question, which should settle it.
The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the selectee,
not on earliest contact.
At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid
on the same matter to settle a dispute.
If the selectee presents no paper on first approaching cashier, no
commission is paid even if a Central Files selectee paper exists. A field
staff member however who feels an error has been made can write Department
3 and if the Director of Inspections finds that the person was first
selected by the field staff member within the past 30 days before date of
first enrolment of the selectee the Director of Inspections may direct that
the proper commission be paid. To make such a claim the field staff member
must have reason to believe the selectee did enrol and within 30 days.
Disputes Between Field Staff Members
In any disputes arising between Field Staff Members, they may petition
the org (Department 3) for a Civil Committee of Evidence (which is composed
of one.person preferably in the contestants' area acceptable to all
contestants) who will hear the matter and the contestants must abide by the
result.
Forming Orgs
As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant
service is not as easy as close service, the Director of Field Activities
of the Org should be approached concerning the formation of a new local
org. Such an org would be owned and operated by Scientology from Saint
Hill. The Director of Field Activities will base his whole decision upon
the amount of traffic coming from that area and the successfulness of the
field staff members there. The new org will be only a class zero org at
first with very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be
formed and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an
old org to finance a new org in any way.
The new org pays 10% of its gross to the forming official org. And the
new org pays 10% and 6% commissions as above to the field staff members on
its staff but only if it is fully official and only when authorized to have
an HGC.
HGCs and Academies
Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs and
Academies of Scientology only may be sent students by Field Staff Members
as long and arduous experience has determined that great quantities of
trouble can come from courses and clinics which are unofficial and usually
official orgs have to clean the resulting mess up. Notable examples were
Sydney, and the U.S. Pacific North West in '54. There have been dozens of
such instances with many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance Centres
and Academies of Scientology are protected by law.
Field Staff Member Regulation
A field staff member comes under the same discipline as any other org
staff member and is subject to the same codes of conduct. Auditing org PCs
or students is forbidden to all staff members.
Acceptance
The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization
addressing
315
his letter to Department 16, Director of Clearing, who would be his
immediate superior in an org, giving his acceptance of appointment or
declining it. In return he will receive his credentials as a Field Staff
Member which consist of a letter signed by the HCO Secretary signifying his
or her appointment, to be followed later by more formal credentials. In
writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re Field Staff Member
Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there
are any questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.
Provisional
The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At the end
of one year the appointment expires unless renewed. On being confirmed at
the end of one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive
credentials are issued.
When the field staff member (provisional) has been one for ten months,
he or she should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full
appointment be made and giving any evidence of good work. At that time the
Director of Clearing will cause to be issued a new set of credentials to
the field staff member, declaring him or her to be a full field staff
member. Activity is the criteria of issuing full credentials. If any
difficulty develops in obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint
Hill.
Private Practice
Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should
advise his Organization or Association Secretary and explain why.
Centres
Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise their
nearest org. They are accepted when the earlier mentioned conditions for a
new org are met. Meanwhile they operate in relation to their nearest org as
a group of field staff members if they accept appointment.
Franchise Holders
Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status so long
as they remain in good standing at Saint Hill.
New Courses and Processing
Field staff members have the professional rate now for HGC intensives if
International Members in good standing.
Courses for field staff members are given at the same fees as for any
other International Member or Staff Member. There is no professional rate
for courses, only for intensives. They are however given short briefings on
pertinent subjects at such times as the secretary of their org makes it
available. However, the better trained a field staff member is, the better
he will succeed and therefore this appointment should not interrupt
training plans.
Debts
Field Staff Members may be requested by Finance to collect overdue
accounts on which 10% commission will be paid by the org. But they may not
be ordered to do this.
Accounts may release to field staff members in an area lists of overdue
accounts in that area. By using ARC Break technology and assists the field
staff member may collect the sums in cheque form only payable to the org
and forward it with any details to Finance in the org. Finance must inform
Department 3, Inspections and Reports of any such issue of lists or any
collections received by this method. All such assists are given at the
Field Staff Member's own discretion without org reimbursement.
316
General and Executive Staff Member Selections
The general staff member of any org may select students or PCs or
members by issuing them Selection Papers to their own orgs. In this case
there is no commission paid and the Selection Paper is of a different
appearance. The general or Executive staff member receives the benefit
through org pay.
Saint Hill Field Staff Members I
Any auditor trained to any level at Saint Hill is similarly appointed by
this Policy Letter. All "Saint Hillers" are therefore appointed FIELD STAFF
MEMBERS SAINT HILL. When working as a general staff member or executive for
an org, the 10% or 6% is paid to that org, not the staff member personally
so that all its staff may benefit.
The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (asabove in this
Policy Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.
Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint Hill
HGC if the student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill as above.
Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being as
well a field staff member of a local org.
Senior Org Preference
A field staff member trained and certified at a senior org may be a
field staff member of that org even while employed on staff by a junior org
but the commission is paid to the junior org. The junior org is paid the
commission on any PC or student he sends to the senior org (not his own).
Memberships alone are denied commission in such a case as the junior org
can also sell them.
Such a field staff member for a senior org employed in a junior org must
not distract students or PCs already selected by a field staff member of
the junior org before they can present selection papers.
Being on Two Staffs
Any field auditor can be a staff member to more than one org but is
actually on the staff of the nearest org to his address and may not use
another appointment to another org or Saint Hill to set aside the nearest
org's requirements of him or her. In changing location the field staff
member must inform the Director of Clearing of the Org he has been nearest
to and inform the Director of Clearing of the Org he will now be nearest
to. In case he is a Saint Hill field staff member also he should inform the
Director of Clearing Saint Hill.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:wrne.cden Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Corrected by HCO P/L 10 November 1966 issue iii, Field Staff Member, page
331; cancelled by
HCO P/L 9 May 1965, Field Auditors Become Staff, page 318, and its revised
reissue of 14 January
1968, same title, page 339.1
317
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rerninaeo
Auditor #8 HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY AD 15
Franchise
Saint Hill Students
Post Public B Board FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
(Becomes Effective when Released in Auditor #8)
and
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs Mar 26 '65 & March 30 '6S)
All field auditors of the level of HBA and above are appointed herewith
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization.
Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).
They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of
Clearing of their nearest org.
The purpose of the Field Staff Member is:-
TO HELP LRH CONTACT, HANDLE, SALVAGE AND BRING TO UNDERSTANDING THE
INDIVIDUAL AND THUS THE PEOPLES OF EARTH.
Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal
to that of general staff members in the orgs themselves, depending only on
the activity of the Field Staff Member. The Field Staff Member is not on
proportionate pay and is not on payroll for tax purposes.
The situation is this:- the idea of the practitioner setting up a
practice to audit preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor
success by new doctors and psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for
doctors as groups as they more and more require government subsidy,
personally require large borrowed sums to set up new practices and depend
for affluence on laws passed to protect them and give them a monopoly: a
monopoly held in place by force alone soon vanishes. Further, their system
took over 700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand
the legislation needed to protect them-proof: examine the status of a
medical man in the centuries between the Great Plague and today century by
century and see the tiny progress each century in the standing of their
profession and their security.
We neither have nor need 700 years.
Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in
our present society has a rough time.
We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence
the appointment.
This appointment should come as no surprise as we were waiting only for
the completion of technology to press the boom buttons. And one of them was
to reclaim and enrol as staff members everyone we have ever trained.
COMMISSIONS
The official Scientology Organization to which the Field Staff Member is
attached will pay the Field Staff Member a percentage of all training and
processing fees received by that organization through its Field Staff
Members.
This system has already been piloted some years ago and its
administration design is now smoothed out. However it must be followed
closely.
The Field Staff Member selects the person to be trained or processed
after direct personal contact with the person and issues to that person a
paper stating the contacted person has been selected. This paper bears the
HOUR, DATE and PLACE of the selection.
The paper is in triplicate. The original goes to the person selected
(selectee), and the second copy is sent promptly to the Field Staff
Member's org (Director of Clearing) and the third copy is held by the Field
Staff Member.
If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER to the
Cashier
318
and enrols for training or processing, and pays or signs the credit papers,
the org sends at once a commission of 10% for total cash and 6% for credit
+ cash payments. There is no waiting in sending the comn-dssion for either
cash or credit. The org sends the sum at once. 10% is also paid in
memberships bought by the selectee if accompanied by another selection
paper marked Membership also issued by the Field Staff Member.
Example of Commission: A selectee presents the Selection Paper at the
Org Accounts Office and pays for the services bought totally in cash. The
org promptly sends the Field Staff Member 10% of the whole payment.
Example: A selectee presents the Selection Paper of the Field Staff Member
at the org accounts office and pays for the service in some cash and the
remainder in credit. The org promptly sends the Field Staff Member 6% of
the total sum, payment + credit. These both end the transaction. There is
no later amount owing the Field Staff Member when the credit extended is
paid off. Further if the selectee buys something else even a week later,
not having a selection paper, there would be no commission. But if any
Field Staff Member gave the selectee another later paper the selectee then
used, again commission would be paid by the org.
The person selected is directed by the Field Staff Member to Reception
at the nearest organization, the name and address of which is given to the
selectee.
No cash for memberships may be taken by the Field Staff Member as
Memberships must be paid for only to the org Accounts Cashier.
The preclear or student may be selected as often or as many times as the
Field Staff Member can do so.
If the person is not, however, selected again by the Field Staff Member
after training or processing, the org may select the person once more and
no commission is paid. The org does not have to have a selection paper to
train or process a person.
The org will honour and pay commission on the selection papers presented
to Accounts by the selectee. If the selectee presents no selection paper
the org does not pay. It is the responsibility of the Field Staff Member to
inform the selectee to present his or her selection paper.
EXISTING CENTRES
Existing Scientology Centres are not official orgs. The Field Staff
Member is not attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre or group or
group of auditors may send a selectee as a student or pc providing it is a
Field Staff Member that signs the selection form. Centres may not have
Field Staff Members of their own unless the Centre is owned and operated by
Scientology,, and Field Staff Members may not send pcs or students to any
but official orgs. To do so constitutes suppression of Scientology official
orgs as this is a Scientology org activity, not designed for centres or
franchise holders to use until they are officialized and their service can
be supervised. Remember, to use this system all a centre has to do to use
the Field Staff Member system is become official and meet requirements for
a new org.
FORMS
Where no forms exist the Field Staff Member can write on plain paper,
preferably pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters) and using
carbon or hand copying can make the forms himself.
The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and
certificate initials and certificate number of the Field Staff Member and
what the selectee is selected for (membership, training or processing) and
some approximation of arrival date at the org.
Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.
MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS
The Field Staff Member should be supplied with book lists, membership
descriptions and the org rate card. He or she should give copies of these
to the selectee if the Field Staff Member has them.
BOOKS
The Field Staff Member may buy books from an org and sell them for his
own
319
profit. Any discounts are arranged with the org and regulated by the
Director of Publications, Saint Hill.
ORG MEMBERS
Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not
field, staff members but where they have had personal PCs before taking org
employment they may handle the matter as a Field Staff Member would if done
within the first three months of Org employment and the selection was done
before org employment.
CERTIFICATE REQUIRED
Any auditor who has any certificate including Hubbard Book Auditor may
become a Field Staff Member.
No classification is required.
No other stipulations may be locally made.
PITFALL
This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field
auditor there was.
I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I
was only saved by org formation to wl-dch I could turn over my traffic.
The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too
pinned down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn
to other activities.
I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book circulate
(the Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type
course (not as high as an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists
demanding I process their wives after they had heard one lecture.
The demand for my own processin g out back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local
public promotion.
I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of
expansion. Only an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork
can handle PCs and students. Even a very small org doesn't dare process PCs
or train students. It does best when it only promotes. And it should send
its PCs to a bigger org. It should limit itself as I did after orgs took my
PCs over, to short assists, PE courses and small co-audits.
DISSEMINATION FORMULA
I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and
it's easy. Central orgs will shortly have it and train Field Staff Members
on it in the staff training programme. Being tech it has no part of this
Policy Letter. It takes four or five hours to learn, theory and practical.
The Academy will have all such programmes of staff training.
PAYMENT OF COMMISSION
Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the selectee when
that person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts must write on the
Invoice the auditor's name who did the selection.
Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a
cheque for 10% of the cash payment made to the Field Staff Member and mail
it to him or her. In the case of a credit purchase the exact same payment
procedure is followed but the cheque is for 6% of the total purchase. The
org does not wait until the bill is paid to pay the commission.
When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of the
payment and of the PC or student's training, processing or membership
payment to the Dept of Clearing. The department staples these to the Field
Staff Member's copy and files it under the Field Staff Member's name.
The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid or
paid and obtained credit for on his first appearance at the org. In
intensives this should be for at
320
least one intensive. However if at that first appearance the selectee
bought several grades worth of intensives or several courses, the
commission is also given for those.
TIME
There is no time stipulation as to how often selectees may be selected
and the org has no period of grace wherein a person may only be selected by
the org itself. If an org procures a PC or student however, directly, the
org, not one of its general staff members, gets the commission.
PROFESSIONAL RATES
Commission is also paid on professional rates but not to the auditor
himself or a "friend" who will refund the commission. The professional rate
applies only to auditing. There is no staff or professional rate for
training or courses.
DISPUTES
Where one Field Staff Member claims he or she sent in a PC or student
and another also claims it, the Director of Clearing should be appealed to
to settle the dispute.
The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the selectee,
not on the earliest contact.
At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid
on the same matter to settle a dispute.
If the selectee presents no paper on first approaching cashier, no
commission is paid. A Field Staff Member however who feels an error has
been made can write the Director of Inspections and Reports in his nearest
org who will handle it.
DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
In any disputes between two Field Staff Members, either may appeal to
Ethics, Department of Inspections and Reports, in their nearest org, which
may "hear" the matter by mail and render a decision. Such an action does
not make any Scientologist liable to further action.
FORMING ORGS
As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant
service is not as easy as close service, the HCO Area See should be
approached concerning the formation of a new local org. Such an org would
be owned and operated by Scientology from Saint Hill. The HCO Area See will
base decision upon the amount of traffic coming from that area and the
successfulness of the Field Staff Members there. Final permission for a new
Org must come from Saint Hill. The new org will be only a class zero org at
first with very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be
formed and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an
old OT9 to finance a new org in any way.
The new org pays a percentage of its gross to the founding official org.
And the new org pays 10% and 6% commissions as above to the Field Staff
Members on its staff but only if it is fully official and only when
authorized to have an HGC. Until it has an official HGC it continues to
operate on commissions and pays no percentage to the forming org, but still
receives them. Its PE and Co-audit activities and commissions paid, in
students and PCs sent into the founding org, support it.
HGCs AND ACADEMIES
Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs and
Academies of Scientology only may be sent students by Field Staff Members
as long and arduous experience has determined that great quantities of
trouble can come from courses and clinics which are unofficial and usually
official orgs have to clean the resulting mess up. Notable examples were
Sydney, and the US Pacific North West in '54. There have been dozens of
such instances with many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance Centres
and Academies of Scientology are protected by law. Only their service is
supervised by Saint Hill or myself.
FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION
A Field Staff Member comes under the same discipline as any other org staff
321
member and is subject to the same codes of ethics. Auditing org PCs or
students is forbidden to all staff members.
ACCEPTANCE
The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization
addressing his letter to the Director of Clearing, who would be his
superior in an erg, giving his acceptance of appointment or declining it.
In return he will receive his credentials as a Field Staff Member
(Provisional) which consist of a letter signed by the HCO Secretary
signifying his or her appointment, to be followed after a year by more
formal credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re
Field Staff Member Appointment" and give current address and any other
particulars. If there are any questions or hitch, write to me at Saint
Hill.
PROVISIONAL
The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-meaning "not permanent". At the end
of one year, the appointment expires unless renewed. On being confirmed at
the end of one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive
credentials are issued.
When the Field Staff Member (Provisional) has been one for ten months,
he or she should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full
appointment be made and giving any evidence of good work. At that time the
Director of Clearing will cause to be issued a new set of credentials to
the Field Staff Member, declaring him or her to be a Field Staff Member.
Activity is the criteria of issuing full credentials. If any difficulty
develops in obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint Hill.
The names or short lists sent to the Field Staff Member for selection or
collection are considered to be org prospects. The Field Staff Member may
only select them to the org or collect from them for the org, and if the
Field Staff Member processes or trains for his own fee prospect names sent
by the org he is subject to discipline by the Distribution Secretary.
PRIVATE PRACTICE
Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should
advise his Organization or Association Secretary of the nearest official
org and explain why.
CENTRES
Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise the HCO Area
See of their nearest org. They are accepted when authorized by the Office
of LRH and when the earlier mentioned conditions for a new erg are met.
Meanwhile they operate in relation to their nearest org as a group of Field
Staff Members if they accept appointment as Field Staff Members.
FRANCHISE HOLDERS
Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status so long
as they remain in good standing at Saint Hill.
NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING
Field Staff Members HQS and above may have the professional rate now for
HGC intensives if International Members in good standing.
Courses for Field Staff Members are given at the same fees as for any
other International Member or Staff Member. There is no professional rate
for courses, only for intensives. They are however given short briefings on
pertinent subjects at such times as the secretary of their erg makes it
available. However, the better trained a Field Staff Member is, the better
he will succeed and therefore this appointment should not interrupt
training plans.
DEBTS
Field Staff Members may be requested by the Department of Accounts to
collect overdue accounts on which 10% commission of any sums collected will
be paid by the org. But they may not be ordered to do this.
Accounts may release to Field Staff Members in an area lists of overdue
accounts
322
in that area. By using ARC Break technology and assists the Field Staff
Member may collect the sums in cheque form only payable to the org and
forward it with any details to Accounts in the org. Accounts must inform
Inspections and Reports of any such issue of lists or any collections
received by this method. All such assists are given at the Field Staff
Member's own discretion without org reimbursement.
GENERAL AND EXECUTIVE STAFF MEMBER SELECTIONS
The general staff member of any org may select students or PCs or
memberships applicants by issuing them Selection Papers to their own orgs.
In this case any commission is paid to the staff member's own org and the
Selection Paper is of a different appearance. The general or Executive
staff member receives any benefit through org pay along with the rest of
staff.
SAINT HILL FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
Any auditor trained to any level at Saint Hill is similarly appointed by
this Policy Letter. All "Saint Hillers" are therefore appointed FIELD STAFF
MEMBERS SAINT HILL. When working as a general staff member or executive for
an org, the 10% or 6% is paid to that org, not the staff member personally
so that all its staff may benefit. They may select to the Saint Hill Course
or HGC.
The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (as above in this
Policy Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.
Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint Hill
HGC if the student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill as above.
Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being as
well a Field Staff Member of a local org.
SENIOR ORG PREFERENCE
A Field Staff Member trained and certified at a senior org may be a
Field Staff Member of that org even while employed on staff by a junior org
but the commission is paid to the junior oy.-. The junior org- is paid the
commission on any PC or student he sends to the senior org (not his own).
Memberships alone are denied commission in such a case as the junior org
can also sell them.
Such a Field Staff Member for a senior org employed in a junior or- must
not
0
distract Students or PCs already selected by a Field Staff Member of the
junior org before they can present selection papers.
BEING ON TWO STAFFS
Any field auditor can be a Field Staff Member to more than one org but
is actually on the staff of the nearest org- to his address and may not use
another appointment to another org- or Saint Hill to set aside the nearer
org's requirements of him or her. In changing location the Field Staff
Member must inform the Director of Clearing of the org he has been nearest
to and inform the Director of Clearing- of the org lie will now be nearest
to. In case lie is a Field Staff Member Saint Hill also he should inform
the Director of Clearing Saint Hill.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRI-I:jw.rd Copyright@ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCOP/L 14january 1966, page 330; modified by HCOP/L 9january
1967,FSM System
Administration in Organizations, page 334; revised and reissued on 14
January 1968, page 339.1
323
UA W ~ Ve 5 (40 ti -5 -7e~c h n e'c 41 55~f i u~/0 " 1
,~J9 cpleoty'lol?
no piA 1-300 ~/ -t-a j n (a cl P1 1 pne e~.
ce
~l. e. c.
-, 1~ UP// c
tqj
U
Fele-1 g3Yofi,~1Li e mb (c
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 JUNE 1965
Reminico
ORGS ARE SAINT HILL FSMs
Any Central Org, City Office or Pioneer Office, that is, any official
org in Scientology that is part of the Central Org system is a Field Staff
Member of Saint Hill and may select students and preclears for Saint Hill.
Such selections, when the selection slip is presented to Accounts Saint
Hill, will result in the commission being paid to the Org which selected
him or her. The commission goes to the ORG, not to the staff member
forwarding the selection. The commission is proportioned in the income
breakdown, thus the entire staff benefits.
The above is valid, whether the org or office has any Saint Hill grads
on its staff or not.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd Copyright (Z) 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 NOVEMBER 1965
Gen Non-Remirneo
Dist Hats
Accts Hats
Sthil Grade V &
V1 Releases
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
FOR SAINT HILL
Field Staff Membership for Saint Hill has been extended to Grade V,
Grade Va, and Grade VI Saint Hill Releases.
These Field Staff Members may not select anyone from a Central
Organization mailing list or from a Franchise Auditor's own group.
These Releases may now apply to become Field Staff Members of Saint Hill
and should apply to the Director of Clearing, Saint Hill, for any
information they need.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:ml.rd Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
325
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Remimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 OCTOBER 1965
Dist Div Hats
Registration Hats
Income Hats
Disb Hats
Every Field
Staff Member FIELD STAFF MEMBER
SELECTION PAPERS AND COMMISSIONS
The Field Staff Member gives a selection paper to prospective students
and preclears he or she selects to go into a Central Org or Saint Hill.
Previously the Selectee was supposed to present this paper to the
Cashier of the org when signing up and only then was a Commission paid.
I now find the selectee seldom remembers to present the paper in the
hurly-burly of arrival at an org.
Therefore policy on this is modified as follows:
The preclear or student may, but need not, present the selection paper
personally to the cashier of the org for a commission to be paid. The Field
Staff Member's commission will be paid anyway. In the event of two Field
Staff Members selecting the same person, the paper the selectee acted upon
will be credited. In case of disputes Ethics is to settle the matter
equitably between Field Staff Members involved.
The procedure is changed only as follows:
The Commission of the Field Staff Member is paid when the selectee signs
up. Payment is on the same terms as before. But the responsibility for the
payment of commission lies with the Director of Clearing.
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS MUST SEND AN ADDITIONAL COPY OF THE SELECTION PAPER
TO THE ADVANCE SCHEDULE REGISTRAR, DEPT OF REGISTRATION, DEPARTMENT 6,
DIVISION 2.
The Advance Schedule Registrar notes it in her Advance Schedule book and
gives the Selection Paper Copy to the Body Registrar. These copies of the
Selection Paper are kept by the Body Reg in a file alphabetically arranged.
This is the SELECTEE FILE.
When any person comes to sign up who might be a selectee, the Body
Registrar looks for the person's name in the Selectee File and if it is
there marks the conditions of sign up on the Selection Paper from the file
and sends it to the Disbursement Dept for commission to be paid.
Disbursement pays the commission on the basis of this copy.
The Field Staff Member also sends his usual copy of the Selection Paper
to the Director of Clearing, Dept 17, Division 6, Distribution Division.
This means then that the Field Staff Member selects a student or
preclear to an org, the Field Staff member must also send two copies of the
selection paper to the org, one to the Advance Schedule Registrar and one
to the Director of Clearing.
In this way there is a cross check possible and none will lose out on
commissions.
An org, as a Field Staff Member, selecting to another org or Saint Hill
follows the same procedure --original to the selectee, a copy to the
Advance Schedule Registrar and a copy to the Director of Clearing of the
org to which the person is selected.
DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
Each week, on Friday before attending his divisional AdComm meeting in
the last hours of that day, the Director of Clearing must obtain a list of
every student and pc signed up that week and compare these to his complete
file of selection papers and find if they have been selected. He notes
which ones have and sends this list to Disbursement for guidance.
DISBURSEMENT ACTION
Disbursement checks off the commissions it is paying and how much and
sends the list back to the Director of Clearing. This is used in the AdComm
of the Dist Div to quote as a statistic.
326
RECONCILIATION
If there is a difference in the lists Disbursement receives from the
Registrar, the amount of money received by Income or the list submitted by
the Director of Clearing, Disbursement informs the Director of Clearing
during the following week.
Whether informed or not, the Director of Clearing must make sure that
there is no error or omission in paying commissions.
If Disbursement does not pay commissions properly owed Field Staff
Members the Director of Clearing makes a statement to that effect in his
Dist Div AdComm meeting for inclusion in the minutes and also reports it to
Inspection and Reports and does not rest on the matter until he is sure his
Field Staff Members have all been paid.
If it comes to anyone's attention that a selectee is in the org taking
service on whom no commission has been paid, then it must be reported at
once to the Director of Clearing. The Director of Clearing must then follow
through to make sure that a commission is paid.
Policy is: No Field Staff Member who selects a person for training or
processing may remain unpaid.
The Field Staff Member is responsible for sending in two copies of any
Selection Paper to the org and giving one to the selectee. He may keep a
copy for himself. Any pieces of paper serve so long as they have the
selectee's name and address and date of selection, for what selected and
the name of the Field Staff Member.
Proper forms may be furnished, proper routings on them, by the Director
of Clearing to the Field Staff Members.
UNPAID FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
If a Field Staff Member finds a person he or she selected has actually
entered an org for service and no commission has been received within three
weeks, the Field Staff Member must report the omission to the Ethics
Officer of the org who should investigate and see that the matter is cared
for. The Ethics Officer must report the matter and its final disposition to
the AdCouncil as soon as findings and actions are complete.
Errors in payment must also be so reported by the Field Staff Member to
the Ethics Officer.
The gravest possible view will be taken of any irregularities in Field
Staff Member commissions resulting in incorrect or non-existent payment of
Field Staff Member Commissions and should the Registrars, Disbursement or
the Director of Clearing especially become lax in this matter Ethics action
must be taken and reported as well to the Office of LRH, Saint Hill.
FIELD STAFF MEMBER APPOINTMENTS
Any eligible person may become a Field Staff Member. A Provisional
Appointment must be sent promptly to any eligible person applying.
Furthermore, as some auditors being eligible take their appointment for
granted and simply send in selection papers, the Director of Clearing on
receiving a selection paper from a person not on his list must at once
establish the eligibility of the person and if eligible must send an
appointment as Provisional Field Staff Member to the person at once,
although no application was made.
SUMMARY
Field Staff Members' Commissions do not depend upon administrative facts
but upon the actual presence of a student or pc in an org taking service
and directed there by the Field Staff Member.
To guarantee speed and smoothness in receiving commissions the Field
Staff Member should do all possible to help by sending in two legible
copies of a selection paper to the org and giving one to the selectee and
keeping a record himself.
The proof of an owed commission is however the presence in the org,
taking service, of a selectee sent by a Field Staff Member.
LRH:ml.bp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (j) 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard [Modified by HCO P/L 9 January 1967, FSM System
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Administration in Organizations, page 334.)
327
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER
ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT
GREEN ON WHITE
SECRETARIAL EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Office of L. Ron Hubbard
SECED 117 INT 18 October 1965
This applies to Saint Hill as to appointment. The programme steps and
orders apply to the Director of Clearing in every org. Director Of Clearing
Time Machine
FIELD STAFF MEMBER PROGRAMME
FRED FAIRCHILD is appointed Acting Director of Clearing, SH, Div 6, Dept
17, Department of Clearing.
Director of Clearing Orders
IN EVERY ORG
The Director of Clearing's orders are
I . To at once get FSM Commissions paid as per HCO Pol Ltr 15 Oct 65.
2. Get all eligible persons who have sent in selection slips appointed as
Field Staff Members (Provisional).
3. Send every Field Staff Member a package consisting of I copy of:
(a) Any mimeo written for them to date.
(b) HCO Pol Ltr 9 May 65 Field Auditors Become Staff.
(C) HCO Pol Ltr 15 Oct 65.
(d) HCO Exec Ltr 15 Oct 1965.
(e) I Auditor 10 new Grade Chart.
These packages are to go second class airmail.
4. Send each FSM by surface mail 20 copies of the Auditor 10 Grade
Chart.
5. Send I copy airmail of Auditor I I Org Chart to each FSM when it is
ready with a covering Dist Admin Ltr.
6. See that plates are done by Dept 2 for rapid FSM mailings.
7. Get in FSM lines completely and HCO Pol Ltr 15 Oct 65 into full
effect fast.
8. Get proper forms in quadruplicate printed for FSMs with separate
addresses for each copy, through Dissern Div.
9. Handle any ARC breaks with FSMs not handled by HCO Exec Ltr 15
Oct 65.
10. Work up promotional materials for the FSM and get them printed through
Dissern
Div. Use Dept Success materials in this.
11. Get the whole programme really roaring, it's a winner.
Fred Fairchild is to see that Comm Members (Dept Cl Directors)
get this mailing
out to all their own FSMs and execute these same orders in their orgs.
L. RON HUBBARD
%1,%`%-113 LOG 1"',
A
Zty z
%\~ %%`
329
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 12 JANUARY 1966
Gen Non-Remimeo
Dissem Div Hats
Dir Clearing Hats SELECTEES MAILING
SELECTEE ADVICE PACKETS
When the Director of Registration (Advance Sched Registrar) receives a
copy of a selection slip sent in by a Field Staff Member, selecting someone
to the org for training or processing, he at once gets the following done-
1. Types the name and address of the selectee on Duplistickers,
numbering the duplistickers 1, 2 and 3 or using 3 colours of
duplistickers. These duplistickers are mucilage backed slips of paper
that come on a roll. Putting carbon between them gives one an original
and copies. These can be torn off their long strip and pasted on
envelopes. These are clipped to the selection slip which is not filed
until these have been sent.
2. At once, using duplisticker #I (or colour 1) send the selectee a
booklet about Scientology of the scope of Evolution of a Science, or
some such inexpensive work, not merely a PE brochure and a slip
describing selection and saying they are selected. If you haven't got
the perfect thing to send, still send something.
3. At the end of two weeks the Director of Registration causes to be
sent an information pamphlet about training and processing'and a large
Gradation Chart. This must contain data about releases and clears, the
org and how to get there, living quarters near the org, etc. If this is
not ready to hand, still send something.
4. At the end of another two weeks the selectee is sent a sign-up packet
so arranged that all he has to do is sign his name in order to enroll or
be scheduled for processing. If this is not ready to hand still send
something.
The original slip is kept clipped to the duplistickers and when the last
duplisticker is removed the slip is marked "3 Advice Packets sent" with
date.
If one can cut a fourth duplisticker it is saved in reserve for times
when a sweeping mailing is made to all selectees who have been advised.
This action is vital to warm up the FSM's prospect. The packets must not
be sent all at once or in a different order.
This is NOT the Info packet line. These actions are NOT done for every
name sent in on mailing lists. This is the Selectee Advice Packet Line.
It is an actual fact that selectees, contacted only by an FSM cool off
if not given attention by the org. And it is a fact that they cool off if
the info is sent too long after they were selected.
If this line is not in and properly functioning the Dir Clearing and Dir
Registration cannot claim to have the FSM programme working as an essential
part of it is missing. We must help FSMs.
When FSMs send in LISTS OF NAMES, not selectees, one puts these on the
Info Packet Line and sends them something decent and interesting, but not
the above as these people are often of the faintest value as names. Such
mailing lists are also often handled by duplistickers and 3 different
mailings. It is successful to send them the magazine for 3 months as well
as other info.
There are two different lines then-one to selectees, one to names sent
in. The last are treated as any other mailing list. The selectee gets
special attention.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
329
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 JANUARY 1966
Dist Div
Field Staff
Members AMENDMENT TO HCO POLICY LETTER OF
9 MAY 1965
FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
A Field Staff Member who personally knows an individual he would like to
select to an organization may send him or her a selection slip via
correspondence.
Therefore, a person can be selected either after direct personal contact
with the person or, if the person is known to the Field Staff Member, upon
correspondence
with the person.
LRH:ml.rd
Copyright @ 1966 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFI
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Susse
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 AUGUST
Remimeo
Org See
Registrar
Area Cashier
Dir Disbursements
Dist See Addition to HCO Policy Letter of
Dir Clearing 26 March 1965, "Field Auditors"
SELECTION REGULATIONS
The following regulations are laid down as regards the payment of
commissions in the Field Staff Member programme:
I A husband and wife cannot cross-select each other for commission
Purposes.
2. Once a student or preclear arrives in an organization for a
service or services, no other student or preclear may select him or
her for commission purposes.
The reason for such regulations is that the Field Staff Member programme
was not intended as a means of obtaining a 10% discount on a cross-
selection basis.
LRH:lb-r.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1966
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[CancefledbyHCOP/L 23December 1966, Field Staff Member Commissions, page
332.1
330
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Bill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1966
Issue III
Rernimeo
FIELD STAFF MEMBER
(Corrects HCO Pol Ltr 26 Mar 1965,
Field Auditors Become Staff.)
The paragraph which reads "The Commission is only given on the actual
amount the selectee paid or obtained credit for on his first appearance at
the org-" and the remainder of this paragraph is cancelled.
It is changed to read as follows:
The commission paid the Field Staff Member will be paid on all services
consecutively bought during one appearance at the org. This means that
after reporting in to an org and signing up for and paying one service or
more, if the selectee on the completion of that service buys another
service, the FSM Commission will be paid on the second service and so on.
If, however, there is no re-sign and the selectee departs from the org as a
completion, he or she must again be selected with a fresh selection slip
and must come to the org again and sign up before another commission can be
paid the FSM.
This does not include Review services, books or meters or insignia. It
does apply to memberships bought. An FSM may, however, send a person to an
org for an S & D and receive a commission thereon. This means that an FSM's
selection slips of a selectee become out dated and invalid after the
departure of the selectee from an org after buying service. The selectee
may then at once be re-selected for his next or additional services.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:jp.cden Copyright@ 1966 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
(Note: The paragraph referred to above appears in both the original 26 Mar
1965 issue (para 11, page 306) and its revision of 30 Mar 1965 (para 11,
page 314).1
331
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 DECEMBER 1966
Remimeo
Franchise
Field Staff
Members
Dept Clearing
Hats
Accounts Hats
FIELD STAFF MEMBER COMMISSIONS
(cancels HCO Pol Ltr 30 Aug 66, "Selection Regulations")
COMMISSIONS IMPLYING DISCOUNTS OR PROFITS
Commission is paid on Professional rates, but not to the auditor
himself, nor to a "friend" who will refund the commission.
Commission is not paid to an org pc or student at the same org, nor on
mutual selections (A selects B and B selects A).
Commission is only paid to closely related family members if clear-cut
evidence is presented.that a genuine selection was made and the FSM was
actively instrumental in getting the relative into the org. No commission
is payable on family members living in the same household.
No commission will be paid to an FSM who has loaned money at interest to
the person selected, directly or through intermediaries.
The principle here is that the FSM system is intended to get new pcs and
students into orgs, not to provide a means of obtaining a 10% discount on a
cross-selection basis, nor to provide extra rewards for commercial money-
lending.
PCS AND STUDENTS TAKING SERVICE
No preclear or student who has arrived in the organization to take
service may be selected for any service or services by any FSM after the
arrival of the pc or student in the org for service, until the pc or
student leaves the org having completed all services signed up.
INVALIDATIVE SELECTIONS
Selections, in particular, MUST NOT be made by FSMs for Review Auditing,
Rehabs or S and Ds while a person is taking service at an org-particularly,
of course, while he is a pc, in which event such a "selection" could appear
to the pc to be an invalidation of his auditing.
Such "selections" will not be honoured and the FSM attempting to make
them will be subject to Ethics action.
Selection slips may not be written for Cramming and FSM Commission is
not. payable on fees paid for Cramming.
BOOK SALES
FSMs are reminded that besides earning Commissions they can buy books in
bulk at discount and sell them at full price.
332
FSMs will be well advised to devote a large part of their efforts to
selling books and following up such sales after an appropriate time: the
book makes Scientology more real to the person, who is then easily
persuaded to accept selection for an org service.
Written by a Board of Investigation
Monica Quirino
Graham McNamee
Ralph Pearcy
George Galpin Qual See SH
Gareth McCoy HCO Area See SH
Ken Delderfield LRH Comm SH for AC SH
Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW for AC WW
Sheena Fairchild Guardian Comm WW
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:jp.cden The Guardian WW
Copyright (D 1966 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
333
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 JANUARY 1967
Gen Non-Remimeo Reg Hats Income Hats Disb Hats Dept Clearing Hats
FSM SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION IN ORGANIZATIONS
(Modifies the following HCO Pol Ltrs:
9 May '65 Field Auditors Become Staff
15 Oct '65 FSM Selection Papers and Commissions)
COMMISSIONS
The important points to be covered in administration of the FSM system
within an org, as regards Commissions, are: -
I The Registrar having selection slips to hand when the selectee
appears at the org,
and signing the person up for as many services as possible;
2. The Registrar finding out, when the selectee has been selected by
more than one FSM for services, which FSM the selectee considers
selected him or her;
3. The Registrar informing the Area Cashier as to whether the person
signed up was selected by an FSM;
4, The Area Cashier writing invoices clearly showing whether a service
has been fully paid for;
5. The Director of Tech Services noting that the person has started
taking services in the org;
6. The Director of Disbursements getting written attestations from the
Registrar as to what was signed up for and when, and whether the
service was selected and when and by whom; from the Area Cashier that
the service was fully paid for or (exceptionally) that proper credit
arrangements were made; and from Tech Services that the person has
started taking services in the org, and when;
7. The Dir of Clearing and the Dir of Disbursements each independently
keeping a record of all FSM payments made, so that there is a double
check on possible double or incorrect payments of commission;
8. Full CSW including attestations as above being available to the
Cheque Signers who sign the FSM Commission cheques;
9. The Dir of Clearing being vigilant that no valid FSM Commission
remains unpaid.
RESERVATIONS I/C
The Reservations I/C notes the selection in his Advance Reservations
book and thus reserves for the person an appropriate date.
He has the Letter Registrar write to the selectee a personal letter (not
a form letter)_ on the lines that he is "pleased to hear that you have been
selected by
.......... (FSM) for (services selected) on about (approx-
imate date given on the selection slip)", and that he has provisionally
scheduled the
person for (service) starting on (date). The Letter
Registrar
asks for confirmation of the reserved date and adds that Reservations I/C
will be
shortly sending a packet of information material (which is later done).
The Reservations IIC acknowledges the selectee for setting a date but
encourages him to come earlier. The Reservations I/C should drive in as
much business as possible on the Tech Division as soon as possible without
regard to overloading the Tech Division.
334
The Reservations I/C then initials the selection slip, with date, and
routes it to the Body Registrar.
BODY REGISTRAR
The Body Registrar keeps a file of all selection slips received from the
Reservations I/C, filed alphabetically for easy access.
When a person comes to him to sign up for a service, the Body Registrar
takes from the file all selection slips relating to that person and uses
them as a guide to the person's interests. But of course the Body Registrar
from her interview with the person and her knowledge of org services
decides what services the person should take, always encouraging the person
to sign up for many services.
When the person has signed up, if there are selections by more than one
FSM, the Body Registrar asks the person whom he considers selected him or
her.
SELECTION ROUTING FORM
The Body Registrar initiates a Selection Routing Form, which is a
document routing form, not a body routing form. A separate form is used for
each service signed
UP.
The form has spaces to be filled in by the Body Registrar as to person's
name; service signed up for; hour and date of sign up; name of FSM who
selected the person for that service; date service is to start; and
initials of the Body Registrar attesting to these data.
The Body Registrar staples the selection slip to the appropriate
Selection Routing Form and hands it to the Area Cashier when passing the
person on for him to pay for the services signed up.
When there is only one selection slip and more than one service signed
up, the Body Registrar attaches the slip to the Selection Routing Form for
the first service to be taken, and notes on the other Selection Routing
Forms that this has been done. Thus later recipients of the Form know where
to find the slip if needed.
If there are no selection slips to hand, the Body Registrar asks the
person if he has been selected by a Field Staff Member, and if so, gets
details and writes these on the Selection Routing Form, noting on it that
there was no selection slip and getting the selectee to attest on the form
in the space provided that the details given are correct.
The Body Registar keeps a record of all sign ups, Selection Routing
Forms started, and whether a selection slip was attached. Thus when the
person comes back for re-sign up, Body Registrar has a record of what was
done at previous sign ups.
AREA CASHIER
The Area Cashier gets the person to pay in full for all the services
signed up for. If an Advance Payment has partly paid for the services, this
is of course taken into account.
Any service must be fully paid for before the person starts taking it,
unless credit is specifically permitted by Policy and proper arrangements
(note signed) have been made for payment, or unless it is Review auditing.
If the Area Cashier fails to persuade the person to pay for the other
services signed up, he tries to get a partial payment in advance. But FSM
COMMISSION IS NOT PAYABLE UNTIL THE SERVICE IS SIGNED UP AND FULLY PAID
FOR, AND THE PRECLEAR OR STUDENT IS IN THE ORG TAKING A SERVICE.
The Selection Routing Form for each service has a space for the Area
Cashier to write the date, amount paid, invoice number, and "Yes" to the
question, "Is this service fully paid for?" and to attest with initial and
date.
If the service is one for which credit is permitted by Policy, the Area
Cashier, having made the necessary arrangements, writes "Credit" in answer
to the above question. If credit is not permitted for the service, the Area
Cashier does not write on the form but tells the person that the service
cannot start until payment is complete. In
335
such a case the Area Cashier files the form in the person's Advance Payment
folder or in his Collections folder.
If the service is fully paid for or if credit has been allowed, the Area
Cashier routes the Selection Routing Form with the blue copy of the invoice
to Tech Services. If more than one service has been signed up and paid for,
all the relevant Selection Routing Forms are routed to Tech Services.
TECH SERVICES
The Director of Tech Services attests on the Selection Routing Form that
the person has started taking a service in the org. This is done on each
form that has been received from the Area Cashier at that time, even though
only one service is being taken and the other forms relate to services to
be taken later (but before the person leaves the org as a completion).
If the person is delayed in starting taking service, the Director of
Tech Services holds the Selection Routing Forms pending, but completes the
attestation immediately the person starts taking service, and ensures that
the Forms do not get overlooked.
The Director of Tech Services routes the completed forms to the Director
of Disbursements.
DIRECTOR OF DISBURSEMENTS
The Director of Disbursements checks from the selection slip and the
Selection Routing Form that the Commission to the FSM is valid as per
current Policy, and that there is a complete set of attestations on the
form.
He also checks from a record kept by the Disbursements Officer of all
payments made to FSMs, filed alphabetically under names of persons taking
service, that no previous payment has been made in respect of the service
detailed on the Selection Routing Form. He attests on the Form that this is
all in order.
He then passes the documents to the Disbursements Officer.
DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER
The Disbursements Officer prepares a cheque for presentation to the
Cheque Signers and attaches it to the documents, having entered on a space
provided on the form the amount of the commission, cheque number and date,
name of bank and bank account, and having attested to these with initial
and date.
Since FSM Commissions may not be budgeted but must be permitted to rise
to any level as long as the commissions are valid, no Purchase Order or
Financial Planning approvalisneeded.
All the prerequisites as set in in HCO Pol Ltr of 30 Jan 1966, Issue IV,
"Cheque Signing Procedure", must be provided to the Cheque Signers with any
FSM Commission cheques.
When the Disbursements Officer receives the signed cheque, he
immediately mails the cheque to the FSM, and the Selection Routing Form and
attached selection slip are routed to the Director of Clearing, together
with the second copy of the Disbursement Voucher.
The Director of Disbursements must report via the Treasury Sec to
Inspections and Reports and to the Advisory Council for inclusion in their
minutes any effort by the Director of Clearing to falsely pay any
commission not allowed by Policy or which may appear contrary to Policy.
DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
Whether informed or not, the Director of Clearing must make sure that
there is no error or omission in paying commissions.
If it comes to anyone's attention that a selectee is in the org taking
service on whom no commission has been paid, then it must be reported at
once to the Director of Clearing. The Director of Clearing must then follow
through to make sure that any commission, validly due according to Policy,
is paid. This is done by originating the
336
Selection Routing Form, clearly marked "Originated by Dir of Clearing",
with the Director of Clearing7s copy of the selection slip to the Body
Registrar, who must fill in the details, and similarly for all the other
terminals indicated on the Selection Routing Form. Some students and
preclears may not have been selected. It is not the job of the Director of
Clearing to force selection upon them.
If Disbursements does not pay commissions properly owed FSMs, the
Director of Clearing makes a statement to that effect in writing to his
Secretary, who must report it at the next Ad Council meeting for inclusion
in the minutes. The Director of Clearing also reports the matter to
Inspections and Reports and does not rest on the matter until he is sure
his Field Staff Members have all been properly paid. Likewise, the Director
of Clearing must be sure no false commission or commission contrary to
Policy is paid.
The Director of Clearing is also responsible for seeing that the line as
described above flows smoothly and that papers are not backlogged anywhere.
However, he is not to abuse this authority and Dev-T personnel solely to
obtain inclusion of any FSM payment in an earlier week's statistic. But he
must certainly see that there is no tardiness in payment of FSM
Commissions.
WEEKLY LISTS
In order to assist the Director of Clearing in this duty, the Body
Registrar prepares each week a list of all students and pcs signed up
during the week, and routes it to the Director of Clearing as soon as
possible-after 2.00 p.m. Thursday.
Certs and Awards similarly prepare a weekly list of all Memberships sold
and route it to Director of Clearing each Thursday.
The Director of Clearing compares these lists with the second copies of
selection slips, which have been routed to him by FSMs, and if it appears
that commissions properly due have not been paid he follows the matter up.
The Director of Clearing also gets the Selection Routing Forms ttfter
the cheques have been mailed, and files them alphabetically by name of FSM.
He uses the file of Selection Routing Forms as a record of FSM activity
and in answering queries from FSMs.
The following Selection Routing Form is to be mimeoed with black ink on
pink paper and one copy used for every FSM Commission to be paid.
Written by a Board of Investigation
Monica Quirino
Graham McNamee
Ralph Pearcy
George Galpin Qual See SH
Gareth McCoy HCO Area See SH
Ken Delderfield LRH Comm SH
Ad Council SH
Philip Quirino LRH Comm WW
Ad Council WW
Sheena Fairchild Guardian Comm WW Mary Sue
Hubbard The Guardian WW for L. RON
HUBBARD Founder
LRH:jp.rd Copyright@ 196 7 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Modified by HCO P/L 28 November 1972, FSM Selection Routing Form, in the
1972 Year Book.]
337
SELECTION ROUTING FORM
for routing documents for FSM Commission payments
A. BODYREGISTRAR
Name of Selectee
Service Selected (each service on a separate form)
NameofFSM
Date of Selection Hour lace
Date signed up for Service -Hour -
Attested (Body Reg)
Selection slip attached not attached
why not
Selection attested (Selectee)
B. AREA CASHIER
Service Is this Service fully paid for?
Invoice Number(s)
AND date(s)
Amount paid for this service
Attested (Area Cashier) Date
C. DIRECTOR OF TECHSER VICES
Date Selectee started taking a service
(First service of current appearance at Org)
Attested (Dir Tech Services) Date
D. DIRECTOR 0FDISBURSEMENTS
FSM Commission valid on current Policy
Above attestations in order No previous FSM Commission
paid for this service
Blue copy of Income Invoice attached in proof of money having been received
Initial
Attested (Dir Disbursements)Date
E. DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER
Cheque Number Bank Account
Amount of Cheque Date of Cheque -
Attested (Disbursements Officer) Date
F. CHEQUE SIGNER
Cheque Signed Date Initial -
G. DISBURSEMENTS OFFICER
FSM Commission mailed - Date Initial
Disb Voucher attached (staple copy for Dir
Clearing to this form)
Address commission mailed to
Copy of blue Invoice routed back to Department of RAM Initial
H. DIRECTOR OF CLEARING
Payment on this Service complete Date -
Initial
Not double paid -Attested (Dir of Clearing)
Date
(Form to be filed by Director of Clearing under name of FSM)
338
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 MAY AD 15
Rernimeo (Revised & Reissued 14 January 1968)
Franchise
Saint Hill Students
Post Public B. Board
FIELD AUDITORS BECOME STAFF
(Cancels HCO Pol Ltrs March 26 '65 & March 30 '65)
All field auditors of the level of HBA and above are appointed herewith
FIELD STAFF MEMBERS of their nearest Scientology organization.
Their rank is FIELD STAFF MEMBER (Provisional).
They come directly under the Department of Clearing, Director of
Clearing of their nearest org.
The purpose of the Field Staff Member is--
TO HELP LRH CONTACT, HANDLE, SALVAGE AND BRING TO UNDERSTANDING THE
INDIVIDUAL AND THUS THE PEOPLES OF EARTH.
Their pay shall be in terms of commissions and therefore should be equal
to that of general staff members in the orgs themselves, depending only on
the activity of the Field Staff Member. The Field Staff Member is not on
proportionate pay and is not on payroll for tax purposes.
The situation is this: the idea of the practitioner setting up a
practice to audit preclears must be wrong because it is used with poor
success by new doctors and psychiatrists; it also has worked poorly for
doctors as groups as they more and more require government subsidy,
personally require large borrowed sums to set up new practices and depend
for affluence on laws, passed to protect them and give them a monopoly; a
monopoly held in place by force alone soon vanishes. Further, their system
took over 700 years to establish them to a point where they could demand
the legislation needed to protect them-proof: examine the status of a
medical man in the centuries between the Great Plague and today century by
century and see the tiny progress each century in the standing of their
profession and their security.
We neither have nor need 700 years.
Civilization is successful only because it is a team. The individual in
our present society has a rough time.
We are a team. We have a big job to do. We need every one aboard. Hence
the appointment.
This appointment should come as no surprise as we were waiting only for
the completion of technology to press the boom buttons. And one of them was
to reclaim and enrol as staff members everyone we have ever trained.
COMMISSIONS
The official Scientology Organization to which the Field Staff Member is
attached will pay the Field Staff Member a percentage of all training and
processing fees received by that organization through its Field Staff
Members.
This system has already been piloted some years ago and its
administration design is now smoothed out. However it must be followed
closely.
The Field Staff Member selects the person to be trained or processed
after direct personal contact with the person and issues to that person a
paper stating the contacted person has been selected. This paper bears the
HOUR, DATE and PLACE of the selection.
The paper is in quadruplicate. The original goes to the person selected
(selectee), the second copy is sent promptly to the Field Staff Member's
org's Advanced Booking Registrar, the third to the Director of Clearing and
the fourth copy is held by the Field Staff Member.
339
If the selectee appears at the org, presents the SELECTION PAPER to the
Cashier and enrols for training and processing, and pays, the org sends at
once a commission of 10% for total cash. There is no waiting in sending the
commission. The org sends the sum at once. 10% is also paid in memberships
bought by the selectee if accompanied by another selection paper marked
Membership also issued by the Field Staff Member.
Example of Commission: A selectee presents the Selection Paper at the
Org Accounts Office and pays for the services bought totally in cash. The
org promptly sends the Field Staff Member 10% of the whole payment.
Example: A selectee presents the Selection Paper of the Field Staff Member
at the org accounts office and pays for the service in cash. The org
promptly sends the Field Staff Member 10% of the total sum. These both end
the transaction. There is no later amount owing the Field Staff Member when
the credit extended is paid off. If any Field Staff Member gave the
selectee another later paper the selectee then used, again commission would
be paid by the org.
The person selected is directed by the Field Staff Member to Reception
at the nearest organization, the name and address of which is given to the
selectee.
No cash for memberships may be taken by the Field Staff Member as
Memberships must be paid for only to the org Accounts Cashier.
The preclear or student may be selected as often or as many times as the
Field Staff Member can do so.
If the person is not, however, selected again by the Field Staff Member
after training or processing, the org may select the person once more and
no commission is paid. The org does not have to have a selection paper to
train or process a person.
The org will honour and pay commission on the selection papers presented
to Accounts by the selectee. It is the responsibility of the Field Staff
Member to inform the selectee to present his or her selection paper.
EXISTING CENTRES
Existing Scientology Centres are not official orgs. The Field Staff
Member is not attached to unofficial orgs. However, a centre, or group or
group of auditors may send a selectee as a student or PC providing it is a
Field Staff Member that signs the selection form. Centres may not have
Field Staff Members of their own unless the Centre is owned and operated by
Scientology, and Field Staff Members may not send PCs or students to any
but official orgs. To do so constitutes suppression of Scientology official
orgs as this is a Scientology org activity, not designed for centres or
franchise holders to use until they are officialized and their service can
be supervised. Remember, to use this system all a centre, has to do to use
the Field Staff Member system is become official and meet requirements for
a new org.
FORMS
Where no forms exist the Field Staff Member can write on plain paper,
preferably pink (the org flash colour for Accounts matters) and using
carbon or hand copying can make the forms himself.
The form must bear the HOUR, DATE and PLACE, the block printed name and
address of the selectee and the block printed name and address and
certificate initials and certificate number of the Field Staff Member and
what the selectee is selected for (membership, training or processing) and
some approximation of arrival date at the org.
Orgs may care to furnish forms, but this is all they contain.
MEMBERSHIP AND RATE CARDS
The Field Staff Member should be supplied with book lists, membership
descriptions and the org rate card. He or she should give copies of these
to the selectee if the Field Staff Member has them.
BOOKS
The Field Staff Member may buy books from an org and sell them for his
own profit. Any discounts are arranged with the org and regulated by the
Director of Publications, Saint Hill.
340
ORG MEMBERS
Other org staff members may not use this system as they are general, not
field, staff members but where they have had personal PCs before taking org
employment they may handle the matter as a Field Staff Member would if done
within the first three months of Org employment and the selection was done
before org employment.
CERTIFICATE REQUIRED
Any auditor who has any certificate including Hubbard Book Auditor may
become a Field Staff Member.
No classification is required.
No other stipulations may be locally made.
PITFALL
This is all taken from my own experience when I was the only field
auditor there was.
I was hammered at by many to process them and became quite overworked. I
was only saved by org formation to which I could turn over my traffic.
The moment a field auditor starts individual processing he becomes too
pinned down to promote and in a year or so fails therefore or has to turn
to other activities.
I got my PCs by casual personal contact and by letting a book circulate
(the Original Thesis) and by local personal promotion. I ran a PE type
course (not as high as an HAS) and at one time had even psychiatrists
demanding I process their wives after they had heard one lecture.
The demand for my own processing cut back my time and nearly stopped
everything until I turned everyone over to the org and got on with my local
public promotion.
I refused to process people myself and therein lies the secret of
expansion. Only an org, with its organization and facilities and teamwork
can handle PCs and students. Even a very small org doesn't dare process PCs
or train students. It does best when it only promotes. And it should send
its PCs to a bigger org. It should limit itself as I did after orgs took my
PCs over, to short assists, PE courses and small co-audits.
DISSEMINATION FORMULA
I've now discovered the Dissemination Formula we've wanted so long and
it's easy. Central orgs have it and train Field Staff Members on it in the
staff training programme. Being tech it has no part of this Policy Letter.
It takes four or five hours to learn, theory and practical. The org will
have all such programmes of staff training.
PAYMENT OF COMMISSION
Accounts receives the selectee's Selection Paper from the selectee when
that person arrives at the Accounts window. Accounts must write on the
Invoice the auditor's name who did the selection.
Accounts will at once (or within a week of registration) make out a
cheque for 10% of the cash payment made to the Field Staff Member and mail
it to him or her.
When the commission is paid, Accounts sends an invoice copy of the
payment and of the PC or student's training, processing or membership
payment to the Dept of Clearing. The department staples these to the Field
Staff Member's copy and files it under the Field Staff Member's name.
The commission is only given on the actual amount the selectee paid. In
intensives this should be for at least one intensive. However if at that
appearance the selectee bought several grades worth of intensives or
several courses, the commission is also given for those.
TIME
There is no time stipulation as to how often selectees may be selected
and the org has no period of grace wherein a person may only be selected by
the org itself. If an org procures a PC or student however, directly, the
org, not one of its general staff members, gets the commission.
341
PROFESSIONAL RATES
Commission is also paid on professional rates but not to the auditor
himself or a "friend" who will refund the commission. The professional rate
applies only to auditing. There is no professional rate for training or
courses.
DISPUTES
Where one Field Staff Member claims he or she sent in a PC or student
and another also claims it, the Director of Clearing should be appealed to
to settle the dispute.
The org always pays on the selection paper handed in by the selectee,
not on the earliest contact.
At least one of the claims must be paid. Two commissions may not be paid
on the same matter to settle a dispute.
A Field Staff Member who feels an error has been made can write the
Director of Inspections and Reports in his nearest Org who will handle iL
DISPUTES BETWEEN FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
In any disputes between two Field Staff Members, either may appeal to
the Chaplain's Court, Department of Success, in their nearest org, which
may "hear" the matter by mail and render a decision. Such an action does
not make any Scientologist liable to further action.
FORMING ORGS
As official orgs are now on the lookout to form orgs, and as distant
service is not. as easy as close service, the HCO Area See should be
approached concerning the formation of a new local org. Such an org would
be owned and operated by Scientology from Saint Hill, The HCO Area See will
base decision upon the amount of traffic coming from that area and the
successfulness of the Field Staff Members there. Final permission for a new
Org must come from Saint Hill. The new org will be only a Class Zero org at
first with very limited services but all orgs grow. Such an org must be
formed and conducted like any other official org. It is prohibited for an
old org to finance a new org in any way.
The new org pays a percentage of its gross to the founding official org.
And the new org pays 10% commissions as above to the Field Staff Members on
its staff but only if it is fully official and only when authorized to have
an HGC. Until it has an official HGC it continues to operate on commissions
and pays no percentage to the forming org, but still receives them. Its PE
and Co-audit activities and commissions paid, in students and PCs sent into
the founding org, support it.
HGCs AND ACADEMIES
Hubbard Guidance Centres of official orgs only may be sent PCs and
Academies of Scientology only may be sent students by Field Staff Members
as long and arduous experience has determined that great quantities of
trouble can come from courses and clinics which are unofficial and usually
official orgs have to clean the resulting mess up. Notable examples were
Sydney, and the US Pacific North West in '54. There have been dozens of
such instances with many people hurt. The names Hubbard Guidance Centres
and Academies of Scientology are protected by law. Only their service is
supervised by Saint Hill or myself.
FIELD STAFF MEMBER REGULATION
A Field Staff Member comes under the same discipline as any other org
staff member and is subject to the same codes of ethics. Auditing org PCs
or students is forbidden to all staff members.
ACCEPTANCE
The field auditor should write his or her nearest official Organization
addressing his letter to the Director of Clearing, who would be his
superior in an org, giving his acceptance of appointment or declining it.
In return he will receive his credentials as a Field Staff Member
(Provisional) which consist of a letter signed by the HCO Secretary
signifying his or her appointment, to be followed after a year by more
formal credentials. In writing the Director of Clearing head the letter "Re
Field Staff Member
342
Appointment" and give current address and any other particulars. If there
are any questions or hitch, write to me at Saint Hill.
PROVISIONAL
The first appointment is PROVISIONAL-mearting "not permanent". At the
end of one year, the appointment expires unless renewed. On being confirmed
at the end of one year, the "Provisional" is removed and more extensive
credentials are issued.
When a Field Staff Member (Provisional) has been one for ten months, he
or she should write the Director of Field Activities requesting the full
appointment be made and giving any evidence of good work. At that time the
Director of Clearing will cause to be issued a new set of credentials to
the Field Staff Member, declaring him or her to be a Field Staff Member.
Activity is the criteria of issuing full credentials. If any difficulty
develops in obtaining full credentials, contact me at Saint Hill.
The names or short lists sent to the Field Staff Member for selection or
collection are considered to be org prospects. The Field Staff Member may
only select them to the org or collect from them for the org, and if the
Field Staff Member processes or trains for his own fee prospect names sent
by the org he is subject to discipline by the Distribution Secretary.
PRIVATE PRACTICE
Any field auditor with a private practice who wishes to retain it should
advise his Organization or Association Secretary of the nearest official
org and explain why.
CENTRES
Any Centres wishing to become Class Zero orgs should advise the HCO Area
Sec of their nearest org. They are accepted when authorized by the Office
of LRH and when the earlier mentioned conditions for a new org are met.
Meanwhile they operate in relation to their nearest org as a group of Field
Staff Members if they accept appointment as Field Staff Members.
FRANCHISE HOLDERS
Existing Franchise Holders may retain their franchise and status so long
as they remain in good standing at Saint Hill.
NEW COURSES AND PROCESSING
Field Staff Members HCA and above may have the professional rate now for
HGC intensives if International Members in good standing.
Courses for Field Staff Members are given at the same fees as for any
other International Member or Staff Member. There is no professional rate
for courses, only for intensives. They are however given short briefings on
pertinent subjects at such times as the secretary of their org makes it
available. However, the better trained a Field Staff Member is, the better
he will succeed and therefore this appointment should not interrupt
training plans.
DEBTS
Field Staff Members may be requested by the Department of Accounts to
collect overdue accounts on which 10% commission of any sums collected will
be paid by the org. But they may not be ordered to do this.
Accounts may release to Field Staff Members in an area lists of overdue
accounts in that area. By using ARC Break technology and assists the Field
Staff Member may collect the sums in cheque form only payable to the org
and forward it with any details to Accounts in the org. Accounts must
inform Inspections and Reports of any such issue of lists or any
collections received by this method. All such assists are given at the
Field Staff Member's own discretion without org reimbursement.
GENERAL AND EXECUTIVE STAFF MEMBER SELECTIONS
The general staff member of any org may select students or PCs or
memberships applicants by issuing them Selection Papers to their own orgs.
In this case any commission is paid to the staff member's own org and the
Selection Paper is of a different appearance. The general or Executive
staff member receives any benefit through org pay along with the rest of
staff.
343
SAINT HILL FIELD STAFF MEMBERS
Any auditor trained to any level at Saint Hill is similarly appointed by
this Policy Letter. All "Saint Hillers" are therefore appointed FIELD STAFF
MEMBERS SAINT HILL. When working as a general staff member or executive for
an org, the 10% is paid to that org, not the staff member personally so
that all its staff may benefit. They may select to the Saint Hill Course or
HGC.
The same stipulations and procedures as for other orgs (as above in this
Policy Letter) apply to Saint Hill Field Staff Members.
Commissions are paid on the Saint Hill Briefing Course and Saint Hill
HGC if the student or PC sent is sent expressly to Saint Hill as above.
Acceptance of appointment from Saint Hill does not prohibit being as
well a Field Staff Member of a local org.
SENIOR ORG PREFERENCE
A Field Staff Member trained and certified at a senior org may be a
Field Staff Member of that org even while employed on staff by a junior org
but the commission is paid to the junior org. The junior org is paid the
commission on any PC or student he sends to the senior org (not his own).
Memberships alone are denied commission in such a case as the junior org
can also sell them.
Such a Field Staff Member for a senior org employed in a junior org must
not distract students or PCs already selected by a Field Staff Member of
the junior org before they can present selection papers.
BEING ON TWO STAFFS
Any field auditor can be a Field Staff Member to more than one org but
is actually on the staff of the nearest org to his address and may not, use
another appointment to another org or Saint Hill to set aside the nearer
org's requirements of him or her. In changing location the Field Staff
Member must inform the Director of Clearing of the Org he has been nearest
to and inform the Director of Clearing of the Org he will now be nearest
to. In case he is a Field Staff Member Saint Hill also he should inform the
Director of Clearing Saint Hill.
LRH:jwjp.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (D 1965, 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1968
Execs
Distr
Treas
Franchise
FSM FIELD STAFF MEMBER COMMISSIONS
Advanced Org FSM commissions can on application be credited towards the
account of the FSM.
Treasury in such case sends the white invoice copy to the FSM as a
receipt, clearly
showing the credit transfer to account.
O.J. Roos, Org Exec Sec AO
for
Mary Sue Hubbard
LRH:MSH:OJR.adv.rd Flag Banking Officer
Copyright @ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
344
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 23 APRIL 1968
Issue I
Gen Non-Remimeo
Franchise
"THE FSM OF THE YEAR"
At the end of every year each Scientology Organisation sends in the
statistics of their best FSM to Distribution WW.
Distribution WW then compares all the stats of the most people sent in
and picks the best FSM.
This FSM is then "The FSM of the Year" and a special silver cup is sent
and presented at the FSM's Org.
Then a full article is prepared on their wins and successes, methods
used and photograph.
The above is then condensed into an interesting leaflet and sent to all
FSMs.
This is a basic layout-one can elaborate on it in years to come.
Lt. Diana Hubbard
LRH:jc.rd Staff Hostess
Copyrightoc 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 JUNE 1968
Issue III
FSM COMMISSIONS
FSM percentages are corrected and established as follows.
15% will be paid for any selectee routed on for auditor training.
10% will be paid for any selectee routed on the solo line.
Auditors' route has not been promoted heavily enough and thus this
additional award is made.
Auditors are needed.
The planet needs Clears.
The 4th Dynamic needs auditing.
Get auditors in.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Founder
Copyright @ 1968
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
345
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF IS APRIL 1969
Rernimeo Distribution Division Hats FSMs Franchise
FIELD STAFF MEMBER AWARD PROGRAMME
Based on the tremendous success of the original FSM Award Programme
instituted at St Hill, it now becomes Policy for all Orgs to run a
quarterly FSM Award Programme.
Such Award Programmes have been significant factors in booming Orgs.
The Programme must be worked out by each Org to suit local conditions,
issued as an ED to all FSMs and revised quarterly.
Awards are made on the basis of the amount of FSM Commissions received
and are to consist of books and lower level courses. For very high stats
Academy Courses may be awarded. Processing is not awarded.
Awards are transferable to family or bonafide members of a centre or
group with which the recipient is connected.
The Field Awards Officer is responsible for this Programme and for
ensuring all awards are announced and delivered each quarter.
Tom Morgan Public Exec See WW. Jim Keely Qual See WW Bruce Glushakow HCO
Area See WW Ad Council WW Rodger Wright LRH Comm WW Jane Kember The
Guardian WW for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:ei.cden Copyright Q 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
346
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY'LETTER OF 10 NOVEMBER 1969
Issue I
Rernimec,
Franchise
Pub Divs
Org Franchise
Hats
FSM AWARDS
Hereafter, Awards based on the numbers of FSM Commissions paid as in FSM
contests MAY BE PAID ONLY TO SINGLE INDIVIDUALS OR SINGLE ORGS OR
FRANCHISES WHICH DID THE ACTUAL SELECTION.
No one may claim an award or bonus or contest prize by reason of
multiple franchises or multiple orgs or several individuals.
Example: Joe Blow turns in a claim for prizes based on 39 selections
which represent 10 franchises. The claim is not valid. It must show which
franchise selected what and that one franchise that turned in the most is
the potential winner unless some one else turned in more.
Example: Tom Sikes turns in 4 selections as an entree in the contest.
Joe Blow turns in 56. But Blow's "56" is made up of selections from 52
FSMs. The mostany single FSM selected in that group was 3. Tom Sikes wins
the bonus contest.
OTL ELIGIBILITY
No OTL is eligible for a contest bonus award by reason of selections. It
may select and collect FSM Commissions but is not contest eligible.
SAINT HILLS
No SH is eligible for contest prizes for selections to AOs. SHs may
select and collect commissions but are not eligible for contest prizes.
S.CN CENTRAL ORGS
The Central Continental Org (where the Continental EC is located) is not
eligible for contest prizes. It should select -and receive FSM Commissions
but is not contest eligible.
STAFF MEMBERS
SO members, AO and SH staffs and the staffs of Central Orgs are NOT
eligible for bonus awards by reason of FSM selections.
ELIGIBILITY
Scn Orgs other than above, individual franchises, Gung Ho groups,
Official Scn groups, staffs of these and individual field FSMs are the only
ones eligible for FSM contest bonuses. None of these named may combine
their selections as an entree in an award contest.
LRH:ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (~) 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
347
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 27 SEPTEMBER 1970
Issue I
Rernimeo
Cashiers
Div HIs
Pub Div Hats
Div Il Hats Organization Series No. 6
FSMs
F/Os
CUTATIVE PRICES
HCO PL of 27 Apr AD 15 "Organizational Price Engram" is fully valid and
must be followed. It explains why price cuts damage orgs.
Price cuts are forbidden under any guise.
1. PROCESSING MAY NEVER BE GIVEN AWAY BY AN ORG.
Processing is too expensive to deliver.
2. BOOKS MAY NEVER BE GIVEN AWAY BY AN ORG OR BY PUBS ORG.
They are too expensive to manufacture.
3. FSM COMMISSIONS MAY NEVER BE PAID ON DISCOUNTED OR CUT RATE
ITEMS.
If an FSM can't sell for full value he does not rate any commission.
4. SCHOLARSHIPS FOR COURSES ARE LIMITED TO INTERNESHIPS, HSDC AND
ACADEMY LEVELS.
5. COURSE SCHOLARSHIPS ONLY MAY BE OFFERED F~M ON CONTEST AWARDS.
6. SCHOLARSHIPS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE TO WORKING FSMs OF PROVEN
SELECTEE SUCCESSES.
7. ALL SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS OUTSTANDING TERMINATE IF NOT TAKEN
BEFORE I JANUARY 197 1.
8. FSM COMMISSIONS ARE PAID ONLY ON THE ARRIVAL OF A STUDENT OR PC,
NOT ON RECEIPT Ol~ THE FEE.
Adv payments are sometimes refunded.
9. ONLY FULLY CONTRACTED STAFF IS AWARDED FREE SERVICE, AND THIS IS
DONE BY INVOICE AND LEGAL NOTE WHICH BECOMES DUE AND PAYABLE IF THE
CONTRACT IS BROKEN.
10. FSM BONUS AWARDS TO ORGS MAY ONLY BE DELIVERED TO CONTRACTED
STAFF MEMBERS OF THAT ORG.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd Copyright @ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
348
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 16 DECEMBER 1970
Rernitneo
FB0s
Treas Secs
D t8
PeEllic Divs
PU
AOSH DK
St Hill UK
ASHO
SH FSM BONUS AWARDS
Saint Hill FSM bonus awards to orgs or franchises may only be a portion
of an SHSBC course such as ' one level. The Course portions when amounting
to a full course may only be given to a staff member whose contract begins
or is re-signed on return to the org and for which the org holds his signed
note payable in the event of breach of contract.
Saint Hill FSM bonus awards to persons not org or franchise connected
should be a portion of the SHSBC until a whole course is earned.
Lt Vicki Polimeni, CS-3
LRH:VPint.aap From LRH Conference Notes
Copyright @ 1970 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1971
Rernimeo Cashiers Div 3s Public Divs Hats FSMs Franchises
FSM CONTEST AWARDS
(Modifies HCO PL 27 Sept 1970,
CUTATIVE PRICES)
FSM Awards outstanding as of 27 September 1970 were to be taken by I Jan
197 1 or forfeited by the above policy letter.
Mimy were not able to arrange to take their awards within the stipulated
time.
In response to public requests the deadline for claim and use of such
awards is abolished.
Lt. V. Polimeni
LRH:VP:nt.rd CS-3
Copyright (@ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
349
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1958
OFFICE OF THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
HASI GROUP SECRETARY
The post of Group Secretary must be full time and must not be, repeat,
must not be held by a sales personnel. The registrar may not be Group
Secretary.
The Group Secretary must be:
I . A person interested in groups.
2. A person with skill in handling groups.
3. A person who can lecture to groups.
4. A person who can handle ARC breaks well.
5. A person who can audit engrams Scientology 1958 style. (An ACC
graduate.)
The Group Secretary may have reasonable travel expenses out of town but
not taxi fare.
GROUPS
A group need not have a quota of pro or international members but may be
composed only of a majority of Associate Members to have the right to use
Scientology materials.
An unregistered group has no right to use Scientology materials as per
HCO awarded franchise.
A group certificate may be awarded to any group of people if the Group
Secretary is informed of (1) the name of the group, (2) its leader and (3)
its address, but the group leader does not have to do more than say that
his group contains five or more members. He need not give their names. He
must certify there is a majority of Associate or Int members in his group.
The HASI may not accept a list of his members. There is no fee, no
cancellation save by "bad usage" which means to beat the drum for something
else or to fight the HASI.
The Group Sec handles correspondence, group certificates, programs,
lectures, information in general and heals group or individual group member
ARC breaks.
The group leader needs no certificate.
The Group Secretary must not try to sell groups anything. He can mention
books and services when asked.
The Group Secretary personally may give lectures and engram running or
auditing demonstrations but may not charge for them.
The Group Secretary's services are always free. He may accept housing
and meals in fact but not cash for them. HE MAY NOT PROCESS PEOPLE FOR A
FEE AT ANY TIME DURING HIS ACTIVITY AS GROUP SECRETARY ON PAIN OF
CERTIFICATE CANCELLATION. ONLY THIS HAS HURT THE POST BEFORE. NOR MAY
COLLECT A LIST OF FUTURE PROSPECTS FOR AUDITING WHILE GROUP SEC.
As his job grows he may be aided by an Asst Group Secretary.
The Group Secretary belongs in the Dept of Promotion and Registration.
All group troubles and difficulties are referred to him as well as all
group promotion.
He may not have separate group files but can have the materials of CF on
groups for his use.
He should make his first order of business the repair of the whole of
the Sterling area group system and heal all ARC breaks.
L. RON HUBBARD
Executive Director
LRH:mp.rd HASI
350
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.
HCO BULLETIN OF 6 JANUARY 1959
FIELD ACTIVITIES
To: All Scientologists
For Scientology to go well in any area, it is only necessary for the
trained auditor in that area to follow the following steps:
1. Get good results on every pc processed individually.
2. Operate a group and do PE and Group Processing.
3. Keep the group recruited.
It is not necessary that a field auditor has great sums of money to
finance his activity. All successful Scientology activities have financed
themselves. In extreme, an auditor with no pcs to keep him going can get a
job and run a group evenings until the income of the group activity makes
the job unnecessary.
The keynote of handling any area is to bring order. Every time you put
some order into a pc or a group. or society, a little confusion blows off.
Ignore the confusion. It is transitory. Order is not. It stays. Therefore
the more order (not necessarily the more activity) you put into things the
more continuance you have. This is new data, extremely important and should
be carefully gone over again and again and applied. It is data that brings
bi.gwins in a society, a group or a pc. Bring a little order.
Get the pc to see that he can bring order into his affairs. Ask him
bluntly, "What order could you bring into your life?" And his case will
start resolving. The highest ability of a thetan is to Bring Order.
Therefore, orderly processing brings results, disorderly processing does
not. All an ARC break is is a disorder.
What order, then can a trained auditor bring into his area? Into his own
life? Into his pc's? Into his group? That is the question worth answering.
The confusion that flies off when the order is entered in seems so
important to many auditors that they Q and A with it. They stop pursuing
order and start pursuing confusion. Never change from order to disorder
just because confusion blows off. Let the confusion go, If you want it all
gone, just put more order into it. That's why CCH works when properly used.
An auditor who just starts a group blows some disorder out of a society.
The disorder flies into view. Ignore it. Just put some more well-run,
exactly scheduled group there. More disorder discharges. Order put in too
suddenly always discharges disorder too fast. That's an explosion. You
don't want that. Leave explosions to the government (its highest level of
entering order is to blow everything up).
Here's a program. Get hold of all the people you have processed in the
area you are, in. Give them an interview. In it, ask each one, "What order
are you trying to bring into your life?" "What part of your life?" Tell
them that's what Scientology is trying to help them do. You'll have more
pcs. Weld them into ~ group. Give them some group processing Tone 40. Bring
order into their lives.
Take responsibility for every pc's whole life. Take responsibility for
all the reactive banks in your area, Clear them up by bringing more order.
Money cannot flow back to you on disorderly lines.
AUDITOR CONFIDENCE
Every field auditor has had some loses. These cut down his confidence.
He should rebuild his confidence. He should rebuild his confidence as his
first step. He failed where he failed to bring order into lives. Therefore,
he had better now discipline himself to use one simple process and use it
right and without change until he has won with it. Don't change the process
because it blows off disorder. To the devil with the disorder-put the order
in regardless of how much disorder it blows off.
351
KEY REHABILITATION PROCESS
I Start session.
2. Find out if the pc has an auditor.
3. Find out if the pe has an auditing room.
4. Ask pc (goals) "What part of your life would you like to bring
some order into?" Two way comm on it for no more than five minutes.
Get into session then.
S. For one hour at the beginning of each session every session run
"Look around here and find something you have." Only that command.
If pc originates, understand and acknowledge. DON'T DO ANYTHING ELSE
ABOUT IT.
6. For remainder of session run "Recall something you have done."
When he says he has, acknowledge only.
Session after session run nothing else but this. And you'll bring order
to a pc, believe me. And he'll have great case changes and he'll be moving
forward toward clear.
This process will give you wins unless you do something else to vary it.
The only people it doesn't work well on are nearly unconscious. On these
only CCH 1, 2, 3 and 4 work. If the process doesn't bite at all, use CCH 1,
2, 3 and 4. But don't worry it will bite-if you keep your mouth shut and
don't flub.
Now you want some wins. Don't talk to the pc much during a session. Use
TR 4 whenever he talks. Keep him reassured, happy, comfortable and don't
let him out of session until you end it. And you'll win. If you lose, it's
because you got fancy or chopped the pc up.
Factual Havingness will ease off p.t. problems and ARC breaks. That's
why you use it for an hour always.
If a process regimen comes along that's simpler or better than the above
I'll let you know right away. Until then, this is the very best you can do.
GROUP RECRUITING
Groups fall apart on sloppy scheduling. They need one night a week at
the minimum. Always the same night, same hours. That's order. Always a one
hour lecture and one hour group processing Tone 40. We have new phonograph
records of lectures for you. They're cheap. Buy them.
When you have a group processed a while get people into an HAS Course.
Teach them TRs 0 to 9 and then let them co-audit on exactly the above
regimen.
By permitting co-auditing, the trained auditor actually gets more pcs.
Charge for co-auditing consultations. Keep them at it.
We're taking the lid off. The country is full of people. They should be
in groups and co-auditing. In that way we'll bring enough order to the
country to make even it survive.
By the way, HCO Washington, D.C. will issue a Hubbard Apprentice
Scientologist certificate to anybody you guarantee has passed TR 0 to 9
without charge to you. We trust you to make sure they're good.
In recruiting a group, keep explaining Scientology as something that
helps people bring order into their lives. You'd be amazed how little order
they believe they can inject. Call on new people. Run an ad for your group:
"Tired of Being Human?
Scientology Group Clears People." or "Does Life Seem
Disorderly?" Join
ihe Scientology Group and begin to win for a change."
We need action. In an all but leaderless world, somebody has to make
some people. Let's begin.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:rd Copyright@ 1959 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
352
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
1812 19th Street N.W., Washington, D.C.
HASI POLICYLETTER OF 10 FEBRUARY 1959
GROUP SECRETARY
The post of Group Secretary must be full time and must not be, repeat,
must not be held by a sales personnel. The Registrar may NOT be Group
Secretary.
The Group Secretary must be:
I . A person interested in groups.
2. A person with skill in handling groups.
3. A person who can lecture to groups.
4. A person who can handle ARC breaks well.
The Group Secretary may have reasonable travel expenses out of town but
not taxi fare.
The Group Sec handles. correspondence, group, certificates, programs,
lectures, information in general and heals group or individual group member
ARC breaks.
The Group Secretary must not try to sell groups anything. She can
mention books and services when asked.
The Group Secretary personally may give lectures and engram running (if
trained in engram running) or auditing demonstrations but may not charge
fox, them. The Group Secretary's services are always free. She may accept
housing and meals in fact but not cash for them. SHE MAY NOT PROCESS PEOPLE
FOR A FEE AT ANY TIME DURING HER ACTIVITY AS GROUP SECRETARY ON PAIN OF
CERTIFICATE CANCELLATION. ONLY THIS HAS HURT THE POST BEFORE. NOR MAY
COLLECT A LIST OF FUTURE PROSPECTS FOR AUDITING WHILE, GROUP SECRETARY.
As the job grows, she may be aided by an Asst Group Secretary.
All group troubles and difficulties are referred to the Group Secretary
as well as all group promotion.
She may not have separate group files but can have the materials of CF
on groups for her use.
She should make her first order of business the repair of whole of the
Dollar area group system and heal all ARC breaks.
GROUPS
A group need not have a quota of pro or international members but may be
composed only of a majority of Associate Members to have the right to use
Scientology materials. An unregistered group has no right to use
Scientology materials as per HCO awarded franchise.
A group certificate May be awarded to any group of people if the Group
Secretary, is informed of (1) the name of the group, (2) its leader and (3)
its address, but the group leader does not have to do more than say that
his group contains five or more members. He need not give their names. He
must certify there is a majority of Associate or International members in
his group. The FC may not accept a list of his members. There is no fee, no
cancellation save by "bad usage" which means to beat the drum for something
else or to fight the FC.
The Group Secretary handles correspondence, group certificates,
programs, lectures, information in general and heals group or individual
group member ARC breaks.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:gn.rd President
353
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 AUGUST 1959
CenOCon
ATTENTION ALL GROUP SECRETARIES
If money is charged for anything, even dues, it's a Centre and not a
Group and
must be enfranchised. If no charges are made, it's a Group.
NW:brb.rd
Copyright (c) 1959 HCO Secretary WW
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W. I
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 22 APRIL 1960
Re-issued from Sthil
CenOCon
GROUP SECRETARY
Due to the subsequent establishment of the Franchise Programme for
Auditors supervised and conducted through HCO offices, the Hat of Group
Secretary can be worn by the Assistant Registrar. This change can be made
at this time due to the smallness of Lay Groups.
LRH:js.gh.rd MARY SUE HUBBARD
Copyright@ 1960 Organization Supervisor
by L. Ron Hubbard for
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED L. RON HUBBARD
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1965
Issue III
Gen Non-Rernimeo
CORPORATE NAMES
GROUP NAMES
The only corporation that may use the word "FOUNDING" in its name is the
FOUNDING CHURCH OF SCIENTOLOGY OF WASHINGTON D.C.
Any other corporation in the USA or elsewhere including the word
"Founding" in its name must change it by Board resolution, filing name
change correctly before relevant authorities.
No group or congregation, etc, incorporated or not, may use the word
"Founding" in its title. Any such existing shall change their name in
accordance with this policy.
LRH:ml.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
354
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 NOVEMBER 1968
Issue Il
Remimeo
All Div 6 Hats
Public Div Hats
THE GROUP OFFICER
Every org must have a Group Officer who is under the Director of
Clearing in Div 7 for 9 Div Org or in Dept 17, whichever is applicable.
The Group Officer is responsible for the welfare and expansion of all
local Scientolo.&Y Groups in the field. To aid and supply them with
materials and increase their growth.
Main policies to follow are the Boom Formula, certain points of Policy
Letter of 20th Nov 65 and the booklet on Scientology Groups soon to be
released.
Here is a small outline of the Group Officer's duties:
I . Keep in communication with all local Scientology Groups.
2. Expand, and make new groups.
3. Officially register each group and issue. it a group
certificate.
4. Supply Groups with posters, flyers and things they can promote
with, and group programmes for itself and the Community.
5. Make sure groups follow policy and that each has a President,
Secretary and Treasurer and that posts stay filled.
6. Keep Ethics in and good order amongst Groups.
7. Back them up all you can. Groups are like your ambassadors in
the field and they are a very effective activity in channeling the
raw public to Scientology orgs and very useful in initiating and
handling community programmes.
Keep in a good liaison line between the group and the Org. Answer a
Group's queries. Give them assignments. Remember never to flood a group
with orders-let them get on with their jobs.
You do your job and the Groups will do theirs.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH.Idm.e.i.rd Copyright @ 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
tReplaced by HCO P/L 24 July 1969 Issue 111, The Groups Communicator, page
356.1
355
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 24 JULY 1969
Remitneo Issue III
Div 8 Hats (Replaces HCO PL 24 Nov, 1968)
THE GROUPS COMMUNICATOR
Every Org must have a Groups Communicator in the Field Comm Unit of the
Field Data and Advice Section of Dept 24.
The Groups Communicator is responsible for the welfare and expansion of
all local Dianetics and Scientology Groups in the Field.
The Groups Communicator duties include:
1. Keeps in communication with all local Scientology and Dianetics
Groups.
2. Is the terminal in the Org for Groups for data and advice in
order to make them successful.
3. Ensures that the Field Material Supply section provides groups
with promotional materials and other material they require in order
to operate and disseminate.
4. Make sure each group has been officially Registered and a
Certificate issued by the Field Establishing Unit.
5. Make sure groups follow Policy and that each has a President,
Secretary and Treasurer and that posts stay filled.
6. Keeps Ethics in and good order amongst Groups.
7. Back groups all you can. They are like your ambassadors in the
Field and they are very effective in channeling the raw public into
Scientology Orgs and very useful in initiating and handling
community programmes.
Keep in a good liaison line between groups and the Org. Answer a group's
queries.
Give them service. Set assignments for them. Remember never to flood a
group with orders. Help them and let them get on with their jobs.
Tom Morgan - Public Exec Sec WW
- Exec Council WW
Rodger Wright - LRH Comm WW
Leif Windle - Policy Review Section WW
Jane Kember - The Guardian WW
for
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:TM:ei.cden Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
356
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 DECEMBER 1968
Rernimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
Students
FSMs and Franchise
GUNG-HO GROUPS
GUNG-HO GROUPS are composed of local Scientologists in the field, any
friends who are interested and general public members. First a Captain,
Secretary, Treasurer and Public Officer must be elected by the group. When
the group is formed, it must contact the Group Officer of the nearest org
and give its address and the names of its officers and members, etc and
apply for a GROUP CERTIFICATE.
GUNG-HO means "Pull Together" in Mandarin. It pulls together other
groups in the community to work towards the betterment of society and of
the area.
The Groups Programme works on the motto:
A COMMUNITY THAT PULLS TOGETHER CAN MAKE A BETTER SOCIETY FOR ALL.
The Group's purposes are: -
1 To discover the purposes and targets the citizens as individuals in
its area
consider most desirable to improve the area.
2. Co-ordinate these targets into long range community objectives and
publish and arouse interest in them.
3. Work with other civic groups to co-ordinate action on these targets
by means of planning of short range targets each civic group is to do,
(the short range being parts which when done add up to a long range
target).
4. Study and use Scientology to improve the reach of one's own group and
the leaders of other groups.
The Group Officer of the nearest org will direct, keep in communication
with and supply promotional literature to all GUNG-110 Groups.
Each Gung-Ho Group must choose a Master at Arms whose sole duty is to
eject from the group people who enter the group to try to break up the
group or pervert it to destructive ends.
He or she may also hold hearings when disputes arise and bring them to a
satisfactory solution or agreement. The Master at Arms has the additional
duties of Inspection and keeping order. If a serious out ethics situation
does occur then he or she must notify the Ethics Officer at the local Org.
Such a group as GUNG-HO is vital. Gung-Ho Groups can and should take an
active part in the community, working with various civic groups, clubs,
churches and parishes to achieve the area's targets; creating harmony,
peace and co-ordination. Why fight anymore? Get people to do something
constructive and improve society. Make a safe environment.
The role of the Field Staff Member in a group is to get as many persons
in the group trained and processed at the nearest Scr. Org as possible and
through the group
357
contacts to get as many civic leaders and civic group leaders trained as
possible.
FINANCE
Most groups run by membership fees or contributions and are rarely
prosperous enough to maintain themselves.
The group activities are financed by the following:
1. A percentage of FSM commissions.
2. Membership fees.
3. Any contributions.
4. Course fees for courses it teaches.
FSM COMMISSIONS
An FSM using the group to send persons to Scientology Orgs of course
cannot expect the group to continue to exist unless he allocates a certain
percentage of his commissions to its Treasury. This could be done on one of
three arrangements:
(a) The FSMs working in or with the group allocate automatically as
soon as the commission is received by him or her from the Org say 5%
of the 10% (meaning 50% of what he receives). This would be paid to
the Treasurer of the group.
Or:
(b) The group itself is the FSM, receives all commissions and pays
the person who signs up selectees in the group name 50%, the group
retaining the remainder.
Or:
(c) The group as the official FSM of the area receives all the fee
and has its group staff members do the selection.
Of these (b) is probably the most workable.
As the operating group if functioning well, would triple or quadruple
the potential sign ups for FSMs, the halving of the commission would
benefit one and all.
Plan (c) is the one used by Sen Orgs in selecting people to higher Orgs,
but is not actually all that workable.
There are undoubtedly other plans and arrangements that could be made.
The whole point here is that an independent FSM depending on the group
for spade work has to contribute to the group's survival or the cycle will
break down. And roving FSMs entering the area should work through the group
as this in past years was a very sore point and hurt groups who had then to
clean up the pes left unfinished and all that.
MEMBERSHIP FEES
Group Members should pay a fee yearly to the group. It is about $2.50 to
$5.00, but is up to the local group as it is their money.
Membership fees cover postage and mailing costs to members but not very
much more. It is a minor but necessary source of income.
The Group Member of course gets a membership card and pin for his
membership fee.
358
CONTRIBUTIONS
The most heavily worked over income point of most civic-minded groups is
the obtaining of contributions.
These can be quite sizeable.
They do not however come easily unless the group has a non-profit status
and the patron can thereby deduct it from his income tax.
A group, however, that registers as a charity and is a member of
existing non-profit organisations can obtain contributions.
Governments have been known to contribute large sums to groups.
Contributions should be worked at but should be regarded as an irregular
source of income and not counted on for the general running expenses of a
group. Rather, they are like an affluence, and major projects are the best
use for contributions and the best reason to get them-such as a new
building for the group or a new hall, things like that.
COURSE FEES
The group can teach four types of courses:
(a) Group Organisations.
(b) Basic Management.
(c) Personal and Family Management.
(d) Basic Scientology Book study.
These are not expensive courses. Their fees are comparable to those
charged by Franchise Centres for HAS Courses, etc.
The Group's Courses are packaged, easily supervised, checksheet courses,
run on a regular evening schedule. All the fees go to the group.
FRANCHISE CENTRE IS DIFFERENT
A Franchise Centre is different entirely from a Gung-Ho Group.
One can easily benefit from the other.
But the Gung-Ho Group is there to speed up and smooth out the society
and civic organisations and make a better community atmosphere directly.
The Group is a society entrance point.
The Franchise Centre is basically a Scientology training and processing
activity for individuals.
The Group works on other dynamics-notably the 3rd and 4th.
GROUP ORG BOARD
For a Forming Elementary Group
The Group President is in general charge of the group.
The Group Communications Executive handles communications and
dissemination and is very like the HCO Exec Secretary.
The Group Organisation Executive handles Finance and training and is
compaTable to the Organisation Executive Secretary.
The Group Public Executive handles Qualifications, Distribution and
other actions like the Public Executive Secretary of a Scientology Org. (In
a Scientology Org, Qualifications is under Organisation, not Public.)
359
Group Liaison Officer
Target Apportionment Officer
p~ 0
W V) Individual Contact Officer
>
. E~
P. ~< .2 Certs and Awards Officer
Review Officer
7; 0
;z U)
CY Examinations Officer
Operations Officer
~4
Training Officer
pk
~D
0 Tech Services Officer
>
<
Materiel Officer
z
Disbursement Officer
Income Officer
z
C,)
W Registration Officer
P. - m
P. Publishing Officer
z
0 0 W V)
~:4 p > Project Planning Officer
(D t~ ~
L. U ~_
Z
Master at Arms
Communicator
0
U) Recruiting Officer
DUTIES
EVERY PERSON IN THE GROUP WITHOUT EXCEPTION IS ON THE ORG BOARD AND HAS
DUTIES AS POSTED.
The duties of the personnel in a Group are embraced by the title and the
functions under him.
The rule is that ONE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR EVERYTHING IMMEDIATELY BELOW HIM
ON THE ORG BOARD.
One can then have as few as one person (who then does all these things)
or as many as are needed or can be used.
360
However, when the Group gets above 50, the Org Board is expanded to 27
departments from the 18 now indicated.
People as they join the Elementary Group fit in where the load is
heaviest.
The Recruiting Officer recruits Group members and acts as Reception and
keeps the Address Files.
The Communicator handles all communications of whatever kind, in and
out.
The Master at Arms keeps order at meetings and ejects people trying to
break the group up. He also inspects things and reports on them to the
Communications Executive who in turn informs the President or other Group
members.
The Project Planning Officer finds, figures out and draws and writes up
all the steps of a project or programme after it is agreed upon by the
Executive Council.
The Publishing Officer publishes the steps of anything, the literature
of anything; if it's published he publishes it to our outside groups. He
also keeps a library and files of programmes and any pamphlets issued or
sold by the Group. He is also the Press Relations Officer until one is
appointed to his department.
The Registration Officer registers members, other groups, students,
congresses; anything where a membership is concerned is registered by the
Registration Officer (and any card is issued by Certs and Awards).
The Income Officer cashiers and receives and bills for any income owed.
The Disbursement Officer pays all bills from Treasury.
The Materiel Officer keeps up the property and quarters of the Group,
anything it owns, repairs it, sets up meeting chairs and cleans them away.
And inventories things.
The Tech Services Officer sees students are routed and cared for, sees
other groups when meeting together are routed and handled. His business is
bodies, to what are they assigned, where do they go.
The Training Officer handles all training of whatever kind, including
the training of the group. And any school.
The Operations Officer actually handles and directs all operations
programmes and projects in progress.
The Examinations Officer examines anyone trained or being trained and
any project or programme.
In event of any breakdown in anything, such as a project or programme,
the Review Officer grabs it and corrects it or gets it redone.
The Certs and Awards Officer gets made up and issued all Certificates,
memberships or otherwise, pins, etc as well as Conditions.
The Individual Contact Officer is in charge of Polls for purposes from
Individuals in the public. These form up in Project Planning into specific
long range TARGETS for the area of the group.
The Target Apportionment Officer apportions short range targets to other
groups which when all done make up the completion of long range targets for
the whole area.
The Group Liaison Officer is in dontact with other groups to be sure
things are going right and patches them up and keeps them going.
(Of course by "other groups", we mean civic groups, businesses, etc.)
The Communications Executive makes sure the six functions under him or
her happen whether manned or not, singly manned or assisted by more than
one in each spot.
The Organisation Executive is in charge of all those six functions below
him.
The Public Executive is in charge of all those functions below him.
The President sees that the Group Org Board form is held and that the
functions and actions of the Group occur and that the Group is successful.
361
I
The three Executives (Communications, Organisation, Public) form an
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL. This passes on all matters of importance and originates
programmes.
The President is the CHAIRMAN of the Executive Council.
This is a very fundamental organisation, done with simplicity.
It will function.
When more than 50 are serving in the Group and it is active, then the
basic pattern is expanded properly. Each Executive gets one more department
so that there are nine. And each department gets 3 sections.
But the functions remain more or less the basic group pattern.
It is best to start with a simple pattern.
This pattern also adapts to any business or any civic group. POST THE
BOARD
The Org Board of the Group is posted conspicuously. It is best done on a
varnished board or a formica board varnished over. Names are printed or
typed or DYMO stickered. If the board isn't varnished, tape and dymo strips
can't be pulled off easily and stuck back on.
Christmas red, green, yellow tape is used to separate the different
departments and parts of the group organisation.
FUNCTION
It is forbidden to obtain long range targets from civic groups or
businesses.
One only obtains long range targets by ringing doorbells and going into
shops and asking individuals what they think should be done on community
projects.
When enough of this is done then the Project Planning Officer sums the
results of the poll up into LONG RANGE OBJECTIVES. The Publishing Officer
publishes these as a pamphlet for the Gung-Ho Group that also explains the
group's purpose.
The Project Planning Officer now breaks these long range ones down, each
one down into possible short range ones, gives them to the Group
Apportionment Officer to see if he can get them lined up to various Civic
groups or businesses as their portion of the long range target.
By keeping 1 or 2 long range targets going (by getting other groups to
do the short range parts) the long range targets can be met for the
community.
The Publishing Officer keeps public attention on progress (in the press,
etc) and makes heavy capital out of a completion of a long range target,
giving the Civic Groups or businesses lots if not all the credit.
There is no unit in the world that goes to the public to discover what's
really wanted and needed.
And no group exists to act like a source and co-ordinator in the
community.
Thus the Gung-Ho Group is new and needed and can become very influential
and worthwhile.
RULES
The Gung-Ho Group is only interested in constructive Targets.
It is interested only in the greatest good for the greatest number (of
Dynamics).
LRH.jp.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
362
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 3 DECEMBER 1968
Remirneo All Orgs Div 6 Hats Students FSMs and Franchise
GUNG-1-10 GROUPS
POLTR # 2
Gung-Ho Groups introduce a new idea into social or civic groups.
They are working groups.
Most such groups are mainly concerned with keeping the members
interested, having "group programmes", etc. These, groups are hard to form,
hard to keep going.
The usual old time type group was a sort of audience for somebody that
met once a week, evenings oi lunch or dinner that then got spoken to by
somebody about something.
If the group had anything to get done, it formed a committee. Then only
one or two in the committee did anything about it.
The result was that the dynamic quality of the group was missing.
Such groups tended to "squirrel" (which means go off line).
Some wild new idea would come along and the group members, being bored,
would chase off.
The essences of a true group are participation and contribution.
Group members must be able to participate in action to become a true
team.
And each must be permitted to contribute to the action for a group to
generate a life of its own.
Giving money or things to a group are both a form of participation and
contribution. But while this is an important matter, it does not involve
actual action. Thus a contributor of money or objects to a group is yet
withholding himself and his time. One should seek contribution of money and
things. But the status granted for this is that of patron or associate, not
of a true member of the group.
Thus one must sharply differentiate in giving out "membership" cards
between the contributor of money or things and the action member, by always
calling the money contributor an "associate" or a "patron" and the time and
effort contributor a "full member" or a "true group member" or an "active
member" on the card. An active member should have a full credentials card
with picture, thumb print and description. An associate just a name typed
on a card.
Groups that become members of the Gung-Ho Group are in fact "Associate
Group Members". They receive a large certificate as Associate Group Members
of the local Gung-Ho Group, as issued by the local Gung-Ho Group.
TRUE GROUP MEMBER
The True Group Member is part of the org board, has a post on it and has
duties relating to his department.
Where there is more than one person in a department (of which there are
18 on the Basic Board) his title is the department name plus a function
such as "Recruiting
363
Letter Write?' or "Communications Telephonist" or "Master at Arms
Inspector".
MEETINGS
The group should "meet" 2 or 3 times a week on exactly scheduled
evenings or weekends. Saturday and Sunday afternoons.
These evenings or afternoons should be those which normally are not
connected with events. For one thing the group members will be free and for
another, people will be home.
The group transacts the bulk of its work according to the posts of
members during its meetings. It doesn't have meetings and then at some
unnamed time in the week get its group work done. It gets its group work
done and works as an organization during meetings, each to his own post.
As the group gets affluent it should hire a permanent communicator who
keeps the telephone manned and handles things during the week days. FAILURE
TO KEEP A TELEPHONE MANNED AND FAILURE TO ANSWER MAIL CAN NULLIFY ALL THE
WORK OF THE GROUP.
So, to begin, the group should have at least an answering service or
somebody's phone,
The group also has to have a mail address and a letterhead.
OFFICE SPACE
A typewriter, some chairs and office space of some sort are important to
a group.
No big outlay is needed at first. But the sooner a group gets something
like permanent quarters the better off it will be.
COMM SYSTEM
The group should have a "Comm Center" in some safe place where it meets.
A Comm Center is made up of baskets-the "beanstalk" type are best and
EACH GROUP MEMBER HAS HIS OWN BASKET WITH HIS NAME ON IT.
The Comm Center is best laid out directly below an org board and exactly
follows the org board, in that several baskets are under part of the board
and relate to that part of the board, with the most senior baskets highest.
In this way one can locate the person on the org board and locate his
basket at a glance.
People sort into others baskets and empty their own basket. Notices can
be distributed, etc.
The Communicator takes care of the baskets and posting all Boards.
TARGETBOARDS
There are TWO different Target Boards.
One Board is for the Gung-Ho Group, this gives the targets per
department for current long range actions of the group itself.. It is
called the "Gung-Ho Group Target Board". The other Board is the Community
Target Board. On this is posted the long range targets of the Community and
the short range targets of the various Civic groups.
Targets are typed on a slip of paper and put under the Department's
name.
Various systems of posting can be used. THE MAIN THING IS TO POST THE
TARGETS.
364
When short range targets are done they are marked off as done. When all
short range targets are done, the long range target they made up is done.
GROUP ORGANIZATION
The principle and success of a true group organization is each member
does his own specialized part.
When you have a "group" where everyone in it each one does all the jobs,
you don't have a group, you have chaos. The group won't expand.
Thus each group member is responsible for his own job as assigned.
HATS
On a train, a locomotive engineer and a conductor each wear a different
kind of hat. You will notice that various jobs in the society are
designated by different hats.
From this we get the word HAT as a slang term meaning one's specialized
duties. This is one's hat
Usually when a person has been on a job awhile he knows what it consists
of. He then should write up his HAT, meaning in this case a folder which
contains past orders and directions which outline his job plus his own
summary of his job.
When one is transferred or leaves a post he is supposed to "write up his
hat" which is to say, modernize this summary of the posts.
HATS are kept and assembled and reissued by the Recruiting Officer who
is in fact the Personnel Officer of the group and assigns personnel to
posts.
It is pretty grim for someone to take over a post newly which has no
hat. Thus these hats are carefully preserved, turned in and reissued.
These items, the Org Board, Comm Center, G H Group Target Board,
Community Target Board and Hats are the basic items of a group. People and
these can be organized into a highly dynamic effective group.
ALLHANDS
An action requiring a huge burst of activity is called an ALL HANDS
action.
Thus a mailing to be stuffed in envelopes and mailed, a huge doorbell
ringing campaign to get individual purposes, a big drive to persuade civic
groups by individual calls-all these are ALL HANDS actions.
Thus a group member has two functions:
I . His post in the group for which he is directly responsible and
2. ALL HAND actions where the whole group pitches in on one fast
project.
Wise group leaders do not keep a group continually in an ALL HANDS
condition. One of these is good for a sprint. The bulk of a group member's
time should be, on his own post, doing his specialized job.
FLOW LINES
It will be noted on the Org Board that it FLOWS from left to right.
A person or particle enters on the left side and flows down to the right
side.
365
This tendency of the board to flow particles from left to right is fine
and it's designed to do that.
But also this pull along the board gets into the true group members.
They get pulled down the board on their posts. The Recruiting Officer has
to watch it to keep from sliding on down into the duties of the last
department.
The President also has to watch it as he can get pulled into some lower
part of the board and cease to be an overall supervisor of the group and
just answer the telephone.
The rule is, where you have a group member who is not doing his job, he
pulls others into it. So when a group member finds himself doing another's
job you know the other isn't doing his job. This is the prime reason for a
disorganized organization.
COMMITTEES
The true group does not appoint Committees ever. That is a way to get no
action. The way to get action is to get it done by the proper place on the
board.
TRAINING OFFICER
Whatever else he does the first duty of the Training Officer is to teach
group members and new group members the Gung-Ho Group policy letters and
the functions of the Org Board, Comm Center, Target Boards and Hats.
I A primary reason for confusion in any organization is that people don't
know the pattern.
The one who has to know these things best is the President. Otherwise he
cross assigns duties to the wrong parts of the board.
ACTION
The way to get active is to let people finish the actions they begin.
The way to get no real action is to assign actions to the wrong parts of
the board and then prevent people from completing what they start.
A few simple targets actually executed are worth a thousand thought
about and not done.
All actions should be assigned to the right people and pushed to full
completion.
In this lies the strength of the group.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:bw.ei.rd Copyright @ 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
366
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 DECEMBER 1968
Remirneo All Orgs Div 6 Hats FSMs and Franchise
HOW TO REGISTER
GUNG-HO GROUPS
When a newly started Gung-Ho Group reports in to the Group Officer at
the nearest Org, the Group Officer must see that it is registered
officially as a recognized Scientology Group as soon as possible. A Group
Log is started at the Org in which all data is put down by the Group
Officer.
To do this a letter is issued as a temporary measure, to the group. The
letter is typed on the Organization white letterhead paper.
The text is as follows:
Date
The Group is hereby provisionally recognized as a valid Scientology
Group and is on three months' temporary basis from the above date.
Signed
Public Executive Secretary
Attested
Group Officer
The Group is logged.
A carbon of this letter is kept in the Group Officer's files. This
letter is valid for only three months in which time the Group must prove
that it is a working functioning body.
At the end of three months if the Group has proved itself the Group
Officer mails a certificate packed in a mailing tube.
The text of the Certificate is as follows:
(Name of the Org at the Top)
This is to Certify That
is a valid Scientology
Group
Signed
Public Exec Sec
Dir Cprts & Awards
Group Officer
As a tip one can use as paper for these certificates, the paper used for
Bonds or shares which is white and ready-made with a gold or coloured
border line. This was used for the old HDA certificate and proved very easy
to use. Its size is about 13" x 10" in a medium rectangle.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:Idm.ei.rd CS-6
Copyright @ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
367
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 14 DECEMBER 1968
All Orgs Issue 11
Div 6 Hats
FSM Franchise
Students GUNG-HO GROUP COURSES
The following small courses may be taught by GUNG-HO Groups:
1. GUNG-HO Group Organisation
2. MIB Course
3. FSM Course
4. How to Run a Franchise Course
5. Non Technical Mini Courses on Administration.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard
LRH:DH:ei.rd CS-6
Copyright @ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 DECEMBER 1968
Rernimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
FSMs and Franchise WARNING
Gung-Ho Groups GUNG-HO GROUPS
When doing a survey to discover the targets of the area, you interview
the public individual.
YOU DO NOT interview Ministers of State, Government Officials,
Presidents or Leaders of groups or firms to discover the targets of the
area.
RULE:
INTERVIEWING LEADERS AND PEOPLE IN HIGH POSITIONS = NO TARGETS.
If you interview such people, you will hit "GROUP THINW' and what they
suggest as targets are rarely and not necessarily what the public want.
Follow this rule strictly. It is naturally ok to inform officials of
what you are doing but do not get involved in "officialdom", only social
snobs endeavour to do this. Hobnobbing with people in high positions gets
you nowhere in fact it steers you way off the purpose line of Gung-Ho
Groups, which is to pull together the community and make a better society.
So get your targets by interviewing the public, i.e. people in the
street, workers, housekeepers and shop owners, just to mention a few.
When you achieve this first important step then and only then can you co-
ordinate and achieve these targets per P/L 2 Dec 1968 and advance with any
progress.
LIZII:ei.rd CS-6
Copyright@ 1968 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
368
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 DECEMBER 1968
Rernimeo
All Orgs
Div 6 Hats
FSMs and Franchise
Issue to all
Gung-Ho Groups
THE PUBLIC PROGRAMMES OFFICER
In every Org under the Group Officer should be a PUBLIC PROGRAMMES
OFFICER.
His hat is to organize and co-ordinate Gung-Ho Groups. He gets them
started. His job takes him into the field contacting FSMs, Scientologists
and the general public (especially those connected to other groups in the
community). He gets these people together and starts a Gung-Ho Group formed
as per Policy Letter 2 December 1968. Its members can range from business
directors to shop keepers or from charity organisers to Bank owners. The
actual committee is made up of local Scientologists in the field.
The Public Programmes Officer having recruited the group together, has
the group do a survey from door to door, etc. to discover the targets and
purposes of the community in the area. He must get regular reports on their
progress and discoveries and co-ordinate their activities.
The Public Programmes Officer stays exterior so that he may co-ordinate.
He must not bog down into minor steps.
The Public Programmes Officer NEVER makes up programmes. He gets the
Gung-Ho Group to put together programmes (which are composed of short range
targets given to fellow groups to do to achieve the target found in the
survey).
HA TR ULE:-
THE PUBLIC PROGRAMMES OFFICER STARTS, ORGANISES AND CO-ORDINATES GUNG-HO
GROUPS.
STA TISTIC:-
Number of Public Programmes completed.
and
Number of operating people in Gung-Ho Groups.
Historical Note:
This post has been created due to the success of a pilot project started
in H.A.P.I. Org in Scotland early this year.
Ron McCann was the original programmes officer (as the post was called
then). He started two committees and flooded Scotland with a new interest
in the improvement and help of Scotland. Many thanks to him.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ei.rd Copyright @ 1968 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
369
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 31 JANUARY 1969
GungHo
Groups
Div 6 HUMANITARIAN OBJECTIVE AND GUNG HO GROUPS
It is pretty hard to handle a downstat (one with low, declining
statistics). It is easy to handle an upstat.
In a world which is taught by the old school that it is a dog-eat-dog,
jungle world, one has incompetent governments, wars, pressure groups,
conflicts, economic pushes and generally a hard environment in which to
operate.
The Humanitarian Objective of Scientology is-TO MAKE A SAFE ENVIRONMENT
IN WHICH THE 4th DYNAMIC ENGRAM CAN BE AUDITED.
A suppressed and insecure society is a hard one in which to operate.
The answer then is to generally increase the security of races, groups,
individuals.
A true democracy is possible only when the group is made up of sane,
thinking individuals. We can produce these and out from them goes a zone of
greater security. However, it is perilous to neglect the further out
surroundings and it is necessary that one give some thought to other
dynamics beyond the first dynamic (self).
We are not engaged in a conquest or to achieve some planned Utopia. All
we are trying to do is lessen the turbulence and insecurity in the society,
which is the basic role of a church.
By organization and an orderly approach to the problem, we can achieve
this in several ways, a main one being Gung Ho Group activities.
_'0
1. Gung Ho Group-~-Z- 0
society what should be done.
asks individuals in the
2. Gung Ho Group publishes the results.
3. Gung Ho Group
contacts Humanitarian group to see what each\ ca do to forward (2).
4. Society revitalizes. \b
5. Auditing occurs on a wider perimeter.
6. Gung Ho Group repeats (1) above.
/11,
Now, if the Gung Ho Group works only with social questions and gets
individual public citizens to state what should really happen or be done on
it, and if getting it done is achieved by liaison with existing groups, and
if pressure groups such as political lobbies are ignored if they won't
cooperate and other type groups are coordinated, then things will start
going right.
Vitality returns to a society when common purposes are restimulated.
At present so many special group interests are so in conflict with other
special groups that social progress is impeded.
If you can get one commonly expressed purpose these actually done by
liaison with interested social or humanitarian groups the knot starts to
untangle.
The combined strength of many social groups using all their connections
to achieve one gain cannot help but produce it.
370
Instead of all the force vectors lying about in a random confusion,
opposing each other, you add up some of the vectors all in one direction
and achieve thereby a concentration which brings a result.
Even a small local campaign so coordinated will work.
It won't work if you go to groups for the purpose and ignore the men in
the street, Groups get individuated. Each group is to some degree attacked
or opposed and each-is trying to do something. This brings about a
stagnation of action. You also get a disinterested, often disloyal society.
You get dope addiction, immorality, bad indicators in general,
A real society is one in which the majority are going in some direction
toward a desirable goal. But it has to be their goal. This rekindles
interest, action and hope. It revitalizes society.
Also we begin to stand for something they all stand for.
If as we progress a lot of people also get processed, then there's also
the effect of their beneficial influence added to it.
Example: We poll an area or a country regarding desirable social targets
with "What should be done to improve human rights?" We get a lot of
answers. We boil these down to an honest common denominator. We find
whatever we find. Maybe it's "Parking tickets should be given to the
person, not left on cars". So we liaison with any and all civic groups and
put this up to them. What can each one do about it. We keep it rolling.
Suddenly the practice is effected. People wake up to the fact that
something can be done about something. So we do it all over again, using
perhaps the same original question to individuals.
Now that example is developed from a preconceived question.
You can do it with a much more general approach.
"What should be done in this city to better it."
The choice of the question of course to some degree regulates the
campaign. The improvement of human rights will be found to be very
generally acceptable.
If you choose a question which then runs too contrary to the forces of
law and order, even more confusion will result. So one tries to get a theta
approach to things.
People are usually able to agree with getting something stopped. This is
not always bad. Sometimes that's all you can get them to agree with.
Today we have government by special interest. It ignores to a huge
degree what the average citizen really wants. This winds up usually in some
weird special interest Utopia mess like the book George Orwell's "1984".
The number of Utopia planners around would amaze you. The average
individual shuns Utopias like the plague. One has to go to the individual
member and go to many individuals in many strata of society to find out
what's really wanted. It's usually pretty simple.
The way the question is worded should guide toward a simple action, not
some long term complex action.
A lot of actually done, easy actions each one completed will straighten
out a lot of vectors.
The HCO Pol Ltrs on Targets can help. The one purpose selected via
individuals becomes a Major Target for the programme.
Our overall Major Target is of course our Humanitarian Objective, with
Son Orgs and Gung Ho groups as Primary Targets and keeping Son going as a
Vital Target and Revitalizing society as the Operating Target.
Each programme developed by polling individuals has the majority goal as
its Major Target.
We are weary of rule by Special Interests. It's about time we helped
make a society of which every one can be proud and where they all win.
LRH:Idm.ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1969 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
371
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rernimeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 26 DECEMBER 1968
All Orgs Issue Il
Div 6 Hats
FSM and Franchise
GUNG-HO GROUP TECH
A principal piece of Gung-Ho technology is HCOB-HCO Pol Ltr 26 Dec 68
THE THIRD PARTY LAW.
All Gung-Ho group members should star rate on it, and why:
The Third Party Law is important to Gung-Ho activities since if all
groups are to pull together, the reasons why groups fight groups must be
well known to Gung-Ho group members. Only by knowing this and using the
tech can a Gung-Ho group bring peace and coordination to members of the
community who are in conflict with others.
"Pull together" will not happen when two groups or two beings are in
active conflict in the area.
LRH:ei.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright (E) 1968 Founder
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
Rem'imeo HCO POLICY LETTER OF 1 JUNE 1969
Dianetic
Course
THE MOST FUNDAMENTAL ERRORS
The Dianetic Counseling Group.
The most fundamental errors a Dianetic Counseling Group could make would
be to use other than straight, standard Dianetics, and be "not quite with
Hubbard" or to call itself something else than Dianetics.
SUCH A GROUP WOULD NOT HAVE PEOPLE LONG.
In all the years of Dianetics and Scientology, every group or activity
that has
given out "we don't quite agree with Hubbard but or have called
themselves
psychology, etc, have been short-lived. The public simply stays away in
droves! Such
groups get into trouble financially, dwindle then die.
There have been dozens, slightly off or wholly defiant, and it has
happened time and time again. They have all gone. Not because we have done
anything about them, but they were doomed by the public which at the first
whiff of alter-is or non-Hubbard avoids them utterly.
We don't know of any group which has survived this.
So be very sure in your Dianetic Counseling Group to stay on line and
Standard, and acknowledge fully the source of Dianetics, L. RON HUBBARD.
Never make these fundamental errors or permit them to be made in your
group. And maintain always your official regular connection with mainline
Dianetics and Scientology.
These are cold hard facts based on 19 years of experience with groups.
WE WANT YOU TO PROSPER.
Tony Dunleavy
LRH:TD:cs.ei.rd Planning and Training Aide
Copyright (j) 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
372
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Rernimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS I
Introduction
The potential of application of Dianetics in society is so phenomenal
that an urgent need for basic organization has arisen.
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS have been created to fill that need.
The 1950 text of "DIANETICS, THE MODERN SCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALTH", by L.
Ron Hubbard, has sold millions of copies and produced endless miracles
around the world.
STANDARD DIANETICS is much simpler in application and has far greater
results.
It is well expected that Dianetic Counseling Groups and their members
will become builders of a new era of health and well being for mankind. The
sights are high, but Dianetics has already touched the lives of many
millions and will through STANDARD DIANETICS bring about a saner society.
The following series of texts are each based upon the philosophic and
practical principles of organization that have been evolved in the 19 years
since the first Dianetic Group was formed by L. Ron Hubbard.
These principles work. They are the results of those 19 years and more
experience with groups of all sizes. A complete study of each text will
bring you to a complete understanding of exactly what is involved in
bringing into existence a successful and expanding Dianetic Counseling
Group.
They will eventually be compiled into a new book on group organization.
In the meantime take each as you receive it and file it in consecutive
order, and you will have all the data you need to start, run and organize a
successful Dianetic Counseling Group.
Good luck, we are working together to make a world of happy well human
beings freed of the present time problem of their bodies now able to move
on up to the Scientology results of a free, powerful and immortal being.
W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6 and Flag Public Officer for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:KD:RW:ei.cden Copyright Q 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
373
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue 11
Rernimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 2
Purpose
For an organized activity to persist and expand it must have a
worthwhile purpose to which its members and activities are aligned.
The purpose of a DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUP is:
TO CREATE AN ENVIRONMENT OF WELL HAPPY HUMAN BEINGS WHO BEING FREED FROM
BODILY CONSIDERATIONS AND THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM OF THE BODY CAN NOW
ACHIEVE THE SCIENTOLOGY RESULTS OF A FREE, POWERFUL AND IMMORTAL BEING.
To this purpose there is no hidden, secret intention, it is purely and
simply as stated.
It is envisioned that with the expansion of the group and others like
it, sanity and calm will spread into the society around as people become
aware of the fact that someone really can help them and as they themselves
become well, their attention freed from being fixed on their body.
A well society is a sane society.
A being who is stuck with pain and suffering, much of which is so
suppressed he is hardly aware of it, cannot be at ease with his fellows and
cannot easily achieve the spiritual freedom that he seeks.
The purpose of the group is to ease this and make well happy human
beings, who, freed from bodily considerations and the present time problem
of the body can move on up to the spiritual freedom achievable through
Scientology.
You will probably be the first Dianetic Counseling Group in your area
and as such you have the responsibility for the whole area. This is not
something to be afraid of, but a challenge to rise to. Never before has
anyone had the precise rapid power to relieve the suffering of mankind that
you have.
The Pastoral Counseling procedures you will be using are unique in their
precision and results.
To date, people have been subjected, in the name of "mental healing" to
brutalities even torture and murder. "Mental Healing", apart from
Dianetics, has not been developed in recent centuries as a science or study
to relieve man, but rather has been aborted to use as a means of political
control. Treatments such as electric shock have killed or permanently
crippled millions through the violence of the convulsions it creates. Pre-
frontal lobotomy makes man into a vegetable. It is true it calms him down,
but he can never become well again, if he even survives the operation.
Drugs can kill through the severity of their effects on the human body.
"Mental healing" has become almost totally associated with brutality and
control and is used for the most sordid purposes.
374
Your purpose is pure, you are unique,
You will do well to place a sign, in a place that it is clearly visible,
stating:
"THIS GROUP EXISTS TO CREATE AN ENVIRONMENT OF WELL HAPPY HUMAN BEINGS WHO
BEING FREED FROM BODILY CONSIDERATIONS AND THE PRESENT TIME PROBLEM OF THE
BODY CAN NOW ACHIEVE THE SCIENTOLOGY RESULTS OF A FREE, POWERFUL AND
IMMORTAL BEING."
Also place another sign not quite as bold:
"This group will not recommend or condone political mental treatment such
as electric shocks or brain operations or convulsive drugs and condemns
utterly this Fascist approach to 'mental health' by extermination of the
insane. Because we will not agree to brutality and murder under the guise
of mental healing or to the easy and lawless seizure of persons in the name
of 'mental health' for political reasons, our associate organizations are
fought ceaselessly by those who seek domination of this country through
'mental treatment'. You are safe so long as we live."
Place these well so that visitors know exactly what you stand for.
The whole of your activity will be aligned to this purpose and you will
progress to the degree that as a group you agree with and follow it. This
is what Dianetics is for.
Your power in the society will be judged by your ability to make good
this purpose.
The technology of Dianetics is refined to the point that applied
exactly, as your auditors are taught, and backed up by Scientology review,
you cannot fail, you will succeed 100%.
Your purpose takes you right into the public, you will be contacting
many people.
The product that your group will deliver is one that has been searched
for since time immemorial, it is your task to deliver that product exactly
and flawlessly.
Within the society there is no other group which has the technology to
do what your group will be engaged in. You will be in competition with no
orie.
In applying Standard Dianetics you will work in co-operation with
Medical Doctors, and in some cases they are essential. It is important that
a working understanding be established between the Dianetic Counseling
Group and a local medical doctor or clinic. This is covered fully in a
later paper.
The position of the group is to be operating harmoniously within the
society, providing a product which is needed and wanted by that society,
and where necessary in liaison with a doctor or clinic.
Backed up by the local Hubbard Scientology Organization the group will
play a valuable role.
W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6 and
Flag Public Officer for L. RON
HUBBARD
LRH:KD:RW:ei.cden Founder
Copyright @ 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
375
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue III
Rernimeo Public Divs Dianetic Counseling Groups
DL&NETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 3
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS AND
SCIENTOLOGY ORGANISATIONS
You are not expected with this group to be just thrown to the wolves and
left to fend for yourselves; that would defeat the purpose of organisation.
There exists within Dianetics and Scientology a well founded and well
proven system of organisation. You will operate within this framework.
Just as the individual trying to do it all alone, risks being
overwhelmed, so the small group, especially when inexperienced, will not
progress and expand as well if it is not backed up.
This manual gives you the data to operate independently and you will be
responsible for your own actions. However you will be registered with the
nearest Scientology Organisation whose Director of Field Service will keep
an eye on your progress, lend assistance when needed, communicate regularly
with you and send you the latest information that will be of value to you.
His assistance will also be moral; you know that he represents a
technology and organisational system that has been operating successfully
and expanding for 19 years on all continents, making people happy, well and
more able and withstanding all difficulties. Your nearest Scientology
Organisation will be responsible with you for seeing that your group
survives.
You will direct persons who have been trained and processed to the
highest level available at your group, to that Organisation for higher
level training and processing. A commission will be paid to your group on
all fees paid for services taken by your selectee, for which you selected
him.
Your nearest Scientology Organisation will in turn assist you with
training programmes for your own group's staff to increase your operational
ability. Contact the Director of Field Training for details of these
training programmes.
Until you have your own Scientology Review Auditor, the nearest
Scientology Organisation will provide review facilities when needed by your
preclears.
The Organisation will have other Dianetic Counseling Groups operating
within its area and will be familiar with the problems you encounter. It
will not do your work for you, but will assist you to overcome any
obstacles you encounter. As a group you will have a challenging future, you
will be given every assistance, but you make your own survival.
W/0 Ken Delderfield CS-6 and
Flag Public Officer for L. RON
HUBBARD Founder
LRH:KD:RW:ei.eden Copyright Q 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
376
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue IV
Rerahneo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 4
STAGES OF FORMING, INCREASING, AND EXPANDING
A DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUP
WHY A GROUP?
We don't ever expect an isolated individual to go out and audit all by
himself. We expect him to audit as part of a team because he is going to
have case failures if he doesn't. The best auditing results are obtained
from teamwork.
One person on his own would be liable to overwhelm by the amount of work
that would be built up. It will not be the pure auditing that will
overwhelm him, but the other essential hats that he will have to wear. By
forming up a group to hold these hats, each one covered, he will be
successful and, well run, the group will expand.
GENERAL OUTLINE
The following is a general outline of the formation, increase and
expansion of a Dianetic Counseling Group.
It is set out in easy stages, each one of which has a useful and
profitable product. Even while the group is still forming up and before it
even has a trained Hubbard Dianetic Counselor, the group can be selling
and, distributing books, which names and addresses of buyers collected,
forms the basis of future auditing prospects.
STAGE ONE-BOOKS
Activity: Sells books.
1. Get a group together.
2. Form up the group, appoint personnel to posts.
3. Send one or more of the group to the nearest HSO for training on the
Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course, as a Hubbard Dianetic Counselor.
4. Register the group with your nearest Hubbard Scientology Organisation
(HSO) Depaxtment of Field Establishment.
5. Train up the personnel on their respective posts, and the lines and
activities of the group.
6. Send the person who will supervise the Introductory Course for
training at your nearest HSO.
7. Get the legal status of the group sound and regular. Register the
business name of the group. The Counselor will, especially in the US, be
a minister, and the group should be registered as a religious
fellowship.
8. Sell and distribute Dianetic and Scientology books widely. Collect
the names and addresses of all buyers. A card is inserted in the back of
every book, inviting buyer to write the Letter Registrar of the group
for more information.
STAGE TWO-INTRODUCTORY COURSE
Activities: Sells books, runs Introductory Course.
9. Get some modest economical quarters in a population dense area.
10. Upon the return of the Introductory Course supervisor commence
running the Introductory Course. Sell books to every student.
377
11. Continue to sell books widely and collect names and addresses of
every buyer. Ensure every inquirer is sold a book.
12. Get in a sound Central Files/Letter Registrar Activity.
STAGE THREE-STANDARD DIANETIC AUDITING
Activities: Sells books, runs Introductory Course, delivers Standard
Dianetic Auditing. Selects persons to nearest Scientology
Organisation.
13. Commence delivery of Standard Dianctic Auditing upon the return of
your Hubbard Dianetic Counselor. Failed cases and pcs in trouble are
routed to nearest HSO Qual Div for Scientology Review.
14. Increase the group's income by selecting all completed pcs to nearest
HSO for Scientology auditing and training.
15. Form a liaison with a competent medical Doctor or Clinic.
16. Continue to send staff as feasible for training as Hubbard Dianctic
Counselors (HDCs) or Hubbard Dianetic Graduates (HDGs).
17. The full group can work mainly in the evenings and weekends while
auditing continues all day. A receptionist would be needed during the
days to handle callers and sell books.
STAGE FOUR-HSDC
Activities: Continues all earlier successful activities especially book
sales. Delivers Standard Dianetic Auditing, selects to Orgs, runs
Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course.
18. As group expands fill vacant posts with completed pcs and
Introductory Course graduates and wherever possible HDCs or HDGs. Ensure
all staff are successful cases. No failed cases on staff.
19. Keep tech admin ratio of one tech for every two admin by sending more
staff for training on HSDC or hiring HDCs.
20, When more than one auditor auditing, send best auditor for HSDC
Supervisor's Course. (Makes a HDC into a HDG.)
21. Commence HSDC upon return of Hubbard Dianetic Graduate (HDG cert
gives right to supervise HSDC course).
22. Get in a cramming section with another HDO in charge.
STAGE FIVE-SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW
A ctivities: Continues all earlier successful activities. Sells books,
turns out excellent Hubbard Dianetic Counselors, delivers flawless
Standard Dianetic Auditing, selects to Orgs, normally handles most
failed cases and difficult pes in own Qual.
23. Encourages all HSDC course graduates to join group, or start own
groups.
24. Send best auditor for training in nearest HSO Academy as a
Scientology Auditor to Class IV.
25. Flood out letters from Letter Registrar.
26. Get in Qual Div upon return of Scientology Class IV auditor. Handle
failed and difficult cases with Scientology Review.
27. Send to nearest HSO Qual Div for Class VIII Scientology Review any
case beyond the skills of the Class IV. Leave no failed cases in the
area to cause later trouble.
28. Get in staff training under Qual so all staff know their own posts
and functions of group well.
29. Select heavily all completed pcs and students.
378
STAGE SIX-BASIC COURSES
30. Send a staff member to nearest HSO for training as a Communication
Course Supervisor.
31. Get in a Communication Course for indoctrination of all new pos.
32. Begin to run weekdays as income warrants. Do not decrease evening or
weekend activity to do so.
33. Get all untrained staff onto HSDC in their off (non working) hours.
STAGE SEVEN-CLASS VIII
Activities: Continues all earlier activites. Group runs days, evenings and
weekends, sells books, runs Introductory and Communication
Courses, delivers flawless Standard Dianetic Auditing and turns
out excellent Hubbard Dianetic Counselors, selects to Orgs,
handles all failed cases routinely.
34. Send more HDCs for training to Class IV at nearest Academy (HSO).
35. Send best Scientology Auditors to a Saint Hill for training to Class
VI.
36. Class VI Scientclogy Auditor upon return to group increases
percentage of success on cases. Fewer need now be sent to HSO Qual Div.
Routinely handles failed cases and difficult pcs so no unhappy pc ever
goes out the door.
37. Send best Class VI to AO for Class VIII or procure a Class VIII.
38. Class VIII takes over Qual. Handles all failed cases never letting an
unhappy pc out the door. 100% results.
39. Maintain high standard of training and auditing.
40. Pick up any earlier failed cases which slipped by.
41. Get in staff status system.
42. Step up promotion.
43. Select to local Org, Saint Hills and AOs.
STAGE EIGHT-A FULL SCIENTOLOGY ORGANISATION
Activities: All previous successful Dianetic activities. All Scientology
services up to the level that the Org has auditors and supervisors
available who are qualified for those classes.
44. Should you now wish, the group can be expanded into a Scientology
Org, delivering, in addition to all current Dianetic services,
Scientology services, issuing a magazine, opening further groups,
setting up an FSM system.
W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:KD:ei.rd Copyright Cc) 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
379
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue V
Rernimeo
Public Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 5
Group Formation
A Dianetic Counseling Group is easy to form, run and expand. It is based
on a successful pattern that has endured and brought about expansion.
The group in its organisation uses the necessary amount of organisation
to allow for maximum production. If there are only three people the
organisation is very simple.
If there are twenty people the organisation is still simple, but there
is much more of it.
The basic cycle of the formation of a group follows the following
pattern.
Somebody there then
Worthwhile purpose then
Somebody taking responsibility for the area or action
then
Form of Organisation well planned then
Form of Organisation held or re-established then
Organisation operating.
Starting the Group
To start the group then requires that one person first of all examine
the area and decide he is there, for him to look at the purpose of the
group and feel that it is a worthwhile purpose, and then for him to feel
that he can take responsibility for the area or action of making people
well and happy in that area and for him to actually start taking
responsibility by telling his friends.
That is the genus of the group. The individual gets two or three or more
friends in agreement with the idea of the group and then the organisation
must be planned and brought into existence.
A Meeting
The first step of organisation is that a meeting time is arranged to
make plans, and allocate duties and responsibilities.
Form of the Group
Appointing Personnel
The form of the organisation has been well planned as given on the Org
Board and is fully explained in a later section.
Each member of the group will need to be appointed to a post to which he
is suited.
A post is only held by one person at a time, but one person may hold
more than one post.
380
The Org Board is always filled from the top down, that is to say the
most senior post is always filled first. If there are only a few people
then they hold the most senior posts, and also do the work of each of the
posts below them on the Org Board.
A lower post is not filled while leaving a higher post vacant. The
higher post is filled and the lower post or posts held from above.
As new people join the group, the lower posts can be turned over to them
and filled.
While appointed to a higher post, lower posts being vacant, the
functions of a lower post may predominate. This does not alter the rule
that the Org Board is filled from the top down.
Posts are allotted according to an individual's ability, past experience
and interest in the post. When a choice exists, a person of higher ability
is always appointed to a higher post in preference to a person of lower
ability. Ability is measured not by opinion, but by the person's ability to
raise statistics and produce the product of the particular post.
Initially appointments will have to be made from a person's past
experience and interest in doing the job. At the meeting it is found that
one has a lot of experience working with the public and enjoys talking with
them and getting out and meeting with them. Another prefers just talking
with individuals in a quieter atmosphere. There you have a person to handle
public and another to handle registering people once they have come to the
group for service. A happy approachable person is appointed receptionist
and so on.
Do not fill a post with a person who is not willing to take full
responsibility for it.
The first step in a person taking over a post is his acceptance of the
post and the responsibility it entails.
The group member who had the original idea for the group would normally
be the President (unless he was the only auditor in the group when it would
be filled by another). The one who enjoyed public work would be the Public
Executive and so on.
Each of the most senior posts is filled by the person most suitable for
it, and he performs its functions, as well as the functions of any post
left vacant beneath Wm.
Hubbard Dianetic Counselor
To operate at all a Dianctic Counseling Group must have an auditor
trained up to the level of Hubbard Dianetic Counselor, and later in order
to run the Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course must have an auditor trained
to the level of Hubbard Dianetic Graduate, the next higher qualification.
So it is agreed that one or more members of the group (unless one or
more of its members is already trained) will go to the nearest Hubbard
Scientology Organisation, Francliise or existing Dianetic Counseling Group
and do the Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course.
It does not matter, in fact it is desirable, if more than one member of
the group is or becomes an HDG, the more the better. But one is of course
the minimum.
Registering the Group
In order to be sure of receiving all the latest information, to receive
assistance in training the group's staff, to participate in awards the
group is registered as a Dianetic Counseling Group with your nearest
Hubbard Scientology Organisation.
This is simply done. Just contact the Director of Field Establishment,
at your nearest Hubbard Scientology Organisation.
Post Training
With each of the group's members appointed to a post, the next step is
to train each person on his or her own post, as well as its relationship to
other posts, the group as a whole and the public.
Basic materials concerning the operation of Dianetic Counseling Groups
are
381
studied (as are contained in this series) with each group member paying
particular attention to the materials which apply to his or her own post,
and Division. However the best group members will be found to understand
not only their own posts, but also know the duties and functions of the
other posts in the group. Executives and the President of course must know
the duties and functions of all the posts in the group.
Next a basic very fundamental statement of the group member's job-a
complete simple statement is taken and the following is worked out in clay;
(a) Work out the Group in relation to the HSO and the public in clay.
(b) Work out his job in clay in relation to the rest of the group.
(c) Work out his job in clay in relation to his job and himself.
Each bit of everything in clay is labelled.
When each member of the group has completed the above some "dummy"
training runs should be made, with members of the group going through each
of his or her post actions with other members of the group acting as
public. In this way the lines of the group can be established and grooved
in and made smooth before any public are handled.
Introductory Course Supervisor
The Introductory Course Supervisor will need to be trained in course
supervision at the nearest HSO, and their Department of Field Training will
also assist in the post training of the other group members, provision of
materials, etc.
The Introductory Course provides an activity for those who after reading
a book do not sign up for processing right away.
Legal Status
The group will need to be registered according to local law. It should
be made sound and regular right from the beginning. Register the business
name of the group.
The local Org's Dept of Field Establishment will be able to assist you
as they will be familiar with other Dianetic Counseling Groups in the area.
The group's Hubbard Dianetic Counselor will, especially in the US, be a
minister, and the group should be registered as a religious fellowship.
Sell Books
Selling books is the group's entrance point to entirely new people.
The importance of selling Dianetic and Scientology books cannot be too
highly stressed.
Promotion consists of getting names and addresses and contacting them
and offering service to get them in. The more names, the more contacts, the
more people. And of course the more people the more income.
To promote you must have a full mailing list. It is the size of a
group's mailing list and the number of mailings and letters to it that
determines the gross income of the group.
AND IT IS BOOK SALES THAT GIVES YOU A GROUP MAILING LIST.
A book sold today is a pc or student tomorrow. Book sales today form
tomorrow's income.
Books sales and the resultant name and address form the basis of all
future procurement, so don't neglect them.
Advertise books using the cover as the cut (use a photo or reproduction
of the cover as part of the advert). ..
Every book sold must have a "request for more information card" in it
addressed to the Letter Registrar of the group.
382
INVOICE EVERY BOOK SALE. WRITE BUYER'S FULL NAME AND ADDRESS ON EVERY
INVOICE. Religiously collect name and address of every book buyer. This
collectively is the GROUPMAILING LIST. A copy of the invoice goes in a CF
(Central File) made out for the person,
Spend book income on buying more books and on advertising and selling
books.
Buy books in quantity for discount, either through your local Org or
from Pubs Org.
Sell books to bookstores (ensure they all have request for more
information cards in them). Sell them at fairs. Knock on doors and sell
books. Sell books.
Book sales form the basis of your future income.
Group Quarters
The group will need quarters. No big outlay is needed at first. The
group can even get started in one of the member's own homes. But the sooner
a group gets something like permanent quarters, preferably in a busy area,
the better off it will be.
The group is going to be handling the public, and in its conception it
is very important that this fact be confronted. Some might be happy to hide
themselves quietly away somewhere where few people will find them, but
truly your own success and well being as a group can depend on your
thrusting yourselves out and letting your purpose be known. This comes
under taking responsibility for the area or action.
Whatever the location of the quarters they should convey a good image. A
downstat image can shake public confidence in Dianetics, and cost a group a
large part of its income and lead to trouble in an area. By showing a good
group mockup you are a living example of what Dianetics can do. Premises,
particularly the entrances and interview and service areas should be neat
and uncluttered.
Some successful groups have established themselves in shop premises in
fairly well known areas.
In the windows are displayed posters and the books to be sold with an
invitation to buy.
Inside space is needed for reception, a room for the registrar, space
for the cashier and ethics officer, a large room for public meetings and
the Introductory Course, and later the Hubbard Standard Dianetics Course,
and several smaller rooms for auditing, as well as space for
administration. The bulk of the space is given over to service delivery;
auditing, training and Introductory Course and the least space to admin.
As the group grows it will need more space, particularly extra auditing
rooms and training area, and if this can be arranged economically right
from the start so much the better.
Compiled by: W/0 Ken Delderfield CS-6 and Flag Public Officer from the
organisational policy of Scientology for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:KD:RW:ei.cden Copyright @ 1969 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
383
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue VI
Remirneo Public Divs Dianetic Counseling Groups
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 6
THE ORG BOARD
Successful Organisation depends upon an agreed upon pattern that
forwards the needs of the purpose of the organisation and allows the group
of persons involved to each carry out a function which is useful and
productive and results in the group as a whole accomplishing its purpose.
There are two fundamentals involved.
1. The actual diagramatic pattern of the organisation showing the
divisions, departments, their personnel, functions and lines of
communication. This pattern fully drawn out is known as the Org
(Organisation) Board.
2. The 'Policy' of the organisation. Policy is derived from successful
actions and is the agreed upon way that the actions of the group are
carried out successfully. These actions are in written form and are
followed exactly.
By your knowledge and certainty of the pattern of operation (Org Board)
and implementation of the proven successful actions (Policy) your Group
will come into existence and operate simply and with minimum confusion.
The Org Board and Policy are in no way intended to suppress your
individual production, it is simply to permit each one of you to be
productive individually and yet be co-ordinated as a group and thus move in
a single direction forward.
If you can imagine a group not in agreement on the basic pattern you
will have something like this:
-maybe you 90 forward, but it's agony and pretty purposeless.
If you are in agreement and are not on each other's toes you have:
Agreement
/,W Co-ordination
POWER
Instead of all the force vectors lying about in a random confusion,
opposing each other, you add up the vectors all in one direction and
achieve thereby a concentration which brings a result.
You also have a very happy group with a high level of ARC.
384
THEORGBOARD
The Org Board used by the Dianetic Counseling Group is philosophically
based upon the most workable pattern that exists in the Physical Universe
at present, which is Man.
Man is set up as follows:
First there is the 'Thetan' (spirit, he himself) which is the source
point of ideas and purposes.
Then there is the mind, which can be likened to the data collection
centre and file. Then the body, which moves in the physical universe and
creates effects initiated by the thetan, thereby creating a product.
Thus the thetan conceives of an idea, the mind is referred to for data
and to relate the idea to the environment which the person is operating in,
and then the body is directed to put the idea into effect and there is a
resultant product which can be viewed and corrected or not by the thetan.
Thus we have a pattern.
Thetan
I
Mind Body > Product
with the product matching the original idea of the thetan.
To get a further, clearer look at how this develops and its simplicity
consider an artist about to do a picture.
First, he the artist, the thetan, conceives of the need to paint (the
purpose might be to make money) and gets an idea as to what he wishes to
paint.
He then through the mind communicates to get perception of the subject
upon having gathered sufficient perception plans the execution of the
painting. The mind also plans the dissemination which will result in a sale
of the product. Those are functions of the mind.
He next organises his materials, possibly purchasing some extra and gets
into the activity of painting the picture. Those two are functions of the
body.
When the body of the painting is done he views the result to see if it
qualifies with his original intention and then displays the painting
publicly-thus product.
With the successful result, he receives funds to continue his activity
and survive.
We can now compare this to the Dianetic Counseling Group and come up
with the basic pattern of the group which will give the product of 'well
and happy human beings'.
The 'thetan' is responsible for the survival of the whole activity and
is senior to mind, body and product. We will call the thetan of the group-
the GROUP PRESIDENT.
The mind basically is a mechanism which receives and relays information
and which relates present information to past information. Thus mind is
called the COMM UNICA TIONS EXECUTIVE.
The body is a mechanism which moves and handles material and production
and is represented by the ORGANISATION EXECUTIVE.
The product of the organisation is something which is viewed by other
persons
385
and if liked encourages them to participate thereby creating expansion. It
is represented by the PUBLIC EXECUTIVE.
THETAN
Group President
7
MIND BODY PRODUCT
Communications Organisation Public
Executive Executive Executive
The four basic personnel are now in existence.
In the Dianetic Counseling Group MIND there are two main functions,
communications and dissemination.
Thus the COMMUNICATIONS EXECUTIVE has two divisions under his
responsibility.
DIV 1. COMMUNICATION DIVISION headed by the Communications Secretary
DIV 2. DISSEMINATION DIVISION headed by the Dissemination Secretary.
Each of these divisions, following the thetan, mind, body, product
pattern contains three departments (when the group gets above 50 a third
division will be added under the Communications Executive and under the Org
and Public Executives and these too will follow the thetan mind body
product pattern).
For the BODY of the group, again there are two basic divisions. The one
which handles the energy of the group (money and materials) such that two,
the activity of Dianetic auditing and training can take place.
Thus the ORGANISATION EXECUTIVE has two divisions under him.
DIV 3. TREASURY DIVISION headed by the Treasurer
DIV 4. TECHNICAL DIVISION headed by the Technical Secretary
The PRODUCT of the group, under the PUBLIC EXECUTIVE has two divisions.
DIV 5. QUALIFICATIONS DIVISION headed by the Qualifications Secretary
DIV 6. PUBLIC DIVISION headed by the Public Secretary.
The Qualifications Division ensures that the results qualify with the
original intention, and if not, to make the necessary corrections such that
the results are 100% standard.
The Public Division is in contact with the public and makes known the
product of the group, and Raises with other groups newly formed.
386
POST THE ORG BOARD
The Org Board of the group is posted conspicuously. It is best done on a
varnished board or a formica board varnished over. Names are printed or
typed or DYMO stickered. If the board isn't varnished, tape and DYMO strips
can't be pulled off easily and stuck back on to make changes.
The Org Board is always kept up to date with any changes posted AT ONCE.
Christmas red, green and yellow tape is used to separate the different
departments and parts of the group organisation.
Department of Public Success
>- Public Success Officer
zi Department of Public Activities
Public Activities Officer
E Department of Public Planning PUBLIC RELATIONS
OFFICER
Public Planning Officer
co
wi Department of Certificates and Awards
X > Certs and Awards Officer
uj F: ~ U:
2 ~- M Department of Review Cramming Officer
W 0 Review Officer SCIENTOLOGY REVIEW AUDITOR
>
Department of Examinations EXAMINER
0 Examinations Officer
W Department of Processing Case Supervisor
Processing Officer HUBBARD DIANETIC COUNSELORS
z Department of Training HSDC COURSE
SUPERVISOR
Training Officer
0
Department of Technical Services
F- Tech Services Officer
- se =:) -
Department of Materiel
CO X Materiel Officer
C= W
0
Department of Disbursements
Disbursements Officer
5; Department of Income CASHIER
Income Officer
z Department of Registration REGISTRAR
~>- Registration Officer
P- = ~
< < F--
Department of Publications
a Publications Officer
CD W W W 5;
> E; Department of Promotion
Promotion Officer
0 C.~
=' W W Department of Inspections and Reports
n >< Inspections and Reports Officer ETHICS OFFICER
0 Department of Communications
2 COMMUNICATOR
>
Es Department of Routing, Appearances and Personnel
Q Personnel Officer RECEPTIONIST
Compiled by:
W/O Ken Delderfield CS-6
and the Flag Public Officer
LRH:KD:RW:ei.rd/bh from the organisational policy of Scientology
Copyright @ 1969 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
387
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JULY 1969
Issue VII
Rerniraeo
Pub Divs
Dianetic
Counseling Groups
DIANETIC COUNSELING GROUPS 7
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
Comm Centre
The group should have a "Comm Centre" in some safe place where it meets.
A Comm Centre is made up of baskets-the "beanstalk" type are best and
EACH GROUP MEMBER HAS HIS OWN BASKET WITH HIS NAME AND POST ON IT.
The Comm Centre is best laid out directly below an org board and exactly
follows the org board, in that several baskets are under part of the board
and relate to that part of the board, with the most senior baskets highest.
In this way one can locate the person on the org board and locate his
basket at a glance.
People sort into other baskets and empty their own basket. Notices can
be distributed, etc.
Comm Baskets, Desks & Chairs
Every group member has a desk and chair. The Counselor of course can be
in his auditing room and Course Supervisors in the course room.
In addition to the basket in the Comm Centre stacks each group member
has a three basket station located by his or her desk.
The top basket labelled "IN" should contain those items which are still
to be looked at.
The middle basket, labelled "PENDING" contains those items looked at but
which cannot be fully handled immediately.
The bottom basket labelled "OUT" is to contain those items which have
been dealt with and are now ready for distribution into the comm lines
again.
All despatches, letters, traffic and active work are either in the Comm
Centre baskets, the staff member's station baskets, or on a desk being
worked on. ALL active work is always kept visible on the lines, and no work
may be put in desk drawers or hidden off the lines that is active. In this
way the current traffic of the Group is always visible and locatable.
When a despatch is handled, or work completed it is put in the OUT
basket at one's desk station. At regular intervals each staff member clears
his OUT basket and takes its contents to the Comm Centre and distributes
each item to the next terminal's Comm Centre basket. At the same time he
collects any despatches or other items from his own Comm Centre basket and
puts these in his own IN basket at his desk station.
An IN basket is handled by taking one item at a time and handling it
fully, and then taking the next item and handling that one fully, and then
the next and the next and so on. Each is handled in such a way as to
complete the cycle of action, to handle the matter so that it does not need
to be handled again. It is not referred as referral is irresponsibility.
Executives who refer to others to make a decision aren't executives. They
are irresponsible or afraid of responsibility.
Each item is handled fully when it comes your way. It is not handled
after a while. If you pick up a dispatch or a piece of work, do it then.
Don't look it over and
388
then put it aside. Later you will have to pick it up and read it again.
This of course doubles your traffic just like that. One of the best ways to
out your traffic in half is not to do it twice. If you look through your IN
basket to see what is there handle what you find. If you are given a
message or datum that requires further action from you then do it right
when you receive it.
If you do every piece of work that comes your way WHEN it comes your way
and not after a while, if you always take the initiative and take action,
not refer it, you never get any traffic back unless you have a psycho on
the other end.
It is cycles of action completed, that brings about a result. No result
at all can occur unless cycles of action are completed (except perhaps an
unwanted or even catastrophic result brought about by the failure to act or
complete the cycle of action). One causes things by action. Not by thinking
dim thoughts. One can be doing an IN basket as simply a spectator. A staff
member or executive who is just a spectator to his IN.basket is doing
nothing but cultivating Dev-T. (Developed Traffic).
In short the way to handle traffic is to DO IT, not to refer it;
anything referred has to be read by you again, digested again, and handled
again, so never refer traffic, just do it so it's done. Then pick up the
next despatch or the next piece of work and complete that, and so on.
SPEED OF PARTICLE FLOW
ThePOWER of an Organisation is proportional to the speed of its particle
flow whether these are despatches, letters, bodies, telexes or cables. If
it comes your way to be handled, then handle it now. Don't pick up
something and put it down again without routing it and getting rid of it.
Don't handle a piece of paper twice when it only requires once. Handle it
NOW, and get it routed to the next terminal.
SPEED OF SERVICE
In the matter of courses and students and pcs and auditing SPEED of
service is of vital importance.
The prosperity of a business is directly proportional to the speed of
flow of its particles (despatches, cables, goods, messengers, students,
pes, customers, agents, etc).
To prosper, service must be as close to instant as possible.
Anything which stops or delays the flows of a business or delays or puts
a customer or product on WAIT is an enemy of that business.
Good management carefully isolates every stop on its flow lines and
eradicates them to increase speed of flows.
Speed of service is of comparable magnitude to quality of service and
where exaggerated ideas of quality exist they must become secondary to
speed.
Only then can a business or group prosper.
Compiled by:
W/O Ken Delderfield
CS-6
and
Flag Public Officer
from the organisational policy
of Scientology
for
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:KD:RW:ei.cden Founder
Copyright Q 1969
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: This policy, originally issued as number 11 in the DCG Series, has
been renumbered 7. Nos. 7, 8,9 & 10were neverissued.)
389
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 APRIL 1970
Rernimeo Dist Secs Franchise Dianetic Counselling Groups
THE DIANETIC COUNSELLING GROUP
PROGRAMME
HCO P/L 14th July 1969, "New Personnel and Expansion", HCO P/L 15th July
1969, "Scn Orgs and DCG Formation" and HCO P/L 8 July 1969, "Franchise, Who
May Have One (extension)" are CANCELLED.
THIS POLICY LETTER TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ANY EARLIER CONFLICTING POLICY.
The purpose of the Dianetic Counselling Group programme is to boom
Dianetics in the field. It can be delivered in high volume to the masses
anywhere and everywhere.
The more Dianetics there is in the field, the better!
The programme is designed so that people can operate and run Dianetics
FREELY. Dianeticists are given a free rein to expand and operate on this
planet everywhere. There are no stops or limitations.
A boom in Dianetics will mean a boom for Scientology.
DIANETIC COUNSELLING GROUPS DO NOT PAY 10%s to WW OR SCN ORGS.
There are no tithes for Dianetic Counselling Groups; its income is its
own.
A DCG can be set up by either of the following:-
I . A Scientology Org;
2. A Franchise;
3. An Individual.
These are the ONLY rules that govern the formation of Dianetic
Counselling Groups (DCG):
I . That the forming DCG does have a qualified Hubbard Dianetic Counselor
(HDC), or more and/or a Hubbard Dianetic Graduate (HDG).
2. That a DCG delivers Dianctic Auditing and a Hubbard Standard
Dianetics Course, using a certified HDG from a Scn Org as supervisor.
Running the Hubbard Standard Dianetic Course is optional, but if
conducted, it must be taught by a certified HDG.
3. That a DCG does not deliver Scientology services or reviews, but
sends such pes needing Scientology review and also its graduates to the
nearest Scientology Organization.
4. That a DCG signs a written agreement with its nearest Franchise or
Scientology Org to send its pcs needing Scientology reviews, its
Dianetic releases and its graduated Hubbard Dianetic Counselors to that
Franchise or Scientology Org for higher services.
390
Rule number 4 applies to DCGs being set up by a Franchise or a
Scientology Org and also those set up by individuals who must contact their
nearest Org or Franchise and sign such an agreement.
A Scientology Org or Franchise can set up as many DCGs around in its
field as it likes, the more the better as it will mean more Scientology
business as Dianetic students and pcs come up through the flow lines.
A Scientology Org and Franchise may deliver Dianetic Services too, but
it is COMPULSORY for such to deliver Scientology services also. It is their
right and prerogative; it is a privilege. The more Dianetics and DCGs it
can get delivering in the field, the more Scientology services the
Franchise or Org can deliver.
This is the flow line:-
DCGs DCGs DCGs
~'t ~_t 0
Franchise Org SH AO
Similar to an FSM used by Orgs, a DCG receives commissions for
selections to the Org or Franchise. The Org or Franchise which has a lot of
DCGs around it has got it made, It's a business booster and a step nearer
to clearing the planet!
Some unlucky Franchises grabbed onto Dianetics for concentration,
somewhat neglecting Scientology services. They even tried to monopolize
Dianetics for themselves, fighting DCGs off. Further it was revealed after
they became insolvent they also only held their Dianetic Courses only 2
nights a week! This eventually blocked the flow through to Organizations
and to Saint Hill organizations.
The moral of the story is to get as many DCGs set up for your Org or
Franchise as you can ensuring fast service delivery and benefit from the
increase of public flow! A DCG also has much to benefit from such a flow.
Scientology Orgs and Franchises play an important role in the expansion
of Scientology, Their 10%s go to WW for THE PUBLIC DEFENCE AND PUBLIC
ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENTOLOGY. This contribution to the team is very vital and
appreciated. The above is an important factor in Scientology's existence on
the planet.
As an administrative note-to DCGs spreading like wildfire in the field,
keep the Distribution Secretary of the local Org advised of any new
group(s) set up so that he can give a regular tally to Franchise Officer
WW. We can then keep up with the growth and expansion expected,
Set up lots of DCGs, boom.Dianetics as above and have at it!
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard CS-6
for
L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:dz.ei.rd Copyright Q 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
391
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 20 MAY 1970
Issue III
Remimeo
Public Divs
Dist Secs
Franchises
DCGs
HSDC Checksheet FURTHER CLARIFICATIONS
DCGPROGRAMME
The following points are laid out to better define HCO P/L 28 April,
1970 "The DCG Programme".
1. GROUP COMMITIMENT
It is made a point of emphasis to an Org and Franchise setting up a DCG
that "set-up" does not imply any financial or personnel committment or
subsequent control. A group leader is a leader in his own right and in turn
he respects the rights of an Org or Franchise.
2. SCN ORG AND FRANCHISE DNSER VICES
Org and Franchise Dn Services remain open and are to continue. The DCG
programme is there to boost Dianetics, not close any services in Orgs or
Franchises.
3. DCG MATERIAL SUPPLIES
DCGs or field auditors may not remimeo any materials but must purchase
these materials from an Org or Franchise. With this P/L a Franchise is
granted the right to sell Dn materials to DCGs. DCGs may receive membership
discounts only, on material purchases. Franchises are entitled to remimeo
and do as a right receive new HCO P/Ls and HCO Bs up to their level of
training from WW. Franchise WW is the only authorized distribution point of
HCO Bs and HCO P/Ls to the field, save where such are specifically
designated as applicable to field personnel. In remimeo a Franchise
observes closely, colour flash, copyright, and exact duplication as
alteration is a high crime.
4. GROUPCHAINS
DCGs may not form chains. The rule applies to any Scii group. The
formation of Franchise Chains is already covered in policy.
5. TITHES
A DCG does not pay 10% to WW. It may, however, pay a tithe IF IT SO
DESIRES. In this case the DCG is granted the right to remimeo like
Franchises and may receive new P/Ls and HCO Bs from WW. Any materials a DCG
paying 10%s remimeos are for its OWN USE SOLELY and not for sale.
Lt. Cmdr. Diana Hubbard CS-6
LRH:DH:kjm.ei.rd for
Copyright @ 1970 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Amended by HCO P/Ls 10 May 1971 Issue 11, Mission, Basic Definition of,
(see Me 299) and 20 September 1971 Issue 11, same title, page 299, which
revised 10 May '71.1
392
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIO
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinste
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 A
Issue I
Rernimeo
Div 6 Hats
Div 7 & 8 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Ltr Reg Checksheet
PES Hats
I/A Hat PR Se?ies No. 1
PR Cse Checksheet
LIABILITIES OF PR
PR = Public Relations, a technique of communication of ideas.
A casual investigation of the activities and effects of "PR" as
practised in the I st 70 years of the 20th Century gives one ample data to
regard "PR" with caution.
The subject is one which can be said to be dangerous in its incomplete
stage of development or in the hands of inexpert or unscrupulous people.
Thus we have 3 major liabilities in PR usage:
1. It is an incomplete technology as developed and used up to
1970.
(a) The human mind was not a known field.
(b) Any early technology of the human mind was perverted by the
University of Leipzig studies and animal fixations of a Prof.
Wundt in 1879 who declared Man a soulless animal subject only to
stimulusresponse mechanisms and without determinism.
(c) Further perversions entered upon the scene in the 1894 Libido
Theory of Sigmund Freud attributing all reactions and behaviour
to the sex urge.
PR is essentially a matter of reaching minds. Therefore the above four
factors have given PR strange elements and bed fellows which have curtailed
its development as a subject.
Naturally you'd have to know something of the mind to handle PR. Yet if
a PR man is operating not only without knowledge of the mind but with a
corrupt idea of it (as in Wundt or Freud) his use of PR technique can
spread a fantastic amount of aberration into the society and can result
in,an aberrated society. PR men operating in the "mass media" (Press,
Radio, Television, Magazines and in lobbying parliaments) push strange
mental ideas.
2. Inexpert PR men can make a gruesome mess out of the subject and
the society.
(a) Working with an incompletely developed subject, yet using the
powerful communication systems of the society it is not only not
unusual for the work of a PR to recoil on his own employers but
is usual to bring them into decay.
3. PR lends itself to the use of unscrupulous persons and cliques.
(a) The extremists such as the Nazis and Stalinists saw in PR
techniques the
393
means of subjugating their own people, perpetrating horrors and bringing
their opponents into disrepute. Such extremist groups were enormously
assisted by PR techniques.
(b) Using PR technique to bring about disrepute of their imagined enemies
unscrupulous persons have brought about an atmosphere of war, crime and
insanity on the planet.
These are of course harsh words. But it is better to know all sides of a
subject.
PR practitioners of course spread PR about PR. But the use of Black PR
far exceeds its other uses in this year of 1970. Yet teachers of PR in the
smoky cloister (smoke from marijuana) give us only the Sunday School
version. According to them PR is a nicey-nicey way of bringing good works
to public notice and that is their favorite definition. In actual fact 10
times as much PR work is done in getting rid of someone or something
imagined to be dangerous to the PR's employer.
Bribing newspapermen and "free lance writers" to write horrible lies
about a competitor, bribing or lying to Congressmen or ministers or members
of Parliament to get a law passed to enable a fast buck to be made and
countering the ploys of the other firm's PR men are the common duties of a
working Public Relations employee.
This scene doesn't seem to be quite the same as PR as represented in the
ivory skulls of its professors.
It's a PR world.
When you read the papers, books and watch the TV of the 20th Century
it's not a very nice world. Well, that's PR at work.
The far right PRs against the far left. And in between more moderate
groups PR both.
Every government department in England has a PR office. The beginning of
the decline of the British Empire and the first British government
"information office" are of similar date.
The unsavory history of PR, its use to perpetuate questionable interests
and cause needless and murderous quarrels must be confronted as part of the
study of PR.
It is not for no reason that PR men are often of pitiful morals and
degenerate character.
The countless trillions of volts of radio and TV, the rivers of
newsprint and pages tearing through presses, pour fantastic lies into the
overwhelmed population of Earth.
The prevailing tone of dismay and contempt across the world is
stimulated and kept alive by PRs.
So disabuse yourself of any idea of a pleasant scene in the field of PR.
Even if you are engaged in the promotion of the most worthwhile objects
pushed by the most altruistic leader, PR work is done cheek by jowl with
some pretty questionable characters whose objects are far from worthwhile
and whose masters are about as altruistic as a rattlesnake.
Thus PR easily becomes a cynical activity. The PR deeds of the bad hats
throw the field into disrepute and throw the whole world into a whirlpool
of hate and decay.
So in entering or studying this field do not walk into it like a wide-
eyed virgin
394
making an incautious visit to a military brothel.
There is no reason to be disillusioned if one does not start out with
illusions.
PR is a partially developed technique of creating states of mind in
different types of audiences or publics.
PR can be used or abused.
Thus before proceeding any further with the subject it was necessary to
restudy the subject and find out what was wrong with it, add it to the
subject and thus make it less dangerous to use.
The liabilities of PR, as taught and used before 1970 were:
A. It inevitably recoiled in greater or lesser degree to the harm
of its user.
B. It had long repute as a carelessly or badly used subject, full
of failures.
C. It is normally used into the teeth of competitive PR.
Unless these objections could be nullified or new discoveries and
developments could be accomplished, the basic techniques of PR were about
as safe as a cocked Spanish pistol-ready to blow up its user long before it
hit anyone else.
This is what has been done with PR in our hands:
1. Its more dangerous points have been located.
2. A full study of its texts is required.
3. It is designed now for use that is beneficial as well as
offensive and defensive.
Thus the Standard texts of PR have to be studied and studied well. And
they must be studied WITH THE ADDITIONAL DEVELOPMENTS KNOWN AND GIVEN HIGH
IMPORTANCE.
Only then is it safe to use PR techniques. Otherwise PR activities are
almost a complete liability and will lead to trouble.
In this series we will bring PR up to date from the liabilities which
exist in its purely PR college textbook practice.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd Copyright @ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
395
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AUGUST 1970
Issue 11
Remirneo
Div 6 Hats
Div 7 & 8 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Ltr Reg Checksheet
PES Hats
I/A Hat PR Series No. 2
PR Cse Checksheet
THE MISSING INGREDIENT
The primary corrective discovery about PR has to do with the ARC
Triangle of Scientology.
This triangle is Affinity -Reality -Communication. If one corner (say A)
is raised, the other two will rise. If one corner is lowered, the other two
are as well.
Thus with high Affinity, one also has a high Reality and a high
Communication. With a low Affinity one has also a low Reality and a low
Communication.
With a high or low R one has a high or low A and C.
And so it goes. The whole triangle rises and lowers as one piece. One
cannot have a low R and a high A and C.
PR is supposed to be a Communication technique. It Communicates ideas.
Suppose one were to try to communicate an out the bottom R. In such a case
the communication would possibly at first reach, but then it would recoil
due to its R.
This is of course an advance in the mental technology of Scientology. It
was not available to early pioneers of PR. So they talked (and still talk)
mainly lies.
Older PR practitioners preferred lies. They used circus exaggeration or
black propaganda. They sought to startle or intrigue and the easiest way to
do it was with exclamation point "facts" which were in fact lies.
"Mental Health" PRs dreamed up out of whole cloth the "statistics" of
the
insane. "9 out of every 15 Englishmen will go insane at some period of thei
' r lives" is a
complete lie. Streams of such false statistics gush from PR lobbyists to
get a quick
pound from Parliament.
The stock in trade of PRs, whether hired by Stalin, Hitler, the 1 Will
Arise Society, the US President or the International Bank, has been black
bald-faced lies.
The US President has given 2 different figures of the percentage of
increase government cost per year in 2 months. His PR man was trying to
influence Congress.
The "Backfire 8" as the "Car of the Century" and the parachute
exhibition "record delayed drop" and the Ambassador's Press Conference on
"Middle East Aims" are all PR functions-and salted throughout with lies.
You pick up a newspaper or listen in the street and you see PR - PR - PR
- all lies.
A battle cruiser makes a "Good Will visit" to a town it is only equipt
to crash and you have more lies.
The tremendous power of newspapers, magazines, radio, TV and modern
"mass media" communication is guided by the PRs of special interests and
they guide with lies.
Thus PR is corrupted to "a technique of lying convincingly".
396
It makes a cynical world. It has smashed idealism, patriotism and
morality.
Why?
When an enforced Communication Channel carries only lies then the
Affinity caves in and you get hate. For the R is corrupted.
PR, dedicated to a false Reality of lies then becomes low A, low C and
recoils on the user.
So the first lesson we can learn that enables us to use PR safely is to
KEEP A HIGH R.
The more lies you use in PR the more likely it is that the PR will
recoil.
Thus the law
NEVER USE LIES IN PR.
The trouble with PR then was its lack of Reality. A lie of course is a
false Reality,
The trouble with PR was R!
In getting out a press release on a new can opener, that opens cans
easily and you want to say "A child could use it" find out if it's a fact.
Give one to a child and have him open a can. So it's true. So use the line
and say what child. Don't call it the "Can Opener of the Century". It won't
communicate.
Just because radios, TVs and press pour out does not mean they
communicate, Communication implies that somebody is reached.
Don't tell a lie to city officials when the truth is just as easy to
tell. Why go to all the work of dreaming up a lie? If you do it will weaken
you if it is found out that it is a lie. Now you do have a PR problem with
the "official public".
Any lie will either blunt the C (communication) or end the C off one day
with revulsion.
Handling truth is a touchy business also. You don't have to tell
everything you know-that would jam the comm line too. Tell an acceptable
truth.
Agreement with one's message is what PR is seeking to achieve, Thus the
message must compare to the personal experience of the audience.
So PR becomes the technique of Communicating an acceptable truth-and
which will attain the desirable result.
If there's no chance of obtaining a desirable result and the truth would
injure then talk about something else.
PR is employed to obtain a result desired by the PR and his group.
Or it is employed to cancel out the undesirable PR of others.
Thus there is offensive and defensive PR.
In defending against hostile PR, once more it is the R that counts. Sun
Tzu in his book about warfare gives several types of agent. One of these is
the "dead agent" because he tells lies to the enemy and when they find out
they will kill him.
Hostile (or counter-PR) is usually the usual fabric of lies.
If one finds out the lies being told and documents just one as being
false, he has made counter-PR recoil. His hearer will never believe him
again. He's dead.
In the war between psychiatric hostile PR and the truth of Scieritology,
the "dead
397
agent" caper has a field day. Psychiatric PR has been lying for 20 years.
Documented, the fact of these lies are lies is killing off psychiatry.
You understand, it's not one PR's word against another's. It's one PR's
documents against the other PR's lies! That is correct defensive PR.
So you see that using out-R PR can be very dangerous.
If one is trying to PR an abuse into decay (a dangerous activity in
itself) he obtains the desirable result by documenting TRUTH. But using the
"dead agent" caper is quite enough almost always.
The use of R not only involves truth, it involves acceptable truth and
that involves the fixed opinions of another or others and their experience.
All this is contained in the subject of REALITY.
What is the R of another or others?
This involves SURVEYS.
Then you know what truth he or they will accept.
Imagination in PR is not limited at all. It takes lots of imagination.
But the imagination should be devoted to how the truth is made acceptable
to the R of others and how the Comm is delivered.
A totally Imaginary statement or story is quite useful so long as it is
known to be imaginary and not passed off as truth.
In a PR world truth is the almost unknown commodity. This world is full
of the "noise" of many lies, many babbles, many old fixations and hates.
But truth has Comm value. All the lies will dead end someday.
A (Affinity) supports the R and C.
Therefore PR which seeks to incite hate will not have the C value of a
message that carries actual affinity.
But affinity can also be falsified and in the PR world too often is.
A person who is sane has a high ARC value.
So the PR who is sane has a high potential. And those who have corrupted
their A - R - and C into a hole wind up on the bottle or beating their dogs
or cynical beyond belief.
Serving mad masters, a PR hasn't much chance.
So there is a technique known as public relations. And it has the high
liability of abuse through lies and the degrade of its practitioner.
But if one strictly attends to the values of truth and affinity, he will
be able to communicate and can stand up to the strain.
Knowing this, PR becomes a far more useful and mature subject.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd Copyright @ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
398
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 13 AU
Issue III
Rernimeo
Div 6 Hats
Div 7 & 8 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Ltr Reg Checksheet
PES Hats
I/A Hat PR Sefies No. 3
PR Cse Checksheet
WRONG PUBLICS
What is a "Public"?
One hears "the Public", a star says "mY publie'. You look in the
dictionary and you find "public" means an organized or general body of
people.
There is a specialized definition of the word "PUBLIC" which is not in
the dictionary but which is used in the field of public relations. "PUBLIC"
is a professional term to PR people. It doesn't mean the mob or the masses.
It means "a TYPE OF AUDIENCE".
The broad population to PR professionals is divided up into separate
publics. Possibly the early birds in PR should have begun to use
"Audiences" back in 1911. But they didn't. They used the word "Publics" to
mean different types of audiences for their communications.
So you won't find this in the dictionaries as a PR professional term.
But you sure better wrap your wits and tongue around this term for USE.
Otherwise you'll make more PRerrors than can easily be computered.
WRONG PUBLIC sums up about 99% of the errors in PR activities and adds
up to the majority reason for PR failures.
So what's a "public"?
In PRese (PR slang) use "public" along with another word always. There
is no single word form for "public" in PR. A PR never says THE public.
There is the "Community Public", meaning people in the town not
personally grouped into any other special public. There is the "Employee
Public" meaning the people who work for the firm. There's the "Shareholder
Public" meaning the birds who own shares in the PR's company. There's the
"teenage public" meaning the under 20 people. There's the "doctor public"
meaning the MD audience the PR is trying to reach.
There are hundreds of different types of publics.
An interest in common or a professional or caste characteristic in
common-some similarity amongst a special group, determines the type of
public or audience.
The PR needs this grouping as he can expect each different type of
public to have different interests. Therefore his promotion to them must be
designed especially for each type of public.
In the PR world there aren't kids-there is a "child public". There
aren't teenagers-there's a "teenage public". There aren't elderly people,
there's an "elderly public".
399
The PR man does not think in huge masses. He thinks in group types
within the masses.
PR is an activity concerned with presentation and audience. Even when he
writes a news release, he "slants" it for a publication that reaches a type
of audience and he writes it for that audience (modified by editorial
idiosyncracies).
A PR surveys in terms of special publics. Then he presents his material
so as to influence that particular public.
He doesn't offer stories about wheelchairs to the teenage public or
Mickey Mouse prizes to the elderly public. If he is a good PR man.
All releases should be designed to reach a special public.
When you mix it up you fail.
When you get it straight and survey it you succeed.
The "police public" is not going to buy the glories of hash. The
"criminal public" isn't going to go into raptures over the "heroes in
blue".
All expert PR is aimed at a specific, carefully surveyed, special
audience called
a public".
When you know that you can grasp the subject of PR.
When you can use it expertly you are a Pro PR!
To give some examples of wrong publics, Ron's Journal was designed for
org staffs as an intimate chat with staff members to let them in on what's
going on and what we're planning so that staffs could be informative to the
Scientology public. It was a "staff public" medium of communication.
Somebody (in NY) broke the rules, played it to the Scientology Public.
Then somebody else figured it was a substitute for a Congress and dropped
Congresses.
The exact end result was to cut totally my comm line to org staffs. The
other day I heard how staffs missed heating from me.
If my line to staffs in orgs is going to be played to PE attendees,
that's it. Wrong public. No comm line to staffs.
I do a briefing of SO members on Flag, some dim wit uses it to play to
Public Div Public. Wrong public. So that line is cut.
Clear News publishes Treason orders on students to promote an AO! Wrong
public.
Clear News is used for an FSM Newsletter. Wrong public.
Clearing Course Fliers go to new book buyers. Wrong public.
Letter Registrars write to people on a mailing list sent in by a mail
order house. Wrong public.
A conclusion someone not knowledgeable in PR technique could reach would
be "Promotion doesn't work".
Promotion never works on wrong publics.
400
THE SYSTEM
The PR has to figure out his precise publics. There may be several
distinct types.
Then he has to survey and look over the reactions of each different
type.
He then plans and designs his communication and offerings for each one.
An orderly org has each different public categorized and labeled in
Address.
Then the PR sends the right message to the right public in each case.
There may be a dozen different messages if there are a dozen different
publics. Each one is right for that public.
The PR is after a result, a call in, a reply, a response.
The right message in the right form to the right public gets the result.
A wrong message to the wrong public simply costs lots of money and gets
no result.
Even if a PR is engaged in "moulding public opinion" it still requires a
different message to each different public.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH-.rr.rd Copyright Q1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
401
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 9 OCTOBER 1970
Rernimeo Personnel Hats PR Checksheets
Personnel Series No. 11
PR Series No. 4
THE PR PERSONALITY
A Public Relations personnel has to be spot on in
(a) Confronting
(b) Organizing
(c) Working
CONFRONT
In Confronting, a shy or retiring PR is not about to handle suppressive
persons or situations. A PR must be able to stand up to and handle the more
wild situations easily and with composure. When he does not, his confront
blows and any sense of presentation or organization would go up in smoke. A
PTS (Potential Trouble Source) person or one who roller coasters case-wise
or one who tends to retreat has no business in PR. His connections that
make him PTS and his case would have to be handled fully before he could
make good on PR lines.
ORGANIZE
In Organizing, a PR has to be able not only to organize something well
but to organize it faultlessly in a flash.
Every action a PR takes concerns groups and therefore has to be
organized down to the finest detail; otherwise it will just be a mob scene
and a very bad presentation.
A PR who can confront, can "think on his feet" and grasp and handle
situations rapidly and who can organize in a flash will succeed as a PR.
WORK
The last essential ingredient of a PR is the ability to WORK,
When appointing people to PR training the person's work record is very
very important.
The ability to address letters, push around files, haul furniture into
place, handle towering stacks of admin in nothing flat are all PR
requisites.
To be able to tear out to Poughkeepsie before lunch and set up the Baby
Contest and build a scene for a press conference on catfish before two and
get dressed, meet the governor by 6 is WORK. It takes sweat and push and
energy.
A PR should be able to get out a trade paper in hours where an "editor"
might take weeks.
The ability to work must be established in a potential PR before wasting
any
402
training time as a PR who can't work fails every time.
DELUSORY REQUIREMENTS
People think a PR must be charming, brilliant, able to inspire, etc, etc.
These are fine if they exist. But they are actually secondary qualities in
a PR.
Lack of the (a), (b), (c) qualities is why you see PRs begin to hit the
bottle, get sick, fail.
If a PR is also charming, brilliant, able to inspire, he is a real
winner. Possibly one; is born with all these qualities every few
generations.
Personnel in appointing and training PR must look for the wish to be a
PR and (a), (b) and (c).
And anyone taking up PR who does so to escape hard work will fail as it
IS hard work.
A real top PR wants to be one, has the abilities of (a), (b) and (c) and
is trained hard and well on the subject. Then you have a real stat raiser,
a real winner, a real empire builder.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH: sb. rd Copyright@ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
[Note: Some mimeo issues of this Policy Letter were issued with an error in
the fourth line, which read (c) Confront Working instead of the correct (c)
Working, HCO Policy Letter of 11 April 1972, PR Series 4 Addition ordered
the replacement of any faulty copy found, either loose or bound in packs,
correction of stencils with the incorrect text before any copies were run
off from it, and immediate correction of any translation made from the
incorrect copy. It also ordered that where a student had used an incorrect
copy in his study, that a correct copy be sent to him at once, with a
request by the current course's Supervisor that he cheek out on it star-
rated, and enclosing a copy of HCO PIL 11 April 1972. The copy as it
appears above is correct.]
403
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 18 NOVEMBER 1970
Issue If
Remimeo
PR SMes No. 5
PR DEFINITION
The definition of Public Relations is very precise. The definition is
not given sufficient importance in the texts and it is way down in the
middle of most books. It is what the subject is all about and without it
the subject doesn't make sense. (And doesn't make sense to many PR Pros
either.)
It took me a whole hour to clear this definition and misunderstoods of
it and related words on a PR student. It should be meter cleared. Every
word in it should be clay tabled.
THE DUTY AND PURPOSE OF A PUBLIC RELATIONS MAN IS
THE INTERPRETATION OF TOP MANAGEMENT POLICY TO THE DIFFERENT
PUBLICS OF THE COMPANY-TO ADVISE TOP MANAGEMENT SO THAT POLICY
IF LACKING CAN BE SET-TO MAKE THE COMPANY ITS ACTIONS OR
PRODUCTS KNOWN ACCEPTED AND UNDERSTOOD BY THE DIFFERENT PUBLICS-
AND TO ASSIST THE COMPANY TO EXIST IN A FAVORABLE OPERATING
CLIMATE SO THAT IT CAN EXPAND PROSPER AND BE VIABLE.
If a PR man understands all that so he can apply it rapidly and
perfectly, he will then be in a position to know what PR procedures are and
do his job.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd Copyright @ 1970 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
404
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY 1971
Issue II
Remimeo
PR Seties 6
OPINION LEADERS
An "Opinion Leader" is that being to whom others lo9k for interpretation
of publicity or events. Through wisdom, proximity to data sources,
personality or other factors including popularity itself, certain members
of the group, company, community or nation are looked to by others for
evaluation.
In the teething days of Public Relations, George Creel, who conducted
the massive Liberty Loan drives for the US government considered that it
was enough to batter avalanches of publicity down on the heads of the
"general public". Given enough money, enough media of communication and no
real opposition this proved successful enough.
But as time unreeled, some unsung PR man recognized the fact that the
"general" public was made up of smaller groups. Churches, social clubs,
factories, and thousands of other large or small groupings of the
population were what made up the "general" public.
Each of these groups had its own "opinion leader" and within each group
there were smaller groups who each in turn had its own opinion leader.
"To whom do they listen?" "Whose opinion do they accept?" "Whom do they
trust?" "On whom do they depend?" are the questions, which, answered,
identify the opinion leader of the group, large or small.
Further, the opinion leader of a very large group, in turn is
interpreted by the opinion leaders of the smaller units which go to make up
the larger group.
As an example, government spokesman X puts out Bulletin A on the radio
and TV and into the press. He is NOT talking to masses of people. He is in
reality talking to opinion leaders. On a crucial question there will not be
a reaction to X until the listeners have heard what their opinion leaders
have to say about Bulletin A.
If there have been other issuances like Bulletin A, the opinion leaders
will have voiced their own opinions. Their groups will then know the
attitude. In this case Bulletin A will receive an apparent "general public"
reaction. In short, the opinion about Bulletin As will have been pre-formed
by the opinion leaders. This makes it look like there is mass public
opinion without opinion leaders.
One of the great dangers of PR practice comes from not really knowing
the subject well enough or in twisting it or in losing bits of it.
Having discovered the principle that "opinion leaders" form public
opinion not the "general" public, many PR people forget it, or didn't give
it enough importance or even in some cases chose to be willfully
destructive of their employers.
It should be very obvious that if general public reaction to an event is
dependent upon the reaction and interpretation of opinion leaders, then a
PR action's success depends upon favorably influencing the opinion leaders
of that part of the population one is trying to reach and calculating what
opinion leaders one can neglect or even offend.
This would be almost mathematical in computation. Spokesman X issuing a
Bulletin A that offended 55% of the opinion leaders would get, roughly, a
55% opposing reaction from the whole public.
Surveys for the identities of opinion leaders would then become a MAJOR
activity of PR in any area and for any type of message or event.
Even a rough estimation, which is easily done, would serve better than
no thought of it at all.
PR men go for Very Important People. PR wears this out beyond belief.
But it is an alter-is. VIPs to PR are only opinion leaders. A Government
minister is tagged automatically by PR people as a VIP because his car has
flags and he is a minister. Yet
405
he may be a drunken nephew whose opinion is about as welcome to his
colleagues as a hangover. So he may be a VIP but he is not an opinion
leader. When he says "blue", his colleagues think "black" and the opinion
leaders in the public think "red". The only PR use of this minister would
be to get him to embrace and speak up for someone you wanted shot or some
cause you wanted opposed!
There is such a situation currently in a man called Goodrich or some
such name, head of FDA in Washington. 32 years in that agency, big record.
Head of it = VIP. All he has to do is open his mouth and his staff writhes,
congress spits and opinion leaders say no-no-no. So he could only be used
to oppose something you wanted popular.
So it's very lazy PR to assume that a "VIP" is worth knowing or using.
Sometimes VIPs are also opinion leaders.
Celebrities are more often opinion leaders as they arrive at their role
by popular acclaim. But even here one has to operate with good sense. Paul
Robeson, the great American singer, was used by Communists in the 1930s to
popularize their cause. It did not achieve this. Paul Robeson championing
his own race probably would have advanced Civil Rights legislation greatly.
The misuse brought anti-Communists to believe that all the Negroes would
now become a Communist Fifth Column and brought about strong opposition to
Negroes and to Communists.
The rule that should not be violated is to use an opinion leader only to
further an opinion he could have visibly. The equation must add up with all
factors of a kind, not a strange factor interjected into the sequence. Like
music, you don't introduce a wrong note in the scale if you want harmonious
rendition. Robeson (black singer)-opinion leader of blacks-Communism. Too
odd a sequence. Robeson (black singer)-opinion leader of blacks-black
relief. Obvious sequence.
The equation:
Bertrand Russell (British philosopher)-Academic opinion leader-
Communism: caused a strengthening of the Communist cause because he was a
thought symbol and "anybody was free to think" and "they're always forming
odd ideas in the halls of learning". His statement "Better red than dead"
was a classic PR caper. It was widely quoted. Helped Russell, of whom few
ever would have heard, and possibly helped Communism, at least to be talked
about, and obviously was picked up by the group in which Russell existed.
To the rest of us this may have sounded like naked atomic war threat and
war-mongering. But it was the proper use of a foreign opinion leader by a
large group.
Now if the paragraph above jarred on you in any way or seemed to espouse
a strange cause, etc, etc, you will have the reason why PR men cannot
always see clearly and objectively. They themselves are too involved in
causes and pros and cons to remain pan-determined (viewing or handling all
sides).
By permitting prejudice to get in the way of handling opinions a PR man
loses control of his subject. He becomes so violently partisan that many of
his stable data become blurred or abused.
Thus the subject of opinion leaders can become abandoned. Disagreement
with the views of some of them remove not only the opinion leaders but the
whole subject of opinion leaders out of use.
While conducting themselves like status mad prima donnas, seeking to
exist mainly by PR techniques, most people in government power positions
are remarkably badly served by their PR men and by their own prejudices or
jealousies.
Essentially, a person in Power is not the same person seeking power.
Maintaining power is a different subject than attaining power.
A politician by definition is someone who handles people. Even the word
means "people". Thus the subject of "public relations" does a natural
closure with government.
Yet the alteration of the subject of PR and its misuse, neglect or abuse
by government PR men could be in itself a considerable study.
The vast majority of population unrest stems from the misuse, neglect or-
abuse of PR technology by governments, even those governments that consider
themselves experts.
A politician commonly is boosted to power by opinion leaders. This could
be called the "will of the people". Once he has attained power the garden
variety
406
politician of this age finds himself committed to special interests that
have little to do with the "will of the people". Few are the politicians
who have the integrity to continue to look to the people-the opinion
leaders-who put them there. Thus, now apparently serving other masters they
appear to have been false in their earlier pretensions. Not remaining true
to their opinion leaders politicians as a general subject acquires a
cynical reputation with the "people".
A Labour leader in England, put into power by opinion leaders, then
spends his time in office talking about bankers, banking, deficits and all
that mumbo-jumbo of modern government, speaks hostilely about unions, seeks
to restrain shop stewards and union bosses, puts on a tax to penalize any
company that hires someone and then has the dullness to wonder why he took
a beating at the polls eventually and lost. He turned on his opinion
leaders. Where were his vaunted PR experts?
The US government routinely achieves the impossible of turning the bulk
of the population against it on most issues. Its politicians are regularly
forced to maintain their positions by huge avalanches of public funds.
Hiring more and more police and spies for more and more government
police agencies, the government is becoming less and less popular.
"Patriotism" and "idealism" are now considered dirty words.
Why? How did this get this bad?
Well, one reason is that government PR is continually recoiling on the
government. Either they don't hire good PR men or if they do, they don't
take their advice. Or their PR men don't know their subject or aren't
permitted to practice it.
The general unrest and unpopularity is largely traceable to a violent
disregard of the subject of opinion leaders.
Attaining power is done usually by the consent of or with the help of
the opinion leaders. Arrival in a position of power too often causes the
person to shift the basis of his operation. He is now associating with
different people in a power strata. It would require quite an effort of
will to not be seduced. Having achieved power by opinion leaders the person
may forget them and seek to maintain power by other means or by force. This
is essentially a violation of the power formula which indicates one should
not disconnect. By disconnecting from the previous opinion leaders the
person begins his own demise.
This is terribly easy to do in the case of government. It is so easy for
a government to use FORCE that a disregard of previous opinion leaders can
occur.
Money power is usually available to persons who rise to positions of
leadership and can be, like force, a substitute.
Thus a truly suborned leader would desert "opinion leader" as a basis of
power and begin to use FORCE and MONEY to hold his position.
But when one assumes a position of power, regard for opinion leaders
should broaden, not be dropped.
The astute leader on his way up may tread heavily on the opinion leaders
of the opposition. This has its benefits in reinforcing the favor of
opinion leaders for him. But it also has its liabilities for, now in power,
he may have serious enemies who are all the more perturbed now that they
too have him as a leader.
Few politicians-indeed few men who move into any kind of power-ever
satisfactorily solve this problem. The very able ones do solve it and
become far more powerful as a result since they do not violate the power
formula.
Not only does the brilliant leader refuse to disconnect from the opinion
leaders who put him there through "public approval", he also connects with
the previously opposing opinion leaders. If truly magnificent he gains the
good opinion of former hostile opinion leaders without decreasing the good
will of the opinion leaders who put him there. This actually defines the
difference between a second rate politician and a real statesman. The
genius required to arrive at such solutions cannot be underestimated, but
the formula of achieving it is elementary PR.
The leader of the "blues" (supported of course by the opinion leaders of
the "blues") rises to power in the teeth of "green" opposition. Now in
power, he has sway over both the blues and the greens. The blue's opinion
is that this should signal a panorama of dead greens. But unless this rule
is to be just one long bloodbath it is now necessary to cool off tempers
all around, preserve blue support and win green support. That is an
elementary equation.
407
Attilas and Huns and Genghis Khans solved this by simply murdering all
imagined hostile elements. They may be known in history but politically
they built nothing that endured. Even the pyramids of skulls vanished.
Men like Hitler went so far in reverse in handling this problem as to
finally slaughter even their adherents.
In the general field of human activities every different or specialized
group can be considered a political unit. It elects with a wide variety of
formalities or lack of them its leaders and when different agencies than
themselves elect them (inheritance, appointments from without) the group at
least elects its opinion leaders if only by listening.
And people strive to be opinion leaders and also back down or otherwise
react when someone else is so "elected".
So being an opinion leader involves the responsibility of maintaining
the position by remaining well informed or personable or whatever else
seems to be required.
One has to decide in some degree what he is an opinion leader for or
against or at least about. And one has to set a zone or have one set for
him in which he operates.
A usual example is the family. Often someone in it is the opinion
leader. It is not necessarily the one with the money or the force. Where
one member or clique has the money or force and uses these and the opinion
leader is someone else, strife and domestic upset may result.
All the children may look to an aunt for their styles, thoughts and
approval. Where this runs counter to the money-force persons, somebody is
going to have a broken home or a horrible old age.
Such is human prejudice-or ignorance-that the money-force persons almost
never dream of winning the support of the opinion leader aunt by sound but
popular policy based on consultation.
The right answer of course is for the money-force power to operate in
consultation with the opinion leader.
This is true all the way on up to government sized groups.
Money-force may bribe and break necks but it really never does become
the leader in the absence of the approval of a majority of opinion leaders.
Prosperity and an easy rule depend utterly upon the cooperation of
opinion leaders.
The US government in the last few decades has seemed obsessed with the
antagonizing or destruction of opinion leaders.
Using the broad mass approach long since found faulty in PR activities,
the US government has lately sought to reach the "public" without that
annoying step of reaching and getting the approval of opinion leaders.
Instead, an army of spies from every agency, (according to the Committee
of Senator Erin) descend upon any and every popular leader, hound him,
annoy him, discredit him. Even managers of businesses are so plagued by
government they can hardly do their work. This is also true of England and
other countries.
The unrest in the United States and some other countries is traceable
directly to this fantastic omission in their PR technical expertise. They
not only do not seek the favor of opinion leaders, they actively harass and
seek to destroy them.
In return the opinion leaders feel endangered and have and state
opinions accordingly. The power of the government drops back on money and
force only. Governmental survival is thus greatly impaired.
The so-called "mass news media" by which is meant newspapers, TV, radio
and magazines, has the fault built into its title. It cannot and never will
reach any masses directly. It reaches only through opinion leaders. It has
to quote this one and that one which it fancies as an opinion leader. But
it never finds out WHO the opinion leaders are.
Newspaper editorials are a direct effort to force opinion. They quote
the opinions of other papers just as though these were opinion leaders.
They believe they "mould public opinion" but PR men long since have
given up this idea and even greet it with raucous laughter.
408
Newspapers have ceased to wonder about their rapid demise. They are
getting fewer fast. They thought it was radio. Then TV. It wasn't.
Willy Hearst's 1890 yellow journalism and scandal mongering began to dig
the grave of the newspaper that many decades ago.
Hear this: while seeking to control public opinion, newspapers began to
strike viciously at opinion leaders. Name him, sooner or later any really
important opinion leader in the area would be hit with scandal. It happened
so often that opinion leaders automatically began to say, "Don't believe
the newspapers".
The day of the newspaper is dead. The not mourned London Daily Mail hit
one too many opinion leaders one too many times. And nobody believed it
anymore and nobody bought it. And it folded.
So government or newspaper or church or hockey club, the same rule
applies. The good will of the opinion leaders is necessary for survival.
Not the good opinion of the masses! Since that cannot be reached.
The Russian state talks down about individualism. The "cult of the
individual" is a bad thing.
Their internal police is vital to them. They have forgotten that the
Czar's Okhrana destroyed the Czar by destroying every opinion leader
amongst the people whom they could seize or stay.
Almost amusingly, the US government has taken over the exact operational
pattern of the Okhrana. You can hardly get to your desk through the
government forms and mobs of spies urging the staff to commit crimes so
they can be arrested or holding out bribes to falsify the tax reports. All
one has to do is mention the US government in a pop program and he'll have
3 army sergeants from G-2 pushing the band out of the way. That's the way
it was in pre-1917 Russia just before the opinion leaders decided NO in one
final blood-bath.
So as I said earlier in this series PR is dangerous stuff if one doesn't
really know it and if one only applies half of it.
Omitting the opinion leader is bad enough. Seeking to destroy him is far
far worse.
Yes, one says, but how about the violent opposition? How about that
fellow?
Well, he's a problem. But he is an opinion leader.
One has to decide how much of an opinion leader he is.
If you don't handle a would-be opinion leader who is anti but who is NOT
an opinion leader, people get cross.
The decision here stems from
(a) Is he talking about actual abuses? or
(b) Is hejust lying?
In either case one has certain courses of action. If the abuses are
actual, work to remedy them. If he is just lying, lay out the truth. If he
really isn't an opinion leader, ignore him.
But one can only interfere with him or remove him if many, many are
getting cross because you don't. But that's a risky business.
As a rule, only that dissident person should be removed who is speaking
in your name and on your lines and using your power to do you down. And
then he can only be removed off your lines as you are under no obligation
to finance or empower your own opposition. That's suicide. He is not an
opinion leader but a traitor for he owes his power to you.
Usually anti-opinion leaders are made 1)y neglect.
PR wise one has to catch them early and handle.
Abuses by those in charge are never put right by force. They are only
worsened.
409
Perhaps there is no excuse whatever to use force to enforce an opinion.
Wars are notorious for failing to solve. You can always find a point years
or decades before the war when a point existed that PR and cooperative rule
could have solved.
PR imperfectly known or unknown as a subject leads to big trouble.
PR is powerless when it doesn't know.
PR loses when it neglects.
Early enough, PR alone does it.
Later PR with concessions are needed.
Then PR is out and only force is thought to serve.
This would be a DETERIORATING SITUATION.
The longer PR takes to catch it up the more imminent loss or force
become.
From this technically adept PR could be seen to have too limited a role
in the affairs of nations or groups.
The way to attain a more dominant role with PR is first to know it well,
next to be sure others who should understand it and then to use it
effectively.
As it is a subject which is meant to reach masses, remember that it must
reach them through opinion leaders.
Opinion leaders may or may not be VIPs. But they are, whoever they are,
barber or king, VIPs to the PR.
Thus surveys for opinion leaders are necessary. And the opinions of
opinion leaders must be known.
And for heaven's sake restrain the boss from shooting opinion leaders no
matter how just his wrath.
But also don't tell him Dr. Kutzbrain is an opinion leader just because
he talks to two nurses and his wife.
Peace is not necessarily a target of PR. Survival is. And Survival
requires some control of opinion.
When this becomes control of numbers of people PR is only accomplished
through opinion leaders.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd Copyright @ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
410
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF I I MAY 1971
Issue III
Remimeo
PR Series 7
BLACK PR
About the most involved employment of PR is its covert use in destroying
the repute of individuals and groups.
More correctly this is technically called BLACK PROPAGANDA.
Basically it is an intelligence technique.
It can be a serious error to cross Intelligence and PR.
These are two different fields. They have two distinctly different
technologies.
A PR man must also know something of intelligence technology. Otherwise
one day he will be left gaping.
Intelligence is intelligence. PR is PR.
When you gather information by intelligence procedures and at once
employ it for PR, the result is likely to be poor.
It is not that it isn't done. It's that it isn't very effective. Also it
is an act of desperation.
PRISOVERT.
INTELLIGENCE IS COVERT.
PR is at its best when it begins and ends overtly.
Intelligence is best when it begins and ends covertly.
PR with an open demand by known authors, a demonstration, a conference
is normal PR.
Intelligence trembles on the edge of PR when filched data explodes a
storm in the public. It recoils when the authors are then known.
Black Propaganda is in its technical accuracy, a covert operation where
unknown authors publicly effect a derogatory reaction and then remain
unknown,
The effect of Black Propaganda is largely wiped out by "Oh, it was the
Germans who set them up."
So PR enters intelligence in this way: One finds who set up the Black
Propaganda and explodes that into public view.
This use of PR is almost that of an auditor to the group. One is
disclosing hidden sources of aberration.
To use intelligence to find where they hid the body and then flip over
into wide publicity is not very powerful in actual practice. There better
be a body there and one better tell the police not the public.
If there are no effective police, then one has the problem of police
action. Exploding it to the public ideally is an effort to make the public
a vigilante committee. Modern publics seldom rise this high. Educated
publics seldom explode to the explosion.
A PR man who thinks taking Blitz & Company's crimes to the public is
really just dreaming hopefully-without foundation. It may or may not hurt
Blitz. It might recoil. The ability of the public to stand around and look
stupidly at a dripping handed murderer without doing a thing about it is a
symptom of our civilization. They ought to act. They don't. You can form an
opinion amongst them but governing bodies won't consult it.
Exposure is not an effective road to action. It can be to opinion. It is
slow.
Then what is effective?
411
INTELLIGENCE
By definition Intelligence is covert. Under cover. If it is kept so all
the way it is effective.
When Intelligence surfaces it becomes very ineffective.
Threat and mystery are a lot of the power of intelligence. Publicity
blows it.
Take the Red Orchestra, World War II, Stalingrad Campaign. In Berlin
Schultz-Boysen and other highly placed Russian agents got the whole German
plan of the battle that was to be Stalingrad. Brilliant and covert
intelligence. They passed it to the Russians. Brilliant and covert comm.
The boss at Centre in Moscow put the ring's names and addresses in a code
radio message. The Germans of course broke the code. The Germans rounded
them up and messily executed them on meat-hooks. The Germans had no other
battle plans but contemplated not attacking Stalingrad that way. This put
the whole coup at risk. Then the Germans did use the plans the Russians
knew and that was the beginning of the end of WW 11.
So TWO exposures threatened the success of this intelligence coup. One
was the stupid radio message. The other was the realization the Russians
had the battle plans.
Exposure is the basic threat of intelligence.
PR is the willful broadcast of information.
The two don't mix well.
BLACKPROPAGANDA
Possibly used since the morning pale of history, Black Propaganda was
developed by the British and German services in World War I into a fine
art.
The word "propaganda" means putting out slanted information to
populations.
One propagandizes the enemy population or one's own or neutrals.
In popular interpretation it is a parade of lies or half truths or
exaggerations.
PR and advertising technology and mass news media are employed as well
as word of mouth and posters.
The trouble with it is that it can often be disproven, discrediting the
utterers of it.
It may serve the moment but after a war it leaves a very bad taste.
If one is engaging on a campaign of this nature, its success depends on
sticking to the truth and being able to document it.
The entire black propaganda campaign conducted for 21 years against
Scientology began to fold up in its 16th year because never at any time did
its instigators (a) have any factual adverse data or (b) tell the truth.
The Scientology movement continued if only by heroic means and much
sacrifice.
But at last nobody of any note believed the propaganda.
The attackers pulled in on themselves a counter attack based on
penetrating horrible documented truth.
It required intelligence-like tactics to discover who it was exactly.
The "dead agent caper" was used to disprove the lies. This consisted of
counter-documenting any area where the lies were circulated. The lie "they
were __" is countered by a document showing "they were not." This causes
the source of the lie and any other statements from that source to be
discarded.
That real trouble and damage was caused Scientology is not to be
discounted. The brilliance of the defense was fantastic. The depth and
inroads the propagandists reached was alarming. BUT THEY DIDN'T MAKE IT.
Some Black Propaganda campaigns have won in other areas, not
Scientology.
The British got the US into World War I with Black Pro i
paganda, despite a
president elected on a peace platform.
412
Many individuals have been destroyed by Black Propaganda. Wilhelm Rei
1 ch was
by the lies and violence of the FDA.
So Black Propaganda is not a certain result technology. It is costly. It
makes fantastic trouble.
Essentially it is NOT a PR campaign. It is a cross between PR and
Intelligence.
The technique is:
A hidden source injects lies and derogatory data into public view.
Since it is a hidden source, it requires an intelligence approach to
successfully end it.
In the meanwhile the "dead agent caper" is the best tool to counter it.
Legal action can restrain such a campaign but is chancy unless one
knows:the source or at least has counter-documents. It is risky solely
because "law" is unpredictable. However legal action has a definite role in
restraining, not in ending such a campaign.
A good policy when faced with a Black Propaganda campaign is to defend
as best you can (dead agent and legal restraints) while you find out
(intelligence) WHO is doing it. Then, confrontation can occur. Finding and
suing false whos can make things much more involved.
Black Propaganda counter-campaigns are inevitable. One engages upon them
whether he would or no. These are engaged on while one narrows down the
area to an exact WHO. For instance, one knows the whatsits are attacking
one. Thus he can counter-attack the whatsits. But what are the whatsits
exactly? and to whom are they connected? and exactly WHO, an individual
always, is keeping it going? These last three have to be answered
eventually. And that requires an intelligence type search.
THE CROSS
So there is where Intelligence and PR cross.
When PR goes into Black Propaganda (hidden source using lies and
defamation to destroy) it has crossed intelligence with publicity. They
don't mix well.
The action is risky to engage upon as it may run into an ex-intelligence
officer or trained intelligence personnel. It may also run into a dead
agent caper or legal restraint.
Anyone engaging in Black Propaganda is either using a wrong way to right
a wrong or confessing he can't make it in open competition.
PROTEST PR
Outright Protest PR, based on facts is a legitimate method of attempting
to right wrongs.
It has to be kept overt. It has to be true.
Protest PR can include demonstrations, hard news stories and any PR
mechanism.
Minorities have learned that only Protest PR can get attention from
politicians or lofty institutions or negligent or arrogant bosses.
Where Protest PR is felt to be a necessity, neglect has already occurred
on the issues.
The riots of Panama some years ago were very violent, verging on open
war. This followed the negligence of the US in negotiating new treaties, a
matter arranged for long ago and arrogantly skipped for several years by
the US.
The slaves were freed in 1864 but were either misused or neglected for
the next century and finally became a key racial problem full of
demonstrations and riots and social unrest. Imperfect redress of wrongs
following these then continued the riots. This is probably the biggest PR
mess of the last century and a half wobbling this way and that. It is still
in the stage of Protest PR, possibly because it went so very, very long
unhandled,
413
The only real recourse these people had was Protest PR. Recently, black
Congressmen were refused audience by the President and had to stage a
demonstration before it was granted. But Protest PR did obtain an audience.
The silliest idea of modern times is conscription. Drafted soldiers
might possibly be excused as a levee en masse but not as the habit of
government in peace and war just to overcome their lack of ability to make
the country worth fighting for and the armed services a stable attractive
career. This is all the more foolish since hardly anyone in history ever
had any trouble recruiting an army that could pay for one. Even Gibbon
remarks on it as an amazingly easy thing to do in any civilization. And
that is true today.
So Conscription is continued. Facing every young man with an arbitrary
military future was a bad thing. Napoleon invented it and he lost.
Protest PR was the answer used to contest it. Met by force and violence,
it has not halted.
Somebody will have to give the country a nobler cause more decently
prosecuted, will have to better the services and conditions and will have
to admit men without demanding their right names or perfect physique and
make them immune to recall for civil offenses. Probably that army would
fight well. Conscript services are too expensive, too inefficient and too
ready to revolt for any sane government to use them. But here this
unhandled wrong has to resort to Protest PR.
So Protest PR has its place. It is a fine art. It is the subject of
fantastic skill and tech.
It is not good. But it does work and it is used as a last resort when
normal hearings and good sense fail.
When money and force lead and opinion leaders are unheeded, when special
privilege enters management or government, Protest PR, the strike, the
demonstration, is the tool employed.
If that doesn't work, or if it is crushed, subversive actions, general
intelligence actions, Black Propaganda and other evils occur.
PR used soon enough can avert much of these consequences.
But there are always two in any fight and the other side may not want to
live and so set themselves up.
Intelligent early PR is the best remedy. But it is not always possible.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:sb.rd Copyright (D 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
414
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1971
Remimeo
PR Series 8
TOO LITTLE TOO LATE
The hallmark of bad promotion is "Too Little Too Late".
Probably the most aggravating and most suppressive error that can be
made by those doing promotion or other PR actions, is to plan or announce
an event too close to the date for anyone to come.
Typical report "Only 50 came to the Congress. I guess it just wasn't
popular."
An exec hearing this ran validly suspect "too little too late" as the
real WHY. He would be 95% right without even querying further.
"When did you announce the July I Congress?" Usual true answer: June 25!
"How many mailings were sent?" Usual true answer: 500 "because FP
What
other promotion was done?" Usual true answer: None.
Reason for only 50 at the Congress: "Too little promotion announced too
late for anyone to come."
Often this factor is hidden. Other more dramatic reasons, not the true
WHYs are advanced. "There was a football match the same date." "We are in
disrepute." "There
is an anti-campaign .. The press Yap, yap, yap. All lies. It
was just too little
promotion too late.
"Nobody showed up for the VIP dinner." The right response to this is
"When did you send the invitations?" "Well, you see, FP wouldn't give us
any stamps so ........ "WHEN did you send the invitations?" "The same
morning as the dinner was held." "Were they engraved?" "No we sort of ran
them off on mimeo."
Just why event failures are 95% traced "handled at the last moment
without proper planning and without proper verified addresses and without
enough posh or volume" is itself a mystery.
Undermanned PR section is the most charitable reason.
PR in reality is about 80% preparation of the event and about 20% event.
If the preparation is not planned and prepared fully well in advance of
the event, the events fail.
Off the cuff PR is sometimes necessary. But usually made necessary by
lack of foresight and hard work.
There is a rule about this:
THE SUCCESS OF ANY EVENT IS DIRECTLY PROPORTIONAL TO THE TIMELY
PREPARATION.
In other words, poor preparation made too late gives an unsuccessful
event.
415
PR is hard work. But the hard work mostly occurs before there is any
public view of it. The work in the event itself is pie.
You see these beautifully staged affairs, these flawless polished
occurrences. They look so effortless. Well, they LOOK effortless because a
fantastic amount of preparation went in to them ahead of time.
A well attended event is planned and drilled and announced ages ahead of
the occurrence.
Even a mere dinner has to be announced at least a week in advance.
PRs who don't work hard to plan and drill and who don't announce in time
with enough promotion have flops.
So PR flops come from failures to plan, drill, promote enough and in
plenty of time.
Therefore PR successes are best guaranteed by data gathering, sharp
planning, heavy drilling, timely announcement and adequate promotion.
Even a surprise event has to be handled this way for everyone except
those for whom the surprise is intended.
So gather the data that will guide planning, plan well, program it, do
all the clerical actions necessary, announce it in ample time, drill all
those connected with it heavily until they're flawless and then stage it.
And there you are, a "spontaneous", highly successful event.
Whether it's a protest march, a press conference, a Congress, a new
Course or dinner for VIPs or even just friends, if it's to be a success,
prepare it and announce it widely in plenty of time.
There was this grave where they buried a failed PR man. And on the
headstone they put, "George Backlog. Too Little, Too Late." They had to
shoot him because he broke the company's leg.
A mediocre event very well prepared and announced well and in time will
succeed better than the most splendid event done off the cuff.
The next time you see empty seats remember and use this P/L. Or better
still do it right in the first place.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH-.sb.rd Copyright @ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
416
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 MAY 1971
Remimeo
PR Seiies 9
MANNERS
The original procedure developed by Man to oil the machinery of human
relationships was "Good Manners".
Various other terms that describe this procedure are-politeness,
decorum, formality, etiquette, form, courtesy, refinement, polish, culture,
civility, courtliness and respect.
Even the most primitive cultures had highly developed rituals of human
relationship. In studying 21 different primitive races, which I did first
hand, I was continually impressed with the formalities which attended their
interpersonal and intertribal and interracial relationships.
Throughout all races, "bad manners" are condemned.
Those with "bad manners" are REJECTED.
Thus the primary technology of public relations was "Manners".
Therefore a public relations man or team that has not drilled and
mastered the manners accepted as "good manners" by those being contacted
will fail. Such a PR man or team may know all the senior PR tech and yet
fail miserably on the sole basis of "exhibiting bad manners".
"Good manners" sum up to (a) granting importance to the other person and
(b) using the two way communication cycle (as in Dianetics 55). Whatever
motions or rituals are, these two factors are involved. Thus a PR violating
them will find himself and his program rejected.
Arrogance and Force may win dominion and control but will never win
acceptance and respect.
For all his "mental technology" the psychiatrist or psychologist could
never win applause or general goodwill because they are personally (a)
arrogant beyond belief (b) hold others in scathing contempt ("man is an
animal", "people are all insane", etc). Born from Bismarck's military
attitude these subjects have borrowed as well the attitude which made the
Nazis an object of worldwide condemnation. No matter how many people were
maimed or killed, the Nazi would never have dominated the world anymore
than their "mental scientists" will ever win over humanity.
They just don't have "good manners"; i.e. they do not (a) consider or
give others a feeling of importance and (b) they are total strangers to a
comm cycle.
SUCCESSFUL PR
All successful PR, then, is built upon the bedrock of good manners as
these are the first technology developed to ease human relations.
Good manners are much more widely known and respected than PR tech.
Therefore NO PR tech will be successful if this element is omitted.
417
Brushing off "mere guards" as beneath one's notice while one goes after
a contact with their boss can be fatal. Who talks to their boss? These
"mere guards".
Making an appointment and not keeping it, issuing an invitation too late
for it to be accepted, not offering food or a drink, not standing up when a
lady or important man enters, treating one's subordinates like lackeys in
public, raising one's voice harshly in public, interrupting what someone
else is saying to "do something important", not saying thank you or good
night-these are all "bad manners". People who do these or a thousand other
discourtesies are mentally rejected by those with whom they come into
contact.
As PR is basically acceptance then bad manners defeat it utterly.
A successful PR person has to have good manners.
This is not hard. One has to assess his attitude toward others and iron
it out. Are they individually important? One has to have his two way comm
cycle perfect so perfect it is so natural that it is never noticed.
Given those two things, a PR can now learn the bits of ritual that go to
make up the procedure that is considered "good manners" in the group with
which he is associating.
Then given PR tech correctly used, one has successful PR.
IMPORTANCE
You have no idea how important people are. There is a reversed ratio-
those at the bottom have a self importance far greater than those at the
top who are important. A char lady's concept of her own importance is far
greater than that of a successful general manager!
Ignore people at your peril.
Flattery is not very useful, is often suspect, as it does not come from
a sincere belief and the falsity in it is detectable to all but a fool.
A person's importance is made evident to him by showing him respect, or
just by assuring him he is visible and acceptable.
To see and acknowledge the existence of someone is a granting of their
importance.
To know their name and their connections also establishes importance.
Asserting one's own importance is about as acceptable as a dead cat at a
wedding.
People have value and are important. Big or small they are important.
If you know that you are half way home with good manners.
Thus PR can occur.
COMMUNICATION
The Two Way Comm Cycle is more important than the content.
The content of the comm, the meaning to be put across to another or
others is secondary to the fact of a Two-Way Comm cycle.
Comm exists to be replied to or used.
Comm without the Comm cycle being in first must exist before it carries
any message.
Messages do not travel on no-line.
Advertising is always violating this. Buy Beanos! Into the empty air.
Other things must establish the line. And the line must be such as to
obtain an answer, either by use or purchase or reply.
A funny example was a letter writer who without preamble or reason told
people to buy a multi-thousand dollar package without even an explanation
of its use or value. Response zero. No comm line. He was writing to a name
but not really to anyone.
In social intercourse a comm cycle must be established before any
acceptance of the speaker can occur. Then one might get across a message.
Good manners require a two way comm cycle. This is even true of social
letters and phone calls.
Out of this one gets "telling the hostess good night as one leaves".
One really has to understand the two way comm cycle to have really good
manners.
Without a two way comm cycle, PR is pretty poor stuff.
PRIMITIVES
If an American Indian's ritual of conference was so exact and complex,
if a thousand other primitive races had precise social conduct and forms of
address, then it is not too much to ask modern man to have good manners as
well.
But "good manners" are less apparent in our times than they once were.
This comes about because the intermingling of so many races and customs
have tended to destroy the ritual patterns once well established in the
smaller units.
So one appears to behold a sloppy age of manners.
This is no excuse to have bad manners.
One can have excellent manners by just observing:
(a) Importance of people
~b) 2 Way Comm Cycle
(c) Local rituals observed as proper conduct.
These are the first musts of a PR man or woman.
On that foundation can be built an acceptable PR presence that makes PR
succeed.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:nt.rd Copyright@ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
419
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1971
Issue 11
Rernimeo
PRO Course Checksheet
Div 6 See Hat
Dept 16 Hats PR Series No. 10
BREAKTHROUGH
PR AND PRODUCTION
TONE SCALE SURVEYS
(Reference: FEBC Tape No. I
which contains the full text.)
THE LAWS OF PR
THE PRIMARY BARRIER TO PRODUCTION IS HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION.
PR IS THE SOCIAL TECHNOLOGY OF HANDLING AND CHANGING HUMAN EMOTION AND
REACTION.
A LOW PRODUCTION AREA IS OUT-MORALE BECAUSE IT IS LOW PRODUCTION. IF YOU
CAN NURSE THE AREA UP TO PRODUCTION YOU HAVE MORALE.
DON'T USE NEGATIVE ARC IN A PR SURVEY. MAKE IT LIGHT SO IT INVOLVES
COMMUNICATION.
To get a PR survey done in an area that is barriered against production,
you begin by writing down three VERY DIRECT questions that you want
answered. One question for each of BE, DO, HAVE.
On a Survey of Lower Slobovia central command point, the 3 direct
questions could be:
1 . (BE) Do you want this joint to succeed?
2. (DO) Are you personally going to be active in getting this show on
the road?
3. (HAVE) Are you going to directly assist Scientology to acquire
Lower Slobovia?
Now you translate these into the field of human emotion. Each direct
question is concerned with one or more of A, R and C. You put down by your
direct question what each question is concerned with.
In the example above,
1. is A
2. is A or C
3. is R.
You now phrase a question to which you will get a reaction, and that
reaction you get has to be the reaction of the individual to the direct
question, but you get that reaction by asking him a different question
translated into terms of emotion that will give you his reaction willy-
nilly. He can figure his way round the direct question to give
420
you a PR answer. He cannot help but give you his reaction if you involve
his emotions, The direct question does not involve his emotions so that he
doesn't give a reaction you can observe clearly as the reaction to the
question.
Having established your BE, DO, HAVE questions and added your
connotations of A, R, C, you can translate the direct question into a
survey question that involves his emotions and gives you his reaction.
The examples above could translate as follows:
I . Do you think that increased efficiency in management would
bring about a more desirable organization?
2. Would it be more pleasant working within such a framework?
3. Have you envisioned improvements that would occur in Lower
Slobovia if Scientology were more widely used?
Now you pretest the survey mentally, paying attention to dictation and
comprehension, rephrasing to ensure adequate communication without losing
any of the sense of your question, per the Art formula.
The Surveyor contacts the people to be surveyed, asks his questions and
makes notes of the answers given; he also makes sure he notes the reaction.
He should write down the Tone Level of the reaction to each question. He
doesn't handle anything-just the question, recording the answer and the
reaction.
Tabulation of the results gives you a majority of reactions on one Tone
Level.
You can now design your PR Campaign on a Tone Level half or one notch
above that level and be sure to obtain wide agreement, by the rules
contained in Science of Survival.
Thus the barrier of human emotion and reaction is removed.
The duty and function of PR is to remove the barrier of human emotion
and reaction.
You hit at the heart of reaction when you get into human involvement.
You hit at the basic on any production situation when you get into BE,
DO, HAVE.
You hit at his emotion when you address his A, R, C.
So you involve him when you get his emotion and thus his reaction.
You can strip off the verbiage in the survey and its tabulation and get
a numerical answer (Tone Level figure) for each question.
Different publics can be PRed. Finance Publics for example, as well as
Production Publics-sometimes finance people get into conflicts with
Production.
PR is always perfectly okay as long as it is real. If not real, it acts
as a stop. You find the R by establishing if there is a situation to begin
with, surveying to get the Tone Level, figuring out the average response of
the group on each question-and design a PR campaign to handle.
There is a 1-2-3 not quite figured out in designing the Campaign. But
these are the basic concepts of the science of PR. It covers the field of
manipulation of human
emotion.
LRH:nt.rd
Copyright (D 1971 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
421
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 JUNE 1972
Remimeo PR Series 11
PR AREA CONTROL
THREE GRADES OF PR
These are the three grades of PR:
Perfect PR: GOOD WORKS WELL PUBLICIZED.
Inadequate PR: GOOD WORKS WHICH SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES.
Enemy PR: BAD WORKS FALSELY PUBLICIZED.
Extracted from LRH Conference Notes
by
LRH:DH:nt.rd CS-6
Copyright@ 1972 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
SEA ORGANIZATION
FLAG ORDER 3094 16 December 1971
Ship Port
IC tain's
01 N, c e
Div 6 SO
Orgs
Flag Div 6 PRO AREA CONTROL
PRO (Public Relations Office) Area (port and town and country) Control
(regulate, start change and stop from cause point) is the basic action of
the Port Captain's Office (or Div 6 in an org).
Customs, Immigration, dockmasters, police, officials, town officials,
inhabitants, country officials, country inhabitants, and the lines and
activities of all these as they affect the ship or org are the subject of
"PRO Area Control".
The tech of how this is done is found in the book "Effective PR", the PR
Series P/Ls, FOs and FSOs. It is a technology.
The extent of one's PRO Area Control can be measured at once by counting
up the points one is not controlling from the Company or org viewpoint and
the points one IS controlling. This gives you a ratio like 3 to 6 or one
half.
Example: Immigration and Customs are NOT doing what we want. Agents,
Dockmasters and Police are. Thus we have 2/3rds effective PRO Area Control.
This is poor, showing a 1/3 failure.
Now the tech to apply is a survey of all five points to find out, let us
say, what they want one to be, what they want one to do, and what they want
to have from one. (See FEBC Tape on PR.)
Then one surveys further to find out what problem they are trying to
solve by having us be, do, have these things.
This puts us at cause because we can now handle their misinformation,
reassure their suspicions and generally increase ARC.
A project to get all required points now known in and followed would now
be
done and executed.
Result - PRO Area Control.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:nt.rd Commodore
422
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 OCTOBER 1971
Remimeo
Gdn Office
PR Series 12
PROPAGANDA BY REDEFINITION OF WORDS
A long term propaganda technique used by socialists (Communists and
Nazis alike) is of interest to PR practitioners. I know of no place it is
mentioned in PR literature. But the data had verbal circulation in
intelligence circles and is in constant current use.
The trick is-WORDS ARE REDEFINED TO MEAN SOMETHING ELSE TO THE ADVANTAGE
OF THE PROPAGANDIST.
A prime example is the word CAPITALIST. Once it meant "one who makes his
income from the interest of loaning money to others". That is still the
definition in economics. Through propaganda redefinition a capitalist
became a person of wealth who invested in business (making him an owner,
not a banker) and currently is someone who exploits others, urges war and
stamps on workers! In short the word is changing in meaning by the efforts
of those who are trying to own everything in the country under the guise of
being the workers' friend. Totalitarian socialism must eradicate the
private owner in order to grab the property for themselves. Hence, an
intense concentration on redefining the word "Capitalist" and "Capitalism".
Many instances of this exist. They are not "natural" changes in
language. They are propaganda changes, carefully planned and campaigned in
order to obtain a public opinion advantage for the group doing the
propaganda.
Given enough repetition of the redefinition public opinion can be
altered by altering the meaning of a word.
The technique is good or bad depending on the ultimate objective of the
propagandist.
"Psychiatry" and "psychiatrist" are easily redefined to mean "an anti-
social enemy of the people". This takes the kill crazy psychiatrist off the
preferred list of professions. This is a good use of the technique as for a
century the psychiatrist has been setting an all time record for inhumanity
to man.
The redefinition of words is done by associating different emotions and
symbols with the word than were intended.
The American Medical Association and the National Association for Mental
Health in England and South Africa and the "British Psychological
Association" in Australia have been working very hard to redefine
Scientology in the public mind.
Two things occur because of this-the Scientologists are redefining
"doctor'?, "psychiatry" and "psychology" to mean "undesirable anti-social
elements" and are trying to stabilize the actual meaning of "Scientology".
The AMA has even gotten US dictionaries to redefine "Dianetics" as a
"pseudo-science from Science Fiction".
Fortunately the public does not respect and is not responding to Mass
news
423
media. Mass news media believes it steers public opinion, but in actual
fact can get a reverse effect.
"The capitalistic AMA is seeking to deny the people the benefits of new
discoveries such as Scientology because it would eradicate the great
profits the AMA makes from the psychosomatic illnesses of the people,"
would be a statement reversing the reversal of meaning. One has to find,
pinpoint and denounce the propagandists to make headway against such an
effort of redefinition. One brands the propagandist and blows the effort to
redefine, using a steady standard PR campaign to do so.
One can also use redefinition by exposing the effort to redefine.
A case in point is the word "Psychology".
Webster's International Dictionary of the English Language-1829 defines
"Psychology: A discourse or treatise on the human soul; the doctrine of the
nature and properties of the soul."
Webster's High School Dictionary-1892 "Psychology: The powers and
function of the soul."
Merriam Webster's 3rd International Dictionary-1961 "Psychology: the
science of mind or mental phenomena or activities; the study of the
biological organism (as man) and the physical and social environment."
Somewhere along the way, Man lost his soul!
We pinpoint when and we find Professor Wundt, 1879, being urged by
Bismarck at the period of Germany's greatest militarism, trying to get a
philosophy that will get his soldiers to kill men. And we find Hegel, the
"great" German philosopher, the idol of super-socialists, stressing that
WAR is VITAL to the mental health of people.
Out of this we can redefine modern psychology as a German military
system used to condition men for war and subsidized in American and other
universities at the time the government was having trouble with the draft.
A reasonable discourse on why "they" had to push psychology would of course
be a way of redefining an already redefined word, "Psychology".
The way to redefine a word is to get the new definition repeated as
often as possible.
Thus it is necessary to redefine medicine, psychiatry and psychology
downward and define Dianetics and Scientology upwards.
This, so far as words are concerned, is the public opinion battle for
belief in your definitions, and not those of the opposition.
A consistent, repeated effort is the key to any success with this
technique of propaganda.
One must know how to do it.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:mes.rd Copyright (D 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
424
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 5 DECEMBER 1971
Issue II
Remirneo
Div 2 Hats
Div 6 Hats
PR Cse Checksheet
PR Series No. 13
HOW TO DO A PR SURVEY
SURVEY means "a careful examination of something as a whole and in
detail".
The word "survey" as used in Public Relations terminology means to
carefully examine public opinion with regard to an idea, a product, an
aspect of life, or any other subject. By examining in detail (person to
person surveying) one can arrive at a whole view of public opinion on a
subject by tabulating highest percentage of popular response.
The purpose of this Policy Letter is to describe the two most important
aspects of surveying so that 100% successful results can be obtained every
time. Though there are many different types of surveys, the method used is
the same. The two components of surveying are:
I . The Mechanics of doing the survey itself.
2. The Beingness of the surveyor.
THE MECHANICS
The actions involved in doing a survey are simple and few. The first
thing you do is establish the questions you are going to ask into the
public to find out what is wanted and needed, popular or unpopular or
whatever. Creating the survey questions is a technology in itself and is
covered primarily in HCO Policy Letter 2 June 1971 PR Series No. 10.
After the questions are established they are mimeoed on survey forms
or typed on
a piece of plain paper for the surveyor to refer to. If one were doing a
survey in a city
where large numbers of people are i . nterviewed the survey forms might be
most
practical. However, all that is needed for most surveys is a clipboard with
plenty of
plain paper and several ball point pens. The survey question page is then
placed on top
of the pad of paper and flipped back while taking notes of the interview.
The only materials needed for a survey are several ball point pens (so
running out of ink in the middle of the survey doesn't cause interruption),
plenty of paper and a clipboard.
To begin a survey, you simply walk up to a person and in a friendly
manner introduce yourself (if a stranger) and ask to survey them. If
additional R-Factor is requested, it is given and then the survey is begun.
Ask the person the first question, flip back the question page and take
down the answer. Be sure to number the answers corresponding to the
question number being asked. You needn't write down every word as the
person speaks to you but get the most important points. You will find,
after practice surveying, you can write almost everything down.
After the person has answered the first question, thank him or her with
good TRs
425
to acknowledge that comm cycle and go to the next question. All you have to
do is BE THERE, be INTERESTED in what the person is saying, and take down
his answers.
At the end of the survey thank the person very much. The person will
most likely be thanking you by this point as people LOVE to be asked their
opinion of things. And having another terminal grant beingness to this and
listen attentively is a rare and valuable experience to many.
Then go to the next person and repeat the same procedure. This is all
there is to the mechanical action of surveying.
The final tabulation of a survey is very simple. The following data was
written and compiled while conducting an Ethnic Survey.
I . Count all the surveys.
2. Establish various categories of answers for each question by listing
answers briefly as you go through the surveys.
3. Soon you will be able to merely mark a slant by each category, the
slant meaning one more answer of a similar nature.
4. Then you total the answers given for a particular category of answer.
Let's say you had 1,500 answers of a similar nature to one question and
your total number of surveys is 2,500. This means 60% gave that similar
type of answer (1500).
2500
5. You then list each question and under that question list the
categories of answers and the percentage from the highest to the lowest.
6. The only mistake you can make is not to realize the similarity of
answers and so have a great diversity of categories.
BEINGNESS OF THE SURVEYOR
Just as an Auditor has to have his TRs in, has to abide by the Auditor's
Code and BE there as a terminal for the pc to communicate to, so must a
Surveyor.
Outward appearance of the surveyor must be clean, tidy, and the dress
ethnically acceptable for whichever public is being surveyed.
A successful surveyor must have a high affinity for other beings-friends
or complete strangers. A friendly NATURAL approach to people is required. A
sincere smile and good TRs is the door opener. And CONFRONT. You have to
reach out to complete strangers and get them interested in themselves
enough to let you know where their Reality is at so you can help them.
This is completely natural to any trained Scientologist anyway. A
Scientologist knows the formula of communication, knows to grant beingness
to another, and that ARC = Understanding. With these factors and the basic
TRs in, the person being interviewed will feel relaxed about communicating
his ideas and Realities.
This is all there is to surveying, and you will be amazed with the
results attained!
Listed below are some DON'TS just to make sure possible pitfalls are
known about and avoided.
1 . Don't dress in an unclean or unethnic way. That would automatically
make you unwelcome.
2. Don't be short of materials and have to fumble for a pen or survey
form. The person might walk off from you in the meantime if you'te doing
a survey on the street.
426
3. Don't be backward or shy. Would make you look unconfident of your own
product or purpose for being there.
4. Don't overwhelm with forceful overzealous approach or comm.
5. Don't be over-serious, or on the other hand giddy. Anything phony is
absolutely detrimental.
6. Don't do socially unacceptable practices like chewing gurn loudly,
biting your fingernails or any one of dozens of other little annoyances.
7. Don't be in too much of a hurry. The person must feel you CARE about
what he feels and thinks.
8. Don't be propitiative or the other extreme condescending. Be YOURSELF,
in valence and confident.
9. Don't cut a person's comm or be gruff in any way.
10. Don't act super-sweet either. Be friendly and BUSINESSLIKE.
As a matter of interest, there is a certain PR textbook which describes
a method of surveying called "depth interview". It is said that this method
takes highly trained interviewers and skilled analysts.
Now these fellows think a successful surveyor needs years of training of
some kind or another.
But because you have the technology to UNDERSTAND the basics of the
mind, yourself and other people, you accomplish what seems miraculous by
any other standards.
The miracles of Survey results are easily attainable and valuable. But
don't be surprised if other people still think you're a genius.
LRH Personal PRO for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:SC:nt.rd Copyright @ 1971 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
427
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 7 JANUARY 1972
Rernimeo Issue Il
ED Hats
Div 2 Hats PR Series No. 14
Div 6 Hats
PR Cse Checksheet
CREATING SURVEY QUESTIONS
The purpose of this policy letter is to fully document how survey
questions, to evoke human emotion and reaction, are derived. Included are
examples of actual surveys done, showing the SITUATION, the SURVEY
QUESTIONS, the SURVEY RESULTS and resulting PR PROGRAM to handle. A good
many of the surveys were done within the org to find human emotion and
reaction barriers to production amongst staff members. The examples are
given in chronological order so that one may see how the survey and PR
technology was evolved by Ron during the years of 1970 and 197 1.
SURVEY EXAMPLE I SITUATION:
Due to various causes, morale is not what it should be aboard.
The full intention of Command is to have things running smoothly and
safely for all hands.
Major Target: To interview each individual crew member and obtain his
honest state of opinion regarding his post and issues.
Vital Targets:
1. Not to interrupt the work of or worsen the situation.
2. To improve matters by survey.
3. To obtain data so that a new sensible reality can be established
by PR programs.
Primary Targets:
1. Provide yourself with paper, clip board and ball points.
2. Work at this at optimum periods.
Operating Targets:
1 . To approach persons individually. Draw them out of groups.
2. Just listen and prompt and question. Don't interrupt or
interject. Don't comment on what they say to them.
3. Make useful, not necessarily voluminous, notes.
4. Cover each question.
5. Excerpt results.
6. Design programs to handle what is found. QUESTIONS AND RESULTS:
Survey R-factor - The Commodore wants your opinion on certain matters to
help handle them.
A) What do you feel command intention really is? 33% 1. Clear the Planet.
31% 2. Something planned from Source or high org executive to be
carried out by staff members.
16% 3. Everyone doing his job and getting the show on the road. 7% 4. Well
trained crew in tech, policy and seamanship.
428
5% 5. Provide safe environment so LRH can get on with his research.
5% 6. Successful management of outer orgs.
3% 7. Miscellaneous.
B) What do you feel you should know more about to get your job done?
30% 1. Tech, Policy and Seamanship.
22% 2. OECPolicy.
207o 3. Specifics relating to hat.
14% 4. Nothing in particular.
9% 5. More briefing re: schedules and Flag Org actions with outer
orgs.
5% 6. Scientology tech.
0% 7. Miscellaneous.
C) What do you really need to get your job done?
32% 1. Nothing in particular.
20% 2. More training.
17% 3. Specifics pertaining to hats.
13% 4. More time (without arbitraries and distractions).
8% 5. More personnel.
7% 6. To be left alone to get on with it.
3% 7. More briefing of ship schedules for planning work cycles.
D) What would you like to see us doine.
31% 1. Expanding Scientology around the planet.
21% 2. Group co-operation and co-ordination.
16% 3. Crew getting trained and OT.
14% 4. Whatwearedoing.
13% 5. Moving more and to different ports.
3% 6. Getting stats up in outer orgs.
2% 7. Miscellaneous.
E) What changes should occur?
30% 1. What we are doing is good.
24% 2. More expansion in the field for more flow of recruits to Flag.
20Yo 3. More trained personnel in tech and policy.
13% 4. More briefing of the crew on Flag Org operations.
7% 5. Specifies relating to post.
4% 6. Noopinion.
2% 7. Miscellaneous.
The following is an item from the Flag Orders of the Day with regard to
one tabulated survey by LRH.
FRI 24 April 1970
"SURVEY
The survey of the Ship's Company purposes and opinions has been
completed and all hands are thanked for their contribution to it.
Results will be issued in due course.
There is an astonishing similarity in the answers which demonstrates we
are all of similar opinion on vital questions.
It discloses there is far less dissidence in the company than might have
been supposed.
We are a true group.
The survey will be of great use in future planning.
LRH, COMMODORE"
429
SURVEY EXAMPLE 2
SITUATION:
'1NJURY SURVEY
Please interview the 5 people recently injured to discover what's going
on?
I've never had any injured people like this.
All in this port.
See if you can 2 way comm it and get some common denominator.
Love,
Ron"
RESULTS:
The Common Denominator found followed this pattern:
1 . EXTERIOR at time of injury.
2. Attention OFF the body.
3. Physical contest being engaged in.
4. NO PAIN involved (though 2 needed stitches!).
5. NO MISEMOTION at having injury, mild interest only.
6. A feeling of POWERFULNESS prior to injury.
Following is an item entered in the next day's Orders of the Day by I-
RH.
4 June 1970
'1NJURIES
Those recently injured were not PTS. Survey showed they were exterior
and
feeling powerful and didn't watch where they were sending the body.
LRH, COMMODORE"
SURVEY EXAMPLE 3
SITUATION:
A cross-section survey is needed on what we are thought to be aiming
for.
QUESTIONS AND RESULTS:
1 . What is your conception of what we are doing currently?
A) Getting the ship's company trained up in specialist seamanship
and then admin functions.
B) Getting Scientology tech fully back in use and orgs running
smoothly.
2. What is your idea of the ideal we are working towards?
Immediately - smooth running Sea Org and Scn networks.
Ultimately - a clear and sane planet.
3. What is being done to achieve it?
Strengthening ourselves internally while keeping our external lines
operating.
4. Do you feel we are making it?
Yes!
5. Does anything need to be changed so we can make it faster?
More training.
More processing.
Any counter intention removed.
More promotion.
Faster and wider acceptance of Scn.
6. When do you think we will make it?
Current ship programs 2-6 months.
Scientology org programs 1-2 years.
Planetary Scr. influence 2-5 years.
Real Planetary control 10-20 years.
An LRH O0Day item of the next day comments on the survey results.
430
24 June 1970
"SURVEY
The cross-section survey just done regarding what we are doing showed
'very good results, and the answers were quite consistent'.
We sure have group agreement on what we are doing!
There were very good indicators on this survey. There was an overall
feeling of confidence among all those surveyed (a 28 person cross-section
of the ship).
There was confidence that we are progressing oil a steady and positive
uptrend and that the next few years will show monumental victories in our
favor.
LRH, COMMODORE"
BREAKTHROUGH
During the month of January 1971 LRH made a major advance in the subject
of PR and surveying. That is-PR Surveying in combination with the Tone
Scale tech. He discovered the BASIC LAWS of PR as contained in PR Series
10. Thus, ONE SURVEYS TO FIND THE REALITY OF A PERSON ABOUT SOMETHING. The
person's Tone Level about this subject is noted. This tone level
establishes the Affinity or lack of, the person has about the subject.
Emotion is A. A is the Tone Scale. (NOTE: The person's tone level toward
the SURVEYOR and about the SUBJECT may be two entirely different tone bands
so don't get them confused. The person may be in Enthusiasm toward the
Surveyor but Antagonism about the subject being surveyed. It is the latter
tone level which is of value. People don't just have a tone. They have a
tone toward something.)
You survey to determine the R (reality) of each person so as to raise
the A about the subject through the PR campaign.
You're looking for agreement. This is the key to SALESMANSHIP. To get
agreement you come down to the point where the guy will agree with you. You
determine the R (Reality) they agreed with. Translate this into A (affinity
tone). R is monitored by A attitude. You then raise the R 1/2 to I tone
band and this establishes the C (comm) level.
The following item by LRH in the Orders of the Day of 25 Jan 71
summarizes this.
"PR
Some more PR data has been developed. The same public varies by
Continent.
One tests the tone with R questions, reads the A off the Tone Scale,
develops the program at the A half a tone above and uses the R of that
tone. R to A, up half, A of that to new R desired. Gives one the Pgrn that
Communicates, raises toile.
A survey of a tone must be a tone about something.
See Science of Survival's Chart of Human Emotion. Read the book. The new
and future bible of PR followed by 8-8008 for the graduate PR expert!
Finally came into its own!
LRH, COMMODORE" 25.1.71
On 18 January 1971 Ron made a tape entitled PR Becomes a Subject which
outlines the basic laws of PR. An excerpt follows.
"PUBLIC RELATIONS IS FOR THE HANDLING AND CONTROL OF HUMAN EMOTION AND
REACTION.
IT'S A THIRD DYNAMIC TECHNOLOGY.
So how do you make up survey questions? It's simple. You get three
questions: One is the equivalent of BE, one is equivalent of DO, one is
equivalent of HAVE. BE, DO, HAVE-three questions. Above and below it you
could have a couple of null questions. You're trying to find out if
somebody on the assembly line likes automobiles. He's building them, does
he like them? Well, that's an easy one because it's already a human
ernotion. 'Do you like automobiles?' Well, let's find out if he's going to
work oil the assembly line. Let's make it a little bit tougher. Now we're
going
431
to find out 'Are you going to work on the assembly line?' Alright, we go
around and say 'Are you going to work on the assembly line?' and the guy
says 'No' and the next guy says 'Yes' and so forth ... you get no place. So
THEREFORE, YOU TAKE THE QUESTIONS YOU WANT TO KNOW ON THE SUBJECT OF
BE, DO, HAVE AND YOU ENCODE THEM INTO HUMAN EMOTION USING THE ARC TRIANGLE.
We don't care whether you put A or R or C after each question.
YOU'RE GOING TO TRANSLATE THE BASIC QUESTION THAT YOU KNOW INTO HUMAN
EMOTION IN ORDER TO OBTAIN INVOLVEMENT AND YOU IMMEDIATELY HAVE
INVOLVEMENT.
So you get the true answer, don't you? But the target of your subject is
of course the control of human emotion and reaction. So if that is the
case, then you would have to have involvement in human emotion and
reaction. So how do you put this question together?
THIS SUBJECT IS THE CONTROL OF HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION, SO THEREFORE
THE QUESTIONS OF YOUR SURVEY HAVE TO BE WHAT YOU WANT TO KNOW TRANSPORTED
OVER INTO A HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION. BE: 'Do automobiles exist?'
translated once across for an A, is 'Do you like automobiles?' Now you will
get then an emotional response which can be plotted. Now why all this?
Because
THE PRIMARY BARRIER TO PRODUCTION IS HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION. THAT'S
THE PRIMARY BARRIER TO PRODUCTION.
All at once we know where PR lives.
THERE'S ITS USE. NOT IN GETTING SOMEBODY TO BECOME A MAN OF EXTINCTION
BY DRINKING SEAGRAM'S WHISKEY TO AID AND ASSIST ADVERTISING WHICH WOULD BE
A MINOR USE, BUT ACTUALLY TO SOUND OUT THE PUBLIC TO WHICH THE CAMPAIGN IS
ADDRESSED SO AS TO HANDLE THE HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION.
Now to trace it back through. The basic law that we're involved with
then is: The primary barrier to production is human emotion and reaction.
Public relations is the technology of handling and changing human emotion,
handling and controlling human emotion and reaction.
SO YOU HAVE TO FIND OUT WHAT IS THE HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION SO YOU
GET AN ENCODING OF THE QUESTION, THREE QUESTIONS, ONE BE, ONE DO, ONE HAVE.
YOU TRANSLATE THOSE OVER INTO AN EMOTIONAL QUESTION BY ADDING THE ARC
TRIANGLE. YOU PLOT THAT NOW. YOU GET YOUR HUMAN EMOTIONS IN RESPONSE TO
THESE QUESTIONS. YOU ADD THEM UP. YOU PUT YOUR PROGRAM TOGETHER AGAINST THE
TONE SCALE, ONE HALF TO ONE BAND ABOVE. YOU WILL HAVE A PRETTY UNIFORMLY
SUCCESSFUL METHOD OF REACH.
SO WHEN ALL SEEMS TOO GRIM AND YOU CANT SEEM TO GET YOUR POINT ACROSS
AND YOU CAN'T SEEM TO GET YOUR PRODUCT AND IT JUST WON'T ORGANIZE THAT WAY,
THEN YOU DO HAVE A TOOL AND THAT TOOL IS CALLED PR. AND IT HAS ITS OWN
TECHNOLOGY AND WE HAVE MADE A BREAKTHROUGH IN THIS SUBJECT."
EXAMPLE
As an example of this, let's pretend we want to survey HCO. The ED of
the org has an idea not a person in HCO is hatted, though a major product
of HCO is Personnel Hatted. In this HCO there may be some counter-opinion
re getting hats on. The implementation of policy of Management is the first
line of PR.
We're trying to obtain data to popularize and remove barriers from
hatting. It may very well be hatting is the least popular function of HCO.
Developing the Survey Questions
1. You make a statement of a possible situation. (ie: It may be hatting
is the least
popular function of HCO.)
432
2. You then think up several BLUNT, head-on type questions.
BE: What is your hat?
DO: What do you actually do?
HAVE: What is your product?
3. You then convert those questions so you get a HUMAN ELEMENT. In that
way
you get an involvement. A PR question must always contain a "human" or
"being
involvement".
BE: Are you interested in your hat?
DO: Do your duties align with your own purpose?
HAVE: Do you consider your product contributes to the group?
A further question encoded could be:
DIRECT: Are you being trained in your Hat?
to
ENCODED: Do you find the training you are getting on your hat
interesting?
The purpose of this survey would be to obtain data to popularize and
remove the
barriers from hatting,
Re: PRODUCTION
VALIDATION OF ACCOMPLISHMENT IS GARDEN VARIETY PR.
ONE RULE ABOUT A PRODUCTION OFFICER IS HE HAS TO WANT THE
PRODUCT BEFORE HE GETS IT.
THIS IS HUMAN EMOTION AND REACTION.
Policy interpreting-wise, does the group want the product?
Thus there is the:
I . ADMIN approach, which the Org or Production Officer uses which
is a straight question. (ie: What is your hat?)
2. HUMAN (or PR) approach, which is used by the PR man to find
basic desires and OPINION, (ie: Are you interested in your hat?)
YOU HIT AT THE HEART OF THE RESISTANCE-TO WHEN YOU GET INTO
THE HUMAN INVOLVEMENT,
The Key PR Datum is of course THE GREATEST BARRIER TO PRODUCTION
EFFICIENCY IS HUMAN REACTION.
and
A LOW PRODUCTION AREA IS OUT-MORALE BECAUSE IT IS LOW
PRODUCTION.
IF YOU CAN NURSE IT UP TO PRODUCTION, YOU HAVE MORALE.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 4
SITUATION:
A survey needs to be done in Department A to find out who or what keeps
the
area upset.
DIRECT QUESTIONS
BE I . Do you want your job?
DO 2. Are you doing your job?
HAVE 3. What is wrong in Dept A area?
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE I . Do you enjoy your post?
DO 2. Are you having any difficulties on your post?
HAVE 3. What changes are needed, if any, in the Dept A set-up?
433
RESULTS: .
10 staff out of 17 had good indicators, were willing, having wins and
creating their posts.
The other 7 were to varying degrees conservative about their posts,
having minor difficulties and upsets.
It was found that unstabilization was coming from external sources to
the division. Le. HCO (1) allowing frequent personnel changes and (2) not
ensuring the area was hatted.
HANDLING:
These two factors were gotten in on HCO from an exec level and the Dept
A area stabilized remarkably.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 5
SITUATION:
3 or 4 days ago an urgent order was given to. (area). It was not done
and the situation went unhandled, causing severe overload to staff in the
area.
We are looking for an attitude of defiance and one or more attitudes of
helpless child.
RAW QUESTIONS
1. What hat are you wearing actually if any?
2. Why didn't you handle your post in this emergency?
3. Are you unwilling to have fast lines and stats?
ENCODED QUESTIONS
Affinity
Tone I . Did you like the hat you were assigneW
Affinity
Tone 2. What did you feet about the situation?
Affinity
Tone 2A. What was unpleasant about it?
Communication
Tone 3. How do the present (area) lines compare with the early
ones we had?
RESULTS:
Various terminals in the area were found to be antagonistic and some
apathetic. Others were found to have realized their failure to handle the
situation that had Occurred and had taken steps to prevent reoccurrence.
By isolating these factors it was then possible, by keeping a close eye
on the area for the next few days, to observe further instances of non-
compliance and resistance to handling the area. In which cases additional
actions were taken as necessary to hat and handle confusions and non-
compliance.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 6
HCO needs further data for posting personnel optimumly in two divisions.
QUESTIONS:
I ~ When you need to know how to do something whom do you ask?
2. Who gets the most done?
3. In the div whom do you feel the most secure about?
RESULTS:
The most upstat of the two divisions answered the questions as follows.
434
Average Tone 4.0-20. 0
QI A) my immediate senior
B) a reference book
C) figure it out myself
Q2 A) we all do!
B) our division
C) the same for all of us
Q3 A) our div head!
B) all the guys in our div
C) myself and the rest !h our div.
The less upstat, less productive, low morale division answered
accordingly.
Average Tone 2. 0
QI A) try to find out for myself then ask the divhead
B) look in a book
Q2 Two of the most junior staff in the division named
Q3 The div head, then the two junior staff members as named in answer 2
(the dept heads not mentioned).
RESULTS:
This survey confirmed the success of the productive division as having
stable leadership from the div head, staff who were enthusiastic about
theirjobs, high morale and continually training on their posts. The div as
a unit worked with tremendous team spirit. The downtone, poor production
division had an unhappy senior with downtone unstable department heads.
There was no team spirit in this div and little if any post training
actions. The most stable terminals in this division were two junior staff
members who had enthusiasm for doing their posts and who trained in their
study time to increase their abilities.
HANDLING:
Thus HCO then knew (regarding the unproductive division) who to look to
for future exec material, and who would then bring this div to a high
operating standard. And HCO knew what area to concentrate on most heavily
with hatting.
Needless to say nothing was changed in the productive division. As its
production increased even higher, it was allotted additional personnel.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 7
SITUATION:
Some staff members' APPEARANCE not up to an acceptable standard.
Information needed-the Tone Level average on the subject of APPEARANCE so
that a PR program can be formulated and launched at an appropriate Tone
Level to reach the Reality of offenders.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE Do you feel good about having a professional looking appearance?
DO How would you like to dress for your job?
HAVE What would be the advantages of the group being sharply uniformed?
RESULTS:
It was found that staff were strongly interested (3.5) in having good
appearance. The main outpoint was lack of uniforms available.
So an Enthusiastic campaign to co-ordinate uniforming of the crew was
the answer.
435
SURVEY EXAMPLE 8 SITUATION:
Personal and org premises not as CLEAN as should be. Attitude and
tone level
toward cleanliness required so a suitable PR program to upgrade standards
can be
carried out.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE Do you enjoy being very clean?
DO Do you find it more difficult to maintain personal cleanliness on a ship
than
where you have lived ashore?
HAVE Is the standard of others' cleanliness, personal and living space
acceptable to
you?
RESULTS:
A cross section survey was done and the average tone level with regard
to cleanliness was 2.0-2.5 (antagonism to boredom).
Of those interviewed, various justifications were given by those who
didn't keep clean, and these people even admitted they were justifications.
Some even admitted to pure laziness.
Among those surveyed who do keep clean, there was the desire to be
clean.
Several "un-cleans" invited stricter discipline to keep the standards
up.
Therefore what was wanted and needed was more 8-C. The PR program thus
derived was firmer HCO enforcement of hygiene and cleanliness. This was a
successful campaign with good results.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 9 SITUATION:
Wherewithal. Staff members not adequately aware of their responsibility
for org viability and income.
Reality and tone level toward this subject needed establishing so
further action could be taken to educate staff on the subject of org
viability.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE How do you feel about the group making its own way?
DO What can be done to ensure the group has,lots of money to work with?
HAVE When do you think you'll be receiving full bonus awards?
RESULTS:
The average tone level of those surveyed was 3.5 (strong interest).
There was a high degree of Reality and agreement that the group make its
own way.
Therefore to support this agreement, the recommendations of a recent B
of I on the subject of Finance were endorsed. This was to place a 6' X 10'
graph in HCO reception showing weekly org income. This enabled all staff to
see org viability and to feel more at cause over wherewithal by producing
on their own posts.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 10 SITUATION:
ETHICS. A general attitude and tone level with regard to the subject of
Ethics
desired.
ENCODED QUESTIONS
BE How do you feel about Ethics?
DO How do you use Ethics?
HAVE What is the advantage of working within a group which has an Ethics
System?
436
RESULTS:
Average tone level on the subject of Ethics was found to be in the 2.0
or
antagonistic range, The human emotion and reaction was found to be toward
Courts of Ethics being printed in the Orders.of the Day. This was driving
many of the crew into Resentment, Anger and Fear to read these notices
first thing in the morning in the OODay. In addition, the tone level of the
notices themselves were written a tone below the average tone of the group
re Ethics which was causing a doubly reverse effect.
Therefore, as a PR measure, the Ethics Officer was informed of this and
instructed to print Courts of Ethics on HCO Conditions Orders, not in the
OODay. The Ethics Officer was also briefed on the Tone Scale. From then on
Ethics orders were written up in a conservative manner simply stating the
facts with no additional HE and R included.
This was a very successful measure and group morale rose on the whole at
least
one tone level higher than before on the subject of Ethics.
SURVEY EXAMPLE I I
SITUATION:
Execs are needed. Those presently on post are not all capable.
The PR survey questions must detect-
BE Other Status-Status as defense. Been something else. IS something
else?
DO Other Involvement-Involvement in other things or things that don't
matter
or involvement in contrary actions to a post. Problems would come up.
HAVE Scene-(Omitted or false)-what does he know about it, how real are his
data. Representation.
Execs fall into two categories.
(a) Those who will assume the status or forward the doingness or
enhance the scene toward Ideal.
(b) Those who defend status, have other involvement and have an
omitted or falsified scene.
Category A build things into a smooth prosperous org.
Category B wind up with an omitted or perverted org.
Sample Survey Questions
I . What would be the most ideal post to have if you had total
choice? Or what type of life best suits you?
2. What problems or situations would you find easy to handle? Or,
what should you be working on? Or, what are you working on?
3. How are things really in your area? Or, what IS the org really
doing these days?
QUESTIONS USED
STATUS 1. Is there a post you would like to hold sometime in the
future
for which you feel ideally suited?
INVOLVEMENT 2. Are you having any problems getting done what you are
working on now?
REPRESEN-
TATION 3. How is your org presently doing on an overall basis?
RESULTS:
The results of this particular survey showed the tone level of the org
execs to be
GRIEF. In addition, at least half the execs surveyed volunteered that they
really didn't
437
want to be an exec at all, but would prefer to be in a worker position.
The WHY of the org's down statistics was neglect of implementing LRH
policy, EDs and projects in the org on the part of the execs.
Short range and immediate handling was to post an LRH Comm in the org
who forced in compliance to LRH orders and policy. Long Range handling was
to move into exec positions, junior staff members who were ambitious to
hold an exec post competently and to move off the unwilling execs into
junior areas where they could produce well until ready to again resume a
more senior position.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 12 SITUATION:
The Founder wrote a test statement of the meaning of Scientology to be
used as handouts for new public.
A survey was done of Scientologists locally to establish popularity of
the statement and check for agreements or disagreements.
QUESTION:
A direct question used. "Please read this statement and tell me what you
like or dislike about it."
RESULTS:
For the survey, each sentence of the statement was numbered. On the
tabulation, beside the number to each corresponding sentence, was written
the percentage of endorsements of that sentence or suggestions for
improvement.
Several of the words and phrases in the statement were thus changed or
re-arranged slightly to make the statement totally acceptable. This amended
version was then re-surveyed and the results confirmed complete
endorsement.
As a further measure to ensure the statement reaches the Reality and
Ethnics of the broad public a limited number of issues of the statement are
being tested on the street to raw public and any disagreements noted.
Results of this are not complete as yet, however the tabulation and
correction procedure would be the same as the previous example. Any words
or phrases which may meet with resistance or disagreement in a high
percentage of those public surveyed would be noted and amended to suit the
public Reality for most effective communication. As this statement is
written for broad public issue, it is therefore imperative to ensure the
message is written in such a way as to have impact and acceptability in its
presentation.
SURVEY EXAMPLE 13 SITUATION:
Population Survey. The purpose of this survey-to find out the Reality
and tone level average of an entire city so that the org could promote and
deliver to this Reality.
4800 people in a city were surveyed in a few days by several org
members.
QUESTIONS AND RESULTS:
I . What are you trying to achieve in life?
Happiness 32%
Good jobs-Careers 10%
2. What worries people most?
Money 24.45o
Other people 15.1%
3. If these things were resolved what would happen?
People would be a lot happier 19%
Better world to live in 15.2%
Tone Level PAIN, ANTAGONISM
438
The following two telexes were sent to the org by LRH and CS-6 in
response to the survey results:
"9 Dee 71 Relay C/O USLO Relay C/O Boston
ELATED BY SURVEY. FURTHER DATA NEEDED BUT BEAUTIFUL FOR PCs STUDENTS.
LOVE = RON"
"PR OFFICER BOSTON DAVE. GREAT. NOW QUICK GET ANOTHER SURVEY. QUESTIONS
'(1) WHAT MAKES PEOPLE UNHAPPY? (2) HOW DOES THAT AFFECT PEOPLE? (3) IF
THAT WERE RESOLVED WHAT WOULD HAPPENT CONDUCT SAME PROCEDURE AS BEFORE.
WELL DONE. LRH PLEASED. NOW NARROW DOWN.
LOVE DIANA"
The results of this additional survey were:
J
I . What makes people unhappy?
Other people 28%
Not getting what you want 17.4%
2. How does that affect people?
Depressed 28%
Unhappy 11%
3. If that were resolved what would happen?
People would be happy 37%
Miscellaneous 10%
People would get along better 8%
Better world-better place to live in 8%
TELEX
"CIO BOSTON PR OFF BOSTON From your surveys, the following proma pieces are
indicated.
I . A way to happiness is to urge other people to get processed.
INTENSIVES
IA. To handle other people become a pro auditor and change their lives.
ACADEMY COURSE
2. To be happy and stay happy get processed.
INTENSIVES
2A. Understand the mind and life fully. Become a Pro auditor.
ACADEMY COURSE
3. Get rid of your money worries.
MONEY PROCESS
4. You have to be able to handle other people in order to hold your job.
If you've got a job and can't influence people around you you're not
likely to succeed. Be successful and able to handle others. Get trained.
TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE
5. Make all your past education totally available to you and shoot up
your IQ so you can use your education and hold your job.
WORD CLEARING
439
6. Scientology itself is a career. It will help you establish yourself
in handling other people working on the job you're on.
PROFESSIONAL AUDITOR TRAINING
ACADEMY COURSE
7. Be happy getting what you want by being trained to handle other
people and be persuasive, etc.
TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE
8. Scientology is a mission to make the world a better place. Be a
Scientologist to make a better world.
TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE
9. Make other people happy. Get trained.
TR COURSE
HQS
NON PRO AUDITORS COURSE
Above are I I separate continuing campaigns. We'll settle for 1% happy
because of Scientology. Love = CS-6"
THE TONE LEVEL OF ALL THE PROMO WRITING AND PRESENTATION WOULD BE
CONSERVATISM = I TONE ABOVE ANTAGONISM. (the level found by survey).
The Boston Org Survey is interesting as it shows a cross sectional
Reality level of an entire city! Survey results (Reality and Tone) would
vary in different cities, countries and continents. So each org in
surveying its own area would create its promo slanted to a slightly
different Reality. And the Scientology services offered would correspond to
what is most wanted and needed by the public.
SPOTTING TONE
After one has mastered the technique of creating survey questions, the
only remaining expertise necessary is accurately spotting tone levels.
The PR man's bible is of course Science of Survival and the Hubbard
Chart of Hutnan Evaluation and the book 8-8008. These materials must be
read and thoroughly understood. There is also a tape available from Pubs DK
called The Tone Scale, recorded in 1955. On the opposite side is Moving the
Pc up the Scale, recorded in 1952. Both sides contain invaluable
information. Other materials are HCOB 6 February 1960 Effect Scale and an
absolutely essential HCOB revised 15 Nov 1971, TONE SCALE IN FULL. Also The
Auditor World Wide No. 60 is devoted entirely to the Tone Scale. The way to
drill yourself on observing and quickly spotting tones is to read and apply
HCOB 26 October 1970 Obnosis and the Tone Scale.
To gain proficiency one can do two simple drills.
1. Walk around and spot people on the Tone Scale. Just say (to yourself)
what tone level each person is at until you feel confident that you can
tell instantly where any person is on the Tone Scale. An important datum to
grasp is that there is a (1) Social Tone and (2) an actual Theta Tone. And
these can be two entirely different tones widely apart in range. This is
because a human body is between 0.0 and 4.0 only. A thetan, however, can be
anywhere from -40.0 and below to +40.0 and infinitely higher.
Thus a thetan can be way way below death on the Tone Scale and yet his
social tone may appear to be somewhere around Conservative. But this is
where you must be an excellent observer. The person may sit there and
conservatively tell you how he just must control bodies in order to get
along. He may not say these exact words, but
440
amazingly enough you'll find this really happens. Or the person may go on
about how he regrets doing this or that and how it's all someone else's
fault-well you know he's at Shame, Blame, Regret as a thetan at this point.
Yet he or she may at the same time be weeping into a handkerchief. In this
case the (1) Social Tone is GRIEF (.5) and the (2) Thetan Tone -0.2 to
-1.3.
2. Another drill to do is to walk around until you find somebody at a
specific tone level. Decide to look for someone at 1.5 for instance. The
first person you run into with face flushed from shouting and fists
clenched, BINGO you've found your 1.5. Then pick another tone and go from
there. If the person you saw at Anger was also hitting another, then you
would know the person was at 1.5 Socially and -1.0 Blame (or punishing
other bodies) as a Thetan.
CONCLUSION
As you can see, the technology of PR Surveys and the Tone Scale in
handling and controlling human emotion and reaction is an incredibly
Powerful tool.
By putting this technology to use on a personal basis you can literally
be, in control of your environment on at least the first three dynamics!
And Scientologists (particularly Scientology staff members) have a monopoly
on the entire subject. If there was ever a way to "win friends and
influence people", this is it. We as Scientologists are continually jolted
by the primitive nature of the general populace around us. So by
establishing the local Reality and Tone we can at least present ourselves
and our product in such a way as to be accepted, and then we can bring
people up the scale from there.
Gone are the days of hit-and-miss promo, and by-guess-or-by-God public
events. We now have the know-how to hit the exact target every time. We now
have, thanks to Ron, another beautiful tool for UNDERSTANDING.
Data compiled by
LRH Personal PRO from Notes, lectures, books, policy, bulletins, tapes and
guidance by L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:SG:ne.rd Copyright @ 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
441
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS 0
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, S
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 25 JANUA
Remimeo
Div 6 Staff
PR Cse Checksheet PR Seties 15
Staff Hat
Div 2 Hats
POPULATION SURVEYS
Division 6 specializes in human emotion and reaction -handling it,
capturing and controlling it. They get the raw public flooding into the Org
for service. They deal closely with the live wire of public response.
A Division 6 by reason of the above has to know WHAT the public will
respond to. Without this key datum it can be hell, going around in circles,
trying one action after another, hunting and punching with maybe success,
maybe disaster but nothing predictable for sure. It becomes a matter of
luck stumbling down a blind alley. There is no reason to suffer this way by
trial and error and years of hardship not only for Div 6 but the whole Org.
All you have to do is:
FIND OUT WHAT THE
PUBLIC WANTS AND
CONSIDERS VALUABLE.
If you promote and deliver what the public wants and considers valuable,
you will get public response and by this simple action you are bringing the
Org out of non-existence with the public. It then becomes a very easy
matter for Div 6 to do its job-pushing and promoting what is wanted with
guaranteed response and people flooding into the Org.
The public will only respond to what is real to them. Here we are
centuries ahead of our time and we have even solved death. We can handle
anything a person desires from A-Z. We hold a monopoly as the only workable
mental technology on the planet and for that matter-the universe. We are
incredible. How could we be real? We are unbelievable.
WHEN YOU ARE TOO
INCREDIBLE YOU
BECOME INVISIBLE.
If you found out what the public wants and then sell and deliver it you
will overcome this reality gap and become real and credible to the public.
What they want is real to them. If you deliver what they want-you are real
too.
Guessing at public reality levels and what they may consider valuable is
complete folly. One can sit guessing for a hundred years and not come up
with the right answer. Philosophers in their ivory towers never arrived at
any real philosophies. Why should a person sitting behind a desk arrive at
any real conclusions on public reality levels and considerations? Guessing
can be expensive and when you find yourself guessing:
STOP GUESSING
AND START SURVEYING.
Sometimes one can be totally amazed and taken by surprise at what comes
up in surveys. One can make some real discoveries through surveys. If data
was ever dependable, it's the data from a survey. A survey is safe and
reliable when all else fails. It is not worth making expensive mistakes
when you can do a survey and be right the first time.
Publics are different area by area, city to city. What may be so by
survey of one area may not be true of another. Surveys also go out of date
as trends change. Always survey the population in YOUR area and survey it
REGULARLY.
HOW TO DO IT
A Population Survey is very simple to do. All you are trying to find out
is what
442
the public Wants and considers valuable. This is a scientific way of
finding out.
The Questions:
They are exactly verbatim as follows:
1. What are you trying to achieve in life?
2. What worries people most?
3. 1 f these things were resolved, what would happen?
R-Factor: If asked, you give the R-Factor that this is a survey for social
research.
From question (1) you get what they consider valuable, (2) tells you
what is bugging them and what they want handled, (3) gives you extra data
on what result should be promoted or what the public would expect from your
Org.
Who and How Many:
The public you survey is RAW PUBLIC. You should survey at least 2,000 to
3,000 people. The bigger the number surveyed the more accurate your survey
results will be.
Method:
This is a VERBAL survey. The questions are asked VERBALLY person to
person. NEVER by written questionnaire. The questions are asked with good
TR-I showing interest with intention. TR- I is natural, not stiff robot
style. Fumbling questions or a bad comm cycle can fog up your answers, but
only if it's really bad as these questions were built to stand up to such
trials. The questions because they are simple, are quite powerful.
Procedure:
Such a survey is too large to do a "one-man-band". FSMs and volunteers
must be called in to help. They must be briefed very thoroughly as follows:
tough drilling on the Tone Scale as per HCOB 26 Oct 70 "Obnosis and the
Tone Scale" until absolutely certain on spotting tone levels, good drilling
with a twin on TR- I using the questions, how to fill in survey forms,
where they turn in filled survey forms, how to dress (neatly and
acceptably) and how to use the R-Factor.
The survey forms are mimeographed with spaces to fill in occupation,
age, date, the answers to each question and the tone level. The questions
are put in full wording on the forms for reference and as a constant
reminder. This also helps in tabulating. As many forms as needed are run
off. Equip each surveyor with the forms, clipboards and pen. Answers are
written in on the forms the instant a person gives them-NEVER after the
survey interview-ALWAYS during-like an auditor keeps worksheets. Establish
an agreed upon stable terminal in Div 6 to whom surveyors can turn in their
completed forms. It is imperative surveyors keep their admin IN and that
they fill in all the required details on the form. Otherwise you'll have a
mess to tabulate.
Note: If you cannot get any forms mimeographed or it is too expensive
for your Org, you can just have surveyors supplied with blank paper
instead. The only liability is that you are leaving the details required to
be recorded up to surveyors' memories so extra drilling will have to be
done. Using forms is the safest method.
Re- Tone Scale:
Just to make it very clear-you DON'T need a tone level recording for
each question. You just need the one chronic tone level as spotted in the
survey interview, Spotting tone levels is a weak point that will have to be
drilled well.
TABULATION
This is a key point of the survey. Reliable persons only may be assigned
to tabulating the survey. They must be able to see similarities and
differences in establishing categories of answers and must not be inclined
to arithmetical errors. Once as~igned, DON'T musical chair tabulators or it
will throw your survey off to that degree.
All you have to have tabulated are (a) each question and (b) the tone
level. The
443
procedure is exactly as per HCO P/L 28 Oct 69 "How to Tabulate a Survey"
and PR Series 10 P/L.
The results are published to all staff by local ED and a copy is always
sent to Flag Distribution Aide. The results give the full tabulations for
each question, how many surveyed, date of survey, what public (in this case
it's raw public) and what type of survey.
NARROW DOWN
If you really want to get fancy or put the cream on the cake when.faced
with a somewhat general set of answers from the public as revealed in your
tabulation, you can do a second survey to narrow it down. The first survey
is usually informative enough to go about arranging campaign-promo actions.
A narrow down would rarely be required as absolutely necessary and more
often it would be if one desired an extra fancy polished touch on accuracy.
Where it would be absolutely necessary is if you got tabulated answers
like: "Everything" or some such real generality. This would show that
either your surveyors goofed in demanding specifies or else the public
couldn't give any.
As an extra touch on accuracy you could narrow down tabulated answers
like: "Happiness" "Freedom". This would be getting very polished and fancy
and it's up to you whether you want it that specific. It is true-the more
accurate, the bigger the success.
Questions:
I . The first question on the narrowing down survey is the most
important. However, it is flexible, depending on what you want to narrow
down. Examples:
If it was "happiness" -"What would make people unhappy?"
If it was "freedom" -"What would deny people freedom?"
If it was "everything" -"What would mean everything to a person?"
It's just a matter of using common sense and formulating a coaxing,
leading question that will get answers.
2. Question two is stable and always:
"How does that affect people?"
3. Question three is stable and always:
"If that were resolved, what would happen?"
Procedure:
This narrow down survey is conducted using the same procedure as before.
As said earlier-your first survey is usually adequate.
USING RESULTS
The Whole Picture
The survey reveals what the public WANTS. You match up the service to
that WANT and promote and sell and deliver it. In other words survey shows
people want foo-foos. You match up service that will give foo-foos, tell
the public we do foo-foos and promote and sell and deliver foo-foos! You
will hit public "R" level and give them a stable datum-"Scientology gives
you foo-foos-everybody knows that!" Your response will be tremendous.
How to Make up a Campaign
Set the tone level of your campaign 1/2 to one tone above that of the
survey. This is very important. Everything you do in the campaign will be
at that tone level you set. Dig out your Chart of Human Evaluation and
study up on the tone level you set for the campaign so you'll have it all
aligned.
444
Look over your survey results. List every button (wants, desires, what's
valuable, what they want to get rid of per question 2, etc) and with
technically qualified personnel MATCH UP services that would handle those
buttons. You don't have to have a DIFFERENT service for EVERY button-they
will be the same service in some cases. You match up whatever service
handles.
You then end up with a list of buttons to push with matched up services.
Take this list. On EACH button with matching service-a separate promo-PR
message is formulated.
Rough example:
Button Other people
Service Processing
Survey Tone Level = Fear
Message You don't need other people getting in your way. Handle it
once and for all. Send them to us for processing.
(Antagonism one tone above.)
Your list then expands to Button/Service/Message. Each itern on this
list gets SEPARATE promo pieces, PR push and advertising. You push each
message dogmatically over and over again. A message said just once is never
heard.
Note: See HCO P/L 7 Jan 72 "Creating Survey Questions"-example 13. In
there is a list of very basic messages with matched services. It gives you
a rough idea. Those messages were a basic layout so that Boston could
translate them into "promo language" fitting tone level, etc. The above
rough example in this P/L would give you the FULL layout format;
Thoroughly look over your Public Dissemination Manual. You are going to
have to do adequate Div 6 events and demonstrations to back up the messages
of your population campaign. ADAPT the actions in the manual to the
campaign. Lay off tape plays and lectures as they are less effective than
actual DEMONSTRATION. Hold those events and Div 6 services that will back
up your campaign-promoted and held on the BASIC PATTERN of the manual-but
with form, event and message changed to fit your campaign.
Look over the lines of your Org. Can your Org deliver the services
required? Can you sell them-Public Reg lines smooth, etc? Can people get in
the front door? Will they be turned away by bad appearances-unfriendly
staff? Inspect the scene for anything needing to be handled.
From the above draw up your campaign covering good preparation, good
groove in of Staff and FSMs (they're a sales public that can help), volume
hitting outflow on promo, PR actions, press, mass media, rallying up the
community, etc. It is a population campaign and it's all hands gung-ho!
Get on with it full blast.
IMPORTANT
There are only two crimes in the game of public response. One is not
surveying. The other is not using a survey once done.
SUMMARY
So-this is the rundown on Population Surveys. It is basically getting
the "R" of the public by survey, communicating along that "R" to get ARC,
response and agreement with the public on a broad campaign, and delivering.
Do it and you can't lose.
CS-6
LRH:DH:mes.rd for
Copyright (j) 1972 L. RON HUBBARD
by L. Ron Hubbard Founder
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
445
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 JUNE 1971
(Addition to HCO Pl, 7 Feb 71
Limited "FEBC Org Bd Div Il")
Non-Remimeo
FEBC Exec
Dirs Only
CLOs
TOURS ORG BD
DIV 11
Tours belong as a Section in Div 2 Dept Reg with Tours Promotion Section
in Div 2 Dept Prom.
The Org Bd additions are as follows:
Add to Div 2 Dept 4, last section in column:
TOURS PROMOTION SECTION
Tours Promotion Officer
Tours Promotional Planning Unit
Tours Promotional Planning In Charge
Tours Planning Liaison (Dept 6)
Promotional Materials Preparations Clerk
Tours Promotion Readiness Unit
Tours Promotion Readiness In Charge
Advance Promotion Distributing Unit
Advance Promotion Distributing In Charge
Tours Personnel Promotion Supplying Unit
Tours Personnel Promotion Supplying In Charge
Div 2 Dept 6, directly below ARC Brk Reg Sub Section:
TOURS SECTION
Tours Officer
Tours Planning Unit
Tours Planning In Charge
Tours Scheduling Clerk
Tours Alerting Clerk
Tours Orders Writing Clerk
Tours Manning and Hatting Unit
Tours Manning and Hatting In Charge
Tours Personnel Selecting Clerk
Tours Personnel Hatting Liaison (Div I Dept 1)
Tours Cramming Liaison (Div 5 Dept 15)
Tours Personnel Pool
Tours Personnel Auditor (or Qual Liaison)
446
Tours Action Unit
Tours Action In Charge
Tours Transportation Liaison (Div 1 Dept 2) Tours Personnel Briefing
Clerk Tours Personnel Firing Clerk Tours Operating Clerk
Tours Debriefing Personnel Unit
Tours Personnel Debriefer
Debrief Typist Tours Condition Assignment Clerk Tours Debrief
Circulating Clerk Tours Debrief Filing
Successful Tours Compiling Unit
Successful Tours Compiling In Charge
Tours Data Excerpting Clerk Tours Write-up Clerk Successful Tours
Publishing Clerk Successful Tours Posting Clerk
A Tours Course is currently being founded at USLO-soon to be exported to
UKLO and EULO.
Every org needs two, optimum four, Tours personnel especially trained.
They are posted in Tours Manning and Halting Section only and kept BUSY
outside the org. They are not double hatted.
Extend your Exec Ranks by only permitting trained Tours people to go on
Tours-pulling top Execs and FEBC Grads off on Tours amounts to poor
utilization.
Another rule is do not let Out-Ethics persons go on Tours and be part of
Tours. You'll wind up with a messed-up area and an ARC Broken field should
you do otherwise.
A Tours Personnel Auditor or Liaison with Qual must be maintained as Pub
Div people and Tours Personnel alike have to be kept cleaned up of O/Ws and
shiny. Public contact is rough work.
If you maintain all other Dissem Div actions, CF, Letter Reg, etc, and
not just depend on Tours you'll have a very viable upstat Div 11 which is
achieving its VFP of "Income Greater than Outgo plus Reserves".
We are about to push on Div VI giving new TRs the Hard Way, Basic
Courses and the Public Dissemination Manual to give you new public before
old CFs are totally
cannibalized.
This will keep the BOOM expanding.
Dissem Aide
LRH:RR:act.rd Taken from the notes
Copyright @ 1971 of
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
tCancelled by HCOP/L 17 February 1972 issue III, Tours, page 452.]
447
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 15 SEPTEMBER 1971
Remimeo Issue 11
Dissem Divs
Tour Member Hats
ASR Hat
Stars I/C PURPOSE AND STATISTICS OF
A TOUR MEMBER
The prime purpose of a Tour Member is:
TO HELP RON CONTACT, SIGN UP AND COLLECT ADVANCE PAYMENTS FROM
INDIVIDUALS FOR TECHNICAL SERVICES THE ORG CAN AND WILL DELIVER IN ORDER
THAT EACH INDIVIDUAL MAY BE FULLY SALVAGED BY ORG SERVICES AND INCREASE THE
SIZE OF THE ORGANIZATION AND TO IMPROVE LRH AND ORG IMAGE IN FIELD.
The prime purpose of a Tour Member is not to "bring in Gl". GI will come
about automatically as a result of a Tour Member bringing about the purpose
of his post.
The three major statistics of a Tour Member are:
1. Number of people signed up for service.
2. Advance Payments Collected.
3. Number of persons signed up fully paid and arrived as a result
of a Reg Tour.
For stat purposes Tour Members are most probably going to have to devise
some means of identification for persons arriving for service at the org as
a result of a Tour.
TURNOVER OF SIGN-UPS
A Tour Member in actual fact is expediting for the Advance Scheduling
Registrar.
Persons signed up and part paid or fully paid as a result of a Tour must
be turned over to the ASR for follow-up. Full details of each sign-up must
be provided the ASR-i.e. enrollment forms, invoice copy, tentative arrival
date.
The ASR now continues the cycle of action started by the Tour Member by
personally following up each individual contacted. Further payments for the
future service are collected where necessary, and the cycle is completed
when the individual is actually in the org taking the service.
Should a Tour Member come into contact with a person he has already
signed up and received Advance Payment from, he would further assist that
individual by pulling in further payments on the future service, and once
again turning the details of the transaction over to the Advance Scheduling
Registrar.
SUCCESS
The success and effectiveness of a Tour Member will be reflected through
the above stats, not by how much "GI he is raking in".
Concentration of Tour Members solely on Gross Collection, "getting the
GI up" and/or Advance Payments is destructive to an org and is hereby
cancelled.
Close observation of Tour Member stats is a function of A/Dissem Aides
and swift action is a must when stats reflect only Money Motivation.
LRH:RR:mes.bh Dissem Aide
Copyright @ 1971 for
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED Founder
[Modified by HCO P/L 17 February 1972 Issue 111, Tours, page 452.)
448
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1972
Rernimeo Issue 11
AO SH AOSHs Only
C/O Hats
Div 6 Hats
Div 2 Hats
Public Reg Hat
Body Reg Hat
HIGHER ORGS
PUBLIC REG SETUP
HCO P/L 26 Nov 71 "Div 6 Public Reg Reinstated" was written for Lower
Orgs.
At Higher Org level Division 6 does and must have a Public Reg but the
functions of this Public Reg are slightly different to those of a Lower
Org.
At Lower Org level Who-Regs-Who is done by separation of PUBLICS.
However at Higher Org level Who-Regs-Who is done by separation of FUNCTION.
THE SITUATION
For Lower Orgs we had to separate out two major types of Registration.
1. One major type is external-the raw public. (VOLUME
REGISTRATION)
2. The other major type is internal-persons already in C/F.
(ROUTINE REGISTRATION)
These two types of Registration were so widely different and each
demanded such full attention that they just could NOT be mixed and
collapsed under one Department (Dept 6) without one or the other inevitably
suffering neglect.
Department 6 had to make a constant choice-do we now handle these
constant floods of public and forget C/F or do we now handle C/F and forget
raw public volume? It just didn't work.
To solve this a Public Reg was put in Div 6 to handle volume raw public
and the Reg in Div 2 freed up to handle internal business-persons already
in CIF.
At a Higher Org level you still have two different major types of
Registration.
1. VOLUME REGISTRATION-at events and tours.
2. ROUTINE REGISTRATION-Div 2 standard Registration actions on
individuals already in C/F.
When these two types of Registration are collapsed and mixed up under
one Department (Dept 6) one or the other also inevitably suffers neglect.
Do we go on Tours and Reg at events and neglect or backlog our everyday
standard routine Reging of C/F or do we attend to routine Div 2 matters-
Reging C/F every day and neglect event and Tour Reging?
The point is-there is a COMMON DENOMINATOR to ALL ORGS-Higher and Lower
Orgs alike-one cannot mix these two types of Registration:
1. VOLUME
2. ROUTINE.
THE SETUP
At Lower Org level volume just happens to be raw public in Div 6, and
routine happens to be handling individuals already in C/F, Div 2. The
publics split up well by TYPE-raw public vs individuals in C/F.
449
At Higher Org level volume happens to be at events and on tours and
routine happens to be everyday Div 2 standard registration actions on C/F.
The type of publics handled in both cases-volume and routine-are
Scientologists and in many cases Higher Org C/F Scientologists also come
under volume registration when they attend events and tours. So the publics
do not split up by TYPE, they split up by FUNCTION. Is this person
attending an event or tour or is the person coming in on routine everyday
lines?
The setup is:
I . Div 6 Public Reg in Dept 17 handles event and tour attendees.
2. Div 2 Regs in Dept 6 handle everyday standard registration
actions on C/F-not registration at events and tours.
If he is an event or tour attendee Div 6 Public Reg handles and if he's
not an attendee but a routine C/F Scientologist then Div 2 Regs handle.
The person is only under the Public Reg for the duration of an event or
tour action. That same person if he is also in C/F belongs under the Div 2
Regs at all other times.
THE PUBLIC REG HANDLES TOUR AND EVENT ATTENDEES FOR THE DURATION THEY
ATTEND.
ROLE OF A PUBLIC REG
The post of Public Reg in a Higher Org is a very responsible position.
There are also some special skills involved.
At an event or tour she signs up people for her Org's services. If she
is the Public Reg of an AO she signs up for AO services and if she is the
Public Reg of an SH she signs up for SH services. If she is the Public Reg
of an AOSH she signs up for AO and SH services.
ALL STANDARD REGISTRATION POLICY APPLIES.
After the event or tour the Public Reg turns over all the money and
account invoices to Division 3 Dept 7 cashier. The Reg interview slips and
C/F copies of invoices with any other records on signups made are turned
over to the Advance Scheduling Registrar for follow-up. The ASR needs these
records so that she can COMPLETE the cycle the Public Reg started and
actually bring the people into the Org enrolled onto the service. Out admin
on the part of the Public Reg would therefore be a crime.
A Public Reg must know how to invoice and take money and all the lines
involved as covered in existing policy.
The Public Reg must be a cracke~ack at handling all kinds of reality
levels, 8C and helpful guidance. She has to know the services of her Org
inside out-the prices and discounts, the prerequisites, what the services
do, how long they take, the latest successes from these services-in other
words everything about the services of her Org. A Public Reg should be
drilled and drilled on this until she can handle any question or
origination instantly with positive confidence. Besides signing up people
for services the Public Reg should get as many people as she can to join
the IWGCC (if she is an AO Public Reg).
On a Tour she must be an expert at genning in the Org or Franchise
registrars and body routers for maximum sales. She must be up to date on
the latest surveys of the area to be able to push the right buttons and be
effective. PR tech and Registration tech are the major areas of her post.
She does not keep special "files". The records she keeps are turned over
to Div 2 and Div 3 as mentioned above.
450
STATISTIC
The statistic of a Public Reg is as follows:
Dual A. NO. OF SIGNUPS FOR SERVICES AT EVENTS OR TOURS
B. AMOUNT OF INCOME COLLECTED AT EVENTS OR TOURS.
The stat is weekly. The signups and income collected must be for the
HIGHER ORG that the Public Reg works for.
SPECIAL TITLE
The Public Reg of an AO is called the
CLEAR REGISTRAR.
WARNING
While a Public Reg must sell and Reg for the,services of her Org, this
is not done without judgement.
In the past at events and tours persons were signed up for and made to
pay for Higher Org services when they were not nearly ready to do so. These
people were in need of Lower Org services and their money was taken away to
the Higher Org for which services they were not eligible. Consequently
Highet Orgs are still getting requests for repayments of such monies so
that these people may buy the Lower Org services they need.
Hardsell all you can but don't cut your Org's throat in repayments
later.
NOTE
SH UK Fdn Public Reg applies HCO P/L 26 Nov 71 "Div 6 Public Reg
Reinstated".
ASHO Fdn Public Reg applies this policy letter.
See HCO P/L 21 Oct 70 "Saint Hill Foundations".
SUMMARY
This is the setup. Apply it. And when all else fails, look for where
this policy was not applied. Then Method 2 and apply it.
The appointment of such Public Regs in Higher Orgs is of immediate
priority.
CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:mes.rd Copyright@ 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
451
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 17 FEBRUARY 1972
Issue III
Renrimeo
Division 6 Hats
Division 2
C/O ED Hats
TOURS
(Modifies HCO P/L 15 Sept 71 "Purpose and Statistics of a Tour Member",
Cancels HCO P/L 2 June 71 "ToursOrg Board", Modifies HCO P/L 15 Jan 72
"Riches or Poverty" and HCO P/L I Feb 72 "Survive or Succumb")
Tours, originally evolved and developed in Division 6, are hereby
officially TRANSFERRED BACK TO DIVISION 6.
LOWER ORGS
This function comes in Dept 16 per HCO P/L 14 Nov 71 "Mini Public
Division Org Board" and is described in this P/L as follows:
"4. Tours: The touring of groups in the community and Field to get
people into the Org. A tour action would be to effectively demonstrate
and introduce the attendees to Dn and Sen, bring about reach and sign
them up on the spot, also selling books. Reaches and signups are turned
over to the Public Reg for follow up.,,
Additionally if the signups are for major services (as they probably
would be at a Franchise), they should be turned over to the ASR in Div 2
for follow up. Public Service signups such as HAS and HQS would be turned
over to the Public Reg.
CHECKLISTS
Item (ac) re tours on the Div 2 Checklist of HCO P/L 15 Jan 72 "Riches
or Poverty" is hereby deleted and transferred to the Div 6 Checklist for
Power Quality of HCO P/L I Feb 72 "Survive or Succumb".
HIGHER ORGS
Tours come under Dept 17 of the Div 6 Org Board for AO, SH and AOSHs.
This is a VITAL function even more so than for Lower Orgs.
Division 6 is responsible for properly PLANNING, SURVEYING FOR, ENSURING
ADEQUATE PROMOTION WELL IN ADVANCE OF, FIRING, OPERATING AND SUPERVISING TO
COMPLETION ALL TOURS.
Other Divisions must co-operate with Division 6 efforts to send out well
planned and brilliantly run tours. It takes team work to send out a well
put together tour. Division 2, for instance, would print the promotion Div
6 plans and provide lists of eligible persons in the areas the tour will
visit. It may be necessary to success for another Div to send a
representative on the tour-like a cashier or tech person-even an extra Reg
as needed. It takes teamwork to put out a tour. Division 6 holds tours as a
function but the other Divisions co-operate and pitch in too. It's an
assembly-line action.
The basic purpose of a tour is to channel publics through Orgs up the
Bridge to OT and stimulate purpose, goodwill and team spirit amongst staffs
and Scientologists
452
alike. The main functions of a tour consist of PR, image goodwill, money
collecting, volume registration, events, training and briefing of Org
terminals. Most successful tours are held with events and group action
between tour and Org terminals.
All prior successful procedures on tours are to be picked up and
applied. This of course does not mean "postulate checks" or "crush sell".
It is important to plan and promote tours based'on SURVEY in advance to
ensure maximum results. PR Series 8 "Too Little Too Late" definitely
applies. Tours should be maintained as a standard action going out
regularly to Lower Orgs and Franchises.
A close liaison line must exist with Division 3 for the turning over of
accounts data and all monies collected after each tour. A liaison line must
also exist with Division 2 for turning over all signup records, interview
slips and data to the Advance Scheduling Reg so that she can follow up the
signups.
Tours are conducted, as in the old tradition, in a spirit of goodwill
and assistance. The Higher Org and the Lower Org or Franchise benefit from
the action. A tour greatly enhances the areas it visits.
Tours are a very successful action and must be reinforced.
REASON
Division 2 has many standard actions. These involve many internal
administrative actions, vital to the making of income. Tours add a
distraction to these internal actions and consequently, the important
things like C/F, Letter Reging, ASR, Addressstandard usual Div 2 functions-
tend to backlog. While Div 2 contributes to Div 6 tours, it cannot take the
whole load on tours without neglecting internal standard actions.
On the other side of the coin, tours run very successfully in Division
6. This is the EXTERNAL Division-the out and about Division. Staging an
event or campaign is a second nature thing for a Div 6 to do. It has always
been this way. A tour is just another great event. For Higher Org Division
6s it is particularly vital that tours are under them. Being responsible
for policing the flow of people up the Bridge, a Higher Org Div 6 must have
tours as one of its functions or else its reach would be cut to that
degree.
The moving of tours to Division 2 was not an entirely wasted move-out of
it has. come this valuable knowledge.
CS-6 for L. RON HUBBARD Founder
LRH:DH:mes.rd Copyright (D 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
453
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1972
Remimeo
IMPORTANT
BOOM DATA
Publications Basic Function
It has been found by long and searching evaluation of the 71 boom that
orgs have to have business driven down on them to boom. This is confirmed
by earlier data as well.
Orgs will handle delivery if the business is driven in on them.
Therefore THE BASIC FUNCTION OF A PUBLICATIONS ORG OR DEPARTMENT IS TO
ADVERTISE AND SELL BOOKS TO THE PUBLIC AND CF IN ORDER TO DRIVE BUSINESS IN
ON THE ORG AND TO PROVIDE TAPES, TEXTS AND MATERIALS TO ORGS SO THAT THEY
CAN DELIVER.
You will see at once that this is a double action whereby the pubs
activity reaches to the public and the CF with BOOK ADS and BOOK SALES.
It has been a favorite excuse in Pubs Orgs that they "should only sell
books to orgs and not individuals". Such an attitude of course wrecks the
idea of DRIVING PEOPLE INTO THE ORG,
Books
Books are the FIRST line of promotion and contact.
By actual test, advertising services is not a paying proposition.
The public has to be reading books to get so minded as to come into the
org for service.
Advertising books means PUBS MAIL ORDER BUSINESS OF INDIVIDUAL BOOK
SALES.
Surveys
Survey material is used to put BOOK ADS together, properly, so the ad
really gets the person who sees it to order the book.
SP & PTS Tech
Suppressive Persons (no case gain, low OCA, bad ethics record, low
production stats) or PTS persons (those who are connected to suppressive
persons or groups and are Potential Trouble Sources) SHOULD NEVER BE LET
NEAR BOOK SALES LINES. Why? Such people run a CAN'T HAVE on others and will
not get printed, survey, advertise, sell or deliver BOOKS as they "run a
can't have" on the public of sold and delivered books and a can't have on
the org of arriving persons.
The people on such lines must be eager to let others have Scientology
and books and let their org and staff have high income of bodies and money.
Thus it is a High Crime to permit SP and PTS people in Pubs Orgs or
Departments or in Dept 16 (Div 6, Advertising) as these will starve both
the public and the org.
454
Tours
Flag Continental Liaison Offices, with their tours, drove people in on
the orgs and made the boom in 7 1.
These tours drove people in on the local org and on the Sea Org orgs as
well.
When these Flag units ceased to operate the boom halted.
The original tours were clean cut personal contact work. Then "crush
sell" and "postulate cheeks" and repeating Congresses were entered into
their operation and made so much commotion that the good being done was
obscured.
Suppressive false reports about the tours were entered in on the scene
and the boom faltered.
Earlier, Mission International Books erred in making staff sell books
and restricting Field Staff Member actions whereas they should have dealt
wholly with FSMs and left staff alone..
It takes book advertising and book selling and tour personal contact
work to make booms.
These are the TWO outside the org actions that drive people in on orgs
and drive stats up.
Badly organised tours run by untrained people, or tours trained to do
wrong things thus give tours a bad name.
Thus Tours functions should be under a Flag Operations Liaison Office
Div 6 and should be coordinated. And independent of orgs, according to
evaluation.
Book Ads
Dept 16 should handle book ads.
There should not be general service ads in public publications. There
should only be book ads.
These ads should be surveyed and the survey materials used to sell a
book. And not always the same book. It takes familiarity with a book to
advertise it in the right place and sell it.
Bulk Mail
Bulk Mail has been found to be an expensive non-productive action when
services are advertised.
A MAGAZINE on policy, that features books as well as services and events
and Info packs that answer book buyer responses and Ad Payments packs
should make up bulk mail AND NOTHING ELSE.
If the money foolishly spent on sending service flyers five times a week
was spent on the above AND BOOK ADS that sell books, an org would be in
clover.
Errors
Various errors that are made to occur on these lines (book sales, tours)
are not accidental. They get the action into disgrace and it gets dropped.
And there goes the Gross Income.
455
Summary
Only a Pubs Org or Department that conducts itself as above can be
considered OPERATIONAL and carrying out its functions.
And slack-off from this labels a Pubs Org or Dept INOPERATIONAL.
Book Ads and sales are the keys to org survival.
Tours that contact individuals and handle their upsets or get them
enthused and sign them up are the key to a boom.
It takes BOOKS to develop a new field so Tours can work.
Field Staff Members should sell books as their entrance point.
The operating rule is
BUSINESS HAS TO'BE DRIVEN IN ON AN ORG.
There would seem to be a long standing inability in orgs to PULL in
business. This, by new technical discoveries related to auditing PTS
persons, may well be the toleration of SP and PTS types in orgs. Further
evaluation will have to be done on this. In the meanwhile, SP (no case
gain) and PTS (Potential Trouble Sources because they are connected to SP
persons or groups) should not be taken on staff and definitely should not
be on lines having to do with getting in business as they find reasons not
to do so.
But we do know that business has to be driven in on the org for stats to
rise greatly or any boom to occur and this is done with BOOKS and TOURS.
L. RON HUBBARD
Founder
LRH:ne.rd Copyright@ 1972 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
456
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR
FLASH NOT GREEN ON WHITE
P.A.B. No. 104
PROFESSIONAL AUDITORS' BULLETIN
The Oldest Continuous Publication in Dianetics.and Scientology
From L. RON HUBBARD
Via The Hubbard Communications Office
35/37 Fitzroy Square, London, W.1
15th January, 1957
DISSEMINATION
It's rather a joke to learn something one knew years ago. In this case
the datum concerns dissemination. 1, of all people, had to find out that
books sold Scientology.
How does one actually get the subject around in his area? He sells books
and more books. How? In small magazines and shopping weeklies. What books?
Books on Dianetics and Scientology.
Why? People have agreed that books can be believed. If it is printed it
is true. People don't believe people. They believe books.
How did we learn this? In the winter of 55-56 London had a slump. For
eight months we tried to send out enough circulars and place "goodwill ads"
about Scientology training and processing but the level of activity of
London did not change despite these campaigns.
Then I found that coincident with the slump all Dianetics and
Scientology books had disappeared out of the bookstores and hadn't been put
back.
The moment books went back into bookstores and into public circulation
(with the publication of "Scientology, The Fundamentals of Thought") the
London "slump" vanished.
The identical thing happened in the US with the same results.
I
In other words, no amount of talking or Personnel Efficiency or goodwill
ads made these two large central organizations function. But a few books
did!
Well, even after the wonderful example of 1950, 1 hadn't learned that
books sold the subject-that auditors and clinics were as successful as
books we sold. But we know it now. Sell books. That's the answer to a good
practice or group.
How? The most successful method seems to be placing ads for books in
small magazines so that people can send their money in and get one.
Now here's what you can do. Place ads in small magazines to sell books.
Buy your books from the Distribution Centre or the HASI and remarket. Stamp
your name and address in each book you sell. You're in! For you can have
terrific discounts.
And here's what else I want you to do. Collect from whatever source
small local magazines and send them to me, HCO Washington, 1812 19th St.
NW, Washington, DC, USA. I want small circulation magazines even with only
local appeal. We will place ads in them and sell the books from here and
you will have a Scientology community.
That's my dissemination ~rogramme for 1957. A million books sold by
1958.
L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright(D1957 by L. Ron Hubbard. All rights reserved.
457
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
37 Fitzroy Street, London W.1
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 6 APRIL 1959
CLEAR ADS
Here are the Clear ads which pull best of all ads of whatever kind:
I For 2500 years Man has sought the state of "CLEAR". This state is now
attainable for the first time in Man's history. The goal of Mystics and
Occult Science has been attained. It can be done for you. Write HASI, 37
Fitzroy St. London W.I.
2. "DO YOU WANT MORE OUT OF LIFET'
Become a Scientology "Clear".
A Scientology "Clear" has:
*Over 135 IQ
*Creative imagination
*Amazing vitality
*Deep relaxation
*Good memory
*Strong will power
*Radiant health
*Magnetic personality
*Good self-control
If you would like to have all these qualities then look into
Scientology.
Enquire today. OPERATION "CLEAR" (Address).
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mp.rd
NOT HCO POLICY LETTER ORIGINAL COLOUR FLASH
NOT GREEN ON WHITE
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
3 7 Fitzroy Street, London W.I
HCO BULLETIN OF 21 SEPTEMBER 1959
BPI
NEW ADS FOR PE FOUNDATION
This new ad
"No matter what your problem is something can be done about W'
for PE is a real "wow". It's the best, and only "Have you lived Before?"
pulls equally as well on PE Course's ads. Also
"Body? Mind? Spirit? Would you like to know who you really are?"
HCO Secretary WW
NW:iet for
28.9.1959:gh.rd L. RON HUBBARD
Copyright @ 1959
by L. Ron Hubbard
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
458
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 2 DECEMBER 1960
Central Orgs PE Fnd
PROMOTION ON PE FOUNDATION
When incoming people dwindle on existing advertisement and stay dwindled
for a week, change ad to a vocational type ad:-
"Do you dislike your job?
Come in for Vocational Checking.
You may have talents you don't suspect."
Educational type ad:-
"Is your child failing in his studies?
Have his IQ and Personality checked before it's too late."
Marital type ad:-
"Marriages break down because of incompatible personalities.
If you and your marital partner are having trouble
come in and get your Personality and IQ checked as
this may be the reason for your disputes."
Physical Ailment type ad:-
" Sick all the time?
Have your IQ and Personality checked as you may be disease-prone."
Training type ad;-
"Seeking new Training?
Don't waste money. Find out if you'Te fitted for it first."
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:js.rd Copyright @ 1960 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
459
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 28 MAY 1965
Gen Non Rernimeo
DISSEM ADS
SOME ALLOWED ADS
BOOK ADS
Here is a book that does what you don't expect a book to do. It tells
you H 0 W. It tells you the basis of things, and the most basic of things
is life itself. This then is a book about Life.
THE PROBLEMS
OF WORK
By L. Ron Hubbard
Just get it, read it, try it, and you'll never be the same again.
Send - to:
DOITTODAY
DIANETICS:
The Evolution of
a Science
By L. Ron Hubbard
Your first book on the applied Philosophy which shows you the road to a
better fife with fewer problems.
Just Get it, Read it, and Use it.
Price:
Write today to:
DIANETICS:
The Original Thesis
By L. Ron Hubbard
Dianetics is the only science of the mind built upon axioms. Workability
rather than idealism has been consulted.
This is the road to a better life with fewer problems.
Just Get it, Read it, and Try it, and you'll never be the same.
Price:
Write today to:
PE AD
Two newspaper colums wide SCIENTOLOGY
Block Bold The Science of Life
CAN CHANGE
Block Bold YOUR
WHOLE EXISTENCE
Attend a free two weeks course of 3
evenings a week Mon, Wed, Thurs, 7 to 9.30.
Commences Monday evening (date)
BECOME A BEGINNING
All two lines SCIENTOLOGIST
AND LIVE
LRH:wmc.rd Address
Copyright (D 1965
by L. Ron Hubbard L. RON HUBBARD
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
460
HUBBARD COMMUNICATIONS OFFICE
Saint Hill Manor, East Grinstead, Sussex
HCO POLICY LETTER OF 30 JUNE 1965
Gen Non Rernimeo
AD
A model ad that can be used for anything including free course in local
papers follows
SCIENTOLOGY
CAN HELP YOU
We can give you
1 A Higher IQ to handle your problems.
2. Higher awareness to get a better job.
3. More energy to make more money.
4. Better health to breast Life.
5. Better morale to handle upsets.
6. Less Despair.
7. More Life.
8. More years to Live.
Come to our
The above ad advertises in a practical vein. This is what we can do. for
you and what you can do for others is the keynote of it. Practical
application.
Here is a simple Ad.
SCIENTOLOGY
YOU CAN BE HAPPY AGAIN.
(Come to free course data follows in smaller type.)
This ad should pull simple as it is because the old article "Is it
Possible to be Happy?" in mags was a huge attention getter.
L. RON HUBBARD
LRH:mh.rd Copyright @ 1965 by L. Ron Hubbard ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
461
CHRONOLOGICAL INDEX OF CONTENTS
1950 1960(c.at.)
8 Mar. First Policy (reissued as HCO PL 25 Apr. Important Certification
Change Vol. 5-173
2 Sept. 1970) 117 28 Apr. Books am Dissemination (HCOB)
108
3 May PE Literature 142
1954 13 May Congress Seminar Hats (HCOB) 210
20 May Atmosphere of the Clinic 20 May Extension Course Prices see
Vol. 3-227
(extract from Clinical Procedure) 117 24 MayExtension Course Prim
I Oct. The Use of Scientology Materials (corrects 20 May
1960) Vol. 3-227
(PAB No. 36) 98 23June Special Zone Plaii-The
Seismologist's
Role in Life (HCOB) 237
1956 IS July Congress Tapes Vol. 2-218
26 Oct. Gradient Scale of Personnel 20 July Director of Zoning
Hat 241
Procurement (HCOB) Vol. 2- 1 25 Aug. Chicago Area 242
27 Sept. Congress and ACC Plans (HCOB) 214
19S7 28 Sept. HPA Grants 242
28 Oct. New Testing Promotion Section-Important
155
15 Jan. Dissemination (PAB No. 104) 457 16 Nov. New Org;
Programmes Vol. 4-283
25 Jan. Concerning the Separateness of 17 Nov. Anatomy of
the Human Mind Course
Dia"tics and Scientology Vol. 2- 15 as a Pre-requisire for
HFA Training Vol. 4-284
25 Jan. Referrals to Field Vol. 2-247 22 Nov. Warning on New PE
161
6 Apr. Field Auditor (HCOB) (excerpt) 236 24 Nov. Testing
Promotion Revised 162
15 May The Rights of the Field Auditor 29Nov.
Testinglirogramme Change 166
(reissued as HCO PL 2 Oct. 1969) 236 2 Dec. Promotion on PE
Foundation 459
18 June People's Questions (Bulletin) 208 20 Dec. Restriction
oil Saint Hill Area see-301
2 Sept. Field Certificates Vol. 5-166 29 Dec. The New PE
and the New HAS
1958 Cc-Audit (HCOB) 189
21 Sept. Neatness of Quarters (HCOB reissued as 1961
HCO PL 22 Oct. 1962) (excerpt) 117 16 Jan. Testing Lines
(excerpt) 167
2 Oct. Sale and Conduct of Academy Courses 18 Jan. Cost of HAS Co-Aucht
and PE 190
Vol. 2-257, Vol. 4-272 23 Jan. PE Course Abolished 191
30 Oct. Personnel Efficiency Foundation 174 24 Jan. A Test Policy on
MD Referrals 167
15 Nov. Informing Public of Test Results 154 4 Feb. Information
Packages (excerpt) 142
17 Nov. HCO Project Engineer: 7 Feb. Proper Public Routing
168
"Have You Lived Before?" Vol. 2- 83 10 Feb. Professional Charges
Vol. 3- 84
24 Nov. HASI Group Secretary 350 14 Feb.The Personal Efficiency Foundation
(excerpt) 192
16 Dec. Extension Course Curriculum (HCOB) Vol. 4-275 14 Feb. personnel
Procurement Vol. 1- 84
23 Dec. Quality of Presentation Vol. 2-183 15 Feb. Evaluation Script
169
18 Feb. Magazines, Testing, PE (HCO Info
Ltr) 193
1959 21 Feb. Choosing PE and Registration
6 Jan. Field Activities (HCOB) 3S Personnel Vol. 1-110
23 Jan. Ethics (Field Auditors) Vol. 1-361 2 Mar. Automatic
Evaluation Packet for
1OFeb. GroupSecretary 3S3 PE Foundation 172
17 Mar. Book Sales Representative 146 24 Mar. Status of PE Courses
195
17 Mar. Do It Younelf Therapy (HCOB) 175 14 Apr. PE Handout (HCO
Info Ltr) 196
24 Mar. HAS Co-Audit (HCOB) 176 28 Apr. Auto-Evaluation Slips 173
25 Mar. HAS Co-Audit & Comm Course (HCOB) 177 8 May Extension Course
Vol. 4-296
27 Mar. Franchises 246 2 Oct. Franchise Policies 254
3 Apr. HAS Co-Audit and Comm Course (HCOB) 1 79 27 Oct. Professional
Rates Restored Vol. 3-250
6 Apr. Clear Ads 4S8 21 Nov. Training Course Requirements Vol. 4-
306
14 Apr. New Book Vol 2- 85 13 Dec. Extension Course Completion Vol. 4-
136
23 Apr. HAS Co-Audit Courses 183 1962
1 May HAS Certificates 247
4 May The Personal Efficiency Course (HCOB) 180 7 Feb. Restriction on
Saint Hill Area
14 May Method of Finalizing HCO Franchises 250 (amends 20
Dec. 1960) 301
22 May Advertisement for Field in Certainty, 5 June Class
11 Training Only by Academies
Ability, etc-Minor Issues Vol. 2- 87 and Saint Hill Vol. 2-
220, Vol. 4-324
28 May New HCO WW Dept 183 7 June Professional Training to be
Done in
28 May To All HCO Franchise Offices 248 Academy and Saint Hill Only
Vol. 4-324
6 June "Have You Lived Before This Life" Vol. 2- 97 14
JuneProfessional Charges (amends &
I I Julie Data oil HAS Co-Audit 184 amplifies 10 Feb. 1961) Vol. 3-
84
16 June Hat of PE HCO WW 185 15 Julie Current Franchise Policy
255
18 June Correction of HCO PL of 28 May 1959 250 26 June
Relations with Field 256
18 June U.S. Franchise Holden 251 26 June Certification
Requirements Vol. 4-325
18 June Services Owing to HCO Franchise Holden 252 4 July Mixing
Scientology with Various
24 June Status of HCO Offices and HCO Sees Other
Practices 256
and HCO Volunteer Sees in US Vol. 3-142 30 July Certification
and Validation
I July US HCO Franchise Queries 252 Requirements Vol. 4-
326
10 Aug. Franchise I Olcs to WW 253 27 Sept. A Resume of Franchise
Policy 257
13 Aug. Students Attending Courses Vol. 4-278 1 Oct. The Plan for
California 243
20 Aug. Hat of PE HCO WW 186 1963
24 Aug. HCO Financial Arrangements Altered Vol. 3-145
28 Aug. Attention All Group Secretaries 3S4 14Feb.
TlieEstablishmeiitofCetitratOrgs'
31 Aug. Certifications Vol. 4-279, Vol. 5-171 Control Areas
301
3 Sept. HCO Secretaries 2S3 19 Feb. Classification of Central Orgs'
Control Areas302
3 Sept. Mailings 253 1 Mar. Individual Auditors Operating Within
Issept. Dissem inat ion Tips (HCOB) 101 a Central Org Control Area
302
21 Sept. An Idea for Promotion (HCOB) 104 26 Julie A Resume of
Franchise Policy
21 Sept. New Ads for PE Foundation (HCOB) 458 (supersedes 27
Sept. 1962) 259
23 Sept. The Perfect Dissemination Program (HCOB) 105 9 July Meter
Demonstration Booth Hat 215
29Sept. The Organization ofa PE Foundation (HCOB) 187 2 Aug. Urgent-
Public Project One Vol. 2- 93
14 Oct. Division of HCO Percentage Revised Vol.3-148
J6Au&lj)djyjdLialAtidifo~Operaiii)gWit1iii)aCej)traI
29 Oct, Service see Vol. 0-281 Org Control Area (supersedes I Mar. 1963)
302
20 Nov. Validation of Franchises 1964
see Vol. 1-362, Vol. 2-366
1960 10 Feb. Enrolment oil Self Determinism
Vol. 1 -5 16. Vol. 2-266. Vol. 4- 37
29 Jan. Congresses (HCOB) 208 21 Feb. Field Auditor Consultant
(excerpt) 244
22 Feb. HPA Qualifications Vol. 4 -279, Vol. 5- 172 11 Mar. Franchise
Programme 262
27 Feb. Playing the Washington 1960 "State of Man I I Mar.
Departmental Changes
Congress" Tape Lectures at Local Congresses Auditors
Division Vol. 2- 39
and as a Promotional Re-play Plan 209 11 Mar. Auditors Division
10 Mar. Validation of Franchises (20 Nov. 1959 New HCO WW
Organization Vol. 2- 40
amended and misuied) Vol. 1 -362, Vol. 2-366 18 Mar. California
Franchise (amends I Oct. 1962) 262
8 Apr. Tapes of Washington Congress Vol. 2-218 20 Mar.District
Office & Org Control Area
22 Apr. Group Secretary 354 Policy Revised 303
462
1964( t.) 1965 (w.Q
22 Apr. Summary of Policies on Classification & 21 Oct. Release
Checks for Franchise Preclears, 276
Gradation, Certification, Franchise and 23 Oct. Dissemination
Drill m
Memberships, & the Auditors Division Vol. 4-369 2 Nov. Field Staff
Members for Saint Hill 325
16 June Franchise-What Is It and Who May Have It 263 4 Nov. Franchise
Orders (See ED 162 SH) 277
30 July Gradation Programme, Revised Vol. 4-379 20 Nov. The Promotional
Actions of an Organization
26 Aug. PE Course 200 (excerpt: Distribution Division 6) 5
4 Sapt. Congresses 216 8 Dec. Distribute: To Spread Out so as
8 Sept. Rush-important Correction 217 to Cover Something 88
10 Sept. Audience Alertness and Tape Players 28 Dec.Enrollment in
Suppressive Groups
(HCO Exec Lit) see-226 see Vol. 1-484, Vol. 2-284
16 Sept. Understanding and Tape Lectures 1966
(reissued 21 July 3967) 217
23 Sept. Information Packages (excerpt) 143 12 Jan. Selectees
Mailing-Seleetee Advice Packets 329
23 Sept. Policies: Dissemination and 14 Jan. Amendment to HCO
PL of 9 May 1965
Progranumes Vol. 2- 41 Field Auditors Become Staff 330
12 Oct. Congress Organization and Increasing Interest 17 Jan.
Distribution Action (See ED 169 INT) 144
and Attendance (HCO Exec Ltr) 218 17 Jan. Unclassed Certs-HAS,
HBA, HQS Vol, 5-197
30 Oct. Mailing Lists for Franchise 19 Apr. Congress Policies
222
Holden Vol. 1-273, Vol. 3-102 6 May Distribution Division 6
Org Board 6
31 Oct. Current Policies Orgs & Franchise Vol. 3-106 9 May
Publication Copies to WW Vol. 2-205
11 Dec. Full Table of Courses and 12 July Legal Aspects of Success
Material Publications 139
Classification Vol. 4-380 15 Aug. Information Packets 145
18 Dec. Re: OIC Data Vol. 4-139 30 Aug. Selection Regulations (adds to
26 Mar. 1965) 330
23 Dec. Field and Public Programming Vol. 3-117 6 Sept. The Handling,
purchased or Rented
31 Dec. Dse of Dianefics, Scientology, Mailing Lists 146
Applied Philosophy Vol. 1-45, Vol. 2- 49 2 Oct. Public Promotion
127
1965 13 Oct. HAS Course 207
13 Oct. Advertisements, Continental Magazines
61ca,05 Distribution Division 6 Org Board Outline 3 and Auditor
Vol. 2-138
1 Jan. Franchise Application and Agreement 264 10 Nov. Field
Staff Member (corrects 26 Mar. 1965) 331
2 Jan. Franchise: Who May Have It and 23 Dec. Field Staff
Member Commissions
How to Maintain It, AD 15 266 (cancels 30 Aug. 1966) 332
13 Mar. The Comm Member System Vol. 1-204 967
21 Mar.PE Comes After They Have Read a Book
(HCO Exec Ltr) 111 9 Jan.FSM System Administration in
Organizations
26 Mar. Field Auditors 304 (modifies 9 May 19(5 & 15 Oct. 1965)
334
26 Mar. Field Staff Members 309 10 Feb- Tape and Film Presentation
22S
30 Mar. Field Auditors Become Staff 14 Feb. Book Buyers
Vol. 2-387
(26 Mar. 1905 revised) 312 23 June Enrolment on Self Determinism
7 Apr. BookIncome 147 Vol. 1-516, Vol. 2-266, Vol. 4- 37
7 Apr. Healing Policy in Field 245 21 July Understanding and
Tape Lectures
8 Apr. Cancellation Of mail List$ (reissue of 16 Sept.
1964) 217
to Field Auditors Vol. 1-277, Vol. 2-389 10 Sept. Statistic-
GDS Div Six 6
14 Apr. Congress "Breaks" are Staffs "Show" 4 Oct. Org
Exec See and Distribution 89
(HCO Exec Ltr) 221 4 Oct. Auditor and Org Individual Slats
14 Apr. Field Auditor Rates 244 Vol. 1-~48, Vol. 4- 10
16 Apr. Handling the Public 26 Oct. The Public Divisions 7
Individual Vol. 0-78, Vol. 2- 56 2 Nov. Distribution Division-
Departments of Public
17 Apr. Additional Mag Policy Vol. 2-135 Information, Clearing
and Success 9
18 Apr. Prices Lowered Because of New
Organization Streamline Vol. 2-60, Vol. 3- 93 1968
27 Apr. Book Promotion Design Vol. 2-108 14 Jan.Field Auditors Become
Staff
29 Apr. Bonuses Vol. 3-313, Vol. 5-231 (9 May 1965 revised &
reissued)
May Organization Chart of Flom (cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar.
1965) 339
Operation Salvage 324 17 Feb. Field Staff Member
Commissions 344
9 May Field Auditors Become Staff 17 Mar. Boom Formula
151
I (cancels 26 Mar. 1965 & 30 Mar. 1965) 318 19 Mar. Service
(29 Oct. 19S9 amended
13 May Sale of Bulletins & Tapes Forbidden 268 &
reissued) Vol. 0-281
28 May Franchise Courses 268 1 Apr. Tape Playback
Fidelity 225
28 may Some Allowed Ads-Book Ads 460 20 Apr. Franchise
(cancels 21 Oct. '05, modifies
31 May Franchise Summary of Policy 269 2 Jan. '65, 13 May
'65 & HCOB 28 July '59) 278
18 June Areas of Operation 1 23 Apr. "The FSM of the
Year" 345
21 June Distribution Division (Div 6) 2 24 Apr. Division
6 Distribution 90
21 June Orgs are Saint Hill FSMs 325 7 May The Key
Questions 140
'29 June Dissent Drivision-Distfibution Drivision 31 May Auditors voi. o-
42
(See ED 38 SH) 4 5 June FSM Commissions 345
30 June Ad 461 25 JuneThe Gross Divisional Statistics of the
7 July Photos, News and Statistics for Mags Public Divisions
and Auditor (reissued 9 July 1967) Vol, 2-167 29 June Enrollment
in Suppressive Groups
13 July Testing Vol. 4- 73 Vol. 1-484, Vol. 2-284
19 July Discounts (excerpt) 150 30 July Gross Income Senior Datum
5 Aug. Franchise Transferred to Div 6 Vol. 0-277, Vol. 1-
283, Vol. 2- 68
(See ED 67 SH) 273 10 Xog. Legal and Dissemination Vol. 2- 69
13 An& FoundatiOn-Basic Course Organization 201 12 Aug. Reasons Why
Div 6s Don't Function 91
16 An& Foundation-Basic Course Organization
Correction 203 24 Aug. Dissemination Vol. 2-69, Vol. 4- 91
17 Aug. Certification of Franchise Students 273 5 Sept. Vital Org
Activities 92
20 Aug. Scientology Org Uniforms Saint Hill Vol. 3-360 12 Sept. The Public
Divisions (arriends 26 Oct. 1967) 11
23 Aug. Deletion of TR 5 Vol. 4-191 16 Sept. Address Lists Vol. 1-
283
24 Aug. Cleanliness of Quarters and Staff 26 Oct. Executive
Council
Improve Our Image 118 (amends 21 Dec. 1966, 1 & 11) 12
1 Sept. Current Policy-Franchise 274 24 Nov. The Group Officer 355
1 Sept. Mailing List Policies VoL 0- 1 9R, Vol. 2-390 24 Nov.
Auditor Correspondents Vol. 2-151
Sept. Publications Vol. 2-137 2 Dec. Gung-Ho Groups 357
Sept. Some Tech Div Policies Vol. 4- 75 3 Dec. Gung-Ho Groups Petit
No. 2 363
8 Sept. Distribution Division-info Packet 14 Dec. How to Register
Gung-Ho Groups 367
(See ED 88 SH) 143 14 Dec. Gung-Ho Group Courses 368
10 Sept. Franchise Award of Merit 275 18 Dec. Warning-Gung-Ho Groups
368
12 Sept. Foundation Course Change 204 26 Dec. Guig-Ho Group Tech
372
3 Sept. Foundation Course Hours 206 26 Dec. The Third Party Law Vol. 0-
183, Vol. 1-536
3 Sept. Issue Authority Required for Mimeo Vol. 0-349 30 Dec. The
Public Programmes Officer 369
t6 Sept. Foundation 207 1969
21 Sept. Corporate Names-Group Names 275, 354
21 Sept. Cleanliness and Tidiness of Premises Vol. 1-304 circa
'69 Public Divisions 6, 7 & 8 Org Board Outline 13
24 Sept. Ads and Info Packets 144 9 Jan. Book and Film
Festivals 92
30 Sept. Statistics for Divisions (excerpt: Dist Div 6) 4 10 Jail.
The Public Divisions 93
15 Oct. Field Staff Member Selection Papers 20 Jan. Public
Divisions Gross Divisions] Statistics
and Commissions 326 (25 June 1968 amended) 12
18 Oct. Field Staff Member Programme 29 Jan. Public Division
Org Board Revised (Corrected) 14
(See ED 117 INT) 328 30 Jan. Public Divisions Org Board Is
463
1969 (cont.) 1970(.m.)
31 Jan. Humanitarian Objective and Gong Ho Groups 370 13 Aug. PR Series
2-The Mining Ingredient 396
12 Feb. Religion 119 13 Aug. PR Series 3-Wrong Publics 399
20 Feb. Materials to Franchise 281 19 Aug,Division 6 Division 8 GDS
15 Mar. Tbird Party-How to Find One Vol. 1-534 (amends 20 Jan.
1969) 36
31 Mar. Public Divisions Staffing Qualifications 20 Aug. Division Six-
The Public Relations Division
(amends 24 Apr. 1968) 94 1 (cancels 21 Dec. 1969) 37
2 Apr. Routine Congress Promotion Vol. 2-141 20 Aug.Division Seven-The
Public Services Division
3 Apr. Franchise Section WW 281 (cancels 21 Dec. 1969) 43
7 Apr. Division 6 Pins (amendment to 24 Apr. 1968) 95 20 Aug.
Division Eight-The Public Sales Division
15 Apr. Field Staff Member Award Programme 346 (cancels 21
Dec. 1969) 47
25 Apr. Validation of Up Statistics 141 28 Aug. Auditors Association
52
13 May Cramming Section 2 Sept. First Policy 117
Service to Trained Auditors 282 27 Sept. Cutative Prices
348
23 May Public Divisions Promotional Actions 2 Oct.
Appeaninces-Clarification
(addition to 20 Nov. 1965) 19 (amends 20 Aug. 1970 & I
I Dec. 1969) 53
23 May Public Divisions Flesh Colours 21 2 Oct.
Clarification of Divisions 7 and 8 Statistics
I June The Most Fundamental Eirms 372 (revises 20 Aug.
1970-Div 7 &
17 June The Org Image 120 20 Aug, 1970-Div 8) 54
8 July Franchise, Who May Have One (Extension) 9 Oct.
PR Series 4-The PR Personality 402
(modifies 20 Apr. 1968) 282 18 Oct. Public Divisions
Org Board 55
I I July Areas of Operation see- 1 24 Oct. Saint Hillers
Association 62
23 July Public Research and Reports 27 Oct. A Book: "The
Background to the Religion of
Surveys: Briefing and Debriefing 129 SCientology and
Ceremonies of the Church of
24 July Public Divisions-Book Distribution Unit 152 Sclentology of
California World Wide" Vol. 5-294
24 July The Groups Communicator 18 Nov. PR Series S-PR
Definition 404
(replaces 24 Nov. 1968) 356 1 Dec. Clarification-
Registration Breakthrough
25 July Dianetic, Counseling Groups I -Introduction 373
(modifies 30 July 1970) 65
25 July Diametic, Counseling Groups 2-Purpose 374 16 Dec. SH FSM
Bonus Awards 349
25 July Diametic Counseling Groups 3-Dianetic
Counseling Groups & Scientology Orgs 376 1971
25 July Diarietio Counseling Groups 4- 31 Jan. FSM Contest
Awards
Stages of Forming, Increasing and
Expanding a Dianetic Counseling Group 377 (modifies 27 Sept.
1970) 349
25 July Dianetic, Counseling Groups 5- 5 Feb. Org Gross
Divisional Statistics Revised
Group Formation (exocrpt: Diva 6, 7 & 8) 65
380 7 Feb. FBBC Org Board Division Six 66
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 6-The Org Board 384 12 Apr.
Mission Designation 293
25 July Dianetic Counseling Groups 7- 1 May Centre
Magdzine Policy 294
Communication System 388 6 May Audience Alertness and
Tape Players 226
25 Aug, Third Party Investigations Vol. 1-535 9 May Minion Closures
295
2 Sept. Old ACC Students 10 May Minion, Basic Definition of see-299
Vol. 2-293, Vol. 3-237, Vol. 4-359 10 May Advantages of Minions
see-300
2 Oct. The Rights of the Field Auditor 11 May Minion
Application and Agreement 296
(missued from IS May 1957) 236 1 May PR Series 6-Opinion
Leaders 405
5 Oct. Diametic Courses, Wildcat 11 May PR Series 7-Black
PR 411
(revised &reissued 10 Dec. 1969) Vol. 4-263 17 May Minion Inmes
298
25 Oct. Survey Form for all Surveys 1 31 28 May PR Series 8-Too
Little Too Late 415
28 Oct. How to Tabulate a Survey 32 30 May PR Series 9-
Manners 417
IONov. Franchise Giants or Charters 283 2 JunePR Series 10-
Breakthrough-PR and
10 Nov. FSM Awards 347 Production-Tone Scale Surveys 420
11 Nov. Promotion and Motivation 285 2 June Tours Org Ed 446
11 Nov. Franchise Promotion Musts 288 3 July Registration Change
I I Nov. Amounts and PRO Vol. 3- 71 New Names to C/F Change
227
12 Nov. Appearance and PRO 123 14 July FEBC Org Board Div 6 Expanded
12 Nov. PES Account versus (cancels 7 Feb. 1971) 74
HCO Book Account Vol. 3-213 5 Aug. FEBC Div 6 Org Board Amendment
18 Nov. Central Files, Value of-The Gross Income (amends 14
July 197 1) 82
of the Org and Why Vol. 0-278, Vol. 2-397 15 Sept. Purpose,
and Statistics of a Tour Member 448
18 Nov. Diametics-Right to Audit Vol. 5-201 20 Sept. Minion, Basic
Definition of
18 Nov. Dianetics-Right to Teach Vol. 5-202 (revises 10 May 1971)
299
20 Nov. Legal Aspects of Minions 290 20 Sept. Advantages of
Minions (revises 10 May 1971) 300
21 Nov. Ethnica-Find Out What is Needed & Wanted 33 5 Oct.PR
Series 12-Propaganda by
23 Nov. Individuals vs Groups 114 Redefinition of Words 423
29 Nov. New Public Divisions Org Board 22 17 Oct. Inter,Org
Distarims 298
6 Dec. How to Clear Your Community 14 Nov. Mini Public
Division Org Board 83
Illustrations Vol. 0-261 26 Nov. Division 6 Public Reg
Reinstated
10 Dec. Superior Service Image Program No. I (modifies 3
July 1971 & 14 July 1971) 230
(LRH ED 54 INT) 96 28 Nov. Public Division Statistics
10 Dec. PES WW Account Vol. 3-215 (amends 5 Feb. 197 1, 1 & IV)
86
11 Dec. Appearances in Public Divs; 125 5 Dec. PR Seri" 13-How To Do a
PR Survey 425
15 Dec. Class of Org3 Vol. 0-254 16 Dec. PRO Area Control (Flag Order
3094) 422
20 Die. Microphone Handling 225 18 Dec.Surveys am the Key to Slats
21 Dec. Revised New Public Divisions Org Board (LRH ED 161
INT) 136
(revises 29 Nov. 1969) 29
24 Dec. PES Account Amended Vol. 3-216 1972
1970 7 Jan. PR Series 14-Creating Survey Questions
428
28 Jan. Field Mailing Lists (cancels 29 July 1969, 25 Jan.
PR Seri" I 5-Population Surveys 442
amends 14 Feb. 1967) Vol. 1-290 17 Feb. Higher Orgs-Public Reg
Setup 449
17 Feb. Tours 452
10 Feb. Franchise, Multiple Ownership 292 11 Apr. PR Series 4-
Addition
24 Feb. Legal-Incorporation of Minions The PR Personality
sm-402
in the U.S. see-293 28 May Boom Data 454
8 Apr. Legal-Incorporation of Minions 15 June PR Series I I
-PR Area Control
in the U.S.-Modified 293 Three Grades of PR 422
16 Apr. Morale Vol. 5-293
18 Apr. Ethics and Franchise Vol. 1-508
18 Apr. Tapes (cancels 31 Dec. 1964,
amends 13 May 1965) Vol. 2-227
19 Apr. FES WW Account
(cancels 10 Dec. 1969) Vol. 3-217
21 Apr. Field Ethics Vol. 1-509
28 Apr. The Dianetic Counselling Group Programme 390
29 Apr. FES Account Revind
(cancels 12 Nov. 1969) Vol. 3-218
20 May Guardian Public Relationships 128
20 May Further Cladflcations-DCG Programme 392
10 June Public Divisions and Tech Admin Ratio
(amends 7 Feb. 1970) 35
12 June FES Account (cancels 12 Nov. 1969
& 29 Apr. 1970) Vol. 3-221
13 Aug. Pit Series I -Liabilities of PR 393
464
HUBBARD SCIENTOLOGY ORGANIZATIONS
THE CHURCHES OF SCIENTOLOGY
ADVANCED ORGANIZATIONS
Church of Scientologly of California Church of Scientology Church of
Scientology
Advanced Organization Advanced Organization United Kingdom Advanced
Organization Denmark
of Los Angeles Saint Hill Manor Jernbanegade 6
916 South Westlake Street East Grinstead, Sussex, England 1608
Copenhagen V
Los Angeles, California 90006 Denmark
HUBBARD COLLEGES OF SCIENTOLOGY
Church of Scientology of California Church of Scientology Church of
Scientotogy
American Saint Hi I I Organization Hubbard College of Sclontology
Saint Hill Denmark
2723 West Temple Street Saint Hill Manor Jernbaneqade 6
Los Angeles, California 90026 East Grinstead, Sussex, England 1608
Copenhagen V
Denmark
CONTINENTAL AND AREA ORGANIZATIONS
UNITED STATES ST. LOUIS MONTREAL
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION Church of Scientologly Church of
Scientologly
3730 Lindell Boulevard II68St. Catherine Street, W. 101
Church of Sclealology, of California St. Louis, Missouri 63108
Montreal, Quebec 1-12Y 1 B6
Publications Organization
CK) ASHO TWIN CITIES UNITED KINGDOM
2723 West Temple Street Church of Scientology LOCALCHURCH5S
Los Angeles, California 90026 730 Hennepin Avenue
CELEBRITY CENTRES Minneapolis, Minnesota 55403 Saint Hill
Foundation
Saint Hill Manor
Church of Sclantologly of California BOSTON East Grinstead, Sussex
Celebrity Centre Church of Sciontotogy PLYMOUTH
1551 North La Brea Avenue 448 Beacon Street
Hot lywood. Cal lfornia 90028 Boston, Massachusetts 02115 H ubbard
Scientology Organization
Church of Scientology 39, Portland Square
Celebrity Centre New York BUFFALO Sherwell
65 East 82nd Street Church of Scientology Plymouth, Devon
New York, Now York 10028 1116 Elmwood Avenue MANCHESTER
LOCAL CHURCHES Buffalo, New York 14222 Hubbard Scientology
Organization
DETROIT 48 Faulkner Street
WASHINGTON, D.C. Church of Scientology Manchester
Founding Church of Seismology 19 Clifford Street LONDON
2125 S Street, N.W. Detroit, Michigan 48226
Washington, D.C. 20008 Hubbard Sclentology Organization
MIAMI 68, Tottenham Court Rod
AUSTIN Church of Scientology London W.I.
Church of Scientology 1235 Brievell Avenue SCOTLAND
2804 Rio Grande Miami, Florida 33131
Austin, Texas 78705 HAPI
NEW YORK Fleet House
HAWAII Church of Sclentology of New York 20 South Bridge
Church of Sciontology 28-30 West 74th Street Edinburgh, Scotland
143 Nenue Street New York, New York 10023 AUSTRALIAINEW ZEALAND
Honolulu, Hawaii 96821
SAN DIEGO PHILADELPHIA ADELAIDE
Church of Scientology Church of the New Faith
Church of Scientotogly 8 West Lancaster Avenue 57 Pulteney Street
926 "C" Street Ardmore, Pennsylvania 19003 Fullerton, Adelaide 5000
San Diego, California 92102 SACRAMENTO South Australia
SAN FRANCISCO Church of Solentology of California MELBOURNE
Church of Scientology of California 819 19th Street Church of the New
Faith
414 Mason Street Sacramento, California 95814 724 Inkerman Road
San Francisco, California 94102 CHICAGO North Caulfield 3161
LASVEGAS Church of Scientology Melbourne, Volans, Australia
Church of Scientology 1555 Maple Street PERTH
2108 Industrial Flood Evanston, Illinois 60201 Church of the New Faith
Las Vegas, Nevada 89102 CANADA Pastoral House
LOSANGELES St. George's Terrace
Church of Solentology of California TORONTO Perth 5000
2005 West gth Street Church of Scientology Western Australia
Los Angeles, CaliforniagM 124 Avenue Road SYDNEY
PORTLAND Toronto 180, Ontario Church of the New Faith
Church of Sclentology VANCOUVER I Lee Street
1607 N.E. 41st Street Church of Scientology Sydney 2000
Portland, Oregon 97232 4857 Main Street New South Wales, Australia
Vancouver 10, AUCKLAND
SEATTLE British Columbia
Church of Scientologly Church of Scientology
15SI 4th Avenue OTTAWA New imperial Buildings
Seattle, Washington 98101 Church of Scientology 44 Queen Street
292 Somerset Street, West Auckland, New Zealand
Ottawa
EUROPE AMSTERDAM AFRICA
PUBLICATIONS ORGANIZATION Church of Scientoiogy JOHANNESBURG
Singel 261
Church of Scientology Amsterdam, Netherlands Church of Scientoiogy
Publications organization 99 Polly street
010 SH Denmark BERLIN Johannesburg, South Africa
Jernbanegade 6 Church of Scientology CAPETOWN
1608 Copenhagen V 1000 Berlin 12
Denmark GiesebreChStraese 10 Church of Scientology
LOCAL CHURCHES Berlin, Germany 3rd Floor, Garmour House
127 Plain street
COPENHAGEN MUNICH Cape Town, South Africa
Church of Scientology Church of Scientoiogy PORT ELIZABETH
How~&aqtsgade 6 M Munich 2
1103 Copenhagen K Lindwurmstrasse 29 Church of scientology
Denmark West Germany 2 St. Christopher's
27 Westbourne Road
Church of ScientOlOgY G6TEBORG Port Elizabeth, South Africa 6001
Frederiksborgvei 5 Church of Sclentology DURBAN
2400 Copenhagen V Magasinsgatan 12
Denmark S-41118 Goteborg, Sweden Church of Scientology
57 College Lane
PARIS STOCKHOLM Durban, South Africa
Church of SCientolOgy Sclentology Kyrkan PRETORIA
12, we de Is Montagne Ste Genevkwe Kammakaregatan 46
76005 Paris, France S-11 160 Stockholm, Sweden Church of Sclentology
224 Central House
VIENNA MALM6 Cnr Central & Pretorious Streets
Scientoiogy-6sterreich Church of Scientology Pretoria, South Africa -
A-107OWien S%Omakaregatan 12 BULAWAYO
Mariahliterstrasse 88AIStg. 311/9 S-211 34 Malmo, Sweden
Vienna, Austria Church of Scientology
508 Kinfle Bldgs.
BRUSSELS Abercom Street
Church of Scientology Bulawayo, Rhodesia
45A, Rue de FEcuyer
1000 Brussels, Belgium